MX2020 Universal Routing Platform

Hardware Guide

Published

2025-03-05
 ii

Juniper Networks, Inc.

1133 Innovation Way
Sunnyvale, California 94089
USA
408-745-2000
www.juniper.net

Juniper Networks, the Juniper Networks logo, Juniper, and Junos are registered trademarks of Juniper Networks, Inc.
in the United States and other countries. All other trademarks, service marks, registered marks, or registered service
marks are the property of their respective owners.

Juniper Networks assumes no responsibility for any inaccuracies in this document. Juniper Networks reserves the right
to change, modify, transfer, or otherwise revise this publication without notice.

MX2020 Universal Routing Platform Hardware Guide

Copyright © 2025 Juniper Networks, Inc. All rights reserved.

The information in this document is current as of the date on the title page.

YEAR 2000 NOTICE

Juniper Networks hardware and software products are Year 2000 compliant. Junos OS has no known time-related
limitations through the year 2038. However, the NTP application is known to have some difficulty in the year 2036.

END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT

The Juniper Networks product that is the subject of this technical documentation consists of (or is intended for use
with) Juniper Networks software. Use of such software is subject to the terms and conditions of the End User License
Agreement ("EULA") posted at https://support.juniper.net/support/eula/. By downloading, installing or using such
software, you agree to the terms and conditions of that EULA.
 iii

Table of Contents
About This Guide | xx

Fast Track: Initial Installation

Fast Track to Rack Installation and Power | 2

Install the MX2020 in a Rack | 2

Connect to Power | 25

Configure and Monitor MX2020 | 31

1 Overview
MX2020 System Overview and Architecture | 34

MX2020 Universal Edge Router Overview | 34

MX Series Router Architecture | 35

MX2020 Chassis Description | 36

MX2020 Backplane Description | 47

MX2020 Component Redundancy | 48

MX2020 Field-Replaceable Units | 55

MX Series Router Packet Forwarding Engine (PFE) Architecture | 57

Line Cards Supported on MX Series Routers | 59

Ethernet Frame Counts and Statistics on MX Series Routers | 63

MX2020 Router Hardware Components and CLI Terminology | 63

Understanding Trio Layer 2 Feature Parity | 67

Alarm and Display Components | 68

MX2020 Craft Interface Description | 68

MX2020 Alarm Relay Contacts on the Craft Interface | 71

MX2020 Alarm LEDs and Alarm Cutoff/Lamp Test Button | 72

Cable and Rack Management | 74

 iv

MX2020 Cable Management Description | 74

MX2020 Rack-Mounting Hardware | 82

Cooling System Components and Descriptions | 83

MX2020 Cooling System Description | 83

MX2020 Fan Tray LED | 87

Host Subsystem Components | 89

MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description | 89

RE-MX2000-1800x4 CB-RE Description | 90

REMX2K-X8-64G and REMX2K-X8-64G-LT CB-RE Description | 94

CB-RE LEDs | 97

REMX2K-X8-128G CB-RE Description | 102

MX2000 Switch Fabric Board (SFB) Overview | 105

MX2000-SFB-S Switch Fabric Board Description | 106

MX2000-SFB2-S Enhanced Switch Fabric Board Description | 110

MX2000-SFB3 Switch Fabric Board Description | 114

Interface Modules— ADCs, MPCs, and MICs | 123

MX2000 Modular Interface Card (MIC) Description | 123

MICs Supported by MX Series Routers | 124

MX2020 Modular Interface Card LEDs | 138

MX2020 Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) Description | 138

MPCs Supported by MX Series Routers | 141

MX2020 Modular Port Concentrator LEDs | 152

MX2000 Adapter Card (ADC) Description | 152

MPC Terminology | 154

MX2020 Port and Interface Numbering | 155

Power Subsystem | 160

 v

MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160

MX2020 Power Midplane Description | 167

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description | 167

MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Description | 170

MX2000 Seven-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description | 173

MX2000 Nine-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description | 174

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Distribution Module LEDs | 175

MX2000 AC Power Supply Module Description | 176

MX2020 AC Power Supply Module LEDs | 179

MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 180

MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Description | 182

MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) LEDs | 183

MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) LEDs | 184

MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 185

MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) Description | 189

MX2020 DC Power Supply Module LEDs | 191

MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Description | 192

MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module LEDs | 193

MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module Description | 194

MX2020 High-Voltage Universal Power Supply Module LEDs | 197

2 Site Planning, Preparation, and Specifications

Planning and Preparing the Site | 201

Overview of Preparing the Site for the MX2020 Router | 201

MX2020 Site Preparation Checklist | 204

MX2020 Physical Specifications | 206

MX2020 Rack Requirements | 212

 vi

MX2020 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements | 215

Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2020 Router | 216

MX2020 Cabinet Airflow Requirements | 218

MX2020 Router Environmental Specifications | 220

MX2000 Router Grounding Specifications | 221

MX2020 Chassis Moving Guidelines | 223

MX2020 Moving Requirements and Guidelines Using a Router Transport Kit | 224

Rack-Mounting Requirements | 228

Transceiver and Cable Specifications | 231

Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables | 231

Calculate Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cables | 231

How to Calculate Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables | 232

Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion | 234

CB-RE and RCB Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for MX Series Routers | 235

Pinout Specifications | 237

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for MX Series CB-RE Auxiliary and Console Ports | 237

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for an MX Series CB-RE or RCB Management Port | 238

Management Cable Specifications | 239

Console Port Connector Pinout Information | 240

RJ-45 to DB-9 Serial Port Adapter Pinout Information | 241

Mini-USB Port Pinout Specifications | 242

RJ-45 Management Port Connector Pinout Information | 243

RJ-45 Port, SFP Port, SFP+ Port, QSFP+ Port, and QSFP28 Port Connector Pinout Information | 244

AC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines | 251

MX2020 AC Power Requirements | 251

MX2000 AC Power Cord Specifications | 261

MX2000 AC Power System Electrical Specifications | 265

 vii

MX2000 Router Grounding Specifications | 268

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications | 270

MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications | 271

MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications | 272

Calculating AC Power Requirements for MX2020 Routers | 273

Mapping Input Power from AC Power Distribution Modules to AC Power Supply Modules on
MX2000 Routers | 277

DC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines | 281

MX2020 DC Power Requirements | 281

MX2020 DC Power Distribution Description | 291

MX2020 DC Power Distribution (240 V China) Description | 293

MX2000 Router DC (-48 V) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 295

MX2000 Router DC (240 V China) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 298

Determining DC Power Requirements for Your MX2020 Router | 300

DC Power (-48 V) Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2020 Router | 307

DC Power (240 V China) Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2000 Router | 308

DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX2020 Router | 308

Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines | 310

MX2020 High-Voltage Universal Power Requirements | 310

MX2000 High-Voltage Universal PDM (MX2K-PDM-HV) Power Cord Specifications | 319

MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 322

Determining High-Voltage Universal Power Requirements for Your MX2020 Router | 324

High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2000
Router | 327

3 Initial Installation and Configuration

Installation Overview | 329

Installing an MX2020 Router Overview | 329

 viii

Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the MX2020 Router | 331

Tools Required to Install the MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack | 331

Tools Required to Install the MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit | 332

Tools and Parts Required for Connecting an MX2000 Router to Power | 333

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2020 Hardware Components | 333

Tools and Parts Required for MX2020 Router Connections | 334

Unpacking the Router | 335

Overview of Unpacking the MX2020 Router | 335

Unpacking the MX2020 Router | 336

Verifying the MX2020 Parts Received | 340

Unpacking the Router Transport Kit | 344

Installing the Mounting Hardware | 347

Installing the MX2020 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet | 347

Installing Cage Nuts, If Needed | 347

Installing the Four-Post Mounting Shelf | 349

Installing the Router | 352

Removing Components from the MX2020 Router Chassis Before Installing it in a Rack | 352

Removing the Power Distribution Modules Before Installing an MX2020 Router | 353

Removing the Power Supply Modules Before Installing an MX2020 Router | 357

Removing the Fan Trays Before Installing an MX2020 Router | 361

Removing the SFBs Before Installing an MX2020 Router | 363

Removing the MPCs with Adapter Card Before Installing an MX2020 Router | 364

Removing the MPCs without an Adapter Card Before Installing an MX2020 Router | 365

Removing the CB-REs Before Installing the MX2020 Router | 366

Installing a MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack Overview | 368

Installing the Pallet Jack Attachment | 369

Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack with Attachment | 371

Installing a MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit Overview | 377

Installing the Router Transport Kit on the MX2020 Router | 378

 ix

Securing the MX2020 Router to the Router Transport Platform | 380

Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit | 384

Reinstalling Components in the MX2020 Router After Installing in a Rack | 394

Reinstalling the Power Distribution Modules After Installing the MX2020 Router in a Rack | 394

Reinstalling the Power Supply Modules After Installing the MX2020 Router | 398

Reinstalling the Fan Trays After Installing the MX2020 In a Rack | 402
Reinstalling the SFBs After Installing the MX2020 Router in a Rack | 404

Reinstalling the Adapter Card After Installing the MX2020 Router in a Rack | 405

Reinstalling MPCs After Installing the MX2020 Router in a Rack | 406

Reinstalling the CB-REs After Installing the MX2020 Router in a Rack | 408

Connecting the MX2020 to Ground | 411

Grounding an MX2000 Router | 411

Providing Power to the MX2020 | 413

Connecting Power to an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module | 414

Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution

Modules | 416

Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution

Modules | 420

Mapping Input Power from AC Power Distribution Modules to AC Power Supply Modules on
MX2000 Routers | 423

Installing MX2020 AC Power Supply Modules | 427

Installing MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Modules (-48 V) | 430

Installing MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Modules (240 V China) or High-Voltage Universal
(HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Modules | 435

Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2020 Router with Power Distribution Modules (-48 V) | 441

Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2000 Router with DC Power Distribution Modules (240 V
China) | 446

Connecting an MX2000 DC Router Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Cable | 447

Connecting an MX2000 DC Router Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Cable | 450

Connecting Power to a High Voltage-Powered MX2000 Router with Power Distribution Modules | 452
 x

Powering On the DC-Powered (-48 V) MX2020 Router | 453

Powering On the DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router | 455

Powering On a Three-Phase AC-Powered MX2000 Router | 456

Powering On the High-Voltage Powered Universal (HVAC/HVDC) MX2000 Router | 458

Connecting the MX2020 to the Network | 460

Connecting the MX2020 Router to Management and Alarm Devices | 460

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management | 460

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Console or Auxiliary Device | 461

Connecting an MX2020 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device | 463

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management | 465

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Console or Auxiliary Device | 466

Connecting an MX2020 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device | 468

Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX2020 Craft Interface | 470

Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX2020 Craft Interface | 471

Connecting MPC or MIC Cables to the MX2020 Router | 473

Configuring the Junos OS Software | 476

Initially Configuring the MX2020 Router | 476

4 Installing, Replacing, and Maintaining MX2020 Router Components

Required Tools and Parts | 484

Tools and Parts Required for Replacing MX2020 Hardware Components | 484

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an MX2020 Router | 487

Installing, Removing, and Maintaining Power Components | 488

Replacing an MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module | 488

Removing an MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module | 489

Installing an MX2000 Router Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module | 495

Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module | 502

Removing an MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module | 503

Installing an MX2000 Router Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module | 508

 xi

Removing an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module | 514

Installing an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module | 516

Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) | 521

Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) | 521

Installing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) | 525

Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) | 528

Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) | 529

Installing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) | 532

Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module | 534

Installing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution

Module | 535

Removing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Second Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power

Distribution Module | 537

Replacing an MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 543

Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 543

Installing an MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 545

Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) | 548

Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) | 548

Installing an MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) | 550

Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply

Module | 553

Removing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC)

Power Supply Module | 553

Installing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module | 557

Replacing an MX2000 AC Power Supply Module | 561

Removing an MX2000 AC Power Supply Module | 562

Installing MX2000 Router AC Power Supply Modules | 565

Maintaining the Power Supply Modules on the MX2000 Line of Routers | 569

Maintaining the MX2020 Power Usage | 573

Converting an MX2000 Router Between AC and DC Power | 583

Installing, Removing, and Maintaining Cooling System Components | 587

 xii

Replacing an MX2020 Fan Tray | 587

Removing an MX2020 Fan Tray | 588

Installing an MX2020 Fan Tray | 590

Maintaining the MX2020 Fan Trays | 592

Removing the MX2020 Air Filter | 605

Installing an MX2020 Air Filter | 612

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Filter | 619

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Vents | 620

Removing the MX2020 Air Baffle | 621

Installing the MX2020 Air Baffle | 622

Maintaining the MX2020 Cooling System Components | 623

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Vents | 623

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Filter | 624

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Baffle | 625

Maintaining the MX2020 Fan Trays | 626

Maintaining the MX2020 Cooling System Zones | 639

Maintaining the MX2020 Cooling System Zones | 641

Installing, Removing, and Maintaining Host Subsystem Components | 643

Maintaining the MX2020 Host Subsystem | 643

Maintaining the MX2020 Routing Engines | 644

Maintaining the MX2020 Control Boards | 646

Replacing an MX2000 SFB | 648

Removing an MX2000 SFB | 648

Installing an MX2000 SFB | 651

Maintaining the Switch Fabric Board (SFB) | 659

Replacing an MX2000 CB-RE | 660

Removing a CB-RE from an MX2000 Router | 661

Installing an MX2020 CB-RE | 663

Installing an MX2010 CB-RE | 666

 xiii

Maintaining the MX2020 Control Boards | 669

Maintaining the MX2020 Routing Engines | 671

Upgrading to the Control Board-Routing Engine REMX2K-X8-64G in a Redundant Host Subsystem | 673

Taking the Host Subsystem Offline | 674

Removing the Backup CB-RE | 674

Installing the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE | 675

Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded CB-RE as the Primary | 676

Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded CB-RE as the Backup | 676

Upgrading to the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE in a Nonredundant Host Subsystem | 677

Taking the Host Subsystem Offline | 677

Removing the CB-RE | 678

Installing the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE | 679

Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded CB-RE | 681

Maintaining the MX2020 Switch Processor Mezzanine Board (SPMB) | 681

Maintaining MX2020 Packet Forwarding Engine Components | 682

Maintaining MX2020 MPCs | 683

Maintaining MX2020 MICs | 687

Maintaining the MX2020 Ethernet Switch | 689

Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX2020 MPCs or MICs | 692

Installing, Removing, and Maintaining Interface Modules— ADCs, MPCs, and MICs | 695

Holding an MPC | 695

Storing an MX2020 MPC | 698

Replacing an MX2020 MPC and Adapter Card (ADC) | 699

Removing an MX2020 MPC with Adapter Card | 699

Removing an MX2020 MPC from the Adapter Card | 701

Removing an MX2020 Adapter Card | 703

Installing an MX2020 Adapter Card (ADC) | 705

Installing an MX2020 MPC into an Adapter Card | 707

Maintaining MX2020 MPCs | 711

Maintaining MX2020 Adapter Cards | 715

Replacing an MX2020 MIC | 717

 xiv

Removing an MX2020 MIC | 717

Installing an MX2020 MIC | 719

Installing an MX2020 Dual-Wide MIC | 723

Replacing a MIC Installed on an MPC6E | 727

Removing a MIC from an MPC6E | 727

Installing a MIC on an MPC6E | 728

Maintaining MX2020 MICs | 729

Replacing an SFP or XFP Transceiver on an MX2020 MPC or MIC | 731

Removing an SFP or XFP Transceiver from an MX2020 MPC or MIC | 731

Installing an SFP or XFP Transceiver into an MX2020 MPC or MIC | 733

Installing an SFP or XFP into an MX2000 MPC or MIC | 734

Installing an MX2020 Dual-Wide MIC | 735

Install a Transceiver | 738

Remove a Transceiver | 741

Replacing a CFP2 Transceiver | 743

Removing a CFP2 Transceiver | 744

Installing a CFP2 Transceiver | 745

Installing, Replacing, and Maintaining the Craft Interface | 747

Removing the MX2020 Craft Interface | 747

Installing the MX2020 Craft Interface | 748

Replacing an MX2020 Extended Craft Interface | 750

Removing an MX2020 Extended Craft Interface | 750

Installing an MX2020 Extended Craft Interface | 751

Replacing the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX2020 Craft Interface | 753

Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX2020 Craft Interface | 753

Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX2020 Craft Interface | 754

Maintaining and Verifying the Status of the MX2020 Craft Interface | 756

Installing, Removing, and Replacing EMI Covers | 759

Removing the MX2020 Standard EMI Covers | 759

 xv

Installing the MX2020 Standard EMI Covers | 760

Replacing the MX2020 Extended EMI Covers | 762

Removing the MX2020 Extended EMI Covers | 762

Installing the MX2020 Extended EMI Cover | 764

Installing the MX2020 Extended EMI Cover | 768

Installing, Replacing, and Maintaining Cables and Cable Managers | 772

Replacing a Cable on an MX2020 MPC or MIC | 773

Removing a Cable on an MX2020 MPC or MIC | 773

Installing a Cable on an MX2020 MPC or MIC | 774

Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX2020 MPCs or MICs | 778

Removing the MX2020 DC Cable Manager | 780

Installing the MX2020 DC Cable Manager | 782

Replacing the MX2020 Cable Managers | 784

Removing the MX2020 Upper Cable Manager | 785

Removing the MX2020 Lower Cable Manager | 786

Removing the MX2020 DC Cable Manager | 787

Installing the MX2020 Lower Cable Manager | 789

Installing the MX2020 Upper Cable Manager | 790

Installing the MX2020 DC Cable Manager | 791

Replacing the MX2020 Extended Cable Managers | 794

Removing the MX2020 Upper Extended Cable Manager | 794

Removing the MX2020 Lower Extended Cable Manager | 795

Removing the MX2020 Extended DC Cable Manager | 796

Installing the MX2020 Upper Extended Cable Manager | 797

Installing the Lower MX2020 Extended Cable Manager | 798

Installing the MX2020 Extended DC Cable Manager | 799

Removing the MX2020 Lower Cable Manager | 800

Installing the MX2020 Lower Cable Manager | 801

Removing the MX2020 Upper Cable Manager | 802

Installing the MX2020 Upper Cable Manager | 804

 xvi

Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord | 805

Removing an MX2020 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord | 805

Installing an MX2020 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord | 808

Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord | 812

Removing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord | 812

Installing an MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord | 815

Replacing an MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module Cable | 819

Disconnecting an MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module Cable | 819

Connecting an MX2000 DC Router Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Cable | 820

Connect a Device to a Management Console Using an RJ‑45 Connector | 823

Connect a Fiber-Optic Cable | 825

Disconnect a Fiber-Optic Cable | 825

How to Handle Fiber-Optic Cables | 826

Powering Off the Router | 828

Powering Off the AC-Powered or Universal HVAC/HVDC-Powered MX2000 Router | 828

Powering Off the DC-Powered or DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router | 829

Maintaining the Chassis and Components | 831

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the MX2020 Router | 831

Taking an MX2000 Host Subsystem Offline | 832

Maintaining the MX2020 Chassis FRU Power On Sequence | 834

Maintaining and Verifying the Status of the MX2020 Router Components | 835

Maintaining the MX2020 Ethernet Switch | 836

Maintaining and Verifying the MX2020 Router Version | 839

5 Troubleshooting Hardware
Troubleshooting Components | 843

MX2020 Troubleshooting Resources | 843

Troubleshooting the MX2020 Cooling System | 847

Troubleshooting the MX2020 Host Subsystems | 849

 xvii

Troubleshooting the MX2020 MICs | 850

Troubleshooting a Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) | 852

Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System | 856

6 Contacting Customer Support and Returning the Chassis or Components

Contacting Customer Support | 866

Contact Customer Support | 866

Locating Component Serial Numbers | 868

Displaying MX2020 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 868

MX2020 CB-RE Serial Number Label | 873

MX2020 Craft Interface Serial Number Label | 875

MX2020 Fan Tray Serial Number Label | 876

MX2020 MIC Serial Number Label | 876

MX2020 MPC Serial Number Label | 878

MX2020 Power Distribution Module Serial Number Label | 879

MX2020 Power Supply Module Serial Number Label | 881

MX2020 SFB Serial Number Label | 885

Packing and Returning Components | 887

Contact Customer Support to Obtain a Return Material Authorization | 887

Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment | 888

Packing the MX2020 Router for Shipment | 888

How to Return a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. | 891

7 Safety and Compliance Information

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 894

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 894

Definitions of Safety Warning Levels | 895

Qualified Personnel Warning | 897

Fire Safety Requirements | 898

 xviii

Warning Statement for Norway and Sweden | 899

Installation and Maintenance Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 900

Installation Instructions Warning | 900

Chassis and Component Lifting Guidelines | 901

Ramp Warning | 901

Rack-Mounting and Cabinet-Mounting Warnings | 902

Grounded Equipment Warning | 906

Radiation and Laser Warnings | 907

Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 907

Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning | 910

Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 911

Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 911

Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 917

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 917

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage | 919

AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines | 920

AC Power Disconnection Warning | 921

DC Power Copper Conductors Warning | 922

DC Power Disconnection Warning | 923

DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning | 924

DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning | 925

DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning | 927

Midplane Energy Hazard Warning | 928

Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning | 928

Action to Take After an Electrical Accident | 929

Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements | 930

 xix

Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements for the MX2020 Router | 930

Agency Approvals for MX2020 Routers | 930

Compliance Statements for NEBS for the MX2020 Router | 932

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the MX2020 Router | 932

Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements | 934

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements | 934

Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements | 936

Compliance Statements for Data Center | 936

 xx

About This Guide

Use this guide to install hardware and perform initial software configuration, routine maintenance, and
troubleshooting for the MX2020 Universal Routing Platform. After completing the installation and basic
configuration procedures covered in this guide, refer to the Junos OS documentation for information
about further software configuration.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Quick Start

Junos OS for MX Series 5G Universal Routing Platforms
1CHAPTER

Fast Track: Initial Installation

IN THIS CHAPTER

Fast Track to Rack Installation and Power | 2

Configure and Monitor MX2020 | 31
 2

Fast Track to Rack Installation and Power

SUMMARY IN THIS SECTION

This procedure guides you through the simplest Install the MX2020 in a Rack | 2
steps for the most common installation to mount Connect to Power | 25
your MX2020 router in a rack and connect it to
power.

Install the MX2020 in a Rack

IN THIS SECTION

Mount the Router | 3

You can mount the MX2020 Universal Routing Platform in a four-post rack or cabinet. In this section,
we'll walk you through the steps to install an MX2020 router and connect it to power.

A fully configured router can weigh up to 1,515 lb (687.19 kg).

Because of the router's size and weight, you can install the router using a pallet jack with a pallet jack
attachment, or the router transport kit. We recommend that you use the router transport kit to install
the router.

You must install the router into a rack or cabinet that is secured to the building structure in a restricted-
access location. You must also ensure that the chassis is always grounded properly.

Before you install, review the following:

• "MX2020 Site Preparation Checklist" on page 204

• "General Safety Guidelines and Warnings" on page 894

• "Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage" on page 919

• "Overview of Unpacking the MX2020 Router" on page 335

• "Chassis and Component Lifting Guidelines" on page 901

 3

Mount the Router

To connect the MX2020 router to a four-post rack using a router transport kit (model number MX2K-
TRNSPRT-KIT):

1. Slide the four-post rack mounting shelf between the rack rails, resting the bottom of the shelf on
the rack supports. The four-post rack mounting shelf installs on the rear rack rails, extending
toward the front of the rack.

NOTE: There must be a minimum of 45-U unobstructed front-to-back usable rack

space when installing the MX2020 router into a four-post rack or cabinet.

2. On the front of the rear rack rails, partially insert screws into the holes in each ear of the four-post
rack mounting shelf.
 4

Figure 1: Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet

3. Partially insert screws into the open holes in the front ears of the four-post rack mounting shelf.

4. Tighten all the screws completely.

5. Because of the router's size and weight, you must first remove the components from the chassis
before installation.
 5

Figure 2: Components to Remove from the Front of the MX2020 Router

Table 1: Components to Remove from the Front of the MX2020 Router

Component No. Component Description Slots Number of FRUs

1 MPCs with ADCs and 10 through 19 (top) 10

MICs (top)

2 Switch Fabric Boards 8

0 through 7
(SFBs)

3 Control Board and 2

0 and 1
Routine Engine (CB-RE)

4 MPCs with ADCs and 10

0 through 9
MICs (bottom)
 6

Figure 3: Components to Remove from the Rear of an AC-Powered MX2020 Router

 7

Table 2: Components to Remove from the Rear of an AC-Powered MX2020 Router

Component No. Component Description Slots Number of FRUs

1 Upper fan trays (two) Fan tray 2 and fan tray 3 2

(behind cage door)

2 AC PDM—Three-phase PDM3/Input1 1
delta or wye

3 AC PSM 9 through 17 9

4 PSM air filter – 1

5 AC PDM—Three-phase 1
PDM2/Input0
delta or wye

6 AC PDM—Three-phase 1
PDM1/Input1
delta or wye

7 AC PSM 0 through 8 9

8 PSM air filter – 1

9 AC PDM—Three-phase 1
PDM0/Input0
delta or wye

10 Fan tray air filter – 1

11 Fan tray 0 and fan tray 1 2

Lower fan trays (two)
(behind access door)

To remove the components from the router:

a. Slide each component out of the chassis evenly so that it does not become stuck or damaged.

b. Label each component as you remove it so you can reinstall it in the correct location.

c. Immediately store each removed component in an electrostatic bag.

 8

d. Lay each one on a flat surface. Do not stack removed components.

To remove the upper and lower fan tray:

a. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap
to an approved site ESD grounding point. Refer the instructions for your site.

b. Loosen the two captive screws on each side of the fan tray access panel and open.

c. Loosen the two captive screws on the fan tray faceplate.

d. Press and hold the latch while simultaneously pulling the fan tray out approximately 1 to 3 in.
Place one hand under the fan tray for support, while pulling the fan tray completely out of the
router.

NOTE: The double latch system is a safety mechanism, so you cannot pull the fan
tray out in one motion.

e. Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface. Do not stack fan
trays on top of another after you remove them.

Figure 4: Removing Upper Fan Trays

 9

Figure 5: Removing Lower Fan Trays

NOTE: For complete instructions on removing router components, see "Removing

Components from the MX2020 Router Chassis Before Installing it in a Rack" on
page 352.

6. Remove the router transport kit from the shipping crate (see "Unpacking the Router Transport Kit"
on page 344).

7. Remove the winch strap plate that is secured to the winch mount by using a 9/16-in. (14 mm)
socket wrench, and set the plate aside.

8. Using a number 3 Phillips screwdriver, loosen the captive screws that secure the winch mount to
the router transport kit, and set the mount aside.

9. Using a number 3 Phillips screwdriver, loosen the captive screws that secure the router transport
mounting plate and wheel assembly (left and right) to the router transport platform, and set them
aside.
 10

Figure 6: Preparing the Router Transport Kit for Installation

10. Remove the four shipping brackets that secure the router to the shipping crate platform by using a
9/16-in. (14 mm) socket wrench, and a number 2 Phillips screwdriver, and set the brackets aside.

11. Align the left router transport mounting plate and wheel assembly (indicated by left arrow) with the
holes on the left side of the chassis.
 11

Figure 7: Installing the Router Transport Kit onto the MX2020 Router

12. Using a number 3 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the captive screws to secure the router transport
mounting plate and wheel assembly to the chassis.

13. Align the right router transport mounting plate and wheel assembly (indicated by right arrow) with
the holes on the right side of the chassis (see Figure 7 on page 11).

14. Using a number 3 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the captive screws to secure the router transport
mounting plate and wheel assembly to the chassis.

15. Once you have installed the router transport kit onto the router, you can now secure the router to
the transport platform. Reinstall the front and rear shipping covers to help guide the chassis during
installation.
 12

16. Using the shipping crate door as a ramp, secure the door to the crate platform by using the two
metal latches.

Figure 8: Securing the Crate Door to the Shipping Crate Platform

17. Using a two-person team on either side of the chassis, turn the handles on the router transport 4–5
times until the chassis is raised approximately 1 in. (2.54 cm), making sure that the chassis is level.
 13

NOTE: The router transport kit is equipped with four T-shaped levels on top of each
of the four router transport mounting brackets. Make sure that the bubbles within
the T-shaped levels are between the lines, indicating that the chassis is level.

CAUTION: Do not raise the chassis above 1 in. (2.54 cm). This ensures the router
will not tilt during transportation, which can result in injury or damage to the router.

18. Turn the four wheels on the router transport kit toward the rear of the chassis.

19. Grasping the handles on the shipping covers, carefully guide the chassis down the crate ramp to the
rack location.

WARNING: Do not push or pull the router fast during transporting. Doing so can
cause the wheels to turn abruptly and tilt the router over.

20. Position the router transport platform directly under the router, aligning the router transport
platform with the bottom of the chassis by adjusting the four leveling mounts.

21. Secure the router transport platform to the router transport mounting plates by using the four latch
locks.
 14

Figure 9: Securing the Router Transport Platform

 15

22. Install the winch strap plate to the rear of the router by using the four captive screws, and tighten
the screws.
 16

Figure 10: Installing Winch Strap Plate

 17

23. Using a four-person team, transport the router to the rack installation location and center it in front
of the mounting shelf.

24. Install the winch mount bracket to the rear rack rails by using the six captive screws, and tighten
the screws.

Figure 11: Installing Winch Mount Bracket to Rack Rails

25. Adjust the height of the router by turning the handles clockwise until the router transport platform
is aligned with the surface of the mounting shelf and slightly higher than the mounting shelf.
 18

NOTE: Make sure the bubbles within the T-shaped levels are between the lines,
indicating the router is level.
 19

Figure 12: Aligning the MX2020 Router with Rack Mounting Shelf
 20

26. Adjust the four leveling mounts on the router transport platform until all four leveling mounts rest
firmly on the ground (see Figure 12 on page 19).

27. Unlock the four toggle latches that secure the router transport platform to the router transport
mounting plate and wheel assembly.

28. Lift the wheels up by turning the handles counterclockwise so that the weight of the router is on
the router transport platform.

29. Using a number 3 Phillips screwdriver, loosen the captive screws that secure the router transport
mounting plates and wheel assembly to the chassis, and set them aside.
 21

Figure 13: Removing Router Transport Mounting Plate and Wheel Assembly
 22

30. Attach the winch strap to the winch strap plate at the rear of the router.

Figure 14: Attaching Winch Strap to Winch Strap Plate

31. Attach a 1-1/8 in. (28.57 mm) socket wrench to the winch mechanism and turn clockwise to start
pulling the chassis into the rack.
 23

Figure 15: Pulling the MX2020 into the Rack

 24

NOTE: A four-person team is needed to carefully guide the router into the rack
while operating the winch.

NOTE: If the router is not pulled all the way into the rack by the winch mechanism,
grasp the handles on the shipping covers and carefully slide the router onto the
mounting shelf until the front-mounting flanges contact the rack rails. You must
remove the winch bracket to perform this procedure.

NOTE: There must be a minimum of 45-U of usable rack space when installing the
MX2020 into a 45-U rack.

32. Remove the router transport platform, and set the platform aside.

33. Remove the winch mount and winch strap plate, and set them aside.

34. Insert sixteen mounting screws (eight on each side) into the mounting holes to secure the router to
the rack.

35. Visually inspect the alignment of the router. To verify that the router is installed properly in the
rack, see that all the mounting screws on one side of the rack are aligned with the mounting screws
on the opposite side and the router is level.

36. Reassemble the router transport kit, and set aside.

37. Reinstall the components in the router:

a. Take each component out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the component where
it will be connected.

b. Slide each component into the chassis evenly so that it does not become stuck or damaged.

NOTE: We recommend that you reinstall the rear components first.

c. Tighten the captive screws, and secure all levers for each component.

NOTE: Make sure that all empty slots are covered with a blank panel before
operating the router.
 25

Connect to Power

IN THIS SECTION

Ground the Router | 25

Connect the Power Cable and Power On the Router | 26

The MX2020 router supports -48 V and 240 V China DC power configurations, three-phase (delta and
wye) AC power configurations, single-phase power configuration, and high-voltage AC (HVAC) or high-
voltage DC (HVDC) configurations. In this section, we show you how to connect to power using a three-
phase delta AC power distribution module.

CAUTION: Do not mix AC, DC, 240 V China, or universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSMs or
different PDM types within a single system. The MX2010 systems configured for three-
phase wye AC input power must use only three-phase wye AC PDMs and three-phase
wye AC PSMs. The systems configured for DC (-48 V) input power must use DC (-48 V)
PDMs and PSMs. The systems configured for DC (240 V China) input power must use
DC (240 V China) PDMs and PSMs. The systems configured for three-phase delta AC
input power must use only three-phase delta AC PDMs and three-phase delta AC PSMs.
The systems configured for single-phase AC input power must use only single phase AC
PDMS and single-phase AC PSMs. The systems configured for universal (HVAC/HVDC)
input power must use universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDMs and universal PSMs.

To connect the MX2020 router to AC power:

Ground the Router

To meet safety and electromagnetic interference (EMI) requirements and to ensure proper operation,
you must connect the chassis to earth ground. Make this connection before you connect the router to
power.

To connect the MX2020 router to earth ground:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. Refer the instructions for your site.

2. Connect the grounding cable to a proper earth ground.

 26

3. Verify that a licensed electrician has attached the cable lug provided with the router to the grounding
cable.

4. Make sure that grounding surfaces are clean and brought to a bright finish before you make
grounding connections.

5. Place the grounding cable lug over the grounding points. The upper pair is sized for UNC 1/4-20
bolts, and the lower pair is sized for M6 bolts.

6. Secure the grounding cable lug to the grounding points, first with the washers, and then with the
nuts.

Figure 16: Grounding Points on the MX2020 Router

7. Verify that the grounding cabling is correct, that the grounding cable does not touch or block access
to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.

Connect the Power Cable and Power On the Router

To connect power to a three-phase delta AC power distribution module:

1. Switch off the dedicated customer-site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the AC
power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become
active during installation.

2. Detach the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point, and connect the
strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

3. Switch off (O) the AC power supply modules (PSMs) and disengage all AC PSMs.
 27

4. Verify that the correct three-phase delta AC PDMs are installed and secured in the chassis before
connecting power cables.

NOTE: The power cables must be uninstalled and removed from the PDM before the
PDM is removed from the chassis.

5. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, unscrew the four captive screws located on the either
side of the metal AC wiring compartment (four screws total per PDM).

6. Remove the cover of the metal AC wiring compartment.

7. Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.

8. Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the retaining nut and rubber grommet.

9. Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment.

10. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC PDM (see Figure 17 on
page 28). Figure 18 on page 28 shows the three-phase delta AC power cord and connector.
Loosen the input terminal or grounding point screw, insert each wire into the grounding point or
input terminal, and tighten the screw (see Table 3 on page 29 for approved AC wire gauge).

NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a
1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen
wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.

NOTE: The three-phase delta AC PDM must be installed and secured in the chassis
before connecting the power input cables. If the PDM must be removed, both input
power cables must be uninstalled and removed from the PDM before the PDM can
be removed from the chassis. The MX2020 chassis is not sensitive to phase rotation
sequence—either clockwise or counterclockwise will operate correctly.

To connect wires to the terminal block that serves six PSMs:

a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND.

b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A1.

c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B1.

d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C1.
 28

Figure 17: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module

Figure 18: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

 29

NOTE: The three-phase delta AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on
which slot the PDM gets plugged into.

CAUTION: Wire label configuration is for Juniper Networks supplied cable only. If
you are using your own cable, make sure that you use the proper connections.

To connect wires to the terminal block that serves three PSMs:

a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND.

b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A2.

c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B2.

d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C2.

WARNING: To protect power supplies from input voltage that might be caused by
miswired PDMs, before reinstalling the metal cover to the wiring compartment apply
AC voltage to the PDM (with disengaged PSM) to make sure that two LEDs on the
PDM are lit green and that the AC voltage between AC terminal blocks A1-B1, B1-
C1, C1-A1, A2-B2, B2-C2, and C2-A2 for three-phase delta PDM is not more than
264VAC when measured with a digital voltage meter (DVM). Then turn off the AC
breaker, de-energizing the PDM, and install the metal cover and engage all AC PSMs.

NOTE: The color of each AC power wire might vary.

NOTE: Three-phase delta AC wire assembly kits can be purchased from Juniper
Networks.

Table 3: Supported Three-Phase Delta AC Wire Gauge

Wire Gauge Description

4 x 6-AWG or equivalent 4 conductor wires, each wire is 6-AWG

 30

NOTE: We recommend that you use the proper gauge wire in order for the cable
clamps to hold the AC cables. Using smaller gauge wiring will result in the cable
clamps not tightening properly.

WARNING: Power connections must be performed by a licensed electrician only.

11. Verify that the power cable connections are correct.

12. Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment.

13. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the four captive screws on the metal AC wiring
compartment.

14. Use the provided plastic cable tie to fasten the AC power cord to the PDM.

15. Verify that the AC power cord does not touch or block access to router components, and that it
does not drape where people could trip on it.

16. Repeat the procedure for the other three-phase delta AC PDMs.

17. Connect the three-phase delta AC power cord mating connector to the AC power cord connector.

Figure 19: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord Mating Connector

 31

Table 4: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord Mating Cable Connector Specifications

Cable Manufacturer Part Number Description

Three-phase delta 460C9W 60-amp, 250 volt 3-phase, 3-

pole, 4-wire, North American
pin and sleeve connector,
industrial grade, IP67,
watertight (blue)

WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the PDM. They can contain
dangerous voltages.

Configure and Monitor MX2020

SUMMARY IN THIS SECTION

This topic provides you with pointers to configure, Junos OS CLI | 31

and monitor MX2020 routers using the Junos OS
CLI.

Junos OS CLI

You can configure and monitor MX2020 routers using the Junos OS CLI. See Table 5 on page 31 for
more information.

Table 5: Configure MX2020 Using Junos OS CLI

If you want to Then

Customize basic configuration See "Initially Configuring the MX2020 Router" on page
476.
 32

Table 5: Configure MX2020 Using Junos OS CLI (Continued)

If you want to Then

Explore the software features supported on the See Feature Explorer.

MX2020

Configure supported software features on the See User Guides.

MX2020
1PART

Overview

MX2020 System Overview and Architecture | 34

Alarm and Display Components | 68
Cable and Rack Management | 74
Cooling System Components and Descriptions | 83
Host Subsystem Components | 89
Interface Modules— ADCs, MPCs, and MICs | 123
Power Subsystem | 160
 34

CHAPTER 2

MX2020 System Overview and Architecture

IN THIS CHAPTER

MX2020 Universal Edge Router Overview | 34

MX Series Router Architecture | 35

MX2020 Chassis Description | 36

MX2020 Backplane Description | 47

MX2020 Component Redundancy | 48

MX2020 Field-Replaceable Units | 55

MX Series Router Packet Forwarding Engine (PFE) Architecture | 57

Line Cards Supported on MX Series Routers | 59

Ethernet Frame Counts and Statistics on MX Series Routers | 63

MX2020 Router Hardware Components and CLI Terminology | 63

Understanding Trio Layer 2 Feature Parity | 67

MX2020 Universal Edge Router Overview

The MX2020 Universal Routing Platform is an Ethernet-optimized router that provides both switching
and carrier-class Ethernet routing. The MX2020 router supports service provider core, converged core
and edge, and edge applications, and enables a wide range of business and residential and services,
including high-speed transport and VPN services, next-generation broadband multiplay services, and
high-volume Internet data center internetworking.

The MX2020 chassis provides redundancy and resiliency. All major hardware components including the
power system, the cooling system, the control board and the switch fabrics are fully redundant.

The MX2020 router is 45 rack units (U) tall. One router can be installed in a four-post rack or cabinet.
The MX2020 router has 20 dedicated line card slots for a maximum of 20 Modular Port Concentrators
(MPCs). Up to two Modular Interface Cards (MICs) can be installed in each MPC for a total of 40 MICs
when fully populated. The host subsystem consists of two Control Boards with Routing Engines (CB-
REs) and eight Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs).
 35

For a list of the supported MPCs, and MICs, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Component Redundancy | 48

MX2020 Physical Specifications | 206
MX2020 Chassis Description | 36
MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description
MX2020 Craft Interface Description | 68
MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160
MX2020 Cooling System Description | 83

MX Series Router Architecture

The key components of the Juniper Networks MX Series 5G Universal Routing Platforms are:

• Dense Port Concentrators (DPC)

• Modular Port Concentrators (MPC)

• Modular Interface Cards (MIC)

• Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE)

• Switch Control Board (SCB)

• Switch Fabric Board (SFB)

NOTE: The MX80 Universal Routing Platform leverages the technology used in the
MPCs, common across the MX Series, and can accommodate multiple combinations of
Modular Interface Cards (MICs) for increased flexibility. The MX80 is a single board
router with a built-in RE and one Packet Forwarding Engine (PFE). The PFE has two
“pseudo” Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPC 0 and FPC 1). Because there is no switching
fabric, the single PFE takes care of both ingress and egress packet forwarding.

The MX Series router has been optimized for Ethernet services. Examples of the wide range of Ethernet
services provided by the MX Series include:

• Virtual private LAN service (VPLS) for multipoint connectivity—Native support for VPLS services
 36

• Virtual leased line (VLL) for point-to-point services—Native support for point-to-point services

• RFC 2547.bis IP/MPLS VPN (L3VPN)—Full support for MPLS VPNs throughout the Ethernet network

• Video distribution IPTV services

• Ethernet aggregation at the campus/enterprise edge—Supports dense 1-Gigabit Ethernet, 10-Gigabit

Ethernet, and 100-Gigabit Ethernet configurations, and provides full Layer 3 support for campus
edge requirements

• Ethernet aggregation at the multiservice edge—Supports up to 480 1-Gigabit Ethernet ports or

48 10-Gigabit Ethernet ports for maximum Ethernet density along, with full Layer 2 and Layer 3 VPN
support for MSE applications

NOTE: You can configure MX Series routers to provide simultaneous support for Layer 2
and Layer 3 Ethernet services. In many cases, Layer 2 protocols run on some interfaces,
and Layer 3 protocols run on others.
The Junos OS Layer 2 Switching and Bridging Library topic discusses Layer 2
configurations on supported routers, including Layer 2 statement summaries and
configuration statement examples. For more complete Layer 2 configuration examples
for MX Series routers, see the Ethernet Networking User Guide for MX Series Routers.

For more information about configuring Layer 3 features and functions (such as class of
service), see the relevant Junos configuration guides.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Line Cards Supported on MX Series Routers

MX2020 Chassis Description

The router chassis is a rigid sheet metal structure that houses all the other router components, (see
Figure 20 on page 38, Figure 21 on page 40, and Figure 22 on page 43). The chassis installs in a
standard 19-in. four-post rack or enclosed cabinet.

NOTE: There must be a minimum of 45-U of usable rack space when installing the
MX2020 router into a 45-U rack.
 37

NOTE: If you are installing the MX2020 router into a network cabinet, make sure that no
hardware, device, rack, or cabinet component obstructs the 45-U rack space from access
during installation.

There are two types of chassis configurations available for the MX2020:

• The chassis with standard cable managers and EMI covers measures 78.75 in. (200 cm) high,
19 in. (48.26 cm) wide, and 35.72 in. (90.7 cm) deep.

• The chassis with extended cable managers and extended EMI covers measures 78.75 in. (200 cm)
high, 19 in. (48.26 cm) wide, and 37.46 in. (95.1 cm) deep.

CAUTION: Before removing or installing components, attach an ESD strap to an ESD

point, and place the other end of the strap around your bare wrist. Failure to use an ESD
strap could result in damage to the hardware components.

WARNING: The router must be connected to earth ground during normal operation.

NOTE: One router can be installed in a 45-U four-post rack if the rack can support the
combined weight, which can be greater than 1,500 lb (680.39 kg).

Mounting hardware includes built-in front-mounting flanges on the front of the chassis, and one large
shelf attached to a four-post rack or cabinet to support the chassis.
 38

Figure 20: Front View of a Fully Configured MX2020 Router Chassis

Remove field replacement units (FRUs) from the front of the MX2020 router before you install the
router. See Table 6 on page 38 for information on MX2020 router components.

Table 6: Front Components in a Fully Configured MX2020 Router

Component No. Component Description Slots Number of FRUs

1 Craft interface - 1

2 Upper cable manager– – 1

(standard or extended)
 39

Table 6: Front Components in a Fully Configured MX2020 Router (Continued)

Component No. Component Description Slots Number of FRUs

3 MPCs with ADCs and 10 through 19 (top) 10

MICs (top)

4 Switch Fabric Boards 8

0 through 7
(SFBs)

5 Air filter door - 1

6 Middle card cage air filter – 1

7 Control Board and 2

0 and 1
Routing Engine (CB-RE)

8 MPCs with ADCs and 10

0 through 9
MICs (bottom)

9 Lower cable manager– 1

–
(standard or extended)

NOTE: A combination middle cable manager and air filter is installed over the middle
card cage.
 40

Figure 21: Rear View of a Fully Configured AC-Powered MX2020 Router Chassis

Remove field replacement units (FRUs) from the rear of the MX2020 router before you install the router.
See Table 7 on page 41 for information on MX2020 router components.
 41

Table 7: Rear Components in a Fully Configured AC-Powered MX2020 Router

Component No. Component Description Slots Number of FRUs

1 Upper fan trays (two) Fan tray 2 and fan tray 3 2

(behind cage door)

2 AC PDM—Three-phase delta PDM3/Input1 1

or wye, single-phase AC, or
high-voltage second-
generation universal (HVAC/
HVDC) PDM.

NOTE: The universal PDM

accepts either an HVAC/
HVDC input.

3 AC PSM or high-voltage 9
second-generation universal 9 through 17
(HVAC/HVDC) PSM.

4 PSM air filter – 1

5 AC PDM—Three-phase delta 1
or wye, single-phase AC, or
PDM2/Input0
universal (HVAC/HVDC)
PDM.

6 AC PDM—Three-phase delta 1
or wye, single-phase AC, or
PDM1/Input1
universal (HVAC/HVDC)
PDM

7 AC PSM or universal (HVAC/ 9

0 through 8
HVDC) PSM

8 PSM air filter – 1

 42

Table 7: Rear Components in a Fully Configured AC-Powered MX2020 Router (Continued)

Component No. Component Description Slots Number of FRUs

9 AC PDM)—Three-phase 1
delta or wye, single-phase
PDM0/Input0
AC, or universal (HVAC/
HVDC) PDM.

10 Fan tray air filter – 1

11 Fan tray 0 and fan tray 1 2

Lower fan trays (two)
(behind access door)
 43

Figure 22: Rear View of a Fully Configured DC-Powered MX2020 Router Chassis

Remove field replacement units (FRUs) from the rear of the MX2020 router before you install the router.
See Table 8 on page 43 for information on MX2020 router components.

Table 8: Rear Components in a Fully Configured DC-Powered MX2020 Router

Component No. Component Description Slots Number of FRUs

1 Upper fan trays (two) Fan tray 2 and fan tray 3 2

(behind cage door)
 44

Table 8: Rear Components in a Fully Configured DC-Powered MX2020 Router (Continued)

Component No. Component Description Slots Number of FRUs

2 DC PDM, DC PDM (240 V PDM3/Input1 1

China), or high-voltage
second-generation universal
(HVAC/HVDC) PDM.

3 DC PSMs, DC PSM (240 V 9

Chinas), or high-voltage
9 through 17
second-generation universal
(HVAC/HVDC) PSMs.

4 PSM air filter – 1

5 DC PDM, DC PDM (240 V 1

China), or high-voltage
PDM2/Input0
second-generation universal
(HVAC/HVDC) PDM.

6 DC PDM, DC PDM (240 V 1

China), or high-voltage
PDM1/Input1
second-generation universal
(HVAC/HVDC) PDM.

7 DC PSM, DC PSM (240 V 9

China), or high-voltage
0 through 8
second-generation universal
(HVAC/HVDC) PSM.

8 PSM air filter – 1

9 DC PDM, DC PDM (240 V 1

China), or high-voltage
PDM0/Input0
second-generation universal
(HVAC/HVDC) PDM.
 45

Table 8: Rear Components in a Fully Configured DC-Powered MX2020 Router (Continued)

Component No. Component Description Slots Number of FRUs

10 DC cable manager–(standard 4
–
or extended)

11 Fan tray air filter – 1

12 Fan tray 0 and fan tray 1 2

Lower fan tray (two)
(behind access door)

The MX2020 router has four electrostatic discharge (ESD) points. Two are located on either side of the
upper MPCs on the front of the chassis. A second pair is located on either side of the lower MPCs on
the front of the chassis (see Figure 23 on page 46).
 46

Figure 23: MX2020 Router ESD Points

 47

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Physical Specifications | 206

Installing the MX2020 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet | 347
MX2000 Router Grounding Specifications
MX2020 Chassis Moving Guidelines | 223

MX2020 Backplane Description

Backplanes are located toward the rear of the chassis and form the rear of the card cage. They consist of
one upper signal and power backplane located at the top of the chassis, and one lower signal and power
backplane located at the bottom of the chassis. The Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) connect both upper and
lower backplanes. The adapter cards (ADCs) are carrier cards used to house the MPCs. The MPCs install
into the top and bottom card cage backplanes from the front of the chassis and mate to the signal
backplanes. The SFBs and CB-REs install into the middle from the front of the chassis. The PSMs and
PDMs install into the top and bottom power backplanes from the rear of the chassis. The cooling system
components also connect to the top and bottom backplanes.

The backplane performs the following major functions:

• Data path—Data packets are transferred across the backplane between the MPCs through the fabric
ASICs on the SFBs.

• Power distribution—The router PDMs relay power from the feeds to the input of the PSMs through
the power midplane. In addition, the output power from PSMs is distributed to the components of
the chassis (MPCs, SFBs, and CB-REs), using the power backplane.

• Control/Management path—The backplane provides management and control path connectivity

among the various system components.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Universal Edge Router Overview | 34

MX2020 Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) Description | 138
MX2000 Switch Fabric Board (SFB) Overview
MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description
MX2000 Modular Interface Card (MIC) Description | 123
MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160
MX2020 Power Midplane Description | 167
 48

MX2020 Component Redundancy

A fully-configured router is designed so that no single point of failure can cause the entire system to fail.
Only a fully-configured router provides complete redundancy. All other configurations provide partial
redundancy. The following major hardware components are redundant:

• Host subsystem—The host subsystem consists of a Routing Engine functioning together with a
Control Board. The MX router can have one or two host subsystems. Each host subsystem functions
as a unit—the Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE). To operate, each host subsystem requires
one or two Routing Engines installed into the front of the chassis in vertical slots labeled 0 and 1. If
two CB-REs are installed, one functions as the primary and the other functions as the backup. If the
primary host subsystem (or either of its components) fails, the backup can take over as the primary.
See MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description.

If the Routing Engines are configured for nonstop active routing, the backup Routing Engine
automatically synchronizes its configuration and state with the primary Routing Engine. Any update
to the primary Routing Engine state is replicated on the backup Routing Engine. If the backup
Routing Engine assumes primary role, packet forwarding continues through the packet transport
router without interruption.

• Power system—The MX2020 router has up to four power distribution modules (PDMs) that share the
load evenly. If one PDM fails in a fully redundant power system that includes two PDMs and nine
power supply modules (PSMs), the other PDM can provide full power to the MX router indefinitely.
PSM redundancy varies depending on the number of PSMs and number of Field Replaceable Units
(FRUs). See the "MX2020 Power Subsystem Description" on page 160 for more information about
power system redundancy.

• PSMs—All PSMs in the power subsystem share the load (the nine PSMs in the upper card cage share
the load, and the nine PSMs in the lower card cage share the load). If one PSM fails in a redundant
configuration, the remaining PSMs provide power to FRUs. In the AC, DC, 240 V China, or universal
high voltage AC (HVAC), or high voltage DC (HVDC) configuration, up to eighteen PSMs may be
required to supply power to a fully configured router.

In a fully configured MX2020 router with 18 PSMs, the nine PSMs in the upper card cage and the
nine PSMs in the lower card cage supply power to:

• 10 line-card slots

• Four Power Distribution Modules (PDMs)

• 20 Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs) (10 MPCs per zone)

• Two fan trays

• Eight Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs)

 49

• Two Control Board and Routing Engines (CB-REs)

A portion of power from each zone is reserved to power critical FRUs. These FRUs allow the system
to operate even if power to a complete zone fails.

• DC power subsystem—The MX2020 DC power system (-48 V and 240 V China) is comprised of two
subsystems. Each DC power subsystem provides power to 10 line-card slots, three fan trays, two CB-
REs, and eight SFBs. There are nine DC PSMs and two DC PDMs in each power subsystem. This
means, if one power subsystem stops functioning for any reason, only the MPCs will stop
functioning; the router will continue to function.

Figure 24 on page 49 illustrates feed redundancy for the MX2020 DC power subsystem.

Figure 24: MX2020 Router DC Power Subsystem Feed Redundancy

Each DC power subsystem has two power zones: zone 0 and zone 1. A portion of power from each
zone is reserved to power critical FRUs. These FRUs allow the system to operate even if power to a
complete zone fails. Some FRUs draw power only from zone 0, some FRUs draw power only from
zone 1, and some FRUs draw power from both zone 0 and zone 1.

There are two types of DC power subsystems available for the MX2020: a “base” DC power
subsystem (MX2020-BASE-DC) and an “optimized” or premium DC power subsystem (MX2020-
PREMIUM2-DC). The fan trays in an optimized DC power subsystem draw power from the power
zones differently than the fan trays in a base DC power subsystem. In a base DC power subsystem,
two of the four fan trays draw power from both zones. In the optimized DC power subsystem, two of
the fan trays draw power from only one zone. Because of this, the optimized power subsystem
requires less power. See "Determining DC Power Requirements for Your MX2020 Router" on page
300 for more information about MX 2020 power distribution.

Figure 25 on page 50 illustrates how the power zones in the MX2020 base DC power subsystem
distribute power to FRUs
 50

Figure 25: Power Distribution in a DC Base Power Subsystem

Figure 26 on page 50 illustrates how the power zones in the MX2020 optimized DC power
subsystem distribute power to FRUs

Figure 26: Power Distribution in an Optimized DC Power Subsystem

• DC PSMs—The MX2020 DC PSMs (-48 V) and DC PSMs (240 V China) are hot-removable and hot-
insertable. The DC PSMs are a dual redundant feed (INP0 and INP1). To provide feed redundancy,
you can connect each DC PSM to two separate feeds from different sources. When both input feeds
are present, power is drawn from the feed supplying higher DC voltage. You can set these feeds by
using the input mode DIP switch located on the DC PSM (see "MX2020 DC Power Supply Module
(-48 V) Description" on page 185).

• DC PDMs (-48 VDC or 240 V China) There are two PDMs per power subsystem capable of carrying
seven feeds or nine feeds each. You can install a total of four PDMs into a router. Each DC PDM
240 V China) or DC PDM (-48 V) operates with seven feeds or nine feeds of either a 60-A or 80-A
current limit. The capacity of these feeds is relayed to system software through a switch located on
the DC PDM. In a redundant configuration, the seven-feed DC PDMs support a total of fourteen 60-
 51

A or 80-A feeds, and the nine-feed DC PDMs support a total of eighteen 60-A or 80-A feeds. Each
DC PSM is capable of delivering 2500 W of power if 80-A feeds are connected. In the DC
configuration, each subsystem provides N+1 PSM redundancy along with N+N feed redundancy. The
power feeds from different sources need to be connected to different PDMs. If feeds that connect to
one PDM fail in a redundant configuration, the other feed will provide full power.

NOTE: The selected input capacity applies to all inputs of this PDM. Selecting 60-A
reduces the available power output capacity of the PSMs supplied by this PDM.

NOTE: Depending on the voltage of the DC feeds (-48 VDC or 240 V China), power can
be drawn from both feeds. The feed with higher voltage provides more power. If the
difference between the voltages is sufficient, then the higher voltage feed provides all
the power. When the voltages are exactly the same, equal power is drawn from both
feeds.

• DC PDMs (240 V China)—There are two PDMs per power subsystem capable of carrying nine feeds
each. You can install a total of four PDMs (240 V China) into a router. Each DC PSM is capable of
delivering 2500 W of power. In the DC configuration, each subsystem provides N+1 PSM
redundancy along with N+N feed redundancy. The power feeds from different sources need to be
connected to different PDMs. If feeds that connect to one PDM fail in a redundant configuration, the
other feed will provide full power.

NOTE: Depending on the voltage of the DC feeds, power can be drawn from both
feeds. The feed with higher voltage provides more power. If the difference between the
voltages is sufficient, then the higher voltage feed provides all the power. When the
voltages are exactly the same, equal power is drawn from both feeds.

• High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDMs—There are two PDMs per power
subsystem capable of carrying nine feeds each. The universal PDM accepts either an HVAC or HVDC
input. You can install a total of four PDMs into a router. Each universal PDM operates with nine feeds
of a 30-A current limit. Each universal PSM is capable of delivering 3400 W of power with-dual feeds
and 3000 W of power with a single-feed. In this configuration, each subsystem provides N+1 output
PSM redundancy along with N+N feed redundancy. The power feeds from different sources need to
be connected to different PDMs. If feeds that connect to one PDM fail in a redundant configuration,
the other feed will provide full power. Both input power feeds are active, and share the load when
they are present.

Figure 27 on page 52 and illustrate the power distribution from the universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDMs
to the universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSMs.
 52

Figure 27: MX2020 Router Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Subsystem Feed Redundancy

• AC power subsystem—The AC power subsystem is feed redundant. Each PSM takes in two AC feeds
and uses one of the two. One AC feed is active at a time. If one feed fails, the PSM automatically
switches over to the other feed without disrupting system function. In the three-phase power
systems, the AC power going to the PSMs is split into three individual phases (wye) or a pair of
phases (delta). Each PSM works on a single phase; therefore, the power system works independent of
the type of AC feed connected. You can connect one or two AC feeds, depending on the power
system configuration (number of PSMs, redundancy, and so on). Each phase from each of the two
feeds is distributed among one or two PSMs. One feed has each phase going to two PSMs, and the
other feed has each phase going to a single PSM.

• AC PSM—The MX2020 AC PSMs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. The AC PSMs have a dual
redundant feed (INP0 and INP1). One input feed is active during operation. These feeds are set by
the input mode DIP switch located on the AC PSM (see MX2020 AC Power Supply Module
Description). Each AC PSM works with a single phase derived from either three-phase delta
200-240 VAC (line-to-line) or three-phase wye 200-240 VAC (line-to-neutral). Each AC PSM is
capable of delivering 2500 W of power.

• AC PDM—Up to nine PSMs can be connected through the AC PDM. The MX2020 supports
connection of a single-phase or three-phase (delta or wye) AC PDM. The three-phase AC PDMs
require two three-phase feeds to be connected. Each phase from each of the two feeds is distributed
among one or two PSMs. One feed has each phase going to two PSMs, and the other feed has each
phase going to a single PSM. The single-phase AC PDM provides an AC input connection from the
single-phase AC power source, and also provides an input power interface to the PSM through a
system power midplane. Each AC input is independent and feeds one PSM.

Figure 28 on page 53 and Figure 29 on page 53 illustrate the power distribution from the three-
phase delta and wye PDMs to the AC PSMs.
 53

Figure 28: Power Distribution from Three-Phase Feed Delta PDM to the AC PSMs

Figure 29: Power Distribution from Three-Phase Feed Wye PDM to the AC PSMs

• AC power requirements—Table 9 on page 54 shows the MX2020 current requirements for the
three-phase delta, three-phase wye, and single-phase power feeds.
 54

Table 9: AC PDM Current Requirements

Three–Phase Input Feed Current Delta per Current Wye per Current per Single
Voltage Three-Phase PDM Three-Phase PDM Phase PDM

200 V (minimum– 1 50 A –
nominal) (line-to-
line) for delta (per
phase) 2 25 A –

200 V (minimum– 1 – 30 A
nominal) (line-to-
neutral) for wye
(per phase)

2 – 15 A

200 V (minimum– 1 – – 14 A
nominal)

NOTE: This is the minimum required to provide 2.5KW per PSM. Based on facilities
guidelines, you should over-provision the MX2020 router. The two numbers listed in
the three-phase delta and three-phase wye current columns reflect the distribution of
phases from the feed to the PSM. For example, from one feed, each phase goes to two
PSMs, and from the other feed, each phase goes to only one PSM.

• Cooling system—The cooling system in a fully-configured MX2020 router has a total of four fan trays,
which are controlled by the host subsystem. If one of the fans fails, the host subsystem increases the
speed of the remaining fans to provide sufficient cooling for the router. See "MX2020 Cooling
System Description" on page 83).The fan trays are powered by two power subsystems that are
divided into zones. The fan trays draw power from each zone depending upon whether you have a
base DC power subsystem (MX2020-BASE-DC) or an optimized DC power subsystem (MX2020-
PREMIUM2-DC). In the base DC power subsystem, two of the four fan trays draw power from both
zones. In the optimized DC power subsystem, two of the fan trays draw power from only one zone.
See "Determining DC Power Requirements for Your MX2020 Router" on page 300 for more
information about MX 2020 power distribution.
 55

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Seven-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description

MX2000 Nine-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description
MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Description
MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description
MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 180
MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Description | 182
MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Description | 192
MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module Description | 194
MX2000 AC Power Supply Module Description
MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 185
MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) Description | 189
Displaying MX2020 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 868

MX2020 Field-Replaceable Units

Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are router components that can be replaced at the customer site (see
Table 10 on page 56). Replacing most FRUs requires minimal router downtime. The router uses the
following types of FRUs:

• Hot-removable and hot-insertable FRUs—You can remove and replace these components without
powering off the router or disrupting the routing functions.

• Hot-pluggable FRUs—You can remove and replace these components without powering off the
router, but the routing functions of the system are interrupted when the component is removed.

NOTE: Before you replace most host subsystem components, such as the Control Board
and Routing Engine (CB-RE), you must take the host subsystem offline. You must power
off the Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE) before replacing a CompactFlash card
or solid-state drive in a Routing Engine.

Table 10 on page 56 lists the FRUs for the MX2020 router.

 56

Table 10: Field-Replaceable Units

Hot-Removable and Hot-Insertable FRUs Hot-Pluggable FRUs

• PSM air filters • Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE)

(nonredundant)
• Air filter (lower)
• Switch Fabric Board (SFB) (nonredundant)
• Standard upper cable manager

• Standard lower cable manager

• Standard DC cable manager

• Extended upper cable manager (optional)

• Extended lower cable manager (optional)

• Extended DC cable manager (optional)

• Craft interface

• Switch Fabric Board (SFB) (if redundant)

• Backup CB-RE (if redundant)

• Primary CB-RE (if nonstop active routing is configured)

• Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs)

• Adapter cards (ADCs)

• Modular Interface Cards (MICs)

• AC power supply modules (if redundant)

• DC (-48 V) power supply modules (if redundant)

• DC (240 VDC China) power supply modules (if redundant)

• Universal (HVAC/HVDC) power supply modules (if

redundant)

• Fan trays

• AC power distribution modules (if redundant)

 57

Table 10: Field-Replaceable Units (Continued)

Hot-Removable and Hot-Insertable FRUs Hot-Pluggable FRUs

• Universal (HVAC/HVDC) power distribution modules (if

redundant)

• DC (-48 V) power distribution modules (if redundant)

DC (240 VDC China) power distribution modules (if

redundant)

NOTE: A PDM can be replaced without impacting

services. However, you must first disconnect it from
power. See the PDM replacement procedures listed in
Related Documentation.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V)

Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China)
Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module
Replacing an MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module
Taking an MX2000 Host Subsystem Offline
Replacing the MX2020 Cable Managers | 784
Tools and Parts Required for Replacing MX2020 Hardware Components | 484
Replacing the MX2020 Craft Interface
Replacing an MX2020 Fan Tray | 587
Replacing the MX2020 Air Filters

MX Series Router Packet Forwarding Engine (PFE) Architecture

The general architecture for the MX Series router is shown in Figure 30 on page 58.
 58

Figure 30: MX Series Router Packet Forwarding and Data Flow

 59

Line Cards Supported on MX Series Routers

IN THIS SECTION

FPCs and PICs | 60

DPCs | 61

MPCs and MICs | 61

Switch Fabric Boards (SFB, SFB2, SFB3) | 62

Switch Control Boards | 62

MX2000 ADC | 62

Routing Engines and CB-REs | 63

Juniper Networks MX Series 5G Universal Routing Platforms process incoming and outgoing packets
using:

Dense Port Flexible PIC Modular Port Switch Control Board

Concentrator (DPC) Concentrator (FPC) Concentrator (SCB, SCBE, SCBE2,
with Physical (MPC) with a SCBE3)
Interface Card (PIC) Modular Interface
Card (MIC)

Description Provides multiple Provides physical Provides physical • House the

physical interfaces interfaces for interfaces for routing engine
and Packet MX240, MX480, MX2000 series
Forwarding Engines and MX960 routers. • Control power to
(PFEs) on a single routers. MPCs
board that installs
into a slot within the • Monitor and
MX240, MX480, and control system
MX960 routers. functions such as
fan speed and the
system front
panel

• Manage clocking,
resets, and boots
 60

(Continued)

Dense Port Flexible PIC Modular Port Switch Control Board

Concentrator (DPC) Concentrator (FPC) Concentrator (SCB, SCBE, SCBE2,
with Physical (MPC) with a SCBE3)
Interface Card (PIC) Modular Interface
Card (MIC)

Maximum — — 20
Supported on
MX2020

Maximum — — 10
Supported on
MX2010

Maximum 12 12 12
Supported on
MX960

Maximum 6 6 6
Supported on
MX480

Maximum 3 2 3
Supported on
MX240

Configuration type-fpc/pic/port type-fpc/pic/port

Syntax

FPCs and PICs

A Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC) occupies two Dense Port Concentrator (DPC) slots on an MX240,
MX480, MX960 router. Each FPC supports up to two Physical Interface Cards (PICs). FPCs install
vertically in the MX960 router chassis, and horizontally in the MX480 and MX240 router chassis. The
maximum number of supported FPCs varies per router:
 61

Physical Interface Cards (PICs) provide physical interfaces for MX240, MX480, MX960 routers. They
install into the Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs). PICs and FPCs function similarly to MICs and MPCs.
The maximum number of supported PICs varies per router:

DPCs

A Dense Port Concentrator (DPC) provides multiple physical interfaces and Packet Forwarding Engines
(PFEs) on a single board that installs into a slot within the MX240, MX480, and MX960 routers. DPCs
install vertically in the MX960 router chassis and horizontally in the MX480 and MX240 router chassis.
The maximum number of supported DPCs varies per router:

• MX960 router— up to 12 DPCs

• MX480 router— up to 6 DPCs

• MX240 router— up to 3 DPCs

NOTE: In the Junos OS CLI, you use the FPC syntax to configure or display information
about DPCs, and you use the PIC syntax to configure or display information about
Packet Forwarding Engines on the DPCs.

In addition to Layer 3 routing capabilities, the DPCs also have many Layer 2 functions that allow MX
Series routers to be used for many virtual LAN (VLAN) and other Layer 2 network applications.

MPCs and MICs

Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs) with Modular Interface Cards (MICs) provide packet forwarding
services and physical interfaces for MX routers. MICs install into MPCs and function similarly to PICs
and FPCs. MPCs install vertically in the MX2020, MX2010, MX2008, and MX960 router chassis, and
horizontally in the MX480 and MX240 router chassis. On MX5, MX10, MX40, MX80, and MX104
routers, MICs install directly into the router chassis. There are also fixed-configuration MPCs, with built-
in network ports and services functionality. The maximum number of supported MPCs varies per MX
router and hardware configuration:

• MX2020 router— up to 20 MPCs

• MX2010 router— up to 10 MPCs

• MX960 router— up to 12 MPCs

• MX480 router— up to 6 MPCs

• MX240 router— up to 3 MPCs

• MX80 router— .
 62

NOTE: The MX80 router is available in a modular configuration chassis (MX80) or fixed
configuration chassis (MX80-48T). Both chassis have a fixed 10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC
with four ports for uplink connections. The modular MX80 chassis has two dedicated
slots for MICs. The fixed configuration MX80 router has an additional 48
10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet ports.

Switch Fabric Boards (SFB, SFB2, SFB3)

Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) provide increased fabric bandwidth per slot. Up to eight SFBs, SFB2s, or
SFB3s can be installed in an MX2020 or MX2010 router. The SFBs install vertically into the front of the
chassis in the slots labeled 0 through 7.

NOTE: All switch fabric boards in the chassis must be the same type. Mixed mode is not
supported.

Switch Control Boards

Switch Control Boards (MX-SCB, MX-SCBE, MX-SCBE2, and MX-SCBE3) provide full line-rate
performance and redundancy without a loss of bandwidth. MX-series SCBs feature an integrated switch
fabric that connects to all slots in the chassis in a nonblocking architecture. The SCBs house the routing
engine, control power to MPCs, monitor and control system functions such as fan speed and the system
front panel, and manage clocking, resets, and boots. The SCB is a single-slot card and has a carrier for
the routing engine on the front.

SCBs install vertically in the MX2020, MX2010, and MX960 chassis, and horizontally in the MX480 and
MX240 chassis. The number of supported SBCs varies per router:

• MX240 and MX480 routers— 2 SCBs for 1 + 1 MX SCB redundancy when used with the DPC line
cards

• MX960 router— 3 SCBs for 2 + 1 redundancy when used with the DPC line cards

• MX2010 and MX2020 routers— 8 SCBs

MX2000 ADC

The MX2000 ADC is a special line card adapter (ADC) that enables MX2010 and MX2020 routers to
use smaller form-factor MPCs (MPC1E, MPC2E, and MPC3E). The ADC is merely a shell that accepts
line cards in the front and converts power and switch fabric in the rear. ADCs install vertically in the
 63

MPC slot on the front of the router. For more information about the MX2000 ADC, see MX2000
Adapter Card (ADC) Description.

Routing Engines and CB-REs

Routing engines and Control Boards with Routing Engines (CB-REs) provide the software processes that
run Junos OS. The routing engine maintains the routing tables, manages the routing protocols used on
the router, controls the router interfaces, controls some chassis components, and provides the interface
for system management and user access to the router. Each CB-RE is a combined Routing Engine and
Switch Control Board in one unit.

Ethernet Frame Counts and Statistics on MX Series Routers

The following considerations apply to Ethernet frame counts and statistics on Juniper Networks MX
Series 5G Universal Routing Platforms:

• Interface counters do not include the 7-byte Ethernet frame preamble and the frame delimiter byte.

• In Media Access Control (MAC) statistics. the frame size includes the MAC header and cyclical
redundancy check (CRC) before any VLAN rewrite or other rules are applied.

• In traffic statistics, the frame size includes the Layer 2 header without the trailer CRC and after any
VLAN rewrite or other rules are applied.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Layer 2 and Layer 3 Features on MX Series Routers

MX2020 Router Hardware Components and CLI Terminology

The MX2020 router supports the components in Table 11 on page 64.

 64

Table 11: MX2020 Router Hardware Components and CLI Terminology

Component Hardware Model Number CLI Name Description

Chassis CHAS-BP-MX2020 MX2020 "MX2020 Physical

Specifications" on page 206

"MX2020 Chassis
Description" on page 36

AC Optimized Power MX2020-PREMIUM2-AC

Chassis

DC Optimized Power MX2020-PREMIUM2-DC

Chassis

Craft interface panel MX2020-CRAFT Front Panel Display "MX2020 Craft Interface
Description" on page 68

Extended craft MX2K-FPD-KIT-S "MX2020 Craft Interface

interface panel Description" on page 68

Cooling system, including air baffle, fan trays, and air filters "MX2020 Cooling System
Description" on page 83

Fan tray MX2000-FANTRAY 172mm FanTray - 6

Fans

Optimized Power Fan MX2K-FANTRAY Optimized Power fan

Tray tray

Air baffle MX2000-UPR-BAFFLE N/A

Air filter kit MX2020-FLTR-KIT-S N/A

Power System Components "MX2020 Power Subsystem

Description" on page 160
 65

Table 11: MX2020 Router Hardware Components and CLI Terminology (Continued)

Component Hardware Model Number CLI Name Description

PDM blank cover MX2000-PDM-BLANK N/A "MX2020 DC Power

Distribution Module (-48 V)
Description" on page 180
Power distribution MX2000-PDM-DC DC 52V Power Dist
module (PDM) Module

MX2K-PDM-DC240V MX2K 240V HVDC "MX2000 DC Power

PDM Distribution Module (240 V
China) Description" on page
182

MX2K-PDM-HV MX2K UNIVERSAL HV "MX2000 High-Voltage

PDM Universal (HVAC/HVDC)
Power Distribution Module
Description" on page 192

MX2000-PDM-AC-DELTA AC Delta Power Dist MX2020 Three-Phase Delta

Module AC Power Distribution
Module Description

MX2000-PDM-AC-WYE AC Y Power Dist MX2020 Three-Phase Wye

Module AC Power Distribution
Module Description

MX-PDM-AC-1PH-BB AC 9-feed Power MX2000 Nine-Feed Single-

Distribution Module Phase AC Power Distribution
Module Description

PSM blank cover MX2000-PSM-BLANK N/A

Power supply module MX2000-PSM-AC AC 52V Power Supply MX2000 AC Power Supply
(PSM) Module Module Description

MX2000-PSM-DC DC 52V Power Supply "MX2020 DC Power Supply

Module Module (-48 V) Description"
on page 185
 66

Table 11: MX2020 Router Hardware Components and CLI Terminology (Continued)

Component Hardware Model Number CLI Name Description

MX2K-PSM-DC240V MX2K 240V HVDC "MX2000 DC Power Supply

PSM Module (240 V China)
Description" on page 189

MX2K-PSM-HV MX2K UNIVERSAL HV "MX2000 High-Voltage

PSM Universal (HVAC/HVDC)
Power Supply Module
Description" on page 194

MIC "MX2000 Modular Interface

See MX Series Interface Module Reference Card (MIC) Description" on
page 123

MPC blank cover MX2000-LC-BLANK N/A "MX2020 Modular Port

Concentrator (MPC)
Description" on page 138
MPC See MX Series Interface Module Reference

ADC MX2000 Adapter Card (ADC)

MX2000-LC-ADAPTER Adapter Card
Description

SFB blank cover MX2000-RE-SFB-BLANK N/A MX2000 Switch Fabric Board

(SFB) Overview

SFB MX2000-SFB Switch Fabric Board

CB-RE blank cover MX2000-RE-SFB-BLANK N/A RE-MX2000-1800x4 CB-RE

Description

Control Board and Control Board

Routing Engine (CB- RE-MX2000-1800X4
RE) RE-S-1800x4

Transceiver "Installing an SFP or XFP

See MX Series Interface
Xcvr Transceiver into an MX2020
Module Reference
MPC or MIC" on page 733
 67

Understanding Trio Layer 2 Feature Parity

A variety of Layer 2 features are supported on M Series and MX Series routers. The features supported
by the Trio family of line cards are listed in Table 12 on page 67.

Table 12: Trio Layer 2 Feature Parity

Feature Feature Parity with Feature Supported in

Junos OS Release Junos OS Release

MX routers only: load balancing enhancements for Layer 2 Link 9.1R1 10.4R1
Aggregation

Ethernet OAM IEEE 802.1ag MIP support 9.1R1 10.4R1

Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) 9.1R1 10.4R1

MX Series routers only: BPDU guard 9.1R1 10.4R1

MX Series routers only: BPDU loop guard 9.1R1 10.4R1

For next generation VPNs: IRB support with LDP-VLPS and BGP- 9.1R1 10.4R1
VPLS interworking

MPLS: BGP multihoming for inter-AS VPLS 9.1R1 10.4R1

MX Series routers only: Ethernet as a core-facing interface in 9.1R1 10.4R1

VPLS

Disables next-hop flood in connectivity fault management (CFM) 9.1R1 10.4R1

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Protocols and Applications Supported on MPCs for MX Series Routers

 68

CHAPTER 3

Alarm and Display Components

IN THIS CHAPTER

MX2020 Craft Interface Description | 68

MX2020 Alarm Relay Contacts on the Craft Interface | 71

MX2020 Alarm LEDs and Alarm Cutoff/Lamp Test Button | 72

MX2020 Craft Interface Description

The craft interface allows the user to view status and troubleshooting information at a glance and to
perform many system control functions. It is hot-insertable and hot-removable.

An extended craft interface is also available for use with the extended cable manager. The extended
craft interface functions the same as the standard craft interface but provides additional clearance for
maintenance on the extended cable manager.

The craft interface is located on the front of the router above the upper fan tray and contains LEDs for
the router components, the alarm relay contacts, and alarm cutoff button.

Refer to Figure 31 on page 69, Figure 32 on page 69 and Table 13 on page 69 for a description of
the LEDs, buttons, and connectors for the craft interface.
 69

Figure 31: Craft Interface Components

Figure 32: Extended Craft Interface

Table 13: Craft Interface LEDs, Buttons, and Connectors

Function No. Label Description

1 PSM Status LEDs for PSMs 0 through 8 and 9

through 17

2 FANTRAYS Status LEDs for fan trays 0 through 3

3 RE0 (MASTER, ONLINE, and

OFFLINE) Two sets of status LEDs per host subsystem.
There are three LEDs per Routing Engine.
RE1 (MASTER, ONLINE, and
OFFLINE)
 70

Table 13: Craft Interface LEDs, Buttons, and Connectors (Continued)

Function No. Label Description

4 MINOR ALARM Minor Alarm LED for monitoring or

maintaining the MX2020

5 MAJOR ALARM Major Alarm LED for critical conditions, that

can result in system shutdown

6 ACO/LT Alarm Cutoff/ Lamp Test Button. Turns off

both minor and major alarms and deactivates
the device attached to the corresponding
alarm relay contact on the craft interface

7 M/S CHASSIS NUM Chassis ID and Standalone Dial. These two

dials are used. One dial is used to indicate the
chassis number for multi-chassis
configurations. The second dial is used to
indicate whether the chassis is operating in
standalone mode or as part of a multi-chassis
system.

8 MINOR ALARM–[NC C NO] Two sets of alarm terminal contacts. Each

consisting of normal open and normal closed
MAJOR ALARM–[NC C NO] relays that signal a minor or major alarm when
broken.

9 LC 10 through LC 19 Online and Offline buttons located next to

each line card allows you to take individual
line cards offline or online.

Status LEDs for the upper ten line cards.

10 CB-RE 0 and CB-RE 1 Online and Offline buttons located next to

each Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-
RE) allows you to take individual CB-REs
offline or online.

Status LEDs for the two CB-REs cards.

 71

Table 13: Craft Interface LEDs, Buttons, and Connectors (Continued)

Function No. Label Description

11 LC 0 through LC 9 Online and Offline buttons located next to

each line card allows you to take individual
line cards offline or online.

Status LEDs for the lower ten line cards.

12 SFB 0 through SFB 7 Online and Offline buttons located next to

each SFB allows you to take individual SFBs
offline or online.

Status LEDs for eight SFBs.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Replacing the MX2020 Craft Interface

MX2020 Craft Interface Serial Number Label | 875

MX2020 Alarm Relay Contacts on the Craft Interface

The craft interface has two alarm relay contacts for connecting the router to external alarm devices. (see
Figure 33 on page 72) Whenever a system condition triggers either the red or yellow alarm on the craft
interface, the alarm relay contacts are also activated. The alarm relay contacts are located on the upper
right of the craft interface (see Table 14 on page 72).
 72

Figure 33: Alarm Relay Contacts

Table 14: Alarm Relay Contacts

Function No. Label Description

1 MINOR ALARM–[NC C NO] The alarm relays consist of three terminal

contacts with a normal closed (NC),
MAJOR ALARM–[NC C NO] common (C), and normal open (NO) relays
that signal a minor or major alarm when
broken.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX2020 Craft Interface | 471
Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX2020 Craft Interface | 470

MX2020 Alarm LEDs and Alarm Cutoff/Lamp Test Button

Two large alarm LEDs are located at the upper right of the craft interface. When lit, the circular red LED
indicates a critical condition that can result in a system shutdown. A lit triangular yellow LED indicates a
less severe condition that requires monitoring or maintenance. Both LEDs can be lit simultaneously.
 73

A condition that causes an LED to light also activates the corresponding alarm relay contact on the craft
interface.

To deactivate red and yellow alarms, press the button labeled ACO/LT (for “alarm cutoff/lamp test”),
which is located to the right of the alarm LEDs. Deactivating an alarm turns off both LEDs and
deactivates the device attached to the corresponding alarm relay contact on the craft interface.

Table 15 on page 73 describes the alarm LEDs and alarm cutoff button in more detail.

Table 15: Alarm LEDs and Alarm Cutoff/Lamp Test Button

Shape Color State LED Control Name Description

Red On steadily Critical alarm Indicates a critical condition

that can cause the router to
stop functioning. Possible
causes include component
removal, failure, or overheating.

Yellow On steadily Warning alarm Indicates a serious but nonfatal

error condition, such as a
maintenance alert or a
significant increase in
component temperature.

– – Alarm cutoff/lamp test Deactivates red and yellow

button alarms. Causes all LEDs on the
craft interface to light (for
testing) when pressed and held.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Craft Interface Description | 68

MX2020 Alarm Relay Contacts on the Craft Interface | 71
MX2020 Universal Edge Router Overview | 34
 74

CHAPTER 4

Cable and Rack Management

IN THIS CHAPTER

MX2020 Cable Management Description | 74

MX2020 Rack-Mounting Hardware | 82

MX2020 Cable Management Description

IN THIS SECTION

Standard Cable Management System | 74

Extended Cable Management System | 79

The MX2020 consists of a standard or extended cable management system.

Standard Cable Management System

The standard cable management system consists of the following components:

• Upper cable manager—MX2000-CBL-TOP-S

• Middle cable manager and air filter—MX2000-CBL-MID-S

• Lower cable manager—MX2000-CBL-BTM-S

• DC cable manager—MX2020-DC-CBL-MGR-S

• Extended cable manager for the DC PDM (240 V China) and the Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM—
MX2K-HV-CBL-MGR
 75

The upper cable manager, (see Figure 34 on page 76) is located just below the craft interface, has a
removable cover that is secured by two captive screws with access to rows used for routing and
securing the cables away from the front of the Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs), and Modular
Interface Cards (MICs). The lower cable manager (see Figure 34 on page 76) is located just below the
bottom line card cage, has a removable cover that is secured by two captive screws with access to rows
used for routing and securing the cables away from the front of the MPCs, and MICs, (see Figure 35 on
page 77).

You can use cable strips or other ties to gently secure the cables in the upper and lower cable manager.
To secure the cables in place, loop the tie through the cable anchor and secure the tie.

Each DC PDM has one cable manager. The DC cable manager routes cables away from the rear of the
PDMs (see Figure 34 on page 76).

You can use cable strips or other ties to gently secure the cables in the DC cable manager. To secure the
cables in place, loop the tie through the cable anchor and secure the tie. You can pull the DC cable
manager up and outward to lock it into the maintenance position.
 76

Figure 34: MX2020 Standard Cable Managers

 77

Figure 35: Upper and Lower Cable Management

The middle card-cage cable manager, (see Figure 36 on page 78 and Figure 37 on page 79) is a
combination cable tray and air filter located in the middle card cage, which has rows for routing and
securing the cables away from the front of the CB-REs, and SFBs.

You can use cable strips or other ties to gently secure the cables in the middle cable manager. To secure
the cables in place, loop the tie through the cable anchor and secure the tie. To access the air filter, the
cable manager needs to be opened.
 78

Figure 36: Middle Card-Cage Cable Manager

 79

Figure 37: Middle Card-Cage Air Filter

Extended Cable Management System

The extended cable management system consists of the following components:

• Extended upper cable manager—MX2000-CBL-TOP-XT-S

• Extended lower cable manager—MX2000-CBL-BTM-XT-S

• Extended DC cable manager—MX2020-DC-CBL-MGR-XT-S

The extended cable management system provides additional support to route and secure a large number
of cables away from the front of the MPCs, and MICs (see Figure 38 on page 80).

The extended DC cable management system provides additional support to route and secure a large
number of cables away from the rear of the PDMs (see Figure 38 on page 80 and Figure 39 on page
81).

You can use cable strips or other ties to gently secure the cables in the upper and lower extended cable
managers. To secure the cables in place, loop the tie through the cable anchor and secure the tie.
 80

Figure 38: MX2020 Extended Cable Managers

 81

Figure 39: MX2020 Extended Cable Manager for the DC PDM (240 V China) and the Universal (HVAC/
HVDC) PDM

Figure 40: Upper and Lower Extended Cable Management

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Installing the MX2020 Upper Cable Manager | 804

 82

Installing the MX2020 Lower Cable Manager | 801

Installing the MX2020 DC Cable Manager | 782
Replacing the MX2020 Cable Managers | 784

MX2020 Rack-Mounting Hardware

The rack-mounting hardware for the MX2020 router includes:

• The large adjustable mounting shelf for mounting in four-post racks or cabinets

• Front-mounting flanges on the front of the chassis for front-mounting in a four-post rack or cabinet

• Mounting screws

NOTE: There must be a minimum of 45 U of usable rack space when installing the
MX2020 router into a 45-U rack.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Chassis Description | 36

MX2020 Backplane Description | 47
Installing the MX2020 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet | 347
 83

CHAPTER 5

Cooling System Components and Descriptions

IN THIS CHAPTER

MX2020 Cooling System Description | 83

MX2020 Fan Tray LED | 87

MX2020 Cooling System Description

The cooling system consists of the following components:

• Base Fan Tray (MX2000-FANTRAY) or Optimized Power Fan tray (MX2K-FANTRAY-OP-S)

• Lower Fan Tray Air filter—MX2020-FLTR-KIT-S

• Air baffle—MX2000-UPR-BAFFLE

The cooling system components work together to keep all router components within the acceptable
temperature range. The router has four fan trays, two trays located at the top, and two trays located at
the bottom of the router that install horizontally. Each fan tray contains six fans and are 172-mm in
diameter. The fan trays are interchangeable and are hot-insertable and hot-removable.

Each fan tray has a double safety latch, so the fan tray cannot be removed in one swift motion, (see
Figure 41 on page 84).
 84

Figure 41: Removing Fan Tray

WARNING: Before removing a fan tray, make sure the fan blades have stopped
completely.

The host subsystem monitors the temperature of the router components. When the router is operating
normally, the fans function at lower than full speed. If a fan fails or the ambient temperature rises above
a threshold, the speed of the remaining fans is automatically adjusted to keep the temperature within
the acceptable range, (see Figure 42 on page 85).
 85

Figure 42: Airflow Through the Chassis

The MX2020 router provides a two-stage front-to-back cooling system. Air is pushed into the bottom
inlet and up through the lower fan tray, and exits through the opening between the backplanes in the
center of the chassis. This cools the bottom MPCs, half of the SFBs and CB-REs. Air is pulled through
 86

the SFBs and all the CB-REs in the center of the chassis and is exhausted out the upper rear of the
system.

The CB-REs and SFBs are equipped with an air divider to deflect the exhaust air from the bottom half of
the system out and direct the air to the top half MPCs.

Figure 43: Upper/Lower Fan Tray

1— Safety double latch system 2— STATUS LED

WARNING: Before removing a fan tray, make sure the fan blades have stopped
completely.

WARNING: The fan trays use a double latch safety mechanism. Press and hold the latch
until the STATUS LED turns off. Continue to press and hold the latch while removing the
fan trays.

Figure 44: Lower Fan Tray Air Filter

 87

The air baffle is an optional component that can be purchased from Juniper Networks.

When installed over the upper fan tray access door, the air baffle dissipates exhausted air away from the
router.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Troubleshooting the MX2020 Cooling System | 847

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Filter | 619
Maintaining the MX2020 Fan Trays | 592
Maintaining the MX2020 Air Baffle | 625

MX2020 Fan Tray LED

Each fan tray (both the standard fan tray and optimized power fan tray) contains one bicolor LED
located on the front faceplate, (see Table 16 on page 87). A set of four bicolor fan tray LEDs is located
on the top middle of the craft interface. For more information, see MX2020 Component LEDs on the
Craft Interface.

Table 16: Fan Tray LEDs

Label Color State Description

STATUS Green On Fan tray is operating properly.

Yellow On Fan tray is not receiving enough power to operate.

Fan temperature may indicate warm threshold.

Red On Fan tray is nonoperational.

One or more fans are bad or not operating.

Fan temperature may indicate high threshold.

 88

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Maintaining the MX2020 Fan Trays | 592

Troubleshooting the MX2020 Cooling System | 847
MX2020 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface
 89

CHAPTER 6

Host Subsystem Components

IN THIS CHAPTER

MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description | 89

RE-MX2000-1800x4 CB-RE Description | 90

REMX2K-X8-64G and REMX2K-X8-64G-LT CB-RE Description | 94

CB-RE LEDs | 97

REMX2K-X8-128G CB-RE Description | 102

MX2000 Switch Fabric Board (SFB) Overview | 105

MX2000-SFB-S Switch Fabric Board Description | 106

MX2000-SFB2-S Enhanced Switch Fabric Board Description | 110

MX2000-SFB3 Switch Fabric Board Description | 114

MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description

The CB-RE is a combined Routing Engine and Control Board in one unit. It performs the following
functions:

• Maintains the routing tables

• Manages the routing protocols used on the router

• Controls the router interfaces

• Controls some chassis components

• Provides the interface for system management and user access to the route

The CB-RE is hot-pluggable and installs into the front of the MX2000 chassis in vertical slots labeled 0
and 1. A USB port on the CB-RE accepts a USB memory device that allows you to load Junos OS. You
can install one or two CB-REs in the router. If two CB-REs are installed, one functions as the primary
and the other acts as the backup. If the primary CB-RE fails or is removed and the backup is configured
 90

appropriately, the backup takes over as the primary. If no CB-RE is installed in a slot, install a blank panel
in the slot.

A minimum of one CB-RE must be installed in either slot 0 or slot 1 at all times.

CAUTION: If one CB-REs fails, do not remove the failed CB-RE until you have a
replacement or blank panel to install.

The MX2000 line of routers supports the following CB-RE’s:

• RE-MX2000-1800x4 CB-RE

• REMX2K-X8-64G-LT CB-RE

NOTE: REMX2K-X8-64G-LT CB-RE has limited encryption support.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Maintaining the MX2020 Host Subsystem | 643

RE-MX2000-1800x4 CB-RE Description

IN THIS SECTION

RE-MX2000-1800x4 CB-RE Front Panel | 91

RE-MX2000-1800x4 CB-RE Components | 92

RE-MX2000-1800x4 CB-RE Software | 93

RE-MX2000-1800x4 CB-RE Boot Sequence | 93

The RE-MX2000-1800x4 CB-RE runs Junos OS. Software processes that run on the CB-RE maintain the
routing tables, manage the routing protocols used on the router, control the router interfaces, control
some chassis components, and provide the interface for system management and user access to the
router.
 91

RE-MX2000-1800x4 CB-RE Front Panel

Figure 45 on page 91 shows the Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE)—RE-MX2000-1800x4.

Table 17 on page 91 describes the Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE)—RE-MX2000-1800x4
ports.

Figure 45: RE-MX2000-1800x4 CB-RE Front View

Table 17: Components on the RE-MX2000-1800x4

Function No. Label Description

1 AUX This port is used to connect a laptop, modem,

or other auxiliary unit.

2 CONSOLE This port is used to configure the MX2000

router.

3 MGMT This port is a dedicated management channel

for device maintenance. It is also used for
system administrators to monitor and manage
the MX2000 router remotely.

4 USB This port is used to install a USB flash drive

that contains Junos OS.

5 RESET Reboots the CB-RE.

6 ONLINE/OFFLINE Takes the Routing Engine on the CB-RE online

or offline.
 92

Table 17: Components on the RE-MX2000-1800x4 (Continued)

Function No. Label Description

7 LINK These LEDs are associated with each of the

SFP+ ports (XGE-0 and XGE-1) and indicate
the connection in use.

8 ExtClk-1 and ExtClk-2 Connects the CB-RE to two external clock

interfaces for BITS and GPS function through
a serial cable with an RJ-45 connector.

9 GPS, and BITS There is one bicolor LED for each external
clock interface—BITS and GPS.

10 XGE-0 and XGE-1 These ports are used for hardware diagnostics
and are for Juniper-internal use only.

11 ONLINE, MASTER, and OK/ There is one bicolor LED for each CB-RE
FAIL control. The ONLINE LED indicates that the
CB-RE is transitioning online and functioning
properly. The MASTER LED indicates that this
board is a primary Control Board and Routing
Engine (CB-RE) , and the OK/FAIL LED
indicates the CB-RE has failed.

RE-MX2000-1800x4 CB-RE Components

Each CB-RE consists of the following components:

• External clock interface—Allows BITS or GPS clock source input to the centralized timing circuit, or
allows centralized timing to be output to BITS or GPS.

• 1000Base-T Ethernet controller

• Circuits for chassis management and control.

• Power circuits for the CB-RE.

• Control FPGA—Provides the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) interface to the routing
engine.
 93

• Gigabit Ethernet switch that is connected to the embedded CPU complex on all components.

• CPU—Runs Junos OS to maintain the router's routing tables and routing protocols.

• I2C bus logic, used for low-level communication with each component.

• DRAM—Provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other routing engine
processes.

• Component redundancy circuitry.

• USB port—Provides a removable media interface through which you can install the Junos OS
manually. Junos OS supports USB version 1.0.

• CompactFlash card—Provides primary storage for software images, configuration files, and
microcode. The CompactFlash card is fixed and is inaccessible from outside the router.

• Solid State Disk (non-removable)—Provides secondary storage for log files, memory dumps, and
rebooting the system if the CompactFlash card fails.

• Interface ports—The AUX, CONSOLE, and MGMT ports provide access to management devices. Each
CB-RE has one 10/100-Mbps Ethernet port for connecting to a management network, and two
asynchronous serial ports—one for connecting to a console and one for connecting to a modem or
other auxiliary device. The two ports labeled XGE-0 and XGE-1 are used for hardware diagnostics
and are for Juniper-internal use only. The ExtClk ports provide access to external timing distribution.

• EEPROM—Stores the serial number of the CB-RE.

• Reset button—Reboots the Routing Engine on the CB-RE when pressed.

• Online/Offline button—Takes the Routing Engine on the CB-RE online or offline when pressed.

• LEDs—Provide status of the Routing Engine on the CB-RE.

RE-MX2000-1800x4 CB-RE Software

The RE-MX2000-1800x4 CB-RE runs Junos OS. Software processes that run on the CB-RE maintain the
routing tables, manage the routing protocols used on the router, control the router interfaces, control
some chassis components, and provide the interface for system management and user access to the
router.

RE-MX2000-1800x4 CB-RE Boot Sequence

The router is shipped with the Junos OS pre-installed on the CB-RE. There are three copies of software:

• One copy on a USB flash drive that can be inserted into the slot on the CB-RE faceplate.
 94

• One copy on the CompactFlash card in the Routing Engine.

• One copy on the Solid State Disk (SSD) in the CB-RE.

NOTE: The SSD is internal and cannot be removed.

The Routing Engine interface boots from the storage media in this order: the USB device (if present),
then the CompactFlash card, then the SSD, and then the LAN. Normally, the router boots from the copy
of the software on the CompactFlash card.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for MX Series CB-RE Auxiliary and Console Ports | 237
RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for an MX Series CB-RE or RCB Management Port
Removing a CB-RE from an MX2000 Router
MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description

REMX2K-X8-64G and REMX2K-X8-64G-LT CB-RE Description

IN THIS SECTION

REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE Components | 94

REMX2K-X8-64G and REMX2K-X8-64G-LT CB-RE Boot Sequence | 96

REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE Components

Figure 46: REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE Components

 95

1— AUX port 5— USB ports

2— CONSOLE port 6— RESET button

3— MGMT port 7— XGE-0 and XGE-1 ports

4— ONLINE/OFFLINE button 8— EXTCLK0 and EXTCLK1 ports

Figure 47: REMX2K-X8-64G-LT CB-RE Components

1— AUX port 5— USB ports

2— CONSOLE port 6— RESET button

3— MGMT port 7— XGE-0 and XGE-1 ports

4— ONLINE/OFFLINE button 8— EXTCLK0 and EXTCLK1 ports

Each Control Board-Routing Engine (CB-RE) consists of the following components:

• External clock interface—Allows BITS or GPS clock source input to the centralized timing circuit, or
allows centralized timing to be output to BITS or GPS.

• 1000Base-T Ethernet controller.

• Circuits for chassis management and control.

• Power circuits for the CB-RE.

• Control FPGA—Provides the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) interface to the Routing
Engine.

• Gigabit Ethernet switch that is connected to the embedded CPU complex on all components.

• CPU—Runs Junos OS as a guest OS to maintain the router's routing tables and routing protocols.

• I2C bus logic, used for low-level communication with each component.

• DRAM—Provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing Engine
processes.

• Component redundancy circuitry.

• USB ports—Provides a removable media interface through which you can install Junos OS and Linux
manually. Junos OS supports USB versions, 3.0, 2.0, and 1.1.
 96

• Solid-state drives (nonremovable)—Provides secondary storage for log files, memory dumps, and
system reboot.

• Interface ports—The AUX, CONSOLE, and MGMT ports provide access to management devices. Each
CB-RE has one 10/100/1000-Mbps Ethernet port for connecting to a management network, and
two asynchronous serial ports—one for connecting to a console and one for connecting to a modem
or other auxiliary device. The two SFP+ ports (XGE-0 and XGE-1) provide support for hardware
diagnostics and JCS port testing. The EXTCLK1 and EXTCLK2 ports provide access to external timing
distribution.

NOTE: Use sheilded CAT5e cable for connecting the AUX, CONSOLE, and MGMT
ports.

• EEPROM in RE—Stores the field replacement unit (FRU) details of the RE.

• EEPROM in CB—Stores the field replacement unit (FRU) details of the CB.

• RESET button—Reboots the Routing Engine on the CB-RE when pressed.

• ONLINE/OFFLINE button—Makes the Routing Engine on the CB-RE online or offline when pressed.

NOTE: The ONLINE/OFFLINE button must be pressed for a minimum 4 seconds for the
power off or power on to occur.

• LEDs—Provide status of the Routing Engine on the CB-RE.

REMX2K-X8-64G and REMX2K-X8-64G-LT CB-RE Boot Sequence

The router is shipped with Junos OS and Linux preinstalled on the CB-RE. There are two copies of
software:

• One copy on a USB flash drive that can be inserted into the slot on the CB-RE faceplate.

• One copy each on the two SSDs in the CB-RE.

NOTE: The SSD is internal and cannot be removed.

The Routing Engine interface boots from the storage media in this order: the USB device, SSD1, SSD2,
and then the LAN.
 97

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Supported Routing Engines by Router

Routing Engine Specifications

CB-RE LEDs

Each Routing Engine on the CB-RE (model numbers RE-MX2000-1800X4 and REMX2K-X8-64G) has
three LEDs that indicate its status. The LEDs, labeled ONLINE, MASTER, OK/FAIL, are located directly
on the faceplate of the CB-RE. Table 18 on page 97 describes the functions of the Routing Engine
interface of the CB-RE. There are three LEDs on the craft interface for each Routing Engine (RE0 and
RE1). These LEDs are labeled MASTER, ONLINE, and OFFLINE.

NOTE: The GPS LED will display when connecting to an external clocking interface.

The Control Board, part of the host subsystem, has a set of bicolor LEDs that display its status. The
LEDs, labeled LINK, GPS, BITS, and UTI are located directly on the faceplate of the CB-RE. Table 18 on
page 97 describes the functions of the Control Board interface of the CB-RE. There are two LEDs on
the craft interface for each Control Board–one labeled CB-RE0 (far left) and one labeled CB-RE1 (far
right). For more information about the CB-RE and Routing Engine LEDs on the craft interface, see CB-RE
LEDs.

Table 18: CB-RE LEDs

Label Color State Description

ONLINE Green Blinking CB-RE is transitioning online.

On steadily CB-RE is functioning normally.

— Off CB-RE is offline.

MASTER Blue On steadily CB-RE is the primary.

OK/FAIL Red On steadily CB-RE has failed.

 98

Table 18: CB-RE LEDs (Continued)

Label Color State Description

LINK Green On steadily SFP+ ports (XGE-0 and XGE-1) link connection.

Blinking Activity on SFP+ ports (XGE-0 and XGE-1).

steadily

Yellow On No link.

BITS Green On steadily BITS external clocking interface is active.

Yellow On steadily BITS external clocking interface has failed.

– Off BITS external clocking interface is offline.

GPS Green On steadily GPS external clocking interface is active.

Yellow On steadily GPS external clocking interface has failed.

– Off GPS external clocking interface is offline.

Figure 48: REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE LEDs

 99

Table 19: REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE LEDs

Callout Label Color State Description

from Figure
48 on page
98

1 ONLINE Green Blinking CB-RE is transitioning online.

On steadily CB-RE is functioning normally.

— Off CB-RE is offline.

1 MASTER Blue On steadily CB-RE is the primary.

1 OK/FAIL Yellow Off RE is functioning normally.

On steadily RE has failed.

2 DISK1 Green Blinking Indicates presence of disk activity.

- Off There is no disk activity.

2 DISK2 Green Blinking Indicates presence of disk activity.

- Off There is no disk activity.

3 LINK Green On steadily SFP+ ports (XGE0 and XGE1) links are active.

Blinking Activity on the SFP+ ports (XGE0 and XGE1).

steadily

Yellow On No link.

4 Unlabeled Green On steadily BITS external clocking interface (on EXTCLK-0 port)
(top LED) is active.
 100

Table 19: REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE LEDs (Continued)

Callout Label Color State Description

from Figure
48 on page
98

Yellow On steadily BITS external clocking interface (on EXTCLK-0 port)

has failed.

– Off BITS external clocking interface (on EXTCLK-0 port)

is offline.

4 Unlabeled Green On steadily GPS external clocking interface (on EXTCLK-0 port)
(center LED) is active.

Yellow On steadily GPS external clocking interface (on EXTCLK-0 port)

has failed.

– Off GPS external clocking interface (on EXTCLK-0 port)

is offline.

4 Unlabeled Green On steadily UTI external clocking interface (on EXTCLK-0 port)
(bottom is active.
LED)

Yellow On steadily UTI external clocking interface (on EXTCLK-0 port)

has failed.

– Off UTI external clocking interface (on EXTCLK-0 port)

is offline.

5 BITS Green On steadily BITS external clocking interface (on EXTCLK-1 port)
is active.

Yellow On steadily BITS external clocking interface (on EXTCLK-1 port)

has failed.
 101

Table 19: REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE LEDs (Continued)

Callout Label Color State Description

from Figure
48 on page
98

– Off BITS external clocking interface (on EXTCLK-1 port)

is offline.

5 GPS Green On steadily GPS external clocking interface (on EXTCLK-1 port)
is active.

Yellow On steadily GPS external clocking interface (on EXTCLK-1 port)

has failed.

– Off GPS external clocking interface (on EXTCLK-1 port)

is offline.

5 UTI Green On steadily UTI external clocking interface (on EXTCLK-1 port)
is active.

Yellow On steadily UTI external clocking interface (on EXTCLK-1 port)

has failed.

– Off UTI external clocking interface (on EXTCLK-1 port)

is offline.

6 OK/FAIL Red On steadily CB has failed.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Maintaining the MX2020 Host Subsystem | 643

 102

REMX2K-X8-128G CB-RE Description

IN THIS SECTION

REMX2K-X8-128G CB-RE Components | 102

REMX2K-X8-128G CB-RE LEDs | 104

REMX2K-X8-128G CB-RE Boot Sequence | 105

The Routing Engine is equipped with a 8-Core 2.3 GHz processor, 128 GB memory, and 200 GB SSDs
and also supports Secure Boot for enhanced boot security.

REMX2K-X8-128G CB-RE Components

Figure 49: REMX2K-X8-128G CB-RE Components

1— AUX port 5— USB ports

2— CONSOLE port 6— RESET button

3— MGMT port 7— XGE-0 and XGE-1 ports

4— ONLINE/OFFLINE button 8— EXTCLK0 and EXTCLK1 ports

Each Control Board-Routing Engine (CB-RE) consists of the following components:

• External clock interface—Allows BITS or GPS clock source input to the centralized timing circuit, or
allows centralized timing to be output to BITS or GPS.

• 1000Base-T Ethernet controller.

• Circuits for chassis management and control.

• Power circuits for the CB-RE.

 103

• Control FPGA—Provides the Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) interface to the Routing
Engine.

• Gigabit Ethernet switch that is connected to the embedded CPU complex on all components.

• CPU—Runs Junos OS as a guest OS to maintain the router's routing tables and routing protocols.

• I2C bus logic, used for low-level communication with each component.

• DRAM—Provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing Engine
processes.

• Component redundancy circuitry.

• USB ports—Provides a removable media interface through which you can install Junos OS and Linux
manually. Junos OS supports USB versions, 3.0, 2.0, and 1.1.

• Solid-state drives (nonremovable)—Provides secondary storage for log files, memory dumps, and
system reboot.

• Interface ports—The AUX, CONSOLE, and MGMT ports provide access to management devices. Each
CB-RE has one 10/100/1000-Mbps Ethernet port for connecting to a management network, and
two asynchronous serial ports—one for connecting to a console and one for connecting to a modem
or other auxiliary device. The two SFP+ ports (XGE-0 and XGE-1) provide support for hardware
diagnostics and JCS port testing. The EXTCLK1 and EXTCLK2 ports provide access to external timing
distribution.

NOTE: Use sheilded CAT5e cable for connecting the AUX, CONSOLE, and MGMT
ports.

• EEPROM in RE—Stores the field replacement unit (FRU) details of the RE.

• EEPROM in CB—Stores the field replacement unit (FRU) details of the CB.

• RESET button—Reboots the Routing Engine on the CB-RE when pressed.

• ONLINE/OFFLINE button—Makes the Routing Engine on the CB-RE online or offline when pressed.

NOTE: The ONLINE/OFFLINE button must be pressed for a minimum 4 seconds for the
power off or power on to occur.

• LEDs—Provide status of the Routing Engine on the CB-RE.

 104

REMX2K-X8-128G CB-RE LEDs

Figure 50: REMX2K-X8-128G CB-RE LEDs

1— ONLINE LED, OK/FAIL LED, and MASTER 3— BITS, GPS, and UTI LEDs
LED
2— DISK1 and DISK2 LEDs 4— ONLINE/OFFLINE button

Table 20: REMX2K-X8-128G CB-RE LEDs

Label Color State Description

ONLINE Green Blinking slowly Routing Engine is in the process of booting BIOS, and the
host OS.

Blinking rapidly Routing Engine is in the process of booting Junos OS.

- Off Routing Engine is not online or not functioning normally.

DISK1 and DISK2 Green Blinking Indicates presence of disk activity.

- Off There is no disk activity.

BITS, GPS, and UTI LEDs Green Blinking A valid signal is detected on the BITS, GPS or UTI ports.

Off The link is down due to loss of signal (LOS). Check the
cable and verify the external clock source is generating a
valid signal.

OK/FAIL Green On steadily Routing Engine is powering up.

 105

Table 20: REMX2K-X8-128G CB-RE LEDs (Continued)

Label Color State Description

Yellow On steadily Routing Engine is not powering up, which indicates

failure.

MASTER Blue On steadily This Routing Engine is the Primary Routing Engine.

REMX2K-X8-128G CB-RE Boot Sequence

The router is shipped with Junos OS and Linux preinstalled on the CB-RE. There are two copies of
software:

• One copy on a USB flash drive that can be inserted into the slot on the CB-RE faceplate.

• One copy each on the two SSDs in the CB-RE.

NOTE: The SSD is internal and cannot be removed.

The Routing Engine interface boots from the storage media in this order: the USB device, SSD1, SSD2,
and then the LAN.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Supported Routing Engines by Router

Routing Engine Specifications

MX2000 Switch Fabric Board (SFB) Overview

Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) are the data plane for the subsystems in the MX router chassis. SFBs create
a highly scalable and resilient “all-active” centralized switch fabric that delivers up to 4 Tbps of full-
duplex switching capacity to each MPC slot in an MX2000 router.

There are three models of MX SFBs:

• MX2000-SFB-S Switch Fabric Board Description

 106

• MX2000-SFB2-S Enhanced Switch Fabric Board Description

• MX2000-SFB3 Switch Fabric Board Description

The SFB and SFB2 switch fabric board models are the same except that the SFB model has three XF
fabric chips per card whereas the SFB2 model has two PF fabric chips per card.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Switch Fabric Board LED

MX2000-SFB-S Switch Fabric Board Description

MX2000-SFB-S switch fabric boards (SFB) create a highly scalable and resilient “all-active” centralized
switch fabric that delivers up to 860 Gbps per slot of full-duplex switching capacity to each Modular
Port Concentrator (MPC) in an MX2000 series router. Each SFB hosts one switch fabric plane made of
two fabric chipsets. You can install up to eight SFB2s in an MX2000 series router. Only seven SFB2s are
required for line rate operation

Note that you can’t mix switch fabric board models (SFB, SFB2, SFB3) in a single MX2000 series router
chassis. If you upgrade from one model to another, the MX2000 series router will support both models
at the same time but only for the duration of the upgrade.

Figure 51 on page 107 shows the MX2000 Switch Fabric Board (SFB).
 107

Figure 51: MX2000-SFB-S Switch Fabric Board

Name in CLI Switch Fabric Board

Features and The MX2000-SFB-S provides:

Components
• I2C bus logic interface for managing component managements and monitoring
temperature and voltage

• PCIe control of three XF ASICs

• Switching functions for MPCs

• Throughput of 6Tbps, with a minimum of 7 SFBs installed. An additional SFB is

recommended for N+1 redundancy.
 108

Switch Fabric Board You can install up to eight SFBs in an MX2000 router. The SFBs install vertically into the
Slots front of the router chassis in the slots labeled 0 through 7.

Slot 0 must always have a functioning SFB. If the SFB in slot 0 fails, replace it with a
functioning SFB from another slot, and then install a blank panel in the other slot. If slots
1 through 7 are empty, install a blank panel in them. You cannot install a blank panel in
slot 0.

CAUTION: If an SFB fails, don’t remove it until you have a replacement SFB or blank
panel ready to install.

Switch Fabric Board For line rate operation, the MX2000 series router must have at least seven SFBs
Redundancy installed. Although MX2000 routers can operate with fewer than seven SFBs, packet
forwarding performance is impacted.

Weight and • Weight: 12 lb (5.44 kg)

Dimensions
• Width: 1.7 in. (4.31 cm)

• Depth: 23.6 in. (59.94 cm). With ejector handle: 26.14 in. (66.39 cm)

• Height: 16.225 in. (41.21 cm)

Maximum Power MX2020:

Requirements
(without MICs) • Typical: 250 W

• At different temperatures:

295 W at 55° C

280 W at 40° C

270 W at 25° C

MX2010:

• Typical: 220 W

• At different temperatures:

265 W at 55° C

250 W at 40° C

240 W at 25° C
 109

LEDs See MX2000 Switch Fabric Board LED.

Upgrades During an upgrade from SFB to SFB2, MX2000 series routers support both SFB and
SFB2 at the same time for the duration of the upgrade.

Interoperabilitly with The MX2000-SFB-S interoperates with these MPCs:

MPC Line Cards
• MPC2E

• MPC2E NG (with ethernet MICs only)

• MPC3E

• MPC3E NG (with ethernet MICs only)

• MPC4E

• MPC5E

• MPC6E

• MPC7E

• MPC8E

• MPC9E

• MS-MPC

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description

Replacing an MX2000 SFB
Performing a Smooth Upgrade to Enhanced Switch Fabric Board (SFB2) with Minimal Impact on
Traffic
MX2000-SFB2-S Enhanced Switch Fabric Board Description
 110

MX2000-SFB2-S Enhanced Switch Fabric Board Description

MX2000-SFB2-S enhanced switch fabric boards (SFB2) create a highly scalable and resilient “all-active”
centralized switch fabric that delivers up to 2 Tbps of full-duplex switching capacity to each Modular
Port Concentrator (MPC) in an MX2000 series router. Each SFB2 hosts one switch fabric plane made of
three fabric chipsets. You can install up to eight SFB2s in an MX2000 series router. Only seven SFB2s
are required for line rate operation.

Note that you can’t mix switch fabric board models (SFB, SFB2, SFB3) in a single MX2000 series router
chassis. If you upgrade from an SFB to an SFB2, the MX2000 routers will support both the SFB and
SFB2 at the same time but only for the duration of the upgrade.

The MX2000-SFB2-S switch fabric board straddles the two backplanes. It has connectors connecting to
both backplanes.

NOTE:
The MX2000 SFB and the MX2000 SFB2 Enhanced Switch Fabric Board have the same
form factor. However, the SFB2 has twice the bandwidth of the SFB and can support
MPC9 with bandwidth of 1.6Tbps.

Figure 52 on page 111 shows the MX2000 Enhanced Switch Fabric Board (SFB).
 111

Figure 52: MX2000-SFB2-S Enhanced Switch Fabric Board

Software release • Junos OS Release 11.4 and later

• Name in CLI: Switch Fabric Board

Features and The MX2000-SFB2-S provides:

Components
• PCIe control of two PF fabric chips per card.

• I2C bus logic interface for managing component managements and monitoring
temperature and voltage

• Switching functions for MPCs

• 2 Tbps per slot with eight SFB2s and 1.7 Tbps per slot with seven SFB2s
 112

SFB2 Slots You can install up to eight SFB2s in an MX2000 router. The SFB2s install vertically into
the front of the chassis in the slots labeled 0 through 7. If any slots are empty, you must
install a blank panel.

Slot 0 must always have a functioning SFB2. If the SFB2 in slot 0 fails, replace it with a
functioning SFB2 from another slot, and then install a blank panel in the other slot. If
slots 1 through 7 are empty, install a blank panel in them. You cannot install a blank panel
in slot 0.

CAUTION: If an SFB2 fails, don’t remove it until you have a replacement SFB2 or
blank panel ready to install.

SFB2 Redundancy For line rate operation, the MX2000 series router must have at least seven SFB2s
installed. Although MX2000 routers can operate with fewer than seven SFB2s, packet
forwarding performance is impacted.

Weight and • Weight: 16 lb (7.2 kg)

Dimensions
• Width: 1.7 in. (4.31 cm)

• Depth: 23.6 in. (59.94 cm). With ejector handle: 26.14 in. (66.39 cm)

• Height: 16.225 in. (41.21 cm)

 113

Maximum Power MX2020:

Requirements
(without MICs) • Typical: 250 W

• At different temperatures:

295 W at 55° C

280 W at 40° C

270 W at 25° C

MX2010:

• Typical: 220 W

• At different temperatures:

265 W at 55° C

250 W at 40° C

240 W at 25° C

LEDs See MX2000 Switch Fabric Board LED for a description of the SFB2 LED functions.

Each SFB2 also has a set of bicolor LEDs on the craft interface that indicate its status.
The SFB2 LEDs, labeled 0 through 7, are located along the bottom center of the craft
interface.

Upgrades During an upgrade from SFB to SFB2, MX2000 series routers support both SFB and
SFB2 at the same time for the duration of the upgrade.
 114

Interoperabilitly with The MX2000-SFB2 interoperates with these MPCs:

MPC Line Cards
• MPC2E

• MPC2E NG (with ethernet MICs only)

• MPC3E

• MPC3E NG (with ethernet MICs only)

• MPC4E

• MPC5E

• MPC6E

• MPC7E

• MPC8E

• MPC9E

• MS-MPC

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Switch Fabric Board LED

MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description
Replacing an MX2000 SFB
Understanding Fabric Fault Handling on Enhanced Switch Fabric Board (SFB2)
Performing a Smooth Upgrade to Enhanced Switch Fabric Board (SFB2) with Minimal Impact on
Traffic

MX2000-SFB3 Switch Fabric Board Description

IN THIS SECTION

MX2K-MPC11E Support | 120

 115

MX2000-SFB3 Switch Fabric Board Bandwidth Per MPC Line Card | 121

MX2000-SFB3 Fabric Planes | 121

The MX2000-SFB3 Switch Fabric Board creates a highly scalable and resilient “all-active” centralized
switch fabric that delivers up to 4 Tbps of full-duplex switching capacity per line card slot for MX2010
and MX2020 routers. The MX2000-SFB3 along with the MX2K-MPC11E Modular Port Concentrator
provides industry-leading 100-Gigabit Ethernet and 400-Gigabit Ethernet-ready port density. Figure 53
on page 115 shows the MX2000-SFB3.

Figure 53: MX2000-SFB3 Switch Fabric Board

 116

1— OK/FAIL status LED

Software release • Junos OS Release 19.3R2 and later 19.3 releases

• Junos OS Release 20.1R1 and later releases

NOTE: The MX2K-MPC11E is not supported in any Junos OS 19.4 releases.

Physical Description • Weight: 22.6 lb (10.3 kg)

• Width: 1.7 in. (4.3 cm)

• Depth: 23.7 in. (60.1 cm) (not including the ejector handle); 26.2 in. (64.4 cm) (with
the ejector handle)

• Height: 16.2 in. (41.2 cm)

• Name in CLI: Switch Fabric Board 3

 117

MX Series Router • The MX2000-SFB3 supports MX2010 and MX2020 router platforms.
Platform Support

Prerequisites • Requires at least one MX2000-SFB3 switch fabric board.

• Requires one of the following routing engines:

• RE-MX2000-1800X4

• REMX2K-1800-32G

• REMX2K-X8-128G

• REMX2K-X8-64G

Hardware Features The MX2000-SFB3:

• Delivers up to 4 Tbps of full-duplex switching capacity to each MPC in an MX2010

or MX2020 router.

• Provides up to three fabric planes per Packet Forwarding Engine.

LED The MX2000-SFB3 has one OK/FAIL LED that indicates status as follows:

• Green—MX2000-SFB3 is online and functioning normally (OK status).

• Red—MX2000-SFB3 has an error or failure (FAIL status).

• Off—MX2000-SFB3 is offline.

The port LEDs under each SFB slot on the front panel of the device chassis indicate the
online/offline status. These LEDs are labeled 0 through 7.

Safety, • The MX2000-SFB3 uses 48—V power systems and meets all safety requirements for
Environmental, and 48—V isolated spacing.
Security Features
• MX2000-SFB3 is certified as an EMI emissions Class A device.

Upgrades • The memory storage devices in the MX2000-SFB3 are field-upgradable (I2CS, CPLD
and the Super Controller FPGA).

• The MX2000-SFB3 does not support smooth upgrades or downgrades for SFB or
SFB2 fabric cards.
 118

MX2020 and You can install up to eight MX2000-SFB3’s in MX2020 routers and MX2010 routers. The
MX2010 SFB Slots MX2000-SFB3’s install vertically into a fabric board slot on the front of the chassis in the
slots labeled 0 through 7. If any slots are empty, you must install a slot cover.

CAUTION: If one of the MX2000-SFB3’s fails, do not remove it until you have a
replacement MX2000-SFB3 or slot cover ready to install.

MX2000-SFB3 MX2020 routers support two power zones. Power is provisioned for an MX2000-SFB3
Power Zones fabric card from one of the two power zones, based on the SFB3 slot number. The power
is provisioned from the lower power zone for the MX2000-SFB3 fabric cards in slots 0-3.
Similarly, the power is provisioned from the upper power zone for the MX2000-SFB3
fabric cards in the slots 4-7.

NOTE: MX2020 routers do not support power redundancy mode for the MX2000-
SFB3 fabric card in both the power zones.

MX2010 routers support a single power zone; Therefore, power is provisioned from the
same power zone for all the MX2000-SFB3 fabric cards, regardless of the SFB3 slot
number.

System Power • DC Input Operating Range: -72 to -40 VDC

Requirements
• Maximum Power at 40 C° (72° F) + 6000 ft. (1829 m): 540 W (MX2020); 385W
(MX2010)

Supported Routing The MX2000-SFB3 supports these routing engines:

Engines
• RE-MX2000-1800X4

• REMX2K-1800-32G

• REMX2K-X8-128G

• REMX2K-X8-64G
 119

Supported Power The MX2000-SFB3 supports these power distribution modules:

Distribution Modules
• MX2000-PDM-AC-WYE

• MX2000-PDM-AC-DELTA

• MX2000-PDM-DC

• MX2K-PDM-AC-1PH

• MX2K-PDM-OP-AC

• MX2K-PDM-OP-DC

Supported Power The MX2000-SFB3 supports these power supply modules:

Supply Modules
• MX2000-PSM-AC

• MX2000-PSM-DC

NOTE: With the existing power supplies, an MX2020 can support a maximum of 14
MX2K-MPC11Es (seven in the top MPC slots and seven in the bottom MPC slots)
while maintaining PSM redundancy in each zone. Likewise, the MX2010 with existing
power supplies can support a maximum of six MX2K-MPC11Es and maintain PSM
redundancy.

Interoperabilitly with The MX2000-SFB3 interoperates with these MPCs:

MPC Line Cards
• MX2K-MPC11E

• MPC6E

• MPC8E

• MPC9E

• MS-MPC

Starting in Junos OS Release 22.2R1 MX2000-SFB3 interoperates with these MPCs:

• MPC7E

• MPC5E

• MPC2E-NG (with ethernet MICs only)

• MPC3E-NG (with ethernet MICs only)

 120

Interoperabilitily All fabric board types must be MX2000-SFB3. MX2010 routers and MX2020 routers
With Other Switch don’t support a mixed fabric board type.
Fabric Boards

MX2K-MPC11E Support

The number of MX2K-MPC11E line cards that the MX2020 and MX2010 router chassis can support
varies, depending upon the ambient temperature of the chassis and the PSM redundancy. Table 21 on
page 120 shows the number of MX2K-MPC11E line cards that are supported on the MX2020 router
with fully populated, existing PDMs and PSMs (in redundant and non-redundant modes) at 40 C° (72° F)
+ 6000 ft. (1829 m).

Table 21: MX2K-MPC11E Line Card Maximums Per PSM Redundancy, Temperature, and Elevation for
MX2020 Routers

With PSM Redundancy Without PSM Redundancy Temperature and Elevation

Upper Zone 7 8 40 C° (72° F) + 6000 ft. (1829 m)

Lower Zone 7 8 40 C° (72° F) + 6000 ft. (1829 m)

Total 14 16 40 C° (72° F) + 6000 ft. (1829 m)

Table 22 on page 120 shows the number of MX2K-MPC11E line cards that are supported on the
MX2010 router with fully populated, existing PDMs and PSMs (in redundant and non-redundant modes)
at 40 C° (72° F) + 6000 ft. (1829 m).

Table 22: MX2K-MPC11E Line Card Maximums Per PSM Redundancy, Temperature, and Elevation for
MX2010 Routers

MX2010 Line Card Maximum Supported Maximum Supported Temperature and Elevation
Type With PSM Redundancy Without PSM
Redundancy

MX2K-MPC11E 6 7 40 C° (72° F) + 6000 ft. (1829 m)

 121

MX2000-SFB3 Switch Fabric Board Bandwidth Per MPC Line Card

Table 23 on page 121 lists the fabric bandwidth for supported MPC line cards when used with the
MX2000-SFB3.

Table 23: Switch Fabric Board Bandwidth Per Supported MPC Line Card

MPC Line Card MPC Line Card Bandwidth Fabric Bandwidth per Packet
Forwarding Engine

MPC6E 520 G 130 G

MPC8E 960 G 240 G

MPC9E 1.6 T 400 G

MX2K-MPC11E 4T 500 G

MPC2E-NG (with ethernet MICs 80 G 20 G

only)

MPC3E-NG (with ethernet MICs 130 G 32.5 G

only)

MPC5E 240 G 60 G

MPC7E-MRATE 430 G 107.5 G

MPC7E-10G 400 G 100 G

MX2000-SFB3 Fabric Planes

• There are 24 fabric planes when eight MX2000-SFB3’s are installed.

• All eight MX2000-SFB3’s are required to support line rate traffic on the MX2K-MPC11E line card.

• There is 7+1 MX2000-SFB3 redundancy with MPCE6, MPCE8, and MPCE9 line cards.
 122

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Switch Fabric Board LED

MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description
Replacing an MX2000 SFB
 123

CHAPTER 7

Interface Modules— ADCs, MPCs, and MICs

IN THIS CHAPTER

MX2000 Modular Interface Card (MIC) Description | 123

MICs Supported by MX Series Routers | 124

MX2020 Modular Interface Card LEDs | 138

MX2020 Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) Description | 138

MPCs Supported by MX Series Routers | 141

MX2020 Modular Port Concentrator LEDs | 152

MX2000 Adapter Card (ADC) Description | 152

MPC Terminology | 154

MX2020 Port and Interface Numbering | 155

MX2000 Modular Interface Card (MIC) Description

The Modular Interface Cards (MICs) install into the Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs) and provide the
physical connections to various network media types. MICs allow different physical interfaces to be
supported on a single MPC. You can install MICs of different media types on the same router as long as
the router supports those MICs.

MICs receive incoming packets from the network and transmit outgoing packets to the network. During
this process, each MIC performs framing and high-speed signaling for its media type. The MPCs
encapsulate the packets received before transmitting outgoing data packets through the MIC interfaces.

MICs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. You can install up to two MICs in each MPC.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Modular Interface Card LEDs | 138

Maintaining MX2020 MICs | 729
 124

Troubleshooting the MX2020 MICs | 850

Replacing an MX2020 MIC | 717

MICs Supported by MX Series Routers

The following tables list the first supported Junos OS release for the MX Series.

• Table 24 on page 124 lists the first supported Junos OS release for MICs on MX240, MX480,
MX960, and MX2008 routers.

• Table 25 on page 128 lists the first supported Junos OS release for MICs on MX2010 and MX2020
routers.

• Table 26 on page 131 list the first supported Junos OS release for MICs on MX5, MX10, and MX40
routers.

• Table 27 on page 134 lists the first supported Junos OS release for MICs on MX80 and MX104
routers.

• Table 28 on page 137 lists the first supported Junos OS release for MICs on MX10003 router.

Table 24: MICs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, and MX2008 Routers

MIC Name MIC Model Number Ports MX240, MX480, MX2008 Routers
and MX960 Routers

ATM

ATM MIC with SFP MIC-3D-8OC3-2OC 8 12.1 15.1F7

12-ATM

DS3/E3

DS3/E3 MIC MIC-3D-8DS3-E3, 8 11.4 15.1F7

MIC-3D-8CHDS3-
E3-B

Circuit Emulation
 125

Table 24: MICs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, and MX2008 Routers (Continued)

MIC Name MIC Model Number Ports MX240, MX480, MX2008 Routers
and MX960 Routers

Channelized E1/T1 MIC-3D-16CHE1- 16 12.3 15.1F7

Circuit Emulation T1-CE
MIC

Gigabit Ethernet

Gigabit Ethernet MIC-3D-20GE-SFP 20 10.1 15.1F7

MIC with SFP

Gigabit Ethernet MIC-3D-20GE-SFP- 20 13.3 15.1F7

MIC with SFP (E) E

Gigabit Ethernet MIC- 20 18.3 —

MIC with 256b-AES MACSEC-20GE
MACsec

10-Gigabit Ethernet

10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC-3D-2XGE-XFP 2 10.2 15.1F7

MICs with XFP

10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC-3D-4XGE-XFP 4 10.1 15.1F7

MICs with XFP

No Link Title MIC-3D-10GE-SFP- 10 24.2 —

E

10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC3-3D-10XGE- 10 12.3 15.1F7

MIC with SFP+ (10 SFPP
Ports)

10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC6-10G 24 — 15.1F7

MIC with SFP+ (24
Ports)
 126

Table 24: MICs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, and MX2008 Routers (Continued)

MIC Name MIC Model Number Ports MX240, MX480, MX2008 Routers
and MX960 Routers

10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC6-10G-OTN 24 — 15.1F7

OTN MIC with SFP+
(24 Ports)

40-Gigabit Ethernet

40-Gigabit Ethernet MIC3-3D-2X40GE- 2 12.2 15.1F7

MIC with QSFP+ QSFPP

100-Gigabit Ethernet

100-Gigabit MIC3-3D-1X100GE 1 12.1 15.1F7

Ethernet MIC with -CFP
CFP

100-Gigabit MIC3-3D-1X100GE 1 12.2 15.1F7

Ethernet MIC with -CXP
CXP

100-Gigabit MIC6-100G-CXP 4 — 15.1F7

Ethernet MIC with
CXP (4 Ports)

100-Gigabit MIC6-100G-CFP2 2 — 15.1F7

Ethernet MIC with
CFP2

100-Gigabit DWDM OTN

100-Gigabit DWDM MIC3-100G- 1 15.1F5 15.1F7

OTN MIC with DWDM 15.1F6
CFP2-ACO 17.1R1

Multi-Rate
 127

Table 24: MICs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, and MX2008 Routers (Continued)

MIC Name MIC Model Number Ports MX240, MX480, MX2008 Routers
and MX960 Routers

SONET/SDH OC3/ MIC-3D-4OC3OC1 4 11.2 15.1F7

STM1 (Multi-Rate) 2-1OC48
MICs with SFP

SONET/SDH OC3/ MIC-3D-8OC3OC1 8 11.2 15.1F7

STM1 (Multi-Rate) 2-4OC48
MICs with SFP

Channelized MIC-3D-4CHOC3-2 4 11.4 15.1F7

SONET/SDH OC3/ CHOC12
STM1 (Multi-Rate)
MICs with SFP

Channelized MIC-3D-8CHOC3-4 8 11.4 15.1F7

SONET/SDH OC3/ CHOC12
STM1 (Multi-Rate)
MICs with SFP

Channelized OC3/ MIC-3D-4COC3-1C 4 12.2 15.1F7

STM1 (Multi-Rate) OC12-CE
Circuit Emulation
MIC with SFP

MIC MRATE (12- MIC-MRATE 12 — 15.1F7

Port Multi-Rate MIC
with QSFP+)

Multi-Rate Ethernet MIC-MACSEC- 12 — 17.4

MIC (12-Port Multi- MRATE
Rate MACsec MIC
with QSFP+)

Tri-Rate

Tri-Rate MIC MIC-3D-40GE-TX 40 10.2 15.1F7

 128

Table 24: MICs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, and MX2008 Routers (Continued)

MIC Name MIC Model Number Ports MX240, MX480, MX2008 Routers
and MX960 Routers

Services

Multiservices MIC MS-MIC-16G 0 13.2 15.1F7

SONET/SDH

SONET/SDH MIC-3D-1OC192- 1 12.2 15.1F7

OC192/STM64 MIC XFP
with XFP

Table 25: MICs Supported by MX2010 and MX2020 Routers

MIC Name MIC Model Ports MX2010 Routers MX2020 Routers

Number

ATM

ATM MIC with SFP MIC-3D-8OC3-2 8 12.3 12.3

OC12-ATM

DS3/E3

DS3/E3 MIC MIC-3D-8DS3-E3, 8 12.3 12.3

MIC-3D-8CHDS3
-E3-B

Circuit Emulation

Channelized E1/T1 Circuit MIC-3D-16CHE1- 16 — —

Emulation MIC T1-CE

Gigabit Ethernet
 129

Table 25: MICs Supported by MX2010 and MX2020 Routers (Continued)

MIC Name MIC Model Ports MX2010 Routers MX2020 Routers

Number

Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC-3D-20GE- 20 12.3 12.3

SFP SFP

Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC-3D-20GE- 20 13.3 13.3

SFP (E) SFP-E

10-Gigabit Ethernet

10-Gigabit Ethernet MICs MIC-3D-2XGE- 2 12.3 12.3

with XFP XFP

10-Gigabit Ethernet MICs MIC-3D-4XGE- 4 12.3 12.3

with XFP XFP

No Link Title MIC-3D-10GE- 10 24.2 24.2

SFP-E

10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC MIC3-3D-10XGE- 10 12.3 12.3

with SFP+ (10 Ports) SFPP

10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC MIC6-10G 24 13.3R2 13.3R2

with SFP+ (24 Ports)

10-Gigabit Ethernet OTN MIC6-10G-OTN 24 13.3R3 13.3R3

MIC with SFP+ (24 Ports)

40-Gigabit Ethernet

40-Gigabit Ethernet MIC MIC3-3D-2X40G 2 12.3 12.3

with QSFP+ E-QSFPP

100-Gigabit Ethernet
 130

Table 25: MICs Supported by MX2010 and MX2020 Routers (Continued)

MIC Name MIC Model Ports MX2010 Routers MX2020 Routers

Number

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC MIC3-3D-1X100 1 12.3 12.3

with CFP GE-CFP

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC MIC3-3D-1X100 1 12.3 12.3

with CXP GE-CXP

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC MIC6-100G-CXP 4 13.3R2 13.3R2

with CXP (4 Ports)

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC MIC6-100G-CFP2 2 13.3R3 13.3R3

with CFP2

100-Gigabit DWDM OTN

100-Gigabit DWDM OTN MIC3-100G- 1 15.1F515.1F617. 15.1F515.1F617.

MIC with CFP2-ACO DWDM 1R1 1R1

Multi-Rate

SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 MIC-3D-4OC3OC 4 12.3 12.3

(Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP 12-1OC48

SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 MIC-3D-8OC3OC 8 12.3 12.3

(Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP 12-4OC48

Channelized SONET/SDH MIC-3D-4CHOC3 4 12.3 12.3

OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) -2CHOC12
MICs with SFP

Channelized SONET/SDH MIC-3D-8CHOC3 8 12.3 12.3

OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) -4CHOC12
MICs with SFP
 131

Table 25: MICs Supported by MX2010 and MX2020 Routers (Continued)

MIC Name MIC Model Ports MX2010 Routers MX2020 Routers

Number

Channelized OC3/STM1 MIC-3D-4COC3-1 4 12.3 12.3

(Multi-Rate) Circuit COC12-CE
Emulation MIC with SFP

MIC MRATE (12-Port MIC-MRATE 12 15.1F5 with Junos 15.1F5 with Junos
Multi-Rate MIC with QSFP Continuity Continuity
+)
16.1R1 and later 16.1R1 and later

Multi-Rate Ethernet MIC MIC-MACSEC- 12 17.4 17.4

(12-Port Multi-Rate MRATE
MACsec MIC with QSFP+)

Tri-Rate

Tri-Rate MIC MIC-3D-40GE-TX 40 12.3 12.3

Services

Multiservices MIC MS-MIC-16G 0 13.2 13.2

SONET/SDH

SONET/SDH OC192/ MIC-3D-1OC192- 1 12.3 12.3

STM64 MIC with XFP XFP

Table 26: MICs Supported by MX5, MX10, and MX40 Routers

MIC Name MIC Model Ports MX5 MX10 MX40

Number

ATM
 132

Table 26: MICs Supported by MX5, MX10, and MX40 Routers (Continued)

MIC Name MIC Model Ports MX5 MX10 MX40

Number

ATM MIC with MIC-3D-8OC3- 8 12.1 12.1 12.1

SFP 2OC12-ATM

DS3/E3

DS3/E3 MIC MIC-3D-8DS3- 8 11.4 11.4 11.4

E3,

MIC-3D-8CHDS
3-E3-B

Circuit Emulation

Channelized MIC-3D-16CHE 16 13.2R2 13.2R2 13.2R2

E1/T1 Circuit 1-T1-CE
Emulation MIC

Channelized MIC-3D-16CHE 16 — — —
E1/T1 Circuit 1-T1-CE-H
Emulation MIC
(H)

Gigabit Ethernet

Gigabit Ethernet MIC-3D-20GE- 20 11.2R4 11.2R4 11.2R4

MIC with SFP SFP

Gigabit Ethernet MIC-3D-20GE- 20 13.2R2 13.2R2 13.2R2

MIC with SFP SFP-E
(E)

Gigabit Ethernet MIC-3D-20GE- 20 — — —

MIC with SFP SFP-EH
(EH)
 133

Table 26: MICs Supported by MX5, MX10, and MX40 Routers (Continued)

MIC Name MIC Model Ports MX5 MX10 MX40

Number

10-Gigabit Ethernet

10-Gigabit MIC-3D-2XGE- 2 11.2R4 11.2R4 11.2R4

Ethernet MICs XFP
with XFP

Multi-Rate

SONET/SDH MIC-3D-4OC3 4 11.2R4 11.2R4 11.2R4

OC3/STM1 OC12-1OC48
(Multi-Rate)
MICs with SFP

SONET/SDH MIC-3D-8OC3 8 11.2R4 11.2R4 11.2R4

OC3/STM1 OC12-4OC48
(Multi-Rate)
MICs with SFP

Channelized MIC-3D-4CHO 4 11.4 11.4 11.4

SONET/SDH C3-2CHOC12
OC3/STM1
(Multi-Rate)
MICs with SFP

Channelized MIC-3D-8CHO 8 11.4 11.4 11.4

SONET/SDH C3-4CHOC12
OC3/STM1
(Multi-Rate)
MICs with SFP

Channelized MIC-3D-4COC3 4 12.2 12.2 12.2

OC3/STM1 -1COC12-CE
(Multi-Rate)
Circuit
Emulation MIC
with SFP
 134

Table 26: MICs Supported by MX5, MX10, and MX40 Routers (Continued)

MIC Name MIC Model Ports MX5 MX10 MX40

Number

Channelized MIC-4COC3-1C — — — —
OC3/STM1 OC12-CE-H
(Multi-Rate)
Circuit
Emulation MIC
with SFP (H)

Tri-Rate

Tri-Rate MIC MIC-3D-40GE- 40 — 11.2R4 11.2R4

TX

Services

Multiservices MS-MIC-16G 0 13.2 13.2 13.2

MIC
Rear slot only. Rear slot only. Rear slot only.

SONET/SDH MIC-3D-1OC19 1 12.2 12.2 12.2

OC192/STM64 2-XFP
MIC with XFP

Table 27: MICs Supported by MX80 and MX104 Routers

MIC Name MIC Model Number Ports MX80 MX104

ATM

ATM MIC with SFP MIC-3D-8OC3-2OC 8 12.1 13.3

12-ATM

DS3/E3
 135

Table 27: MICs Supported by MX80 and MX104 Routers (Continued)

MIC Name MIC Model Number Ports MX80 MX104

DS3/E3 MIC MIC-3D-8DS3-E3, 8 11.4 13.3

MIC-3D-8CHDS3-
E3-B

Circuit Emulation

Channelized E1/T1 MIC-3D-16CHE1- 16 13.2R2 13.2R2

Circuit Emulation T1-CE
MIC

Channelized E1/T1 MIC-3D-16CHE1- 16 — 13.2R2

Circuit Emulation T1-CE-H
MIC (H)

Gigabit Ethernet

Gigabit Ethernet MIC-3D-20GE-SFP 20 10.2 13.2R2

MIC with SFP

Gigabit Ethernet MIC-3D-20GE-SFP- 20 13.2R2 13.2R2

MIC with SFP (E) E

Gigabit Ethernet MIC-3D-20GE-SFP- 20 — 13.2R2

MIC with SFP (EH) EH

Gigabit Ethernet MIC- 20 18.3 18.3

MIC with 256b-AES MACSEC-20GE
MACsec

10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC-3D-2XGE-XFP 2 10.2 13.2R2

MICs with XFP

Multi-Rate
 136

Table 27: MICs Supported by MX80 and MX104 Routers (Continued)

MIC Name MIC Model Number Ports MX80 MX104

SONET/SDH OC3/ MIC-3D-4OC3OC1 4 11.2 13.3

STM1 (Multi-Rate) 2-1OC48
MICs with SFP

SONET/SDH OC3/ MIC-3D-8OC3OC1 8 11.2 13.3

STM1 (Multi-Rate) 2-4OC48
MICs with SFP

Channelized MIC-3D-4CHOC3-2 4 11.4 13.3

SONET/SDH OC3/ CHOC12
STM1 (Multi-Rate)
MICs with SFP

Channelized MIC-3D-8CHOC3-4 8 11.4 13.3

SONET/SDH OC3/ CHOC12
STM1 (Multi-Rate)
MICs with SFP

Channelized OC3/ MIC-3D-4COC3-1C 4 12.2 13.2R2

STM1 (Multi-Rate) OC12-CE
Circuit Emulation
MIC with SFP

Channelized OC3/ MIC-4COC3-1COC — — 13.2R2

STM1 (Multi-Rate) 12-CE-H
Circuit Emulation
MIC with SFP (H)

Tri-Rate

Tri-Rate MIC MIC-3D-40GE-TX 40 10.2 13.2R2

Services
 137

Table 27: MICs Supported by MX80 and MX104 Routers (Continued)

MIC Name MIC Model Number Ports MX80 MX104

Multiservices MIC MS-MIC-16G 0 13.2 13.3R2

Rear slot only. NOTE: Starting

Supported on the From Junos OS
modular MX80 and 13.3R3, 14.1R2,
fixed MX80-48T and 14.2R1,
MX104 supports
only two
Multiservices
MICs.

SONET/SDH

SONET/SDH MIC-3D-1OC192- 1 12.2 13.3

OC192/STM64 MIC XFP
with XFP

Table 28: MICs Supported by MX10003 Router

MIC Name MIC Model Number Ports MX10003

Multi-Rate

Multi-Rate Ethernet MIC JNP-MIC1 12 17.3

(12-Port Multi-Rate MIC
with QSFP+)

Multi-Rate Ethernet MIC JNP-MIC1-MACSEC 12 17.3R2

(12-Port Multi-Rate MACsec
MIC with QSFP+)

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX Series MIC Overview

MIC/MPC Compatibility
 138

MX2020 Modular Interface Card LEDs

Each MIC has LEDs located on the faceplate. For more information about LEDs on the MIC faceplate,
see the “LEDs” section for each MIC in the MX Series Interface Module Reference.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Modular Interface Card (MIC) Description | 123

Maintaining MX2020 MICs | 729
Troubleshooting the MX2020 MICs | 850
Replacing an MX2020 MIC | 717

MX2020 Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) Description

IN THIS SECTION

MPC Components | 140

Designed for flexibility, MX2000 Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs) leverage the Junos Trio chipset to
deliver the industry’s highest Gigabit Ethernet density, as well as the flexibility of modular interfaces
across the MX Series portfolio. These advanced capabilities allow mix and match interfaces to create
service-specific and “pay as you grow” configurations. The MPCs house the packet forwarding engines
to deliver up to 120-Gigabit Ethernet of comprehensive Layer 3 routing (IPv4 and IPv6), and Layer 2
switching. The MPCs also support inline services and advanced Hierarchical QoS (H-QoS) per MX Series
slot.

Modular Interface Cards (MICs) install into the MPCs to provide the physical interfaces. You can install
up to two MICs of different media types on the same MPC as long as the MPC supports those MICs.

NOTE: The MX2020 router also supports fixed port MPCs.

Each MPC is equipped with up to four Junos Trio chipsets, which perform control functions tailored to
the MPC’s media type.
 139

The MX2020 router supports up to 20 MPCs. For power requirements, see Calculating DC Power
Requirements for MX2020 Routers and "Calculating AC Power Requirements for MX2020 Routers" on
page 273.

The router has 20 dedicated line card slots for MPCs. MPCs install vertically in the front of the router.
The dedicated slots are numbered 0 though 9 (bottom), and 10 though 19 (top), left to right. An MPC
can be installed in any line card slot.

When an MPC slot is not occupied, you need to install a blank MPC panel.

MPCs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. When you install an MPC in an operating router, the CB-RE
downloads the MPC software. The MPC runs its diagnostics and enables the Packet Forwarding Engines
housed on the MPC. Forwarding on other MPCs continues uninterrupted during this process.

Figure 54 on page 139 shows an example of an MPC. Figure 55 on page 140 shows an MPC installed
vertically in the MX2020 router. For more information about MPCs, see the MX Series Interface Module
Reference.

Figure 54: Modular Port Concentrator (MPC)

 140

Figure 55: MPC Installed in the MX2020 Router

MPC Components

Each MPC consists of the following components:

• MIC card carrier, which includes two MIC slots (excludes the fixed configuration MPC).

• Fabric interfaces.

• Two Gigabit Ethernet interfaces that allow control information, route information, and statistics to be
sent between the routing engine and the CPU on the MPCs.

• Up to four Junos Trio chipsets, which perform control functions tailored to the MPC’s media type.

• Backplane connectors and power circuitry.

• Online button located on the craft interface, which takes the MPC online or offline when pressed.

• OK/FAIL LED on the MPC faceplate. For more information about the LEDs for your MPC, refer to
the MX Series 5G Universal Routing Platform Interface Module Reference.
 141

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Field-Replaceable Units | 55

Maintaining MX2020 MPCs | 711
Troubleshooting a Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) | 852
Replacing an MX2020 MPC and Adapter Card (ADC) | 699

MPCs Supported by MX Series Routers

MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX10003, MX10004, MX10016, MX2008, MX2010,
and MX2020 Routers on page 141 lists the MPCs and their first supported Junos OS release on MX240,
MX480, MX960, MX10003, MX10004, and MX10016, MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers.

Table 29: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX10003, MX10004, MX10016, MX2008,
MX2010, and MX2020 Routers

MPC MPC First First First Junos First First Junos First First First
Name Model Junos OS Junos OS Release Junos OS Release Junos Junos Junos
Number Release OS on OS on OS OS OS
on Releas MX10004 Releas MX10016 Releas Release Release
MX240, e on Routers e on Routers e on on on
MX480, MX10 MX10 MX20 MX201 MX202
and 003 008 08 0 0
MX960 Route Route Route Routers Routers
Routers rs rs rs

Fixed Configuration MPCs

MPC-3D- MPC-3D- 10.0R2 – – 15.1F 12.3 12.3

16XGE- 7
16XGE-
SFPP
SFP

Multiservi MS-MPC 13.2R4 – – 15.1F 15.1 15.1

ces MPC 7
 142

Table 29: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX10003, MX10004, MX10016, MX2008,
MX2010, and MX2020 Routers (Continued)

MPC MPC First First First Junos First First Junos First First First
Name Model Junos OS Junos OS Release Junos OS Release Junos Junos Junos
Number Release OS on OS on OS OS OS
on Releas MX10004 Releas MX10016 Releas Release Release
MX240, e on Routers e on Routers e on on on
MX480, MX10 MX10 MX20 MX201 MX202
and 003 008 08 0 0
MX960 Route Route Route Routers Routers
Routers rs rs rs

32x10GE MPC4E-3 12.3R2 – – 15.1F 12.3R2 12.3R2

MPC4E D- 7

32XGE-
SFPP

2x100GE MPC4E-3 12.3R2 – – 15.1F 12.3R2 12.3R2

+ 8x10GE D- 7
MPC4E
2CGE-8X
GE

6x40GE + MPC5E-4 13.3R2 – – 15.1F 13.3R2 13.3R2

24x10GE 0G10G 7
MPC5E

6x40GE + MPC5EQ 13.3R2 – – 15.1F 13.3R2 13.3R2

24x10GE -40G10G 7
MPC5EQ

2x100GE MPC5E-1 13.3R3 – – 15.1F 13.3R3 13.3R3

+ 4x10GE 00G10G 7
MPC5E

2x100GE MPC5EQ 13.3R3 – – 15.1F 13.3R3 13.3R3

+ 4x10GE -100G10 7
MPC5EQ G
 143

Table 29: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX10003, MX10004, MX10016, MX2008,
MX2010, and MX2020 Routers (Continued)

MPC MPC First First First Junos First First Junos First First First
Name Model Junos OS Junos OS Release Junos OS Release Junos Junos Junos
Number Release OS on OS on OS OS OS
on Releas MX10004 Releas MX10016 Releas Release Release
MX240, e on Routers e on Routers e on on on
MX480, MX10 MX10 MX20 MX201 MX202
and 003 008 08 0 0
MX960 Route Route Route Routers Routers
Routers rs rs rs

MPC7E- MPC7E- • 15.1F – – 15.1F • 15.1 • 15.1

MRATE MRATE 4 with 7 F4 F4
Junos with with
Conti Juno Juno
nuity s s
Cont Cont
• 16.1R inuit inuit
1 and y y
later
• 16.1 • 16.1
R1 R1
and and
later later

MPC7E-1 MPC7E-1 • 15.1F – – 15.1F • 15.1 • 15.1

0G 0G 5 with 7 F5 F5
Junos with with
Conti Juno Juno
nuity s s
Cont Cont
• 16.1R inuit inuit
1 and y y
later
• 16.1 • 16.1
R1 R1
and and
later later
 144

Table 29: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX10003, MX10004, MX10016, MX2008,
MX2010, and MX2020 Routers (Continued)

MPC MPC First First First Junos First First Junos First First First
Name Model Junos OS Junos OS Release Junos OS Release Junos Junos Junos
Number Release OS on OS on OS OS OS
on Releas MX10004 Releas MX10016 Releas Release Release
MX240, e on Routers e on Routers e on on on
MX480, MX10 MX10 MX20 MX201 MX202
and 003 008 08 0 0
MX960 Route Route Route Routers Routers
Routers rs rs rs

MPC10E- MPC10E-
10C- 10C- 19.2R1 – – – – –
MRATE MRATE

MPC10E- MPC10E-
15C- 15C- 19.1R1 – – – – –
MRATE MRATE
 145

Table 29: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX10003, MX10004, MX10016, MX2008,
MX2010, and MX2020 Routers (Continued)

MPC MPC First First First Junos First First Junos First First First
Name Model Junos OS Junos OS Release Junos OS Release Junos Junos Junos
Number Release OS on OS on OS OS OS
on Releas MX10004 Releas MX10016 Releas Release Release
MX240, e on Routers e on Routers e on on on
MX480, MX10 MX10 MX20 MX201 MX202
and 003 008 08 0 0
MX960 Route Route Route Routers Routers
Routers rs rs rs

MX2K- MX2K- • 19.3 • 19.3

MPC11E MPC11E R2 R2
Modular and and
Port later later
Concentr 19.3 19.3
ator rele rele
ases ases

• 20.1 • 20.1
R1 R1

N N
O O
T T
E: E:
- - - - T T
h h
e e
M M
X X
2 2
K K
- -
M M
P P
C C
1 1
1 1
E E
M M
P P
 146

Table 29: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX10003, MX10004, MX10016, MX2008,
MX2010, and MX2020 Routers (Continued)

MPC MPC First First First Junos First First Junos First First First
Name Model Junos OS Junos OS Release Junos OS Release Junos Junos Junos
Number Release OS on OS on OS OS OS
on Releas MX10004 Releas MX10016 Releas Release Release
MX240, e on Routers e on Routers e on on on
MX480, MX10 MX10 MX20 MX201 MX202
and 003 008 08 0 0
MX960 Route Route Route Routers Routers
Routers rs rs rs

C C
is is
n n
ot ot
su su
p p
p p
or or
te te
d d
in in
a a
n n
y y
1 1
9. 9.
4 4
re re
le le
as as
es es
. .

MX- MPCs 15.1F

MPC1 10.2 12.3 12.3
MPC1-3D 7

MX-
15.1F
MPC1E MPC1E-3 11.2R4 – – 12.3 12.3
7
D
 147

Table 29: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX10003, MX10004, MX10016, MX2008,
MX2010, and MX2020 Routers (Continued)

MPC MPC First First First Junos First First Junos First First First
Name Model Junos OS Junos OS Release Junos OS Release Junos Junos Junos
Number Release OS on OS on OS OS OS
on Releas MX10004 Releas MX10016 Releas Release Release
MX240, e on Routers e on Routers e on on on
MX480, MX10 MX10 MX20 MX201 MX202
and 003 008 08 0 0
MX960 Route Route Route Routers Routers
Routers rs rs rs

MPC1 Q MX- 10.2 15.1F 12.3 12.3

MPC1-3D – – 7
-Q

MX- – –
15.1F
MPC1E Q MPC1E-3 11.2R4 12.3 12.3
7
D-Q

MPC2 MX- 10.1 15.1F 12.3 12.3

– –
MPC2-3D 7

MX- – –
15.1F
MPC2E MPC2E-3 11.2R4 12.3 12.3
7
D

MPC2 Q MX- 10.1 15.1F 12.3 12.3

MPC2-3D – 7
-Q

MX- – –
15.1F
MPC2E Q MPC2E-3 11.2R4 12.3 12.3
7
D-Q

MPC2 EQ MX- 10.1 15.1F 12.3 12.3

MPC2-3D – – 7
-EQ
 148

Table 29: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX10003, MX10004, MX10016, MX2008,
MX2010, and MX2020 Routers (Continued)

MPC MPC First First First Junos First First Junos First First First
Name Model Junos OS Junos OS Release Junos OS Release Junos Junos Junos
Number Release OS on OS on OS OS OS
on Releas MX10004 Releas MX10016 Releas Release Release
MX240, e on Routers e on Routers e on on on
MX480, MX10 MX10 MX20 MX201 MX202
and 003 008 08 0 0
MX960 Route Route Route Routers Routers
Routers rs rs rs

MX- – –
MPC2E 15.1F
MPC2E-3 11.2R4 12.3 12.3
EQ 7
D-EQ

MPC2E P MX-
15.1F
MPC2E-3 12.2 – – 12.3 12.3
7
D-P

MPC2E MX- 14.1R4, 14.1R4,

14.1R4,
NG MPC2E-3 14.2R3 14.2R3
14.2R3
D-NG and and
and Junos 15.1F Junos Junos
Continuit – –
7 Continu Continu
y
ity ity
15.1
15.1 15.1

MPC2E MX- 14.1R4, 14.1R4,

14.1R4,
NG Q MPC2E-3 14.2R3 14.2R3
14.2R3
D-NG-Q and and
and Junos 15.1F Junos Junos
Continuit – –
7 Continu Continu
y
ity ity
15.1
15.1 15.1

MPC3E MX-
15.1F
MPC3E-3 12.1 – – 12.3 12.3
7
D
 149

Table 29: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX10003, MX10004, MX10016, MX2008,
MX2010, and MX2020 Routers (Continued)

MPC MPC First First First Junos First First Junos First First First
Name Model Junos OS Junos OS Release Junos OS Release Junos Junos Junos
Number Release OS on OS on OS OS OS
on Releas MX10004 Releas MX10016 Releas Release Release
MX240, e on Routers e on Routers e on on on
MX480, MX10 MX10 MX20 MX201 MX202
and 003 008 08 0 0
MX960 Route Route Route Routers Routers
Routers rs rs rs

MPC3E-3 MX- 14.1R4, 14.1R4,

14.1R4,
D-NG MPC3E-3 14.2R3 14.2R3
14.2R3
D-NG and and
and Junos 15.1F Junos Junos
Continuit – –
7 Continu Continu
y
ity ity
15.1
15.1 15.1

MPC3E-3 MX- 14.1R4, 14.1R4,

14.1R4,
D-NG-Q MPC3E-3 14.2R3 14.2R3
14.2R3
D-NG-Q and and
and Junos 15.1F Junos Junos
Continuit – –
7 Continu Continu
y
ity ity
15.1
15.1 15.1

MPC6E MX2K- 15.1F

– – – 13.3R2 13.3R2
MPC6E 7
 150

Table 29: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX10003, MX10004, MX10016, MX2008,
MX2010, and MX2020 Routers (Continued)

MPC MPC First First First Junos First First Junos First First First
Name Model Junos OS Junos OS Release Junos OS Release Junos Junos Junos
Number Release OS on OS on OS OS OS
on Releas MX10004 Releas MX10016 Releas Release Release
MX240, e on Routers e on Routers e on on on
MX480, MX10 MX10 MX20 MX201 MX202
and 003 008 08 0 0
MX960 Route Route Route Routers Routers
Routers rs rs rs

MPC8E MX2K- • 15.1 • 15.1

MPC8E F5 F5
with with
Juno Juno
s s
Cont Cont
15.1F
– – – inuit inuit
7
y y

• 16.1 • 16.1
R1 R1
and and
later later

MPC9E MX2K- • 15.1 • 15.1

MPC9E F5 F5
with with
Juno Juno
s s
Cont Cont
15.1F
– – – inuit inuit
7
y y

• 16.1 • 16.1
R1 R1
and and
later later
 151

Table 29: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX10003, MX10004, MX10016, MX2008,
MX2010, and MX2020 Routers (Continued)

MPC MPC First First First Junos First First Junos First First First
Name Model Junos OS Junos OS Release Junos OS Release Junos Junos Junos
Number Release OS on OS on OS OS OS
on Releas MX10004 Releas MX10016 Releas Release Release
MX240, e on Routers e on Routers e on on on
MX480, MX10 MX10 MX20 MX201 MX202
and 003 008 08 0 0
MX960 Route Route Route Routers Routers
Routers rs rs rs

MX10003 MX10003
MPC -LC2103 17.3R
– – – – –
(Multi- 1
Rate)

MX10003 MX10003
MPC -LC2103- 21.3R
– – – –
(Multi- V2 1
Rate)

MX10K- JNP10K- 22.3R1 18.2R 19.2R1

-
LC2101 LC2101 1

MX10K- JNP10K- 22.3R1 21.2R 21.2R1

LC480 LC480 1

MX10K- JNP10K- 22.3R1 21.4R -

LC9600 LC9600 - 1

MX10K- JNP10K- 24.2R1 24.2R

LC4800 LC4800 1

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX Series MPC Overview

MX Series MPC Overview
 152

MX Series MIC Overview

MICs Supported by MX Series Routers
MIC/MPC Compatibility
Pathfinder: Hardware Supported by Junos Continuity Software

MX2020 Modular Port Concentrator LEDs

One bicolor LED located on the craft interface above the MPC, displays the status of the MPC. For more
information about the MPC LEDs on the craft interface, see MX2020 Component LEDs on the Craft
Interface.

Each MPC also has LEDs located on the faceplate. For more information about LEDs on the MPC
faceplate, see the LEDs topic for your MPC.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) Description | 138

Maintaining MX2020 MPCs | 711
Troubleshooting a Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) | 852
Replacing an MX2020 MPC and Adapter Card (ADC) | 699
MICs Supported by MX Series Routers | 124

MX2000 Adapter Card (ADC) Description

The MX2000 routers are compatible with all Trio-based MPC line cards; However, because the MX2000
routers use a newer-generation Switch Fabric Board (SFB) with faster bandwidth, smaller form-factor
MPCs must use a special Line Card Adapter (ADC). The ADC is merely a shell that accepts line cards in
the front and converts power and switch fabric in the rear. ADCs install vertically in the front of the
router.

The following MPCs require an ADC:

• MPC1E

• MPC2E

• MPC3E
 153

• MPC5E

• MPC7E

NOTE: When a slot is not occupied by a combined ADC and MPC, you must insert a
blank panel to fill the empty slot and ensure proper cooling of the system.

ADCs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. Figure 56 on page 153 shows the ADC supported on
MX2000 routers.

Figure 56: ADC for the MX2000 Routers

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Maintaining MX2020 Adapter Cards | 715

 154

MPC Terminology

Regardless of whether you are holding an MPC vertically or horizontally, this information uses the same
terms for all four edges of the MPC (see Figure 57 on page 154):

• Faceplate—Edge of the MPC that has connectors into which you insert the SFP or XFP transceivers

• Connector edge—Edge opposite the faceplate; this edge has the connectors that attach to the
midplane

• Top edge—Edge at the top of the MPC when it is vertical

• Bottom edge—Edge at the bottom of the MPC when it is vertical

Figure 57: MPC Edges

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) Description | 138

MX2020 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface
Holding an MPC | 695
Troubleshooting a Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) | 852
Replacing an MX2020 MPC and Adapter Card (ADC) | 699
 155

MX2020 Port and Interface Numbering

In the physical part of the interface name, a hyphen (-) separates the media type from the MPC number
(represented as an FPC in the CLI), and a slash (/) separates the logical PIC and port numbers:

type-fpc/pic/port

• type—Media type, which identifies the network device. For example:

• ge—Gigabit Ethernet interface

• so—SONET/SDH interface

• xe—10-Gigabit Ethernet interface

For a complete list of media types, see Interface Naming Overview.

• fpc—Slot in which the MPC is installed. On the MX2020 router, the MPCs are represented in the CLI
as FPC 0 through FPC 19.

• pic—Logical PIC on the MIC. The number of logical PICs varies depending on the type of MIC.

• port—Port number.

NOTE: The MIC number is not included in the interface name.

The MX2020 supports up to twenty MPCs that install vertically and are numbered from left to right.

The following sample CLI output displays an MPC (MPC Type 2 3D EQ) installed in MPC slot 19.

user@host> show chassis hardware

...
FPC 19 REV 34 750-031090 ZT9647 MPC Type 2 3D EQ
CPU REV 06 711-030884 ZS1148 MPC PMB 2G
MIC 0 REV 07 750-028387 JZ8700 3D 4x 10GE XFP
PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN 2x 10GE XFP
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-014289 C701XU069 XFP-10G-SR
Xcvr 1 REV 02 740-014289 C810XU09M XFP-10G-SR
PIC 1 BUILTIN BUILTIN 2x 10GE XFP
Xcvr 0 REV 03 740-011571 C939BK04B XFP-10G-SR
Xcvr 1 NON-JNPR CA49BK02B XFP-10G-SR
MIC 1 REV 26 750-028392 ZT3624 3D 20x 1GE(LAN) SFP
PIC 2 BUILTIN BUILTIN 10x 1GE(LAN) SFP
 156

Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-011613 PAM3CCK SFP-SX

Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-011782 PAR1L27 SFP-SX
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-011613 PDQ4XH4 SFP-SX
Xcvr 4 REV 02 740-011613 AM1113SK1K7 SFP-SX
Xcvr 5 REV 01 740-011782 P9P0XXH SFP-SX
Xcvr 6 REV 02 740-011613 PJT1CSS SFP-SX
Xcvr 7 REV 01 740-011782 PAR1YHC SFP-SX
Xcvr 8 REV 02 740-011613 AM0925SBG0L SFP-SX
PIC 3 BUILTIN BUILTIN 10x 1GE(LAN) SFP
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-011613 P9F13CH SFP-SX
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-011782 PAR1L2E SFP-SX
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-011782 P9M0TLC SFP-SX
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-011613 PAM6KBK SFP-SX
Xcvr 4 REV 01 740-011613 PAM3WLY SFP-SX
Xcvr 5 REV 02 740-011613 PFQ4NUW SFP-SX
Xcvr 6 REV 02 740-011613 AM1003SFUZH SFP-SX
Xcvr 8 REV 02 740-011613 AM1033SH2MQ SFP-SX
Xcvr 9 REV 01 740-031851 AM1041SU1WW SFP-SX
...

There is one 10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC (MIC-3D-4XGE-XFP) installed into the MPC, MIC 0 (top slot), and
one Gigabit Ethernet MIC (MIC-3D-20GE-SFP) installed into the MPC, (MIC 1) (bottom slot). Each MIC
is logically divided into two PICs in the CLI.

The port numbers on the MICs correspond to the port number in the interface. See the MX Series
Interface Module Reference for more information on specific MICs.

Figure 58 on page 157 shows how the interfaces correspond to the ports on the MIC.
 157

Figure 58: MX2020 Interface Port Mapping

NOTE: The slot number will be different depending on which slot the MPC and MIC is
installed.

The show interfaces terse command displays the four 10-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces, xe-19/0/0, xe-19/0/1,
xe-19/1/0, and xe-19/1/1 that correspond to the four ports on the MIC card that is installed in slot 0 of the
MPC, and twenty Gigabit Ethernet interfaces, ge-19/2/0, ge-19/2/1, ge-19/2/2, ge-19/2/3, ge-19/2/4, ge-19/2/5,
ge-19/2/6, ge-19/2/7, ge-19/2/8, ge-19/2/9 (left side), and ge-19/3/0, ge-19/3/1, ge-19/3/2, ge-19/3/3, ge-19/3/4,
ge-19/3/5, ge-19/3/6, ge-19/3/7, ge-19/3/8, ge-19/3/9 (right side) that correspond to the twenty ports on the
MIC card that is installed in slot 1 of the MPC.

user@host>show interfaces terse

...
 158

lc-19/0/0 up up
lc-19/0/0.32769 up up vpls
pfe-19/0/0 up up
pfe-19/0/0.16383 up up inet
inet6
pfh-19/0/0 up up
pfh-19/0/0.16383 up up inet
xe-19/0/0 up down
xe-19/0/1 up up
xe-19/1/0 up up
xe-19/1/1 up up
ge-19/2/0 up down
lc-19/2/0 up up
lc-19/2/0.32769 up up vpls
pfe-19/2/0 up up
pfe-19/2/0.16383 up up inet
inet6
ge-19/2/1 up down
ge-19/2/2 up down
ge-19/2/3 up down
ge-19/2/4 up down
ge-19/2/5 up up
ge-19/2/6 up up
ge-19/2/7 up up
ge-19/2/8 up up
ge-19/2/9 up down
ge-19/3/0 up up
ge-19/3/1 up up
ge-19/3/2 up up
ge-19/3/3 up down
ge-19/3/4 up down
ge-19/3/5 up down
ge-19/3/6 up down
ge-19/3/7 up down
ge-19/3/8 up up
ge-19/3/9 up up

...
 159

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Router Hardware Components and CLI Terminology | 63

 160

CHAPTER 8

Power Subsystem

IN THIS CHAPTER

MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160

MX2020 Power Midplane Description | 167

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description | 167

MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Description | 170

MX2000 Seven-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description | 173

MX2000 Nine-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description | 174

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Distribution Module LEDs | 175

MX2000 AC Power Supply Module Description | 176

MX2020 AC Power Supply Module LEDs | 179

MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 180

MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Description | 182

MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) LEDs | 183

MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) LEDs | 184

MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 185

MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) Description | 189

MX2020 DC Power Supply Module LEDs | 191

MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Description | 192

MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module LEDs | 193

MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module Description | 194

MX2020 High-Voltage Universal Power Supply Module LEDs | 197

MX2020 Power Subsystem Description

The MX2000 routers are available in -48 V and 240 V China DC power configurations, three-phase
(delta and wye) AC power configurations, a single-phase power configuration and high voltage AC
 161

(HVAC), or high voltage DC (HVDC) configurations. You can add additional power to the rack as needed.
The MX2020 router is configurable with up to four AC, DC, 240 V China, or high-voltage second-
generation universal (HVAC/HVDC) power distribution modules (PDMs) (two per subsystem), and up to
eighteen AC, DC, 240 V China, or high-voltage universal (HVAC/HVDC) power supply modules (PSMs).
The PSMs connect to the top and bottom power backplanes that distribute the output voltages
produced by the PSMs to the router components.

Table 30 on page 161 describes the MX2020 DC power components and Table 32 on page 164
describes the MX2020 AC power components.

CAUTION: Do not mix AC, DC, 240 V China, or universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSMs or
different PDM types within a single system. The systems configured for DC (-48 V) input
power must use DC (-48 V) PDMs and PSMs. The systems configured for DC (240 V
China) input power must use DC (240 V China) PDMs and PSMs. The MX2020 systems
configured for three-phase wye AC input power must use only three-phase wye AC
PDMs and AC PSMs. The systems configured for three-phase delta AC input power must
use three-phase delta AC PDMs and AC PSMs. The systems configured for single-phase
AC input power must use single phase AC PDMs and AC PSMs. The systems configured
for universal (HVAC/HVDC) input power must use universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDMs and
universal PSMs.

Table 30: MX2020 DC Power Components

Component Description

DC power subsystem The MX2020 DC power system comprises two subsystems. Each
power subsystem provides power to 10 line-card slots, three fan
trays, two CB-REs, and eight SFBs. There are nine DC PSMs and two
DC PDMs in each subsystem. This means, if one power subsystem
stops functioning for any reason, only the MPCs will stop functioning;
the router will continue to function.

There are two types of DC power subsystems available for the

MX2020: a “base” DC power subsystem (MX2020-BASE-DC) and an
“optimized” or premium DC power subsystem (MX2020-PREMIUM2-
DC). See"Determining DC Power Requirements for Your MX2020
Router" on page 300 for more information.
 162

Table 30: MX2020 DC Power Components (Continued)

Component Description

DC Power Distribution Modules (-48 V) In the DC PDM (-48 V) configuration, each subsystem provides N+1
PSM redundancy along with N+N feed redundancy. The power feeds
from different sources need to be connected to different PDMs. If
feeds that connect to one PDM fail in a redundant configuration, the
other feed will provide full power. You can install a total of four PDMs
into a router. Each DC PDM operates with seven feeds or nine feeds
of either a 60-A or 80-A current limit. You can select the input feed
capacity (60-A or 80-A) by setting the DIP switch on the PDM to the
rated amperage of the DC power input feeds. Each DC PDM has
seven or nine DC inputs (–48 VDC) and return terminals for each
input).

NOTE: The selected input capacity applies to all inputs of this

PDM. Selecting 60-A reduces the available power output capacity
of the PSMs supplied by this PDM.

In a redundant configuration, the 7-feed DC PDMs support a total of

fourteen 60-A or 80-A feeds, and the 9-feed DC PDMs support a
total of eighteen 60-A or 80-A feeds.

DC Power Distribution Modules (240 V In the DC PDM (240 V China) configuration, each subsystem provides
China) N+1 PSM redundancy along with N+N feed redundancy. The power
feeds from different sources need to be connected to different PDMs.
If feeds that connect to one PDM fail in a redundant configuration,
the other feed will provide full power. You can install a total of four
PDMs into a router. Each DC PDM (240 V China) operates with nine
feeds.

DC Power Supply Modules (PSMs) The MX2020 DC PSMs (-48 V and 240 V China) are hot-removable
and hot-insertable. The DC PSMs are a dual redundant feed (INP0
and INP1). To provide feed redundancy, you can connect each DC
PSM to two separate feeds from different sources. When both input
feeds are present, power is drawn from the feed supplying higher DC
voltage. You can set these feeds by using the input mode DIP switch
located on the DC PSM (see "MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48
V) Description" on page 185). There are two PDMs per power
subsystem capable of carrying seven feeds or nine feeds each. The
240 V China PDM has nine feeds. Each DC PSM is capable of
delivering 2500 W of power if -48 V/80 A is applied to the -48 V
PSM, and 240 V/16 A is applied to the China 240 VDC PSM.
 163

Table 31: MX2020 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Components

Component Description

HVAC/HVDC power subsystem The MX2020 HVAC/HVDC power system comprises two
subsystems. Each power subsystem provides power to 10 line-card
slots, three fan trays, two CB-REs, and eight SFBs. There are nine
universal PSMs and two universal PDMs in each subsystem. This
means, if one power subsystem stops functioning for any reason, only
the MPCs will stop functioning; the router will continue to function.

Universal HVAC/HVDC Power The universal PDM accepts either an HVAC/HVDC input. In the
Distribution Modules universal HVAC/HVDC PDM configuration, each subsystem provides
N+1 PSM redundancy along with N+N feed redundancy. The power
feeds from different sources need to be connected to different PDMs.
If feeds that connect to one PDM fail in a redundant configuration,
the other feed provides full power. You can install a total of four
PDMs into a router. Each universal PDM (190-410 V) operates with
nine feeds.

Universal HVAC/HVDC Power Supply The MX2020 universal HVAC/HVDC PSMs are hot-removable and
Modules (PSMs) hot-insertable. The universal PSMs are a dual-redundant feed (INP0
and INP1). To provide feed redundancy, you can connect each PSM to
two separate feeds from different sources. When both input feeds are
present, power is drawn from both feeds equally. The DIP switch sets
which feeds that are expected to connected. You can set these feeds
by using the input mode DIP switch located on the HVAC/HVDC
PSM (see "MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power
Supply Module Description" on page 194). There are two PDMs per
power subsystem capable of carrying nine feeds each. Each HVAC/
HVDC PSM is capable of delivering 3400 W if both feeds are present,
3000 W if one feed is present.
 164

Table 32: MX2020 AC Power Components

Component Description

AC power subsystem The MX2020 supports connection of a single-phase or three-phase

(delta or wye) AC power system. In the three-phase power systems,
the AC power going to the PSMs is split into three individual phases
(wye) or a pair of phases (delta). Each PSM works on a single phase;
therefore, the power system works independent of the type of AC
feed connected. You can connect one or two AC feeds, depending on
the power system configuration (number of PSMs, redundancy, and
so on). Each phase from each of the two feeds is distributed among
one or two PSMs. One feed has each phase going to two PSMs, and
the other feed has each phase going to a single PSM.

The single-phase AC PDM provides an AC input connection from the

single-phase AC power source, and also provides an input power
interface to the PSM through a system power midplane.

AC Power Distribution Modules (PDMs) The MX2020 supports connection of a single-phase or three-phase
(delta or wye) AC PDM. Four AC PDM models are available: three-
phase delta, three-phase wye, seven-feed single-phase, and nine-feed
single-phase.

• Each three-phase AC PDM requires two three-phase feeds to be

connected. Each phase from each of the two feeds is distributed
among one or two PSMs. One feed has each phase going to two
PSMs, and the other feed has each phase going to a single PSM.

• The single-phase AC PDM provides an AC input connection

from the single-phase AC power source, and also provides an
input power interface to the PSM through a system power
midplane. The single-phase AC PDMs accept seven or nine AC
power cords from a single-phase AC source.

• Each AC input is independent and feeds one PSM. Up to nine

PSMs can be connected through the AC PDM.
 165

Table 32: MX2020 AC Power Components (Continued)

Component Description

AC Power Supply Modules (PSMs) The MX2020 AC PSMs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. The AC
PSMs have a dual redundant feed (INP0 and INP1). One input feed is
active during operation. These feeds are set by the input mode DIP
switch located on the AC PSM (see MX2020 AC Power Supply
Module Description). Each AC PSM works with a single phase derived
from either three-phase delta 200-240 VAC (line-to-line) or three-
phase wye 200-240 VAC (line-to-neutral). Each AC PSM is capable of
delivering 2500 W of power.

The MX2020 router supports the power system models and Junos OS releases in Table 33 on page 165.

Table 33: Supported MX2020 Power System Components

Name Model Number Junos Release

DC PSM (-48 V) MX2000-PSM-DC 12.3R2 and later

DC PSM (240 V China) MX2K-PSM-DC-240V 18.2R1 and later

Universal HVAC/HVDC PSM MX2K-PSM-HV 19.4R1 and later

Nine-feed DC PDM (240-V China) MX2K-PDM-DC-240V 18.2R1 and later

Nine-feed DC PDM (-48 V) MX2000-PDM-DC 12.3R2 and later

Seven-feed DC PDM (-48 V) MX2K-PDM-OP-DC 15.1R1 and later

Nine-feed universal HVAC/HVDC PDM MX2K-PDM-HV 19.4R1 and later

AC PSM MX2000-PSM-AC 12.3R2 and later

Three-phase delta AC PDM MX2000-PDM-AC-DELTA 12.3R2 and later

 166

Table 33: Supported MX2020 Power System Components (Continued)

Name Model Number Junos Release

Three-phase wye AC PDM MX2000-PDM-AC-WYE 12.3R2 and later

Nine-feed single-phase AC PDM MX2K-PDM-AC-1PH 15.1R1 and later

Seven-feed single-phase AC PDM MX2K-PDM-OP-AC 15.1R1 and later

NOTE: Routers configured with AC, DC, 240 V China, or universal PDMs and PSMs are
shipped with blank panels installed.

NOTE: To avoid triggering any PSM-related or power-related alarms for the PSMs that
are not used but still plugged into the MX2020 router, make sure that you:

• Do not connect external power feeds to the PSM through the PDM.

• Move the DIP switch on the PSMs to the off position.

• Turn off the PSM by using its ON/OFF switch.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 AC Power Supply Module Description

MX2020 AC Power Requirements | 251
MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Description | 182
MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Description | 192
MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 180
MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 185
MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) Description | 189
MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module Description | 194
MX2020 DC Power Requirements | 281
 167

MX2020 Power Midplane Description

The MX2020 power subsystem consists of a power midplane (PMP). This midplane is used to connect
power from the PDM feeds (AC, DC, 240 V China, or HVAC/HVDC universal) to the input of the PSMs
(AC, DC, 240 V China, or HVAC/HVDC universal) as well as the output from the PSMs to the FRUs
(MPCs, CB-REs, SFBs, and Fan Trays). The power midplane plugs into the signal backplane. The PSMs
and PDMs get plugged into the power midplane.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Universal Edge Router Overview | 34

MX2020 Chassis Description | 36
MX2020 Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) Description | 138
MX2020 Backplane Description | 47

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description

Each three-phase delta AC power distribution module (PDM) weighs approximately 12 lb (5.44 kg). A
metal wiring compartment contains two AC terminal blocks and ground labeled GND. One AC terminal
block consists of three input terminals that serves six power supply modules (PSMs) and the second
terminal block serves three PSMs. The terminal block on the left is labeled A1, B1, and C1 (bottom to
top). The second terminal block on the right is labeled A2, B2, and C2 (bottom to top). The PDMs are
located at the rear of the chassis in slots PDM0/Input0 through PDM1/Input1, (bottom to top). LEDs
provide the status of the PDM. Figure 59 on page 168 shows the three-phase delta AC PDM.

NOTE: The three-phase delta AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on
which slot the PDM gets plugged into.
 168

Figure 59: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module

Figure 60 on page 169 shows the three-phase delta AC PDM connections.

CAUTION: The three-phase delta AC PDM must be installed and secured in the chassis
before connecting the power input cables. If the PDM must be removed, both input
power cables must be uninstalled and removed from the PDM before the PDM can be
removed from the chassis. The MX series chassis is not sensitive to phase rotation
sequence—either clockwise or counter-clockwise will operate correctly.
 169

Figure 60: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Connections

Figure 61 on page 170 shows the three-phase delta AC power cord.

 170

Figure 61: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160

MX2020 AC Power Requirements | 251

MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Description

Each three-phase wye AC PDM weighs approximately 12 lb (5.44 kg). A metal wiring compartment
contains two AC terminal blocks and ground labeled GND. One AC terminal block consists of three
input terminals that serve six PSMs and the second terminal block serves three PSMs. The terminal
block on the far left is labeled A1, B1, C1, and N1 (bottom to top). The second terminal block is labeled
A2, B2, C2, and N2 (bottom to top). The PDMs are located at the rear of the chassis in slots PDM0/
Input0 through PDM1/Input1, (bottom to top). LEDs provide the status of the PDM. Figure 62 on page
171 shows the three-phase wye AC PDM.

NOTE: The three-phase wye AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on
which slot the PDM gets plugged into.
 171

Figure 62: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module

Figure 63 on page 172 shows the three-phase wye AC PDM connections.

CAUTION: The three-phase wye AC PDM must be installed and secured in the chassis
before connecting the power input cables. If the PDM must be removed, both input
power cables must be uninstalled and removed from the PDM before the PDM can be
removed from the chassis. The MX Series chassis is not sensitive to phase rotation
sequence—either CW or CCW will operate correctly.
 172

Figure 63: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Connections

Figure 64 on page 173 shows the three-phase wye AC power cord.

 173

Figure 64: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160

MX2020 AC Power Requirements | 251

MX2000 Seven-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module

Description

Each seven-feed single-phase AC power distribution module (PDM) weighs approximately 8 lb (3.6 kg).
The front of the PDM has seven type C21 power cord connections for connecting to single-phase AC
power. Figure 65 on page 174 shows the seven-feed single-phase AC PDM.
 174

Figure 65: Seven-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module

CAUTION: The single-phase AC PDM must be installed and secured in the chassis
before connecting the input power cables. If the PDM must be removed, all input power
cables must be removed from the PDM before the PDM can be removed from the
chassis.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 AC Power Requirements | 251

MX2000 Nine-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module

Description

The MX2000 nine-feed single-phase AC power distribution module (PDM) provides AC input
connection from a single-phase AC source, and also provides an input power interface to the power
supply module (PSM) through a system power midplane. Up to nine PSMs can be connected to the
single-phase AC PDM. Each AC input is independent and feeds one PSM.

The nine-feed single-phase AC PDM weighs approximately 9 lb (4.1 kg). The front of the PDM has nine
type C21 power cord connections for connecting to single-phase AC power. Figure 66 on page 175
shows the nine-feed single-phase AC PDM.
 175

Figure 66: Nine-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module

CAUTION: The single-phase AC PDM must be installed and secured in the chassis
before connecting the input power cables. If the PDM must be removed, all input power
cables must be removed from the PDM before the PDM can be removed from the
chassis.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 AC Power Requirements | 251

MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Distribution Module

LEDs

Figure 67 on page 176 shows the LEDs on the three-phase delta AC PDM faceplate. The three-phase
wye AC PDM has the same LEDs. The LEDs in Table 34 on page 176 indicate the status of the AC PDM.
In addition, a PDM failure triggers the red alarm LED on the craft interface.
 176

Figure 67: Three-Phase Delta AC PDM LEDs

Table 34: Three-Phase Delta AC PDM LEDs

Label Color State Description

← Green On The left AC terminal block is receiving voltage.

— Off The left AC terminal block is not receiving voltage.

→ Green On The right AC terminal block is receiving voltage.

— Off The right AC terminal block is not receiving voltage.

MX2000 AC Power Supply Module Description

There are a total of nine AC power supply modules (PSMs) located at the rear of the chassis in slots
PSM0 through PSM8 (left to right). The AC PSMs in slots PSM0 through PSM8 provide power to:

• fan trays (0, 1, 2, and 3; 0 and 1 for MX2008)

• MPCs in slot 0 through 9

• CB-REs in slot 0 and 1

• SFBs in slot 0 through 7

 177

The MX2000 line of routers supports a three-phase delta AC power system, three-phase wye AC power
system, or a single-phase AC power system.

CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC PSMs or different PDM types within a single system.
The MX2000 line of routers configured for three-phase wye AC input power must use
only three-phase wye AC PDMs and three-phase AC PSMs. The systems configured for
three-phase delta AC input power must use only three-phase delta AC PDMs and AC
PSMs. The systems configured for single-phase AC input power must use only single
phase AC PDMS and AC PSMs.

In a three-phase AC power system, the AC power going to the PSMs is split into a pair of phases. Each
PSM works on a single phase. This means the power system works independent of the kind of AC feed
connected. You can connect one or two feeds, depending on the power system configuration, number of
PSMs, redundancy, and so on. Each phase from each of the two feeds is distributed among one or two
PSMs. One feed has each phase going to two PSMs and the other feed has each phase going to a single
PSM.

The single-phase AC power distribution module (PDM) provides an AC input power interface to the
PSM through the system power midplane. Up to nine PSMs can be connected to a single-phase AC
PDM. Each single-phase AC PDM accepts seven or nine AC power cords from a single-phase AC source.
Each AC input is independent and feeds one PSM.

The AC PSMs are hot-removable and hot-insertable.

Up to nine PSMs may be connected in parallel per power subsystem to increase available power for
MPCs, as needed and to provide redundancy. Figure 68 on page 178 shows the AC PSM.
 178

Figure 68: AC Power Supply Module

The AC power system provides dual redundant feeds (INP0 and INP1). Each PSM takes in two AC feeds
and uses one of the two. One input feed is active during operation. Each feed is a single-phase AC
system 200–240 VAC derived from a three-phase delta or wye AC input system. These feeds are set by
the input mode DIP switch located on the AC PSM. Move the input mode DIP switch to the on or off
position to determine the power supply feeds (see Table 35 on page 178 and Figure 69 on page 179).

Table 35: DIP Switch Positions on the AC PSM

Left Switch Position Right Switch Position Input Source

Off Off None

On Off Input 0 (INP0)

Off On Input 1 (INP1)

On On Both Input 0 and Input 1

 179

Figure 69: Selecting the Input Feed on the AC Power Supply Module

A PSM failure triggers the alarm LED on the craft interface. For information about connecting to AC
power sources, see MX2000 AC Power System Electrical Specifications.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 AC Power Supply Module LEDs | 179

MX2020 AC Power Supply Module LEDs

Each AC PSM faceplate contains four LEDs. These LEDs are described in Table 36 on page 180. There
are a total of eighteen bicolor LEDs located in the craft interface, and are labeled 0 through 8 for the
bottom nine PSMs, and 9 through 17 for the top nine PSMs. Both feeds are alive during operation, but
only one feed provides current. In addition, a PSM failure triggers the red alarm LED on the craft
interface.
 180

Table 36: MX2020 AC Power Supply Module LEDs

Label Color State Description

PWR OK Green On Power is functioning normally with no alarms.

Yellow On PSM controller is functioning normally.

— Off PSM is not functioning normally or the AC input voltage is out of range.

FAULT Red On PSM is not functioning normally or the AC input voltage is out of range.

— Off PSM is functioning normally.

INP0 Green On AC input is within the required voltage range and the DIP switch is set
to on.

Yellow On AC input is out of the required voltage range.

— Off AC input to the PSM is not present.

INP1 Green On AC input is within the required voltage range and the DIP switch is set
to on.

Yellow On AC input is out of the required voltage range.

— Off AC input to the PSM is not present.

MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description

In the DC power configuration, the MX2020 router contains up to four DC PDMs located at the rear of
the chassis in slots PDM0/Input0 through PDM3/Input1 (bottom to top). A minimum of one PDM is
required per subsystem (two PDMs per MX2020 chassis) for nonredundant power. The DC PDMs
provide power interface to seven or nine power supply modules (PSMs).
 181

Four PDMs provide full redundancy for the MX2020 router. In a redundant configuration, a total of
twenty-eight 60-A or 80-A feeds (7-feed DC PDMs), and a total of thirty-six 60-A or 80-A feeds ( 9-feed
DC PDMs) are supported.

NOTE: The power backplane for a subsystem distributes regulated 52 VDC to all boards
supplied by that subsystem.

Each DC PDM has seven or nine DC inputs (–48 VDC) and return terminals for each input), (see Figure
70 on page 181). You can select 60-A or 80-A input feed capacity on the DC PDM by setting the DIP
switch on the PDM to the rated amperage of the DC power input feeds.

NOTE: The selected input capacity applies to all inputs of this PDM. Selecting 60-A
reduces the available power output capacity of the PSMs supplied by this PDM.

Figure 70: MX2020 DC PDM

NOTE: The type of feed that you use on the DC PDM (60-A or 80-A) depends on the
distribution scheme and distribution equipment. With a 60-A feed, the maximum power
supply output power is limited to 2100 W while the maximum power supply input
power is limited to 2400 W. With an 80-A feed, the maximum power supply output is
limited to 2500 W while maximum power supply input power is limited to 2800 W. The
system power management software calculates the available and used power based on
DIP switch positions in the PDM.
 182

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) LEDs | 183

Calculating DC Power Requirements for MX2020 Routers
DC Power (-48 V) Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2020 Router | 307
MX2020 DC Power Distribution Description | 291
DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX2020 Router | 308

MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Description

In the DC (240-V China) power configuration, the MX2000 router contains up to four DC PDMs (240-V
China) located at the rear of the chassis in slots PDM0/Input0 through PDM3/Input1 (bottom to top). A
minimum of one PDM is required per subsystem (two PDMs per MX2020 chassis) for nonredundant
power. The DC PDMs provide power interface to nine power supply modules (PSMs).

Four PDMs provide full redundancy for the MX2020 router. In a redundant configuration, a total of
thirty-six (9-feed DC PDMs) are supported.

NOTE: The power backplane for a subsystem distributes regulated 52 VDC to all boards
supplied by that subsystem.

Each DC PDM (240-V China) has nine DC inputs, (see Figure 71 on page 182).

Figure 71: MX2000 DC PDM (240 V China)

 183

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Calculating DC Power Requirements for MX2020 Routers

MX2020 DC Power Distribution Description | 291
MX2000 Router DC (240 V China) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 298

MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) LEDs

Each DC PDM faceplate contains one bicolor LED for each of the seven or nine input power feeds (–48
V), indicating the correct or incorrect polarity connection of each feed. SeeTable 37 on page 183. Figure
72 on page 183 shows the –48 V DC PDM LEDs.

NOTE: The –48 V DC PDM or PSM will have –48V written on the faceplate.

Figure 72: DC Power Distribution Module LEDs

Table 37: DC Power Distribution Module LEDs

Label Color State Description

– Green On RTN and –48V input feeds are connected. PDM is functioning normally.
48V=80A
 184

Table 37: DC Power Distribution Module LEDs (Continued)

Label Color State Description

– Off RTN input feed is not connected or present.

–48V input feed is not connected or present.

RTN and –48V input feeds are not connected.

Red On RTN or –48V input feeds may be reversed, feed live.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface

MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160
MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 180
MX2000 Router DC (-48 V) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 295

MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) LEDs

Each DC PDM (240 V China) faceplate contains one LED for each of the nine input power feeds,
indicating the correct or incorrect polarity connection of each feed. Refer to and Figure 73 on page 185
and Table 38 on page 185.
 185

Figure 73: DC PDM (240 V China) LEDs

Table 38: DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) LEDs

Color State Description

Green On Positive and negative input feeds are connected. PDM is functioning normally.

– Off Positive input feed is not connected or present.

Negative input feed is not connected or present.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface

MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160
MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Description | 182
MX2000 Router DC (240 V China) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 298

MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description

The MX2020 supports a two zone DC power system. Each zone (upper and lower) is provided power by
one half of the power subsystem. In the DC power configuration, the router contains up to eighteen DC
PSMs located at the rear of the chassis in slots PSM0 through PSM8 (bottom), and slots PSM9 through
PSM17 (top) (left to right). The DC PSMs in slots PSM0 through PSM8 provide power to the lower half
 186

of the router components, MPCs in slot 0 through 9, CB-REs in slot 0 and 1, SFBs in slot 0 through 7,
and Fan Trays 0, 1, and 2. The DC PSMs in slots PSM9 through PSM17 provide power to the upper half
of the router components, MPCs in slot 10 through 19, CB_REs in slot 0, and 1, SFBs in slot 0 through 7,
and Fan Trays 0, 2, and 3.

NOTE: The MX2020 systems configured for DC input power must use only DC PDMs
and DC PSMs. AC and DC PSMs or PDMs must not be mixed within a single system.

Up to nine PSMs may be connected in parallel to increase available system power across MPCs as
needed and provide redundancy. Figure 74 on page 186) shows the DC PSM.

Figure 74: DC (-48 V) Power Supply Module

The DC power subsystem is feed redundant. Each DC PSM can be connected to two separate feeds
from different sources that are used to provide feed redundancy. If two feeds are connected, PSM input
power will be drawn from the feed with the higher voltage present. There are two PDMs per power
subsystem capable of carrying nine feeds each. Connect feeds from one source to one PDM and feeds
from the other source to the second PDM of the power subsystem. The primary input of the PSM is a
dual redundant feed, INP0 and INP1. Both feeds are active during operation, but both feeds may or may
not be providing current. Move the input mode DIP switch to the on or off position to determine the
power supply feeds (see Table 39 on page 187 and Figure 75 on page 188). In addition, a PSM failure
triggers the alarm LED on the craft interface. Each PDM has an LED per feed indicating whether the
feed is active or not, or whether the feed is connected properly, see "MX2000 Router DC (-48 V) Power
Subsystem Electrical Specifications" on page 295.
 187

Table 39: DIP Switch Positions on the DC (-48 V) PSM

Left Switch Position Right Switch Position Input Source

Off Off None

On Off Input 0 (INP0)

Off On Input 1 (INP1)

On On Both Input 0 and Input 1

 188

Figure 75: Selecting Input Feed on the (-48 V) DC Power Supply Module

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 DC Power Supply Module LEDs | 191

DC Power (-48 V) Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2020 Router | 307
MX2020 DC Power Distribution Description | 291
DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX2020 Router | 308
Installing an MX2020 Air Filter | 612
Removing the MX2020 Air Filter | 605
 189

MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) Description

The MX2020 supports a two zone DC power system. Each zone (upper and lower) is provided power by
one half of the power subsystem. In the DC power configuration, the router contains up to eighteen DC
PSMs located at the rear of the chassis in slots PSM0 through PSM8 (bottom), and slots PSM9 through
PSM17 (top) (left to right). The DC PSMs in slots PSM0 through PSM8 provide power to the lower half
of the router components, MPCs in slot 0 through 9, CB-REs in slot 0 and 1, SFBs in slot 0 through 7,
and Fan Trays 0, 1, and 2. The DC PSMs in slots PSM9 through PSM17 provide power to the upper half
of the router components, MPCs in slot 10 through 19, CB_REs in slot 0, and 1, SFBs in slot 0 through 7,
and Fan Trays 0, 2, and 3.

NOTE: The MX2020 systems configured for DC (240 V China) input power must use
only DC (240 V China) PDMs and DC PSMs. AC and DC PSMs or PDMs must not be
mixed within a single system.

Up to nine PSMs may be connected in parallel to increase available system power across MPCs as
needed and provide redundancy. Figure 76 on page 189) shows the DC PSM.

Figure 76: DC Power Supply Module (240 V China)

The DC power system is feed redundant. Each DC PSM can be connected to two separate feeds from
different sources that are used to provide feed redundancy. If two feeds are connected, PSM input
power will be drawn from the feed with the higher voltage present. There are two PDMs per power
subsystem capable of carrying nine feeds each. Connect feeds from one source to one PDM and feeds
 190

from the other source to the second PDM of the power subsystem. The primary input of the PSM is a
dual redundant feed, INP0 and INP1. Both feeds are active during operation, but both feeds may or may
not be providing current. Move the input mode DIP switch to the on or off position to determine the
power supply feeds (see Table 40 on page 190 and Figure 77 on page 190). In addition, a PSM failure
triggers the alarm LED on the craft interface. Each PDM has an LED per feed indicating whether the
feed is active or not, or whether the feed is connected properly, see "MX2000 Router DC (240 V China)
Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications" on page 298.

Table 40: DIP Switch Positions on the DC (240 V China) PSM

Left Switch Position Right Switch Position Input Source

Off Off None

On Off Input 0 (INP0)

Off On Input 1 (INP1)

On On Both Input 0 and Input 1

Figure 77: Selecting Input Feed on the DC Power Supply Module (240 V China)

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 DC Power Supply Module LEDs | 191

 191

DC Power (-48 V) Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2020 Router | 307
MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Description | 182
DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX2020 Router | 308
Installing an MX2020 Air Filter | 612
Removing the MX2020 Air Filter | 605

MX2020 DC Power Supply Module LEDs

Each DC PSM (-48 V and 240 V China) faceplate contains four LEDs. These LEDs are described in Table
41 on page 191. Eighteen bicolor LEDs labeled 0 through 8 for the bottom nine PSMs, and 9 through 17
for the top nine PSMs, are located in the center of the craft interface.

The primary input of the PSM is a dual redundant feed, INP0 and INP1. Both feeds are active during
operation, but both feeds may or may not be providing current. In addition, a PSM failure triggers the
alarm LED on the craft interface.

Table 41: MX2020 DC Power Supply Module LEDs

Label Color State Description

PWR OK Green On PSM is functioning normally with no alarms.

Yellow On PSM controller is functioning normally.

– Off PSM is not functioning normally or the PSM controller is off.

FAULT Red On PSM is not functioning normally or the DC input voltage of one or more
feeds is out of range.

– Off PSM is functioning normally or both the DIP switches are set to off.

INP0 Green On DC input is within required voltage range and the DIP switch is set to
on.

Yellow On DC input is detected but voltage is out of range.

 192

Table 41: MX2020 DC Power Supply Module LEDs (Continued)

Label Color State Description

– Off DC input to the PSM is not present.

INP1 Green On DC input is within required voltage range and the DIP switch is set to
on.

Yellow On DC input is detected but voltage is out of range.

– Off DC input to the PSM is not present.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface

MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160
MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 185
MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) Description | 189
MX2000 Router DC (-48 V) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 295

MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution

Module Description

In the high-voltage second-generation universal (HVAC/HVDC) power configuration, the MX2000

router contains up to four high-voltage universal (MX2K-PDM-HV) PDMs located at the rear of the
chassis in slots PDM0/Input0 through PDM3/Input1 (bottom to top). A minimum of one PDM is
required per subsystem (two PDMs per MX2020 chassis) for nonredundant power. The universal
(HVAC/HVDC) PDMs provide power interface to nine power supply modules (PSMs).

Four PDMs provide full redundancy for the MX2020 router. In a redundant configuration, a total of four
(9-feed universal PDMs) with 36 input feeds are supported.
 193

NOTE: The power backplane for a subsystem distributes regulated 52 VDC to all boards
supplied by that subsystem.

Each high-voltage universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM has nine (HVAC/HVDC) inputs, (see Figure 78 on page
193).)

Figure 78: MX2000 High-VoltageUniversal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module LEDs | 193

MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module LEDs | 193
MX2020 High-Voltage Universal Power Requirements | 310
Determining High-Voltage Universal Power Requirements for Your MX2020 Router | 324

MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution

Module LEDs

Each universal PDM faceplate contains one LED for each of the nine input power feeds, indicating the
correct or incorrect polarity connection of each feed. See Table 42 on page 194 and Figure 79 on page
194 high-voltage universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM LEDs.
 194

Figure 79: High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module LEDs

1— LED

Table 42: High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module LEDs

Color State Description

Green On Positive and negative input feeds are connected. PDM is functioning normally.

– Off Positive input feed is not connected or present.

Negative input feed is not connected or present.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface

MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160
MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Description | 192

MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module

Description

The MX2020 supports a two zone power system. Each zone upper and lower provides power to zone
subsystem. In the HVAC/HVDC power configuration, the router contains up to eighteen universal
(HVAC/HVDC) PSMs located at the rear of the chassis in slots PSM0 through PSM8 (bottom), and slots
PSM9 through PSM17 (top) (left to right). The universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSMs in slots PSM0 through
 195

PSM8 provide power to the lower half of the router components, MPCs in slot 0 through 9, CB-REs in
slot 0 and 1, SFBs in slot 0 through 7, and Fan Trays 0, 1, and 2. The universal PSMs in slots PSM9
through PSM17 provide power to the upper half of the router components, MPCs in slot 10 through 19,
CB_REs in slot 0, and 1, SFBs in slot 0 through 7, and Fan Trays 0, 2, and 3. CB_REs in slot 0 and 1, and
SFBs in slot 0 through 7 are powered from parallel connected PSM0 through PSM8, and parallel
connected PSM9 through PSM17.

NOTE: The MX2020 systems configured for universal (HVAC/HVDC) input power must
use only universal PDMs and PSMs. AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs or PDMs
must not be mixed within a single system.

Up to nine PSMs may be connected in parallel to increase available system power across MPCs as
needed and provide redundancy. Figure 80 on page 195 shows the universal PSM.

Figure 80: High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module

The HVAC/HVDC power system is feed redundant. Each universal PSM can be connected to two
separate feeds from different sources that are used to provide feed redundancy. The PSM has two
independent power trains connected in parallel at the output while each input is connected to its own
feed. Power always is drawn from both feeds. There are two PDMs per power subsystem capable of
carrying nine feeds each. The bottom PDM in each power cage provides power to INP0 of all PSMs
installed in the cage, while top PDM in each power cage provides power to INP1 of all PSMs installed in
the cage. Feed connection to the PDMs should be done according to standard TIA-942
“Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Data” depending on tiering level. The primary input of
the PSM is a dual-redundant feed, INP0 and INP1. Both feeds are active during operation, and always
carry current. Two dual-position DIP switches accessible from front panel indicate whether respective
input INP0 or INP1 is expected to be connected or not. Set the input mode DIP switch to the on or off
position to determine the power supply feeds (see Table 43 on page 196 and Figure 81 on page 196). In
addition, a PSM failure triggers the alarm LED on the craft interface. Each PDM has an LED per feed
 196

indicating whether the feed is active or not, or whether the feed is connected properly. See "MX2020
High-Voltage Universal Power Supply Module LEDs" on page 197.

Table 43: DIP Switch Positions on the Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM

Switch Location Left Switch Location Middle Input Source

(Input 0) (Input 1)

Off Off None are expected to be connected.

On Off Only input (0) is expected to be connected.

Off On Only input( 1) is expected to be connected.

On On Both input 0 and input 1 are expected to be connected.

Figure 81: Selecting the Input Feed on the Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module

The universal HVAC/HVDC PSM has one more (third) DIP input switch accessible from the front panel,
see Figure 81 on page 196. This switch indicates the PSM in the system is using the universal (MX2K-
PDM-HV) PDM that has 30 A rated power cord. This should be in the ON position.

Table 44:

Switch Location Right (Input 2) Meaning

 197

On. See Figure 81 on page 196. PSM is using the universal HVAC/HVDC PDM that has 30 A-rated power cord.

NOTE: The switch must be in the On position for proper operation.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 DC Power Supply Module LEDs | 191

MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Description | 192
MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module LEDs | 193
DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX2020 Router | 308
Installing an MX2020 Air Filter | 612
Removing the MX2020 Air Filter | 605

MX2020 High-Voltage Universal Power Supply Module LEDs

Each high-voltage second-generation universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM faceplate contains four LEDs. These
LEDs are shown in Figure 82 on page 198 and Table 45 on page 198. Eighteen bicolor LEDs labeled 0
through 8 for the bottom nine PSMs, and 9 through 17 for the top nine PSMs, are located in the center
of the craft interface.

The primary input of the PSM is a dual redundant feed, INP0 and INP1. Both feeds are active during
operation, and both feeds share load current when present. In addition, a PSM failure triggers the alarm
LED on the craft interface.
 198

Figure 82: MX2020 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module LEDs

Table 45: MX2020 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module LEDs

INP0 INP1 Dip Dip PSM INP0 INP1 PWR OK FAULT PWR 52V 5V
(V) AC (V) AC 0 1 Switch LED LED LED LED OK out out
or DC or DC
within within
range range

Yes Yes 1 0 Off Green Off Blinking Off Off Off Off
amber

Yes 0 1 0 On Green Off Green Off On On On

0 Yes 0 1 Off Off Green Blinking Off Off Off Off

amber

0 Yes 1 1 On Off Green Green Off On On On

Yes Yes 1 1 Off Green Green Blinking Off Off Off Off
amber

Yes Yes 1 1 On Green Green Green Off On On On

Yes Yes 0 0 Off Green Green Blinking Off Off Off Off
amber
 199

Table 45: MX2020 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module LEDs (Continued)

INP0 INP1 Dip Dip PSM INP0 INP1 PWR OK FAULT PWR 52V 5V
(V) AC (V) AC 0 1 Switch LED LED LED LED OK out out
or DC or DC
within within
range range

Yes Yes 0 0 On Green Green Green Off On On On

Yes 0 0 1 Off Green Off Blinking Red Off On Off

amber

Yes 0 0 1 On Green Off Green Red On On On

0 Yes 1 0 Off Off Green Blinking Red Off On Off

amber

0 Yes 1 0 On Off Green Green Red On On On

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface

MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160
MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module Description | 194
MX2000 Router DC (-48 V) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 295
2 PART

Site Planning, Preparation, and

Specifications

Planning and Preparing the Site | 201

Transceiver and Cable Specifications | 231
Pinout Specifications | 237
AC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines | 251
DC Power Requirements, Specifications, and Guidelines | 281
Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Requirements, Specifications, and
Guidelines | 310
 201

CHAPTER 9

Planning and Preparing the Site

IN THIS CHAPTER

Overview of Preparing the Site for the MX2020 Router | 201

MX2020 Site Preparation Checklist | 204

MX2020 Physical Specifications | 206

MX2020 Rack Requirements | 212

MX2020 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements | 215

Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2020 Router | 216

MX2020 Cabinet Airflow Requirements | 218

MX2020 Router Environmental Specifications | 220

MX2000 Router Grounding Specifications | 221

MX2020 Chassis Moving Guidelines | 223

MX2020 Moving Requirements and Guidelines Using a Router Transport Kit | 224

Rack-Mounting Requirements | 228

Overview of Preparing the Site for the MX2020 Router

To prepare a site for router installation:

1. Verify that environmental factors such as temperature and humidity do not exceed router
tolerances. See:

• "MX2020 Router Environmental Specifications" on page 220

2. Verify that the site and installation plan meets all safety guidelines and requirements. See:

• General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings

3. Locate sites for connection of system grounding. See:

• MX2000 Router Grounding Specifications

 202

4. Calculate the power consumption and requirements.

Measure distance between external power sources and the router installation site. See:

• AC power:

• MX2020 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

• MX2020 AC Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications

• MX2020 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Specifications

• MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Specifications

• "MX2020 AC Power Requirements" on page 251

• MX2020 AC Power Cord Specifications

• DC power:

• MX2020 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

• "MX2000 Router DC (-48 V) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications" on page 295

• "MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description" on page 185

• "MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) Description" on page 189

• "MX2020 DC Power Requirements" on page 281

• "DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX2020 Router" on page 308

• "MX2020 DC Power Distribution Description" on page 291

• "MX2020 DC Power Distribution (240 V China) Description" on page 293

• Universal HVAC/HVDC power:

• "MX2020 High-Voltage Universal Power Requirements" on page 310

• MX2000 High-Voltage Universal PDM (MX2K-PDM-HV) Power Cord Specifications

• MX2020 High Voltage Universal Power Distribution Description

• MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Subsystem Electrical

Specifications

• "Determining High-Voltage Universal Power Requirements for Your MX2020 Router" on page
324
 203

• High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2000
Router

5. Plan rack location, including required space clearances. See:

• "Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2020 Router" on
page 216

• "MX2020 Physical Specifications" on page 206

6. Verify that the plan for power installation meets all electrical safety guidelines. See:

• General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings

7. Verify that your rack meets the minimum requirements for the installation of the router. See:

• "MX2020 Rack Requirements" on page 212

• "MX2020 Chassis Description" on page 36

8. Plan to secure the rack to the floor and building structure. See:

• "MX2020 Rack Requirements" on page 212

9. Acquire cables and connections:

• Determine the number of cables and type of cable needed based on your planned configuration.
See:

• MX Series Interface Module Reference

• You can use the Hardware Compatibility Tool to find information about the pluggable
transceivers supported on your Juniper Networks device.

• Review the maximum distance allowed for each cable. Choose the length of cable based on the
distance between the hardware components being connected. See:

• Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables

• Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion

10. Plan the cable routing and management. See:

• "MX2020 Cable Management Description" on page 74

• "Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX2020 MPCs or MICs" on page 778

 204

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Universal Edge Router Overview | 34

MX2020 Site Preparation Checklist

The checklist in Table 46 on page 204 summarizes the tasks you must perform when preparing a site for
router installation.

Table 46: MX2020 Site Preparation Checklist

Item or Task For More Information Performed By Date

Environment

Verify that environmental "MX2020 Router Environmental

factors such as temperature Specifications" on page 220
and humidity do not exceed
router tolerances.

Power

Measure distance between "MX2020 DC Power

external power sources and Distribution Module (-48 V)
router installation site. Description" on page 180

"MX2000 DC Power
Distribution Module (240 V
China) Description" on page 182

"MX2000 High-Voltage
Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power
Distribution Module
Description" on page 192

Locate sites for connection of MX2000 Router Grounding

system grounding. Specifications
 205

Table 46: MX2020 Site Preparation Checklist (Continued)

Item or Task For More Information Performed By Date

Calculate the power "MX2020 AC Power

consumption and Requirements" on page 251
requirements.
"MX2020 DC Power
Requirements" on page 281

Rack

Verify that your rack meets the "MX2020 Rack Requirements"

minimum requirements for the on page 212
installation of the router.
"MX2020 Cabinet Size and
NOTE: There must be a Clearance Requirements" on
minimum of 45U of usable page 215
rack space when installing
the MX2020 router into a
45U rack.

Plan rack or cabinet location, "MX2020 Cabinet Size and

including required space Clearance Requirements" on
clearances. page 215,
"MX2020 Rack Requirements"
NOTE: If you are installing
on page 212,
the MX2020 router into a
"Clearance Requirements for
network cabinet, make sure
Airflow and Hardware
that no hardware, device,
Maintenance for the MX2020
rack, or cabinet component
Router" on page 216
obstructs the 45U rack
space from access during
installation.

If a rack is used, secure rack to "MX2020 Rack Requirements"

floor and building structure. on page 212

Cables and Transceivers

 206

Table 46: MX2020 Site Preparation Checklist (Continued)

Item or Task For More Information Performed By Date

Acquire cables and Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss,

transceivers: Attenuation, and Dispersion

• Determine the number of Calculating Power Budget and

cables needed based on Power Margin for Fiber-Optic
your planned Cables
configuration.

• Review the maximum

distance allowed for each
cable. choose the length of
cable based on the
distance between the
hardware components
being connected.

Plan the cable routing and "Maintaining Cables That

management. Connect to MX2020 MPCs or
MICs" on page 778

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Installing an MX2020 Router Overview | 329

Unpacking the MX2020 Router | 336

MX2020 Physical Specifications

Table 47 on page 207 and Table 48 on page 207 summarize the physical specifications for the router
chassis and the components.
 207

Table 47: MX2020 Shipping Weight Specifications

Item Shipping Weight

Shipping crate and pallet 308.5 lb (139.3 kg)

Unpopulated MX2020 390.5 lb (177.1 kg)

Unpopulated MX2020 with shipping crate and pallet 699 lb (317.1 kg)

Fully populated MX2020 with shipping crate and pallet 1,680 lb (762 kg)

Table 48: MX2020 Physical Specifications

Description Weight Width Depth Height

Chassis • Chassis with 19 in. (48.26 cm) With standard cable 78.75 in (200 cm)
dimensions components (including the manager:
removed: mounting flanges)
• 35.72 in (90.7 cm)
390.5 lb
with AC power
(177.1 kg)

• 36.4 in (92.5 cm) with

• Chassis with
DC power cable
maximum
manager
configuration:
1371.5 lb With extended cable
(622.1 kg) manager:

• 37.46 in (95.1 cm)

with AC power

• 38.14 in (96.9 cm)

with DC extended
power cable manager

Craft interface 1.5 lb (0.68 kg) 19.5 in. (49.53 cm) 4.75 in. (12.065 cm) 4.0 in. (10.16 cm)
(with brackets)
 208

Table 48: MX2020 Physical Specifications (Continued)

Description Weight Width Depth Height

ADC 15 lb (6.80 kg) 1.7 in. (4.31 cm) • 23.6 in. (59.94 cm) 17.71 in.
(44.98 cm)
Fully populated
• With ejector handle:
with 20 total:
26.14 in. (66.39 cm)
300 lb (136.07 kg)

MPC MPC without MICs: 1.25 in. (3.17 cm) 21.25 in (53.97 cm) 15.5 in (39.37 cm)
23.8 lb (10.79 kg)

MPC with MICs:

25 lb (11.34 kg)

Fully populated
with 20 total:
500 lb (226.79 kg)

Blank MPC panel 5.4 lb (4.08 kg) 1.25 in. (3.17 cm) 22.8 in (57.91 cm) 15.5 in (39.37 cm)

MIC 1.2 lb (0.54 kg) 1.25 in. (3.17 cm) 6.25 in (15.9 cm) 6.8 in (17.3 cm)

AC PSM 7.0 lb (3.17 kg) 1.65 in. (4.19 cm) 7.224 in. (18.34 cm) 15.10 in.
(38.35 cm)
Fully populated
with 18 total:
126 lb (57.15 kg)

AC PDM 12 lb (5.44 kg) 17.1 in. (43.43 cm) 4.76 in. (12.09 cm) 7.361 in.
(18.69 cm)
Fully populated
with 4 total: 48 lb
(21.77 kg)

DC PDM (-48 V) 8.0 lb (3.62 kg) 16.8 in. (42.67 cm) 5.2 in. (13.20 cm) 4.2 in. (10.66 cm)

Fully populated
with 4 total: 32 lb
(14.515 kg)
 209

Table 48: MX2020 Physical Specifications (Continued)

Description Weight Width Depth Height

DC PSM (-48 V) 7.0 lb (3.17 kg) 1.65 in. (4.19 cm) 7.224 in. (18.34 cm) 15.10 in.
(38.35 cm)
Fully populated
with 18 total:
126 lb (57.15 kg)

DC PSM (240 V 8.2 lb (3.71 kg) 1.65 in. (4.19 cm) 7.224 in. (18.34 cm) 15.10 in.
China) (38.35 cm)
Fully populated
with 18 total:
147.6 lb (66.95 kg)

DC PDM (240 V 9.2 lb (4.17 kg) 16.7 in. (42.4 cm) 5.2 in. (13.20 cm) 5.12 in. (13.00 cm)
China)
Fully populated
with 4 total:
36.80 lb (16.69 kg)

Universal 8 lb (3.63 kg) 1.65 in. (4.19 cm) 7.224 in. (18.34 cm) 15.10 in.
(HVAC/HVDC) (38.35 cm)
Fully populated
PSM
with 18 total:
142.2 lb (64.8 kg)

Universal 8.8 lb (3.98 kg) 16.7 in. (42.4 cm) 5.2 in. (13.20 cm) 5.12 in. (13.00 cm)
(HVAC/HVDC)
Fully populated
PDM
with 4 total: 34.8 lb
(15.92 kg)

Air filter (lower) 1 lb (0.5 kg) 16.7 in. (42.4 cm) 19.7 in. (50 cm) 0.43 in. (1.1 cm)

PSM air filter 0.5 lb (0.23 kg) 16.0 in. (40.64 cm) 5.75 in. (14.60 cm) 0.3 in. (0.76 cm)
 210

Table 48: MX2020 Physical Specifications (Continued)

Description Weight Width Depth Height

SFB 12 lb (5.44 kg) 1.7 in. (4.31 cm) • 23.6 in. (59.94 cm) 16.225 in.
(41.21 cm)
Fully populated
• With ejector handle:
with 8 total: 96 lb
26.14 in. (66.39 cm)
(43.55 kg)

SFB2 16 lb (7.2 kg) 1.7 in. (4.31 cm) • 23.6 in. (59.94 cm) 16.225 in.
(41.21 cm)
Fully populated
• With ejector handle:
with 8 total: 128 lb
26.14 in. (66.39 cm)
(58 kg)

Control Board 17 lb (7.7 kg) 1.7 in. (4.31 cm) • 23.6 in. (59.94 cm) 16.225 in.
and Routing (41.21 cm)
Fully populated
Engine (CB-RE) • With ejector handle:
with 2 total: 34 lb
RE- 26.14 in. (66.39 cm)
(15.4 kg)
MX2000-1800X
4-S

Control Board 18 lb (8.2 kg) 1.7 in. (4.31 cm) • 23.6 in. (59.94 cm) 16.225 in.
and Routing (41.21 cm)
Fully populated
Engine (CB-RE) • With ejector handle:
with 2 total: 36 lb
REMX2K- 26.14 in. (66.39 cm)
(16.40 kg)
X8-64G

Fan tray 25 lb (11.34 kg) 16.70 in. 28.16 in. (71.52 cm) 2.62 in. (6.65 cm)
(42.41 cm)
Fully populated
with 4 total: 100 lb
(45.35 kg)

Standard cable 6.8 lb (3.08 kg) 18.99 in. 2.80 in. (7.11 cm) 8.226 in. 20.89 cm)
manager (top) (48.23 cm)

Standard cable 7.0 lb (3.17 kg) 18.99 in. 2.80 in. (7.11 cm) 7.428 in. 18.86 cm)
manager (48.23 cm)
(bottom)
 211

Table 48: MX2020 Physical Specifications (Continued)

Description Weight Width Depth Height

Middle card cage 4.5 lb (2.04 kg) 19.26 in. 2.80 in. (7.11 cm) 8.226 in. 20.89 cm)
cable manager (48.92 cm)
with air filter

Standard DC 1.2 lb (0.54 kg) 16.85 in. 2.93 in. (7.44 cm) 2.73 in. (6.93 cm)
cable manager (42.79 cm)
Fully populated
(rear)
with 4 total:
4.8 lb (2.17 kg)

Extended cable 8.2 lb (3.72 kg) 18.99 in. 4.75 in. (12.06 cm) 8.23 in. (20.90 cm)
manager (top) (48.23 cm)

Extended cable 10.2 lb (4.62 kg) 18.98 in. 3.95 in. (10.03 cm) 7.55 in. (19.17 cm)
manager (48.20 cm)
(bottom)

Extended DC 0.7 lb (0.32 kg) 16.78 in. 2.93 in. (7.44 cm) 2.72 in. (6.90 cm)
cable manager (42.62 cm)
Fully populated
(rear)
with 4 total:
2.8 lb (2.16 kg)

Standard EMI 7.2 lb (3.3 kg) 17.45 in. 3.50 in. (8.9 cm) 18.86 in. (47.9 cm)
cover (44.32 cm)

Extended EMI 9.65 lb (4.4 kg) 17.45 in. 5.40 in. (13.7 cm) 18.86 in. (47.9 cm)
cover (44.32 cm)

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Chassis Moving Guidelines | 223

MX2020 Universal Edge Router Overview | 34
MX2020 Chassis Description | 36
 212

MX2020 Rack Requirements

IN THIS SECTION

Rack Size and Strength | 212

Spacing of Mounting Bracket Holes | 215

Connection to the Building Structure | 215

Rack Size and Strength

The MX2020 router is designed for installation in a rack that complies with either the following
standards:

• A 19-in. rack as defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and Associated Equipment (document number
EIA-310-D) published by the Electronics Components Industry Association (http://
www.ecianow.org/).

• A 600-mm rack as defined in the four-part Equipment Engineering (EE); European

telecommunications standard for equipment practice (document numbers ETS 300 119-1 through
119-4) published by the European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI). The horizontal
spacing between the rails in a rack that complies with this standard is usually wider than the
mounting brackets, which measure 19.2 in. (48.8 cm) from the outer edge to outer edge. Use
approved wing devices to narrow the opening between the rails as required.

• A 23-in. rack using appropriate 23-in. to 19-in. rack adapters and an appropriate installation shelf
which supports the chassis at the correct vertical position to properly line up the rack mount holes.
Juniper Networks does not supply this hardware, but consideration for the size and weight of the
chassis is important for a safe installation.

The rack rails must be spaced widely enough to accommodate the chassis’s external dimensions:
78.75 in. (200 cm) high, 36.20 in. (91.95 cm) deep, and 19 in. (48.3 cm) wide. The outer edges of the
front-mounting flanges extend the width to 19.2 in. (48.8 cm), The spacing of rails and adjacent racks
must also allow for the clearances around the chassis and rack that are specified in "Clearance
Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2020 Router" on page 216.

For instructions about installing the mounting hardware, see "Installing the MX2020 Mounting
Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet" on page 347.

The weight and depth of the router depends on the type of cable management system installed.

With the standard or extended cable management system installed, use these guidelines:
 213

• The rack must have sufficient vertical usable space to accommodate the height of the router:
78.75 in. (200 cm). You can install one chassis in a rack. A typical four-post rack measures
84 in. (213.4 cm) high, 24 in. (61 cm) to 30 in. (76.2 cm) deep, and 19 in. (48.3 cm) wide (see Figure
83 on page 214).

NOTE: A U is the standard rack unit defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and Associated
Equipment (document number EIA-310-D) published by the Electronic Components
Industry Association (ECIA) (http://www.ecianow.org).

• The location of the rack must provide sufficient space to accommodate the depth of the router. The
chassis with the standard cable management system is 35.72 in. (90.7 cm) deep.

• The chassis with the extended cable management system is 37.46 in. (95.1 cm) deep.

• The rack must be strong enough to support the weight of the fully configured router, up to 1,515 lb
(687.19 kg).

NOTE: For a complete list of chassis and component weights and measurements, see
"MX2020 Physical Specifications" on page 206.

NOTE: There must be a minimum of 45-U of usable rack space when installing the
MX2020 router into a 45-U rack.
 214

Figure 83: Typical Four-Post Rack

 215

Spacing of Mounting Bracket Holes

The router can be mounted in any four-post rack or cabinet that provides holes or hole patterns spaced
at 1 U (1.75 in.) increments. The front-mount flanges used to attach the chassis to a rack are designed to
fasten to holes spaced at those distances.

Connection to the Building Structure

Always secure the rack to the structure of the building. If your geographical area is subject to
earthquakes, bolt the rack to the floor. For maximum stability, also secure the rack to ceiling brackets.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2020 Router | 216
MX2020 Rack-Mounting Hardware | 82
MX2020 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements | 215
MX2020 Cabinet Airflow Requirements | 218
MX2020 Moving Requirements and Guidelines Using a Router Transport Kit | 224

MX2020 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements

The minimum size cabinet that can accommodate the router is 23.62 in. (600 mm) wide, and 39.37 in.
(1000 mm) deep. A cabinet larger than the minimum requirement provides better airflow and reduces
the chance of overheating. To accommodate a single router, the cabinet must be at least 45 U high that
has a clearance of 35.72 in (90.7 cm) to accommodate the standard cable managers or 37.46 in
(95.1 cm) to accommodate the extended cable managers. .

The minimum front and rear clearance requirements depend on the mounting configuration you choose.
The minimum total clearance inside the cabinet is 36.20 in. (91.95 cm) between the inside of the front
door and the inside of the rear door.

NOTE: If you are installing the MX2020 router into a network cabinet, make sure that no
hardware, device, rack, or cabinet component obstructs the 45-U rack space from access
during installation.
 216

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2020 Router | 216
MX2020 Cabinet Airflow Requirements | 218
MX2020 Rack-Mounting Hardware | 82
MX2020 Rack Requirements | 212

Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the

MX2020 Router

When planning the installation site, you need to allow sufficient clearance around the rack (seeFigure 84
on page 217 and Figure 85 on page 217):

• For the cooling system to function properly, the airflow around the chassis must be unrestricted.

• For service personnel to remove and install hardware components, there must be adequate space at
the front and back of the router. At least 36 in. (91.44 cm) is required both in front of and behind the
router.

Airflow must always be from front to back with respect to the rack to ensure that fresh air from the
front of the rack is supplied to the inlets, and exhaust exits the rear of the rack. Care must also be
taken around cables to ensure that no leakage of air in situations where recirculation may result.

NOTE: There are no additional clearance requirements to accommodate the depth of

the MX2020 Power Distribution Modules (PDMs), and Power Supply Modules (PSMs);
they are within specification.

• An MX2020 router with an extended cable manager requires extra clearance to accommodate the
depth of 37.46 in. (95.1 cm).
 217

Figure 84: Chassis Dimensions and Clearance Requirements for the MX2020 Router with the Standard
Cable Manager

Figure 85: Chassis Dimensions and Clearance Requirements for the MX2020 Router with the Extended
Cable Manager
 218

NOTE: There must be a minimum of 45 U of usable rack space when you install the
MX2020 router into a 45-U rack.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Rack Requirements | 212

MX2020 Rack-Mounting Hardware | 82
MX2020 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements | 215
MX2020 Cabinet Airflow Requirements | 218

MX2020 Cabinet Airflow Requirements

Before you install the router in a cabinet, you must ensure that ventilation through the cabinet is
sufficient to prevent overheating. Consider the following requirements to when planning for chassis
cooling:

• Ensure that the cool air supply you provide through the cabinet can adequately dissipate the thermal
output of the router.

• Ensure that the cabinet allows the chassis hot exhaust air to exit from the cabinet without
recirculating into the router. An open cabinet (without a top or doors) that employs hot air exhaust
extraction from the top allows the best airflow through the chassis. If the cabinet contains a top or
doors, perforations in these elements assist with removing the hot air exhaust. For an illustration of
chassis airflow, see Figure 86 on page 219.

• Install the router as close as possible to the front of the cabinet so that the cable manager just clears
the inside of the front door. This maximizes the clearance in the rear of the cabinet for critical airflow.

• Route and dress all cables to minimize the blockage of airflow to and from the chassis.
 219

Figure 86: Airflow Through Chassis

 220

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2020 Router | 216
MX2020 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements | 215
MX2020 Rack Requirements | 212
MX2020 Rack-Mounting Hardware | 82

MX2020 Router Environmental Specifications

Table 49 on page 220 specifies the environmental specifications required for normal router operation. In
addition, the site should be as dust-free as possible.

Table 49: Router Environmental Specifications

Description Value

Relative humidity Normal operation ensured in relative humidity range of 5% to 90%,

noncondensing

Temperature Normal operation ensured in temperature range of 32°F (0°C) to 104°F (40°C)

Nonoperating storage temperature in shipping container: –40°F (–40°C) to

158°F (70°C)

Seismic Designed to meet Telcordia Technologies Zone 4 earthquake requirements

Maximum thermal output AC input power: 129,280 BTU/hour

DC input power: 129,280 BTU/hour

NOTE: Install the router only in restricted areas, such as dedicated equipment rooms and
equipment closets, in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the
National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2020 Hardware Components | 333
 221

MX2000 Router Grounding Specifications

IN THIS SECTION

MX2000 Series Chassis Grounding Points Specifications | 221

MX2000 Series Router Grounding Cable Lug Specifications | 222

MX2000 Series Router Grounding Cable Specifications | 223

MX2000 Series Chassis Grounding Points Specifications

You must install the router in a restricted-access location and ensure that the chassis is always properly
grounded. The router has a two-hole protective grounding terminal provided on the chassis. See Figure
87 on page 221. Under all circumstances, use this grounding connection to ground the chassis. For AC-
powered systems, you must also use the grounding wire in the AC power cord along with the two-hole
grounding lug connection. This tested system meets or exceeds all applicable EMC regulatory
requirements with the two-hole protective grounding terminal.

Figure 87: Connecting to a Chassis Grounding Point on the MX2000 Series Router
 222

MX2000 Series Router Grounding Cable Lug Specifications

CAUTION: Before you install the router, a licensed electrician must attach a cable lug to
the grounding and power cables that you supply. A cable with an incorrectly attached lug
can damage the router.

The chassis has two grounding points. The upper pair is sized for UNC 1/4-20 nuts, and the lower pair is
sized for M6 nuts. You only need to connect to one of the grounding points to properly ground the
router. The grounding points are spaced at 0.625-in. (15.86-mm) centers. To ground the router, attach
cable lugs to the grounding cable and secure the grounding cable to a grounding point on the chassis
with two screws. The router is shipped with two Standard UNC 1/4–20 screws for connecting to the
top (left) pair of grounding points.

WARNING: The router is installed in a restricted access location. It has a separate

protective earthing terminal (Metric [–M6] and Standard [–¼-20] screw ground lugs)
provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin of the power supply cord. This
separate protective earth terminal must be permanently connected to earth.

NOTE: The MX2000 series routers support 4-AWG DC power cable lugs for 80-A input
and for 60-A input (see Figure 88 on page 222).

Figure 88: 4-AWG DC Power Cable Lug

Table 50 on page 223 summarizes the specifications for the power cables, which you must supply.
 223

Table 50: DC Power Cable Specifications

Cable Type Quantity and Specification

Power Eighteen pairs of 4-AWG (21.2 mm2), used with 60-A or 80-A PDM. Minimum 75°C wire,
or as required by the local code.

You can select 60-A or 80-A input feed capacity on the DC PDM by setting the DIP
switch on the PDM to the rated amperage of the DC power input feeds.

MX2000 Series Router Grounding Cable Specifications

The grounding cable must be minimum 4 AWG, or as required by the local code.

NOTE: Additional grounding is provided to an AC-powered router when you plug its
PDMs into grounded AC power receptacles.

WARNING: The router is installed in a restricted-access location. It has a separate

protective earthing terminal (Metric [–M6] and Standard [–¼-20] screw ground lugs)
provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin of the power supply cord. This
separate protective earth terminal must be permanently connected to earth.

MX2020 Chassis Moving Guidelines

The fully configured chassis with the cable managers weighs up to 1,515 lb (687.19 kg), or 429.6 lb
(194.86 kg) with components removed. Observe the following guidelines for moving the router:

• Before moving the router, read the "Overview of Preparing the Site for the MX2020 Router" on page
201 to verify that the intended site meets the specified power, environmental, and clearance
requirements.

• Do not attempt to move a fully configured router by yourself. Using a pallet jack with attachment and
a four person team to maneuver the router into a rack is recommended.

• Before moving the router, disconnect all external cables.

To move routing devices and components, use the following guidelines:

• 1 person to lift or move up to 39.7 lb (18.0 kg)

 224

• 2 people to lift or move up to 70.5 lb (32.0 kg)

• 3 people to lift or move up to 220 lb (99.8 kg)

• 4 people to lift or move over 300 lb (136.0 kg)

As when moving any heavy object, lift most of the weight with your legs rather than your back. Keep
your knees bent and your back relatively straight and avoid twisting your body as you lift. Balance
the load evenly and be sure that your footing is solid.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings

MX2020 Moving Requirements and Guidelines Using a Router Transport

Kit

IN THIS SECTION

Router Transport Kit Turning Radius | 224

Router Transport Kit Requirements | 225

Router Transport Kit Turning Radius

The MX2020 requires a minimum 42 in. (106.7 cm) diameter of space to turn the chassis on the router
transport kit (see Figure 89 on page 225.

NOTE: The router transport kit handles can be removed to accommodate aisle width.
 225

Figure 89: Turning Diameter of Router Transport Kit

The weight of the router transport kit is 138.5 lb (63 kg). The maximum recommended height the
MX2020 should be lifted from the floor using the router transport kit is 1.5 in. (3.8 cm).

Router Transport Kit Requirements

The side view measurements of the MX2020 router with the router transport kit installed is: 78.75 in.
(200 cm) high, 36.20 in. (91.95 cm) wide, and 23.40 in. (59.4 cm) high (see Figure 90 on page 226).
 226

Figure 90: Measurements of the Router Transport Kit Installed on the MX2020 (Side View)

The front view measurements of the MX2020 router with the router transport kit installed is: 30.78 in.
(78.2 cm), 19 in. (48.3 cm) wide (see Figure 91 on page 227).
 227

Figure 91: Measurements of the Router Transport Kit Installed on the MX2020 (Front View)

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2020 Router | 216
MX2020 Rack-Mounting Hardware | 82
 228

MX2020 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements | 215

MX2020 Cabinet Airflow Requirements | 218

Rack-Mounting Requirements

• You can install the router in a four-post rack or cabinet.

NOTE: The shipping and installation site must be an ESD approved area.

• The rack rails must be spaced wide enough to accommodate the router chassis's external dimensions:
78.75 in. (200 cm) high, 36.20 in. (91.95 cm) deep, and 19 in. (48.3 cm) wide (see Figure 92 on page
230).

NOTE: A typical four-post rack measures 84 in. (213.4 cm) high, 24 in. (61 cm) to
30 in. (76.2 cm) deep, and 19 in. (48.3 cm) wide.

NOTE: The dimensions also include the standard cable management system and
standard EMI covers.

• The rack must be able to accommodate the additional depth of the extended cable management
system, 37.46 in. (95.1 cm) deep (see Figure 92 on page 230).

• The rack must be strong enough to support the weight of the fully configured router, up to 1,500 lb
(681.8 kg). See Table 51 on page 228 for MX2020 shipping weight specifications.

Table 51: MX2020 Shipping Weight Specifications

Item Shipping Weight

Shipping crate and pallet 180 lb (81.8 kg)

Unpopulated MX2020 300 lb (136.4 kg)

Unpopulated MX2020 with shipping crate and pallet 480 lb (218.2 kg)
 229

Table 51: MX2020 Shipping Weight Specifications (Continued)

Item Shipping Weight

Fully populated MX2020 with shipping crate and 1,680 lb (763.6 kg)
pallet

NOTE: For a complete list of individual line card and component weights and
measurements, see the MX2020 3D Universal Edge Router Hardware Guide at https://
www.juniper.net/documentation/.

• For the cooling system to function properly, the airflow around the chassis must be unrestricted.
Allow at least 36 in. (91.44 cm) of clearance between front-to-rear-cooled routers. Allow 2.8 in.
(7 cm) between the side of the chassis and any non-heat-producing surface such as a wall.

• For service personnel to remove and install hardware components, there must be adequate space at
the front and back of the router. Allow at least 36 in. (91.44 cm) in front of the router and
36 in. (91.44 cm) behind the router.

• The rack or cabinet must have an adequate supply of cooling air.

• Ensure that the cabinet allows the chassis hot exhaust air to exit from the cabinet without
recirculating into the router.

• The router must have the front and rear shipping covers installed to help move the router into the
rack or cabinet.

• The router must be installed into a rack or cabinet that is secured to the building structure.

• Ensure that there is adequate turn radius and aisle space for the router to be installed into a rack or
cabinet using a pallet jack with attachment.

• Ensure that there is adequate turn radius and aisle space for the router to be installed into a rack or
cabinet using a router transport kit.

• The cabinet must be clear of any hardware, device, rack, or cabinet component that obstructs the 45
U rack space from being access during installation.

NOTE: There must be a minimum of 45-U of usable rack space when installing the
MX2020 router into a 45-U rack.
 230

Figure 92: Typical Four-Post Rack

 231

CHAPTER 10

Transceiver and Cable Specifications

IN THIS CHAPTER

Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables | 231

Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion | 234

CB-RE and RCB Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for MX Series Routers | 235

Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables

IN THIS SECTION

Calculate Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cables | 231

How to Calculate Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables | 232

Use the information in this topic and the specifications for your optical interface to calculate the power
budget and power margin for fiber-optic cables.

TIP: You can use the Hardware Compatibility Tool to find information about the
pluggable transceivers supported on your Juniper Networks device.

To calculate the power budget and power margin, perform the following tasks:

Calculate Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cables

To ensure that fiber-optic connections have sufficient power for correct operation, you need to calculate
the link's power budget (PB), which is the maximum amount of power it can transmit. When you
calculate the power budget, you use a worst-case analysis to provide a margin of error, even though all
the parts of an actual system do not operate at the worst-case levels. To calculate the worst-case
estimate of PB, you assume minimum transmitter power (PT) and minimum receiver sensitivity (PR):
 232

PB = PT – PR

The following hypothetical power budget equation uses values measured in decibels (dB) and decibels
referred to one milliwatt (dBm):

PB = PT – PR

PB = –15 dBm – (–28 dBm)

PB = 13 dB

How to Calculate Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables

After calculating a link's PB, you can calculate the power margin (PM), which represents the amount of
power available after subtracting attenuation or link loss (LL) from the PB) A worst-case estimate of PM
assumes maximum LL:

PM = PB – LL

PM greater than zero indicates that the power budget is sufficient to operate the receiver.

Factors that can cause link loss include higher-order mode losses, modal and chromatic dispersion,
connectors, splices, and fiber attenuation. Table 52 on page 232 lists an estimated amount of loss for the
factors used in the following sample calculations. For information about the actual amount of signal loss
caused by equipment and other factors, refer to vendor documentation.

Table 52: Estimated Values for Factors Causing Link Loss

Link-Loss Factor Estimated Link-Loss Value

Higher-order mode losses Single mode—None

Multimode—0.5 dB

Modal and chromatic dispersion Single mode—None

Multimode—None, if product of bandwidth and distance is less than 500 MHz-

km

Faulty connector 0.5 dB

Splice 0.5 dB
 233

Table 52: Estimated Values for Factors Causing Link Loss (Continued)

Link-Loss Factor Estimated Link-Loss Value

Fiber attenuation Single mode—0.5 dB/km

Multimode—1 dB/km

The following sample calculation for a 2-km-long multimode link with a PB of 13 dB uses the estimated
values from Table 52 on page 232. This example calculates LL as the sum of fiber attenuation (2 km @
1 dB/km, or 2 dB) and loss for five connectors (0.5 dB per connector, or 2.5 dB) and two splices (0.5 dB
per splice, or 1 dB) as well as higher-order mode losses (0.5 dB). The PM is calculated as follows:

PM = PB – LL

PM = 13 dB – 2 km (1 dB/km) – 5 (0.5 dB) – 2 (0.5 dB) – 0.5 dB

PM = 13 dB – 2 dB – 2.5 dB – 1 dB – 0.5 dB

PM = 7 dB

The following sample calculation for an 8-km-long single-mode link with a PB of 13 dB uses the
estimated values from Table 52 on page 232. This example calculates LL as the sum of fiber attenuation
(8 km @ 0.5 dB/km, or 4 dB) and loss for seven connectors (0.5 dB per connector, or 3.5 dB). The pPM is
calculated as follows:

PM = PB – LL

PM = 13 dB – 8 km (0.5 dB/km) – 7(0.5 dB)

PM = 13 dB – 4 dB – 3.5 dB

PM = 5.5 dB

In both the examples, the calculated PM is greater than zero, indicating that the link has sufficient power
for transmission and does not exceed the maximum receiver input power.
 234

Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion

IN THIS SECTION

Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable | 234

Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable | 234

Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable

Multimode fiber is large enough in diameter to allow rays of light to reflect internally (bounce off the
walls of the fiber). Interfaces with multimode optics typically use LEDs as light sources. However, LEDs
are not coherent sources. They spray varying wavelengths of light into the multimode fiber, which
reflects the light at different angles. Light rays travel in jagged lines through a multimode fiber, causing
signal dispersion. When light traveling in the fiber core radiates into the fiber cladding, higher-order
mode loss results. Together these factors limit the transmission distance of multimode fiber compared
with single-mode fiber.

Single-mode fiber is so small in diameter that rays of light can reflect internally through one layer only.
Interfaces with single-mode optics use lasers as light sources. Lasers generate a single wavelength of
light, which travels in a straight line through the single-mode fiber. Compared with multimode fiber,
single-mode fiber has a higher bandwidth and can carry signals for longer distances.

Exceeding the maximum transmission distances can result in significant signal loss, which causes
unreliable transmission.

Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable

Correct functioning of an optical data link depends on modulated light reaching the receiver with
enough power to be demodulated correctly. Attenuation is the reduction in power of the light signal as it
is transmitted. Attenuation is caused by passive media components such as cables, cable splices, and
connectors. Although attenuation is significantly lower for optical fiber than for other media, it still
occurs in both multimode and single-mode transmission. An efficient optical data link must have enough
light available to overcome attenuation.

Dispersion is the spreading of the signal over time. The following two types of dispersion can affect an
optical data link:

• Chromatic dispersion—Spreading of the signal over time, resulting from the different speeds of light
rays.
 235

• Modal dispersion—Spreading of the signal over time, resulting from the different propagation modes
in the fiber.

For multimode transmission, modal dispersion—rather than chromatic dispersion or attenuation—usually

limits the maximum bit rate and link length. For single-mode transmission, modal dispersion is not a
factor. However, at higher bit rates and over longer distances, chromatic dispersion rather than modal
dispersion limits maximum link length.

An efficient optical data link must have enough light to exceed the minimum power that the receiver
requires to operate within its specifications. In addition, the total dispersion must be less than the limits
specified for the type of link in Telcordia Technologies document GR-253-CORE (Section 4.3) and
International Telecommunications Union (ITU) document G.957.

When chromatic dispersion is at the maximum allowed, its effect can be considered as a power penalty
in the power budget. The optical power budget must allow for the sum of component attenuation,
power penalties (including those from dispersion), and a safety margin for unexpected losses.

CB-RE and RCB Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for MX Series
Routers

Table 53 on page 235 lists the specifications for the cables that connect to management ports and the
wires that connect to the alarm relay contacts.

NOTE: In routers where the Routing Engine (RE) and Control Board (CB) are integrated
into a single board, a CB-RE is known as Routing and Control Board (RCB). The RCB is a
single FRU that provides RE and CB functionality.

Table 53: Cable and Wire Specifications for Routing Engine and RCB Management and Alarm Interfaces

Port Cable Specification Maximum Length Router Receptacle

Routing Engine console or RS-232 (EIA-232) serial 1.83 m RJ-45 socket

auxiliary interface cable

Routing Engine Ethernet Category 5 cable or 100 m RJ-45 autosensing

interface equivalent suitable for
100Base-T operation
 236

Table 53: Cable and Wire Specifications for Routing Engine and RCB Management and Alarm Interfaces
(Continued)

Port Cable Specification Maximum Length Router Receptacle

Alarm relay contacts Wire with gauge between None —

28-AWG and 14-AWG
(0.08 and 2.08 mm2)

NOTE:
We no longer include the RJ-45 console cable with the DB-9 adapter as part of the
device package. If the console cable and adapter are not included in your device
package, or if you need a different type of adapter, you can order the following
separately:

• RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-DB9)

• RJ-45 to USB-A adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBA)

• RJ-45 to USB-C adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBC)

If you want to use RJ-45 to USB-A or RJ-45 to USB-C adapter you must have X64 (64-
Bit) Virtual COM port (VCP) driver installed on your PC. See, https://ftdichip.com/
drivers/vcp-drivers/ to download the driver.
 237

CHAPTER 11

Pinout Specifications

IN THIS CHAPTER

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for MX Series CB-RE Auxiliary and Console Ports | 237

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for an MX Series CB-RE or RCB Management Port | 238

Management Cable Specifications | 239

Console Port Connector Pinout Information | 240

RJ-45 to DB-9 Serial Port Adapter Pinout Information | 241

Mini-USB Port Pinout Specifications | 242

RJ-45 Management Port Connector Pinout Information | 243

RJ-45 Port, SFP Port, SFP+ Port, QSFP+ Port, and QSFP28 Port Connector Pinout Information | 244

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for MX Series CB-RE Auxiliary and Console

Ports

The ports on the Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE) labeled AUX and CONSOLE are
asynchronous serial interfaces that accept an RJ-45 connector. The ports connect the Routing Engine to
an auxiliary or console management device.Table 54 on page 237 describes the RJ-45 connector pinout.

Table 54: RJ-45 Connector Pinout for the Auxiliary and Console Ports

Pin Signal Description

1 RTS Request to Send

2 DTR Data Terminal Ready

3 TXD Transmit Data

 238

Table 54: RJ-45 Connector Pinout for the Auxiliary and Console Ports (Continued)

Pin Signal Description

4 Ground Signal Ground

5 Ground Signal Ground

6 RXD Receive Data

7 DSR/DCD Data Set Ready

8 CTS Clear to Send

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description

Removing a CB-RE from an MX2000 Router
Installing an MX2020 CB-RE
CB-RE and RCB Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for MX Series Routers

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for an MX Series CB-RE or RCB Management

Port

The port on the Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE; Routing and Control Board (RCB)) labeled
MGMT is an autosensing 10/100/1000-Mbps Ethernet RJ-45 receptacle that accepts an Ethernet cable
for connecting the Routing Engine to a management LAN (or other device that supports out-of-band
management).

NOTE: In routers where the Routing Engine and Control Board (CB) are integrated into a
single board, a CB-RE is known as Routing and Control Board (RCB). The RCB is a single
FRU that provides Routing Engine and CB functionality.

Table 55 on page 239 describes the RJ-45 connector pinout.

 239

Table 55: RJ-45 Management Port Connector Pinouts for the CB-RE or RCB MGMT Port

Pin Signal Description

1 TRP1+ Transmit/receive data pair 1

2 TRP1– Transmit/receive data pair 1

3 TRP2+ Transmit/receive data pair 2

4 TRP3+ Transmit/receive data pair 3

5 TRP3– Transmit/receive data pair 3

6 TRP2– Transmit/receive data pair 2

7 TRP4+ Transmit/receive data pair 4

8 TRP4– Transmit/receive data pair 4

Management Cable Specifications

Table 56 on page 239 lists the specifications for the cables that connect the console and management
ports to management devices.

Table 56: Specifications of Cables to Connect to Management Devices

Ports Cable Specifications Receptacle Additional Information

RJ-45 Console port Rollover cable RJ-45 Connect a Device to a

Management Console
Using an RJ-45 Connector
 240

Table 56: Specifications of Cables to Connect to Management Devices (Continued)

Ports Cable Specifications Receptacle Additional Information

Management Ethernet Ethernet cable with an RJ-45 Connect a Device to a

port RJ-45 connector Network for Out-of-Band
Management

Mini-USB Type-B Console Mini-USB cable with Mini-USB

port standard-A and Mini-USB
Type-B (5-pin) connector

Console Port Connector Pinout Information

The console port on a Juniper Networks device is an RS-232 serial interface that uses an RJ-45
connector to connect to a console management device. The default baud rate for the console port is
9600 baud.

Table 57 on page 241 provides the pinout information for the RJ-45 console connector.

NOTE: We no longer include the RJ-45 console cable with the DB-9 adapter as part of
the device package. If the console cable and adapter are not included in your device
package, or if you need a different type of adapter, you can order the following
separately:

• RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-DB9)

• RJ-45 to USB-A adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBA)

• RJ-45 to USB-C adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBC)

If you want to use RJ-45 to USB-A or RJ-45 to USB-C adapter you must have X64 (64-
Bit) Virtual COM port (VCP) driver installed on your PC. See, https://ftdichip.com/
drivers/vcp-drivers/ to download the driver.

NOTE: If your laptop or desktop PC does not have a DB-9 plug connector pin and you
want to connect your laptop or desktop PC directly to a device, use a combination of the
 241

RJ-45-to-DB-9 socket adapter and a USB-to-DB-9 plug adapter. You must provide the
USB-to-DB-9 plug adapter.

Table 57: Console Port Connector Pinout Information

Pin Signal Description

1 NC No connect

2 NC No connect

3 TxD Output Transmit data

4 GND Signal ground

5 GND Signal ground

6 RxD Input Receive data

7 DCD Input Data carrier detect

8 NC No connect

RJ-45 to DB-9 Serial Port Adapter Pinout Information

The console port on a Juniper Networks device is an RS-232 serial interface that uses an RJ-45
connector to connect to a management device such as a laptop or a desktop PC. If your laptop or
desktop PC does not have a DB-9 plug connector pin and you want to connect your laptop or desktop
PC to the device, use a combination of the RJ-45 to DB-9 socket adapter along with a USB to DB-9 plug
adapter.

Table 58 on page 242 provides the pinout information for the RJ-45 to DB-9 serial port adapter.
 242

Table 58: RJ-45 to DB-9 Serial Port Adapter Pinout Information

RJ-45 pin Signal DB-9 pin Signal

1 NC 8 CTS

2 NC 6 DSR

3 TxD 2 RxD

4 GND 5 GND

6 RxD 3 TxD

7 DCD 4 DTR

8 NC 7 RTS

Mini-USB Port Pinout Specifications

If your management host (laptop or PC) does not have a DB-9 plug connector pin or an RJ-45 connector
pin but has a USB port, you can connect your management host to the Mini-USB Type-B console port
by using a cable that has a standard Type-A USB connector on one end and a Mini-USB Type-B (5-pin)
connector on the other end.

The Mini-USB Type-B console port uses a Mini-USB Type-B connector to connect to a console
management device. The default baud rate for the console port is 9600 baud.

Table 59 on page 242 provides the pinout information of the Mini-USB Type-B console port.

Table 59: Mini-USB Type-B Console Port Pinout Information

Pin Signal Description

1 VCC +5 VDC
 243

Table 59: Mini-USB Type-B Console Port Pinout Information (Continued)

Pin Signal Description

2 D- Data -

3 D+ Data +

X N/C Could be not connected (N/C), connected to ground (GND), or used as an

attached device presence indicator

4 GND Ground

RJ-45 Management Port Connector Pinout Information

Table 60 on page 243 provides the pinout information for the RJ-45 connector for the management port
on Juniper Networks devices.

Table 60: RJ-45 Management Port Connector Pinout Information

Pin Signal Description

1 TRP1+ Transmit/receive data pair 1

2 TRP1- Transmit/receive data pair 1

3 TRP2+ Transmit/receive data pair 2

4 TRP3+ Transmit/receive data pair 3

5 TRP3- Transmit/receive data pair 3

6 TRP2- Transmit/receive data pair 2

 244

Table 60: RJ-45 Management Port Connector Pinout Information (Continued)

Pin Signal Description

7 TRP4+ Transmit/receive data pair 4

8 TRP4- Transmit/receive data pair 4

RJ-45 Port, SFP Port, SFP+ Port, QSFP+ Port, and QSFP28 Port
Connector Pinout Information

The tables in this topic describe the connector pinout information for the RJ-45, QSFP+, QSFP28, SFP+,
and SFP ports.

• Table 61 on page 244—10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet network port connector pinout information

• Table 62 on page 245—SFP network port connector pinout information

• Table 63 on page 246—SFP+ network port connector pinout information

• Table 64 on page 248—QSFP+ and QSFP28 network module ports connector pinout information

Table 61: 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet Network Port Connector Pinout Information

Pin Signal Description

1 TRP1+ Transmit/receive data pair 1

Negative Vport (in PoE models)

2 TRP1- Transmit/receive data pair 1

Negative Vport (in PoE models)

3 TRP2+ Transmit/receive data pair 2

Positive Vport (in PoE models)

 245

Table 61: 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet Network Port Connector Pinout Information (Continued)

Pin Signal Description

4 TRP3+ Transmit/receive data pair 3

5 TRP3- Transmit/receive data pair 3

6 TRP2- Transmit/receive data pair 2

Positive Vport (in PoE models)

7 TRP4+ Transmit/receive data pair 4

8 TRP4- Transmit/receive data pair 4

Table 62: SFP Network Port Connector Pinout Information

Pin Signal Description

1 VeeT Module transmitter ground

2 TX_Fault Module transmitter fault

3 TX_Disable Transmitter disabled

4 SDA 2-wire serial interface data line

5 SCL- 2-wire serial interface clock

6 MOD_ABS Module absent

7 RS Rate select

8 RX_LOS Receiver loss of signal indication

 246

Table 62: SFP Network Port Connector Pinout Information (Continued)

Pin Signal Description

9 VeeR Module receiver ground

10 VeeR Module receiver ground

11 VeeR Module receiver ground

12 RD- Receiver inverted data output

13 RD+ Receiver noninverted data output

14 VeeR Module receiver ground

15 VccR Module receiver 3.3 V supply

16 VccT Module transmitter 3.3 V supply

17 VeeT Module transmitter ground

18 TD+ Transmitter noninverted data input

19 TD- Transmitter inverted data input

20 VeeT Module transmitter ground

Table 63: SFP+ Network Port Connector Pinout Information

Pin Signal Description

1 VeeT Module transmitter ground

2 TX_Fault Module transmitter fault

 247

Table 63: SFP+ Network Port Connector Pinout Information (Continued)

Pin Signal Description

3 TX_Disable Transmitter disabled

4 SDA 2-wire serial interface data line

5 SCL- 2-wire serial interface clock

6 MOD_ABS Module absent

7 RS0 Rate select 0, optionally controls SFP+ module receiver

8 RX_LOS Receiver loss of signal indication

9 RS1 Rate select 1, optionally controls SFP+ transmitter

10 VeeR Module receiver ground

11 VeeR Module receiver ground

12 RD- Receiver inverted data output

13 RD+ Receiver noninverted data output

14 VeeR Module receiver ground

15 VccR Module receiver 3.3-V supply

16 VccT Module transmitter 3.3-V supply

17 VeeT Module transmitter ground

 248

Table 63: SFP+ Network Port Connector Pinout Information (Continued)

Pin Signal Description

18 TD+ Transmitter noninverted data input

19 TD- Transmitter inverted data input

20 VeeT Module transmitter ground

Table 64: QSFP+ and QSFP28 Network Port Connector Pinout Information

Pin Signal

1 GND

2 TX2n

3 TX2p

4 GND

5 TX4n

6 TX4p

7 GND

8 ModSelL

9 LPMode_Reset

10 VccRx

11 SCL
 249

Table 64: QSFP+ and QSFP28 Network Port Connector Pinout Information (Continued)

Pin Signal

12 SDA

13 GND

14 RX3p

15 RX3n

16 GND

17 RX1p

18 RX1n

19 GND

20 GND

21 RX2n

22 RX2p

23 GND

24 RX4n

25 RX4p

26 GND
 250

Table 64: QSFP+ and QSFP28 Network Port Connector Pinout Information (Continued)

Pin Signal

27 ModPrsL

28 IntL

29 VccTx

30 Vcc1

31 Reserved

32 GND

33 TX3p

34 TX3n

35 GND

36 TX1p

37 TX1n

38 GND
 251

CHAPTER 12

AC Power Requirements, Specifications, and

Guidelines

IN THIS CHAPTER

MX2020 AC Power Requirements | 251

MX2000 AC Power Cord Specifications | 261

MX2000 AC Power System Electrical Specifications | 265

MX2000 Router Grounding Specifications | 268

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications | 270

MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications | 271

MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications | 272

Calculating AC Power Requirements for MX2020 Routers | 273

Mapping Input Power from AC Power Distribution Modules to AC Power Supply Modules on MX2000
Routers | 277

MX2020 AC Power Requirements

To allow for future growth so that you can operate the router in any hardware configuration without
upgrading the power infrastructure, we recommend that you provision 2800 W for each AC power
distribution module (PDM) (three-phase or single-phase).

If you do not plan to provision 2800 W for each AC power supply module (PSM), use the information in
Table 65 on page 252 and Table 66 on page 252 to calculate power consumption for various hardware
configurations, input current from a different source voltage, and thermal output.

Table 67 on page 253 lists the power requirements for various hardware components when the router is
operating under typical voltage conditions.

NOTE: Unlike all the other MPCs, MPC6E, MPC8E, MPC9E, and MX2K-MPC11E do not
require an adapter card (ADC) to house the MPC in the MX2020 router.
 252

Table 65: Base AC Power Requirements

Component Power Requirement (Watts)

Base system, (not including MPCs, ADCs, and 9,439 W (based on 55° C operation)
MICs) includes seven SFBs, one host subsystem
2,142 W (Typical)
(Control Board and Routing Engine [CB-RE], four
fan trays, a craft interface, eight PSMs, and two
PDMs.

Table 66: Typical AC Power Requirements for MX2020 Router

Component Model Number Power Requirement (Watts) with 91%

Efficiency

Base chassis CHAS-BP-MX2020

Fan trays, upper MX2000-FANTRAY 200W * 2 = 400 W

Fan trays, lower MX2000-FANTRAY 200 W * 2 = 400 W

MPC MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP 440 W * 20 = 8800 W

ADC ADC 150 W * 20 = 3000 W

CB-RE RE-MX2000-1800X4 150 W

REMX2K-X8-64G 400 W

Three-phase delta AC PDM (2 per MX2000-PDM-AC- 2800 W

system) @ 50 A feed (input 1) and 25 A DELTA
feed (input 2)

Three-phase wye AC PDM @ 30 A feed MX2000-PDM-AC-WYE 2800 W

(input 1) and 15 A (input 2)

Nine-feed single-phase AC PDM MX2K-PDM-AC-1PH 2800 W

 253

Table 66: Typical AC Power Requirements for MX2020 Router (Continued)

Component Model Number Power Requirement (Watts) with 91%

Efficiency

Seven-feed single-phase AC PDM MX2K-PDM-OP-AC 2800 W

SFB—slots 0 through 7 MX2000-SFB 200 W * 8 = 1600 W

If you do not plan to provision as recommended above, you can use the information in Table 67 on page
253 to calculate the power consumption for your hardware configuration.

Table 67: MX2020 FRU AC Power Requirements

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs)

SFB MX2000-SFB 200 W (Typical)

220 W at 55° C

220 W at 40° C

220 W at 25° C

SFB2 MX2000-SFB2-S 250 W (Typical)

295 W at 55° C

280 W at 40° C

270 W at 25° C

Fan Trays

Fan trays, upper MX2000-FANTRAY 200 W (Typical)

1700 W at 55° C

1150 W at 40° C

350 W at 25° C
 254

Table 67: MX2020 FRU AC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

Fan trays, lower 200 W (Typical)

1700 W at 55° C

1150 W at 40° C

350 W at 25° C

Adapter Cards

ADC MX2000-LC-ADAPTER 150 W

Control Board and Routing Engine

CB-RE RE-MX2000-1800X4 150 W (Typical)

250 W at 55° C

250 W at 40° C

250 W at 25° C

REMX2K-X8-64G 400 W

MPCs

MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP 440 W at 55° C ambient

MPC1 MX-MPC1-3D 165 W

MX-MPC1E-3D With MICs and optics:

239 W at 55° C

227 W at 40° C

219 W at 25° C
 255

Table 67: MX2020 FRU AC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

MPC1 Q MX-MPC1-3D-Q 175 W

MX-MPC1E-3D-Q With MICs and optics:

249 W at 55° C

237 W at 40° C

228 W at 25° C

MPC2 MX-MPC2-3D 274 W

MX-MPC2E-3D With MICs and optics:

348 W at 55° C

329 W at 40° C

315 W at 25° C

MPC2 Q MX-MPC2-3D-Q 294 W

MPC2 EQ MX-MPC2-3D-EQ With MICs and optics:

368 W at 55° C
MX-MPC2E-3D-Q
347 W at 40° C
MX-MPC2E-3D-EQ
333 W at 25° C

MPC2E P MX-MPC2E-3D-P 294 W

With MICs and optics:

368 W at 55° C

347 W at 40° C

333 W at 25° C
 256

Table 67: MX2020 FRU AC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

MPC3E MX-MPC3E-3D 440 W

With MICs and optics:

500 W at 55° C, two 40 W MICs

485 W at 40° C, two CFP MICs

with LR4 optics

473 W at 25° C, two CFP MICs

with LR4 optics

32x10GE MPC4E MPC4E-3D-32XGE-SFPP 610 W

With optics:
607 W at 55° C, with SFPP ZR
optics

590 W at 40° C, with SFPP ZR

optics

585 W at 25° C, with SFPP ZR

optics

2x100GE + 8x10GE MPC4E MPC4E-3D-2CGE-8XGE 610 W

With optics:
607 W at 55° C, with SFPP ZR
and CFP LR4 optics

590 W at 40° C, with SFPP ZR

and CFP LR4 optics

585 W at 25° C, with SFPP ZR

and CFP LR4 optics

6x40GE + 24x10GE MPC5E MPC5E-40G10G With optics:

607 W at 55° C
6x40GE + 24x10GE MPC5EQ MPC5EQ-40G10G
541 W at 40° C

511 W at 25° C
 257

Table 67: MX2020 FRU AC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

2x100GE + 4x10GE MPC5E MPC5E-100G10G With optics:

607 W at 55° C
2x100GE + 4x10GE MPC5EQ MPC5EQ-100G10G
541 W at 40° C

511 W at 25° C

MPC6E MX2K-MPC6E 1088 W with MICs and optics

MPC7E-MRATE MPC7E-MRATE 400 W (Typical)

545 W at 55° C

465 W at 40° C

440 W at 25° C

MPC8E MX2K-MPC8E 688 W (Typical)

(without MICs) 805 W at 55° C

720 W at 40° C

690 W at 25° C

MPC9E MX2K-MPC9E 838 W (Typical)

(without MICs) 1018 W at 55° C

870 W at 40° C

840 W at 25° C

MICs

ATM MIC with SFP MIC-3D-8OC3-2OC12-ATM 35 W

Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP MIC-3D-20-GE-SFP 37 W

 258

Table 67: MX2020 FRU AC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with 2-Port: MIC-3D-2XGE-XFP 2-Port: 29 W

XFP
4-Port: MIC-3D-4XGE-XFP 4-Port: 37 W

10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC6-10G 74 W

SFP+
With optics:
53 W at 55° C, 40° C and 25° C
with 10G BASE-SR and 10G
BASE-LR optics

66 W at 55° C, 40° C and 25° C

with 10G BASE-ER optics

74 W at 55° C, 40° C and 25° C

with 10G BASE-ZR optics

10-Gigabit Ethernet DWDM MIC6-10G-OTN 84 W

OTN MIC
With optics:
63 W at 55° C with 10G BASE-
LR OTN optics

63 W at 40° C with 10G BASE-

LR OTN optics

63 W at 25° C with 10G BASE-

LR OTN optics

40-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC3-3D-2X40GE-QSFPP 18 W

QSFPP

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CFP 40 W

CFP

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CXP 20 W

CXP
 259

Table 67: MX2020 FRU AC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC6-100G-CFP2 104 W

CFP2
With optics:
94 W at 55° C with 100G BASE-
LR4 OTN optics

86 W at 40° C with 100G BASE-

LR4 OTN optics

74 W at 25° C with 100G BASE-

LR4 OTN optics

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC6-100G-CXP 57 W

CXP
49 W at 55° C with CXP SR10
optics

49 W at 40° C with CXP SR10

optics

49 W at 25° C with CXP SR10

optics

100-Gigabit DWDM OTN MIC MIC3-100G-DWDM With optics:

with CFP2 91 W at 55° C

83 W at 25° C

SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 Multi- 4-Port: MIC-3D-4OC3OC12-1OC48 4-Port:

Rate MIC
8-Port: MIC-3D-8OC3OC12-4OC48 24 W at 55° C

22.75 W at 40° C

21.5 W at 25° C

8-Port:

29 W at 55° C

27.75 W at 40° C

26.5 W at 25° C
 260

Table 67: MX2020 FRU AC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

OC192/STM64 MIC with XFP MIC-3D-1OC192-XFP 41 W at 55° C

38.5 W at 40° C

36 W at 25° C

Channelized SONET/SDH OC3/ 4-Port: MIC-3D-4CHOC3-2CHOC12 4-Port:

STM1 Multi-Rate MIC
8-Port: MIC-3D-8CHOC3-4CHOC12 41 W at 55° C

40 W at 40° C

39 W at 25° C

8-Port:

52 W at 55° C

50.5 W at 40° C

49 W at 25° C

Channelized OC48/STM16 MIC MIC-3D-1CHOC48 56.5 W at 55° C

with SFP
54.5 W at 40° C

53 W at 25° C

Tri-Rate MIC MIC-3D-40GE-TX 41 W

MIC MRATE MIC-MRATE • When installed into MPC8E:

1.250 A @ 48 V (60 W)

• When installed into MPC9E:

1.771 A @ 48 V (85 W)

DS3/E3 MIC MIC-3D-8DS3-E3 36 W at 55° C

MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3-B 35 W at 40° C

34 W at 25° C
 261

Table 67: MX2020 FRU AC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

Channelized OC3/STM1 (Multi- MIC-3D-4COC3-1COC12-CE 33.96 W

Rate) Circuit Emulation MIC with
SFP

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160

Connecting AC Power to an MX2020 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution
Modules
Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Modules
Connecting Power to an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module
MX2020 AC Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications
MX2000 AC Power Cord Specifications
MX2020 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

MX2000 AC Power Cord Specifications

Most sites distribute power through a main conduit that leads to frame-mounted power distribution
panels, one of which can be located next to the rack that houses the router. An AC power cord connects
each power distribution module (PDM) to the power distribution panel. Detachable AC power cords are
supplied with the router. For single–phase PDMs, the coupler type is C21. For three-phase power, the
power cord wires are inserted into the AC input terminal with the help of a screwdriver. The plug end of
the power cord fits into the power source receptacle for your geographical location.

For more information about AC PDM input power mapping, see Mapping Input Power from AC Power
Distribution Modules to AC Power Supply Modules on MX2000 Routers.

CAUTION: In North America, AC power cords must not exceed approximately 14.75 ft
(4.5 m) in length, to comply with National Electrical Code (NEC) Sections 400-8 (NFPA
75, 5-2.2) and 210-52, and Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) Section 4-010(3). The cords
supplied with the router are in compliance.
 262

CAUTION: The router is pluggable type A equipment installed in a restricted-access

location. It has a separate protective earthing terminal (sized for UNC 1/4-20 ground
lugs) provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin on the power cord. This
separate protective earthing terminal must be permanently connected to earth.

CAUTION: Power cords and cables must not block access to device components or
drape where people could trip on them.

NOTE: Three-phase power cords provided with the router are approximately 14.75 ft
(4.5 m) in length. Single–phase power cords provided with the router are approximately
8.2 ft (2.5 m) in length.

Table 68 on page 262 and Table 69 on page 264 provide specifications for the AC power cords for each
region supported. Figure 93 on page 263 and Figure 94 on page 263 illustrate the plug on the three-
phase Delta and Wye AC power cords.

Table 68: Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Cord Specifications

Region Model Number

North America CBL-MX2000-3PH-DELTA

Europe CBL-MX2000-3PH-WYE
 263

Figure 93: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

Figure 94: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord

 264

Table 69: Single-Phase AC Power Cord Specifications

Region Model Number Electrical Specification Plug Type Graphic

Australia CBL-PWR-C21S-AU 15 A @ 250 VAC AS/NZS 3112

China CBL-PWR-C21S-CH 16 A @ 250 VAC GB 1002/GB 2099

Europe CBL-PWR-C21S-EU 16 A @ 250 VAC CEE (7) VII

International CBL-PWR-C21S-INTL 16 A @ 250 VAC IEC60309

Italy CBL-PWR-C21S-IT 16 A @ 250 VAC CEI 23-50

Japan CBL-PWR-C21S-JP 15 A @ 250 VAC (NEMA) L6-20 Japan

 265

Table 69: Single-Phase AC Power Cord Specifications (Continued)

Region Model Number Electrical Specification Plug Type Graphic

US/Canada CBL-PWR-C21S-US 20 A @ 250 VAC (NEMA) L6-20

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution

Modules
Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Modules
Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord | 805
Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord | 812

MX2000 AC Power System Electrical Specifications

IN THIS SECTION

AC Power Supply Input Fuses | 266

Table 70 on page 266 lists the AC power system electrical specifications for the MX2000 line of routers.
 266

Table 70: MX2000 AC Power System Electrical Specifications

Item Specification

AC input voltage Delta operating range: 200–240 VAC (line-to-line) (nominal)

Wye operating range: 200–240 VAC (line-to-neutral) (nominal)

Single-phase operating range: 200-240 VAC (nominal)

AC input line frequency Delta: 50/60 Hz (+/-3Hz)

Wye: 50/60 Hz (+/-3Hz)

Single-phase: 50/60 Hz (+/-3Hz)

AC system current rating Delta: 50 A @ 200 VAC–(input #1 for each PDM) and 25 A @ 200 VAC–(input
#2 for each PDM)

Wye: 30 A @ 200 VAC–(input #1 for each PDM) and 15 A @ 200 VAC–(input

#2 for each PDM)

Single-phase: 30 A @ 200 VAC

AC system input power Delta: 16800 W (input #1), 8400 W (input #2)

Wye: 16800 W (input #1), 8400 W (input #2)

Efficiency 90.5% at 50% load and 220 VAC IN

AC Power Supply Input Fuses

The AC PSM has line and neutral power supply input fuses in both INP0 and INP1. Table 71 on page
266 lists the electrical specifications for each fuse.

Table 71: Electrical Specifications for AC Power Supply Input Fuses

Electrical Characteristic Value

INP0/INP1 Line Fuse Littelfuse 0324020.MX65LP

 267

Table 71: Electrical Specifications for AC Power Supply Input Fuses (Continued)

Electrical Characteristic Value

• Ampere Rating 20A

• Voltage Rating 250V

• Interrupting Rating 1000A @ 250V

• Nominal Cold Resistance 3.55 mOhm

• Melting Integral 631 A² sec

INP0/INP1 Neutral Fuse Littelfuse 0325020.MXD65LP

• Ampere Rating 20A

• Voltage Rating 250V

• Interrupting Rating 1500A @ 250V

• Nominal Cold Resistance 4.2 mOhm

• Melting Integral 2500 A² sec

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Three-Phase AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description
MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Description
MX2000 Seven-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description
 268

MX2000 Nine-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications
MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications
MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications

MX2000 Router Grounding Specifications

IN THIS SECTION

MX2000 Series Chassis Grounding Points Specifications | 268

MX2000 Series Router Grounding Cable Lug Specifications | 269

MX2000 Series Router Grounding Cable Specifications | 270

MX2000 Series Chassis Grounding Points Specifications

You must install the router in a restricted-access location and ensure that the chassis is always properly
grounded. The router has a two-hole protective grounding terminal provided on the chassis. See Figure
95 on page 269. Under all circumstances, use this grounding connection to ground the chassis. For AC-
powered systems, you must also use the grounding wire in the AC power cord along with the two-hole
grounding lug connection. This tested system meets or exceeds all applicable EMC regulatory
requirements with the two-hole protective grounding terminal.
 269

Figure 95: Connecting to a Chassis Grounding Point on the MX2000 Series Router

MX2000 Series Router Grounding Cable Lug Specifications

CAUTION: Before you install the router, a licensed electrician must attach a cable lug to
the grounding and power cables that you supply. A cable with an incorrectly attached lug
can damage the router.

The chassis has two grounding points. The upper pair is sized for UNC 1/4-20 nuts, and the lower pair is
sized for M6 nuts. You only need to connect to one of the grounding points to properly ground the
router. The grounding points are spaced at 0.625-in. (15.86-mm) centers. To ground the router, attach
cable lugs to the grounding cable and secure the grounding cable to a grounding point on the chassis
with two screws. The router is shipped with two Standard UNC 1/4–20 screws for connecting to the
top (left) pair of grounding points.

WARNING: The router is installed in a restricted access location. It has a separate

protective earthing terminal (Metric [–M6] and Standard [–¼-20] screw ground lugs)
provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin of the power supply cord. This
separate protective earth terminal must be permanently connected to earth.

NOTE: The MX2000 series routers support 4-AWG DC power cable lugs for 80-A input
and for 60-A input (see Figure 96 on page 270).
 270

Figure 96: 4-AWG DC Power Cable Lug

Table 72 on page 270 summarizes the specifications for the power cables, which you must supply.

Table 72: DC Power Cable Specifications

Cable Type Quantity and Specification

Power Eighteen pairs of 4-AWG (21.2 mm2), used with 60-A or 80-A PDM. Minimum 75°C wire,
or as required by the local code.

You can select 60-A or 80-A input feed capacity on the DC PDM by setting the DIP
switch on the PDM to the rated amperage of the DC power input feeds.

MX2000 Series Router Grounding Cable Specifications

The grounding cable must be minimum 4 AWG, or as required by the local code.

NOTE: Additional grounding is provided to an AC-powered router when you plug its
PDMs into grounded AC power receptacles.

WARNING: The router is installed in a restricted-access location. It has a separate

protective earthing terminal (Metric [–M6] and Standard [–¼-20] screw ground lugs)
provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin of the power supply cord. This
separate protective earth terminal must be permanently connected to earth.

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Electrical

Specifications

Table 73 on page 271 lists the three-phase delta AC power distribution monitor (PDM) electrical
specifications.
 271

Table 73: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications

Item Specification

AC input voltage Operating range: 200–240 VAC (line-to-line) (nominal)

AC input line frequency 50/60 Hz (nominal)

AC input current rating 50 A @ 200 VAC (input #1 for each PDM)

25 A @ 200 VAC (input #2 for each PDM)

AC system input power 16800 W (input #1), 8400 W (input #2)

Efficiency 90.5% at 50% load and 220 VAC IN

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description

Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution
Modules
MX2000 AC Power System Electrical Specifications
MX2000 AC Power Cord Specifications

MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Electrical

Specifications

Table 74 on page 272 lists the three-phase wye AC PDM electrical specifications.
 272

Table 74: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications

Item Specification

AC input voltage Operating range: 200-240 VAC (line-to-neutral) or 345-415 VAC (line-to-line)
(nominal)

AC input line frequency 50/60 Hz (nominal)

AC input current rating 30 A @ 200 VAC (input #1 for each PDM)

15 A @ 200 VAC (input #2 for each PDM)

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Description

Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Modules
MX2000 AC Power System Electrical Specifications
MX2000 AC Power Cord Specifications

MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Electrical

Specifications

Table 75 on page 272 lists the single-phase AC power distribution module (PDM) electrical
specifications for the MX2000 line of routers.

Table 75: Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications

Item Specification

AC input voltage Operating range: 200–240 VAC (nominal)

AC input line frequency 50/60 Hz (nominal)

 273

Table 75: Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications (Continued)

Item Specification

AC input current rating 14 A @ 200 VAC

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 AC Power Cord Specifications

Calculating AC Power Requirements for MX2020 Routers

The information in this topic helps you determine which of the two input ratings for the PSM is suitable
for various configurations. You determine suitability by subtracting the total power draw from the
maximum output of the PSM. Afterward, you calculate the required input current. Finally, you calculate
the thermal output.

We recommend that you provision power according to the maximum input current listed in the power
subsystem electrical specifications.

Use the following procedures to calculate the power requirement:

1. Calculate the power requirement.

2. Evaluate the power budget.

3. Calculate input power.

4. Calculate thermal output (BTUs) for cooling requirements.

To calculate the AC power requirements:

1. Calculate the power (usage) using the values, (see "MX2020 AC Power Requirements" on page 251).

2. Evaluate the power budget, including the budget for each configuration if applicable, and check the
required power against the maximum output power of available PDM options.

Table 76 on page 274 lists the three-phase delta and wye feed requirements, maximum input and
output power per PSM, and power efficiency.
 274

Table 76: Calculating AC Power Budget

Power Distribution Typical Input Power Maximum Input Maximum Output Power Supply
Module per PSM Power per PSM Power per PSM Module Efficiency

Three-phase delta 2142 W 2800 W 2500 W 91%

AC PDM (4 per
system)—50 A feed
(input #1), and 25 A
feed (input #2)

Three-phase wye 2142 W 2800 W 2500 W 91%

AC PDM (4 per
system)—30 A feed
(input #1), and 15 A
feed (input #2)

3. To calculate necessary input power for three-phase delta AC PDM, follow the procedure below (see
Figure 97 on page 274).

Figure 97: AC PDM Three-Phase Delta Input Power

AC PSM VIN=200-240 single phase:

a. Two AC PSMs are connected in parallel between two lines.

b. Nominal value of input current for one AC PSM is 2800 W/200 V=14 A.
 275

c. Nominal input current for two AC PSMs is 2*14 A=28 A.

d. Nominal value of line current is 28 A*√3=48.5 A.

e. So, input #1 rated current is 50 A.

f. Only one AC PSM is connected between two lines.

g. Nominal value of input current for one AC PSM is 2800 W/200 V=14 A.

h. Nominal value of line current is 14 A*√3=24.5 A.

i. Current rating for input #2 is 25 A.

4. To calculate necessary input power for three-phase wye AC PDM, follow the procedure below (see
Figure 98 on page 275).

Figure 98: AC PDM Three-Phase Wye Input Power

AC PSM VIN=200-240 single phase:

a. Two AC PSMs are connected in parallel between two lines and neutral.

b. Nominal value of input current for one AC PSM is 2800 W/200 V=14 A.

c. Nominal input current for two AC PSMs is 2*14 A=28 A.

d. Nominal value of line current is 28 A.

 276

e. So, input #1 rated current is 28 A.

f. Only one AC PSM is connected between two lines and neutral.

g. Nominal value of input current for one AC PSM is 2800 W/200 V=14 A.

h. Nominal value of line current is 14 A.

i. Current rating for input #2 is 14 A.

5. Calculate thermal output (BTUs). Multiply the input power requirement (in watts) by 3.41 as shown in
Table 77 on page 276.

Table 77: Calculating AC Thermal Output

Power Distribution Module Thermal Output (BTUs per hour)

MX2020 Three-phase delta AC PDM Maximum power divided by 0.91 * 3.41 = BTU/hr.

Input power = Maximum power divided by 0.91

Refer to "MX2020 AC Power Requirements" on page 251

to calculate maximum power, which is dependent on
configuration and temperature.

MX2020 Three-phase wye AC PDM Maximum power divided by 0.91 * 3.41 = BTU/hr.

Input power = Maximum power divided by 0.91

Refer to "MX2020 AC Power Requirements" on page 251

to calculate maximum power, which is dependent on
configuration and temperature.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160

MX2020 AC Power Requirements | 251
Connecting AC Power to an MX2020 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution
Modules
Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Modules
MX2020 AC Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications
MX2020 AC Power Cord Specifications
 277

MX2020 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

Mapping Input Power from AC Power Distribution Modules to AC Power

Supply Modules on MX2000 Routers

You connect AC power to the router by connecting two AC power cords to each AC PDM. One feed
maps to six PSMs and the other maps to three PSMs. Figure 99 on page 277 shows the mapping for the
MX2010 and Figure 100 on page 278 shows the mapping for the MX2020. The arrangement matches
the internal components of the PDM. Table 78 on page 279 shows the AC PDM input mapping to AC
PDM0/Input0 and PDM1/Input1 (MX2010 and MX2020). Table 79 on page 279 shows the AC PDM
input mapping to AC PDM2/Input0 and PDM3/Input1 (MX2020 only).

Figure 99: Mapping AC Power Distribution Module Input to AC Power Supply Modules (MX2010)
 278

Figure 100: Mapping AC Power Distribution Module Input to AC Power Supply Modules (MX2020)
 279

Table 78: Input AC Power Mapping for PDM0 and PDM1

PDM0/Input0 (Left) PDM0/Input0 (Right) PDM1/Input1 (Left) PDM1/Input1 (Right)

PSM0 PSM3 PSM0 PSM6

PSM1 PSM4 PSM1 PSM7

PSM2 PSM5 PSM2 PSM8

– PSM6 PSM3 –

– PSM7 PSM4 –

– PSM8 PSM5 –

Table 79: Input AC Power Mapping for PDM2 and PDM3

PDM2/Input0 (Left) PDM2/Input0 (Right) PDM3/Input1 (Left) PDM3/Input1 (Right)

PSM9 PSM12 PSM9 PSM15

PSM10 PSM13 PSM10 PSM16

PSM11 PSM14 PSM11 PSM17

– PSM15 PSM12 –

– PSM16 PSM13 –

– PSM17 PSM14 –

BEST PRACTICE: To achieve complete redundancy when you have two power sources,
such as Source A and Source B, we recommend that you connect them as follows:
 280

• Connect Source A to PDM0-left and PDM0-right

• Connect Source B to PDM1-left and PDM1-right

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Powering On a Three-Phase AC-Powered MX2000 Router

 281

CHAPTER 13

DC Power Requirements, Specifications, and

Guidelines

IN THIS CHAPTER

MX2020 DC Power Requirements | 281

MX2020 DC Power Distribution Description | 291

MX2020 DC Power Distribution (240 V China) Description | 293

MX2000 Router DC (-48 V) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 295

MX2000 Router DC (240 V China) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 298

Determining DC Power Requirements for Your MX2020 Router | 300

DC Power (-48 V) Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2020 Router | 307

DC Power (240 V China) Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2000 Router | 308

DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX2020 Router | 308

MX2020 DC Power Requirements

Table 80 on page 282 lists the FRU power requirements for SFBs, CB-REs, MPCs, and MICs. In addition,
Table 80 on page 282 lists the MPC power requirements with MICs and optics at various operating
temperatures.

Typical power represents power under certain temperatures and normal operating conditions.

For PDMs with 60 A feeds, we recommend that you select the 60 A switch for each input.

For PDMs with 80 A feeds, we recommend that you select the 80 A switch for each input.

If you do not plan to provision as recommended above, you can use the information in Table 80 on page
282 to calculate the power consumption for your hardware configuration.

NOTE: The 240 V China DC PDMs do not have a switch selection.

 282

NOTE: Unlike all the other MPCs, MPC6E, MPC8E, MPC9E, and MX2K-MPC11E does
not require an adapter card (ADC) to house the MPC in the MX2020 router.

Table 80: FRU DC Power Requirements

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs)

SFB MX2000-SFB 200 W (Typical)

220 W at 55° C

220 W at 40° C

220 W at 25° C

SFB2 MX2000-SFB2-S 250 W (Typical)

295 W at 55° C

280 W at 40° C

270 W at 25° C

SFB3 MX2000-SFB3 500 W (Typical)

540 W at 55° C

540 W at 40° C

515 W at 25° C

Fan Trays

Fan trays, upper MX2000-FANTRAY 200 W (Typical)

1700 W at 55° C

1150 W at 40° C

350 W at 25° C
 283

Table 80: FRU DC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

Fan trays, lower MX2000-FANTRAY 200 W (Typical)

1700 W at 55° C

1150 W at 40° C

350 W at 25° C

Adapter Cards

ADC MX2000-LC-ADAPTER 150 W

Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE)

CB-RE RE-MX2000-1800X4 150 W (Typical)

250 W at 55° C

250 W at 40° C

250 W at 25° C

CB-RE REMX2K-X8-64G 150 W (Typical)

250 W at 55° C

250 W at 40° C

250 W at 25° C

MPCs

MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP 440 W at 55° C ambient

 284

Table 80: FRU DC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

MPC1 MX-MPC1-3D 165 W

MX-MPC1E-3D With MICs and optics:

239 W at 55° C

227 W at 40° C

219 W at 25° C

MPC1 Q MX-MPC1-3D-Q 175 W

MX-MPC1E-3D-Q With MICs and optics:

249 W at 55° C

237 W at 40° C

228 W at 25° C

MPC2 MX-MPC2-3D 274 W

MX-MPC2E-3D With MICs and optics:

348 W at 55° C

329 W at 40° C

315 W at 25° C

MPC2 Q MX-MPC2-3D-Q 294 W

MPC2 EQ MX-MPC2-3D-EQ With MICs and optics:

368 W at 55° C
MX-MPC2E-3D-Q
347 W at 40° C
MX-MPC2E-3D-EQ
333 W at 25° C
 285

Table 80: FRU DC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

MPC2E P MX-MPC2E-3D-P 294 W

With MICs and optics:

368 W at 55° C

347 W at 40° C

333 W at 25° C

MPC3E MX-MPC3E-3D 440 W

With MICs and optics:

520 W at 55° C, two 40 W MICs

420 W at 40° C, two CFP MICs

with LR4 optics

408 W at 25° C, two CFP MICs

with LR4 optics

32x10GE MPC4E MPC4E-3D-32XGE-SFPP 610 W

With optics:
610 W at 55° C, with SFPP ZR
optics

560 W at 40° C, with SFPP ZR

optics

550 W at 25° C, with SFPP ZR

optics
 286

Table 80: FRU DC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

2x100GE + 8x10GE MPC4E MPC4E-3D-2CGE-8XGE 610 W

With optics:
610 W at 55° C, with SFPP ZR
and CFP LR4 optics

550 W at 40° C, with SFPP ZR

and CFP LR4 optics

530 W at 25° C, with SFPP ZR

and CFP LR4 optics

6x40GE + 24x10GE MPC5E MPC5E-40G10G With optics:

607 W at 55° C
6x40GE + 24x10GE MPC5EQ MPC5EQ-40G10G
541 W at 40° C

511 W at 25° C

2x100GE + 4x10GE MPC5E MPC5E-100G10G With optics:

607 W at 55° C
2x100GE + 4x10GE MPC5EQ MPC5EQ-100G10G
541 W at 40° C

511 W at 25° C

MPC6E MX2K-MPC6E 1088 W with MICs and optics

MPC7E-MRATE MPC7E-MRATE 400 W (Typical)

545 W at 55° C

465 W at 40° C

440 W at 25° C
 287

Table 80: FRU DC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

MPC8E MX2K-MPC8E 688 W (Typical)

(without MICs) 805 W at 55° C

720 W at 40° C

690 W at 25° C

MPC9E MX2K-MPC9E 838 W (Typical)

(without MICs) 1018 W at 55° C

870 W at 40° C

840 W at 25° C

MX2K-MPC11E MX2K-MPC11E 1800 W (Typical)

(without MICs) 1980 W at 55° C

1980 W at 40° C

1855 W at 25° C

MICs

ATM MIC with SFP MIC-3D-8OC3-2OC12-ATM 35 W

Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP MIC-3D-20-GE-SFP 37 W

10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with 2-Port: MIC-3D-2XGE-XFP 2-Port: 29 W

XFP
4-Port: MIC-3D-4XGE-XFP 4-Port: 37 W
 288

Table 80: FRU DC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC6-10G 74 W

SFP+
With optics:
53 W at 55° C, 40° C and 25° C
with 10G BASE-SR and 10G
BASE-LR optics

66 W at 55° C, 40° C and 25° C

with 10G BASE-ER optics

74 W at 55° C, 40° C and 25° C

with 10G BASE-ZR optics

10-Gigabit Ethernet DWDM MIC6-10G-OTN 84 W

OTN MIC
With optics:
63 W at 55° C with 10G BASE-
LR OTN optics

63 W at 40° C with 10G BASE-

LR OTN optics

63 W at 25° C with 10G BASE-

LR OTN optics

40-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC3-3D-2X40GE-QSFPP 18 W

QSFPP

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CFP 40 W

CFP

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CXP 20 W

CXP
 289

Table 80: FRU DC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC6-100G-CFP2 104 W

CFP2
With optics:
94 W at 55° C with 100G BASE-
LR4 OTN optics

86 W at 40° C with 100G BASE-

LR4 OTN optics

74 W at 25° C with 100G BASE-

LR4 OTN optics

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC6-100G-CXP 57 W

CXP
49 W at 55° C with CXP SR10
optics

49 W at 40° C with CXP SR10

optics

49 W at 25° C with CXP SR10

optics

100-Gigabit DWDM OTN MIC MIC3-100G-DWDM With optics:

with CFP2 91 W at 55° C

83 W at 25° C

SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 Multi- 4-Port: MIC-3D-4OC3OC12-1OC48 4-Port:

Rate MIC
8-Port: MIC-3D-8OC3OC12-4OC48 24 W at 55° C

22.75 W at 40° C

21.5 W at 25° C

8-Port:

29 W at 55° C

27.75 W at 40° C

26.5 W at 25° C
 290

Table 80: FRU DC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

OC192/STM64 MIC with XFP MIC-3D-1OC192-XFP 41 W at 55° C

38.5 W at 40° C

36 W at 25° C

Channelized SONET/SDH OC3/ 4-Port: MIC-3D-4CHOC3-2CHOC12 4-Port:

STM1 Multi-Rate MIC
8-Port: MIC-3D-8CHOC3-4CHOC12 41 W at 55° C

40 W at 40° C

39 W at 25° C

8-Port:

52 W at 55° C

50.5 W at 40° C

49 W at 25° C

Channelized OC48/STM16 MIC MIC-3D-1CHOC48 56.5 W at 55° C

with SFP
54.5 W at 40° C

53 W at 25° C

Tri-Rate MIC MIC-3D-40GE-TX 41 W

MIC MRATE MIC-MRATE • When installed into MPC8E:

1.250 A @ 48 V (60 W)

• When installed into MPC9E:

1.771 A @ 48 V (85 W)

DS3/E3 MIC MIC-3D-8DS3-E3 36 W at 55° C

MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3-B 35 W at 40° C

34 W at 25° C
 291

Table 80: FRU DC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

Channelized OC3/STM1 (Multi- MIC-3D-4COC3-1COC12-CE 33.96 W

Rate) Circuit Emulation MIC with
SFP

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160

Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2020 Router with Power Distribution Modules (-48 V) |
441
MX2000 Router DC (-48 V) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 295
MX2020 DC Power Distribution Description | 291

MX2020 DC Power Distribution Description

Most sites distribute DC power through a main conduit that leads to frame-mounting DC power
distribution panels, one of which might be located at a location near the rack that houses the router. A
pair of cables (one input and one return) connects each set of PDM input terminal studs to the power
distribution panel.

The PSMs can be connected to two separate feeds from different sources that are used for feed
redundancy. There are up to four PDMs located in slots PDM0/Input0, PDM2/Input0, PDM1/Input1,
and PDM3/Input1. Each feed (feed A or feed B) is connected from one source to one PDM and feeds
from the other source to the second PDM of the DC power system. This configuration balances power
draw for the system using the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy.

Each subsystem provides N+1 PSM redundancy along with N+N feed redundancy. If both DC feeds are
available, operating power draws from the feed with higher voltage.

NOTE: Depending on the voltage of the DC feeds, power can be drawn from both feeds.
The feed with higher voltage provides more power. If the difference between the
voltages is sufficient, then the higher voltage feed provides all the power. When the
voltages are exactly the same, equal power is drawn from both feeds.
 292

These feeds are set by the input mode DIP switch located on the DC PSM (see "MX2020 DC Power
Supply Module (-48 V) Description" on page 185). Each set of power cables powers a single DC PSM
and is capable of delivering 2500 W of power if 80 A feeds are connected. If feeds that connect to one
PDM fail in a redundant configuration, the other feed provides full power .

Figure 101 on page 292 shows a typical DC source cabling arrangement.

Figure 101: Typical DC Source Cabling to the Router

All DC PSMs in a subsystem share the load (nine PSMs on the top half share the load, as well as the nine
PSMs on the bottom share the load). If one PSM fails in a redundant configuration, the remaining PSMs
provide power to FRUs. Up to eighteen PSMs may be required to supply power to a fully configured
router. Nine PSMs in the lower card cage supply power to the two CB-REs (active and redundant), eight
SFBs, lower ten MPCs, two lower fan trays and one fan tray on the top half. Nine PSMs in the upper
card cage supply power to the two upper fan trays, upper ten MPCs, two CB-REs (active and
redundant), eight SFBs, and a fan tray in the lower card cage. A portion of power from each zone is
reserved to power critical FRUs. These FRUs allow the system to operate even if power to a complete
zone fails.

For more information, see "Determining DC Power Requirements for Your MX2020 Router" on page
300.

CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The
power source cables might be labeled (+) and (-) to indicate their polarity. There is no
standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC
 293

power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables
that attach to the terminal studs on each PDM.

WARNING: For field-wiring connections, use copper conductors only.

CAUTION: Power cords and cables must not block access to device components or
drape where people could trip on them.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 180

MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 185
Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2020 Router with Power Distribution Modules (-48 V) |
441
Installing MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Modules (-48 V)
Replacing an MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module Cable | 819
Connecting an MX2000 DC Router Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Cable
DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX2020 Router | 308
Determining DC Power Requirements for Your MX2020 Router | 300

MX2020 DC Power Distribution (240 V China) Description

Most sites distribute DC power through a main conduit that leads to frame-mounting DC power
distribution panels, one of which might be located at a location near the rack that houses the router. The
240 V China PDM cable connects the PDM to the power distribution panel and safety ground
connection.

The PSMs can be connected to two separate feeds from different sources that are used for feed
redundancy. There are up to four PDMs located in slots PDM0/Input0, PDM2/Input0, PDM1/Input1,
and PDM3/Input1. Each feed (feed A or feed B) is connected from one source to one PDM and feeds
from the other source to the second PDM of the DC power system. This configuration balances power
draw for the system using the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy.

Each subsystem provides N+1 PSM redundancy along with N+N feed redundancy. If both DC feeds are
available, operating power draws from the feed with higher voltage.
 294

NOTE: Depending on the voltage of the DC feeds, power can be drawn from both feeds.
The feed with higher voltage provides more power. If the difference between the
voltages is sufficient, then the higher voltage feed provides all the power. When the
voltages are exactly the same, equal power is drawn from both feeds.

Each set of power cables powers a single DC PSM and is capable of delivering 2500 W of power. If
feeds that connect to one PDM fail in a redundant configuration, the other feed provides full power.

Figure 102 on page 294 shows a typical DC source cabling arrangement.

Figure 102: Typical DC (240 V China) Source Cabling to the Router

All DC PSMs in a subsystem share the load (nine PSMs on the top half share the load, as well as the nine
PSMs on the bottom share the load). If one PSM fails in a redundant configuration, the remaining PSMs
provide power to FRUs. Up to eighteen PSMs may be required to supply power to a fully configured
router. Nine PSMs in the lower card cage supply power to the two CB-REs (active and redundant), eight
SFBs, lower ten MPCs, two lower fan trays and one fan tray on the top half. Nine PSMs in the upper
card cage supply power to the two upper fan trays, upper ten MPCs, two CB-REs (active and
redundant), eight SFBs, and a fan tray in the lower card cage. A portion of power from each zone is
reserved to power critical FRUs. These FRUs allow the system to operate even if power to a complete
zone fails.

For more information, see "Determining DC Power Requirements for Your MX2020 Router" on page
300.
 295

CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The
power source cables might be labeled (+) and (-) to indicate their polarity. There is no
standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC
power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables
that attach to the 240 V China PDM power cable.

CAUTION: The two input sources must have similar grounding type because the PSM
can see 480 V if one source has positive ground (-240 V), and the other source has
negative ground (+240 V). This might damage the PSM.

WARNING: For field-wiring connections, use copper conductors only.

CAUTION: Power cords and cables must not block access to device components or
drape where people could trip on them.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Description | 182

MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) Description | 189
Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2000 Router with DC Power Distribution Modules (240 V
China)
Installing MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Modules (240 V China) or High-Voltage Universal
(HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Modules | 435
DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX2020 Router | 308

MX2000 Router DC (-48 V) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications

IN THIS SECTION

DC Power Supply Input Fuses | 296

 296

Table 81 on page 296 lists the DC power subsystem electrical specifications.

Table 81: DC (-48 V) PSM Electrical Specifications Per Input Configurations

Item Specification

Maximum input current rating 60 A (for 2100 W output)

input voltage @ -40 VDC to -72
73 A (for 2500 W output)
VDC

Maximum output power 2100 W @ 60 A

2500 W @ 73 A

Redundancy N+1 PSM

N+N feed redundancy

DC input voltage -40 VDC to -72 VDC

DC nominal input current @ 48 49 A (for 2100 W output)

VDC IN
59 A (for 2500 W output)

Maximum DC output @ 52 2500 W

VDC (upper and lower cage)

DC standby output @ 5 VDC 30 W

Efficiency 91%

NOTE: This value is within

load range 17-67% and
nominal input voltage at 48
VDC.

DC Power Supply Input Fuses

The DC (-48 V) PSM has a power supply input fuse in the negative terminals of both INP0 and INP1.
Table 82 on page 297 lists the electrical specification for this fuse.
 297

Table 82: Electrical Specifications for the DC Power Supply Input Fuse

Electrical Characteristic Value

Fuse Littelfuse FUSE M P 80A 170VDC E, P/N TLS080LS

Voltage Rating 170 Vdc

Ampere Range 80 A

Interrupting Rating 100 kA

Approvals UL Recognized (File: E71611)

Construction Body: Glass melamine

Caps: Silver-plated brass

Environmental RoHS Compliant, Lead (Pb) Free

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Calculating DC Power Requirements for MX2020 Routers

MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 180
MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 185
MX2020 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines
 298

MX2000 Router DC (240 V China) Power Subsystem Electrical

Specifications

IN THIS SECTION

DC Power Supply Input Fuses | 299

Table 83 on page 298 lists the DC power subsystem electrical specifications.

Table 83: DC PSM (240 V China) Electrical Specifications Per Input Configurations

Item Specification

Maximum input current rating 16 A (for 2500 W output)

input voltage @ 190 - 290 VDC

Maximum output power 2500 W @ 190 V/16 A

Redundancy N+1 PSM

N+N feed redundancy

DC input voltage 190 VDC to 290 VDC

DC nominal input current @ 14 A (for 2500 W output)

240 VDC IN

Maximum DC output @ 52 2500 W

VDC (upper and lower cage)

DC standby output @ 5 VDC 30 W

 299

Table 83: DC PSM (240 V China) Electrical Specifications Per Input Configurations (Continued)

Item Specification

Efficiency 91%

NOTE: This value is within

load range 17-67% and
nominal input voltage at 240
VDC.

DC Power Supply Input Fuses

The DC PSM has a power supply input fuse in the negative terminals of both INP0 and INP1. Table 84
on page 299 lists the electrical specification for this fuse.

Table 84: Electrical Specifications for the DC Power Supply (240 V China) Input Fuse

Electrical Characteristic Value

Fuse Fuse Walter MHP-20

Voltage Rating 500 Vdc

Ampere Range 20 A

Interrupting Rating 20 kA

Approvals UL Recognized (File: E71611)

Construction Body: Glass melamine

Caps: Silver-plated brass

Environmental RoHS Compliant, Lead (Pb) Free

 300

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Calculating DC Power Requirements for MX2020 Routers

MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Description | 182
MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) Description | 189
MX2020 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

Determining DC Power Requirements for Your MX2020 Router

IN THIS SECTION

MX 2020 DC Power Subsystem Components | 300

Understanding Power Zones in the MX2020 DC Power Subsystem | 301

Calculating the DC Power Requirements for Your MX2020 Router | 304

This topic describes the MX2020 DC power subsystem, power zones, and DC power usage to help you
determine which Power Supply Modules (PSMs) are suitable for your router configuration.

We recommend that you provision power according to the maximum input current listed in the power
subsystem electrical specifications (see "MX2000 Router DC (-48 V) Power Subsystem Electrical
Specifications" on page 295).

MX 2020 DC Power Subsystem Components

The MX2020 DC power system is comprised of two subsystems. Each subsystem provides power to:

• 10 line-card slots

• Nine DC Power Supply Modules (PSMs)

• Two DC Power Distribution Modules (PDMs)

• 20 Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs) (10 MPCs per zone)

• Two fan trays

• Eight Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs)

• Two Control Board and Routing Engines (CB-REs)

 301

Understanding Power Zones in the MX2020 DC Power Subsystem

The MX2020 DC power subsystem has two power zones: zone 0 and zone 1. Some FRUs draw power
only from zone 0, some FRUs draw power only from zone 1, and some FRUs draw power from both
zone 0 and zone 1. When calculating power requirements, ensure there is adequate power for each
zone. Each zone needs to provide 70% of the total power required by shared FRUs. This means 140% of
the power required by the FRUs is available in the two power zones combined.

There are two types of DC power subsystems available for the MX2020: a “base” DC power subsystem
(MX2020-BASE-DC) and an “optimized” or premium DC power subsystem (MX2020-PREMIUM2-DC).
The fan trays in an optimized DC power subsystem draw power from the power zones differently than
the fan trays in a base DC power subsystem. In a base DC power subsystem, two of the four fan trays
draw power from both zones. In the optimized DC power subsystem, two of the fan trays draw power
from only one zone. Because of this, the optimized power subsystem requires less power. Since the two
fantrays share power in a zone, they only require 100% of the power they are rated at (not 140%). This
is a net savings of 40% * 1700W/fantray * 2 for the system and half that amount per power zone.

NOTE: 70% of the total power from zone 0 + zone 1 must be provided by each zone in
the calculation.

NOTE: Four DC Power Supply Modules (PSMs) per zone are mandatory for the MX2020
router with DC Power Distribution Modules (PDMs).

As illustrated in Figure 103 on page 302 and described in Table 85 on page 302, the power zones in the
MX2020 DC base power subsystem distribute power to FRUs as follows:

• Zone 0 powers only line card slots 0-9, and fan tray 1

• Zone 1 powers only line card slots 10-19, and fan tray 3

• Zone 0 + Zone 1 (both zones provide power) to CB-RE slot 0 and CB-RE slot 1, fabric card slots 0-7,
and fan tray 0 and 2

NOTE: MX2020 routers do not support power redundancy mode for the MX2000-
SFB3 fabric card in both the power zones.
 302

Figure 103: Power Distribution in a DC Base Power Subsystem

Table 85: MX2020 DC Power Zoning (Base DC Power Implementations)

Chassis Power Power Zone Power Distribution Power Supply Components Receiving
Configuration Module (PDM) Module (PSM) Power

DC power to lower Lower (zone 0) PDM 0 and 1 PSM slots 0 • MPC slots 0 through
half of MX2020 through 8 9
components
• Fan Tray 1

DC power to upper Upper (zone 1) PDM 2 and 3 PSM slots 9 • MPC slots 10
half of MX2020 through 17 through 19
components
• Fan Tray 3

Zone 0 + Zone 1 • CB-RE slot 0 and slot

1

• SFB slots 0 through 7

• Fan tray 0 and 2

As illustrated in Figure 104 on page 303 and described in Table 86 on page 303, the power zones in
MX2020 DC optimized power subsystems distribute power to FRUs as follows:

• Zone 0 powers only line card slots 0-9, and fan trays 0 and 1

• Zone 1 powers only line card slots 10-19, and fan trays 2 and 3
 303

• Zone 0 and Zone 1 (both zones provide power) to CB-RE slot 0 and CB-RE slot 1, and fabric card
slots 0-7

Figure 104: Power Distribution in an Optimized DC Power Subsystem

Table 86: MX2020 DC Power Zoning (Optimized DC Power Implementations)

Chassis Power Power Zone Power Distribution Power Supply Components Receiving
Configuration Module (PDM) Module (PSM) Power

DC power to lower Lower (zone 0) PDM 0 and 1 PSM slots 0 • MPC slots 0 through
half of MX2020 through 8 9
components
• Fan tray 0 and 1

DC power to upper Upper (zone 1) PDM 2 and 3 PSM slots 9 • MPC slots 10
half of MX2020 through 17 through 19
components
• Fan Tray 2 and 3

Zone 0 + Zone 1 • CB-RE slot 0 and slot

1

• SFB slots 0 through 7

 304

Calculating the DC Power Requirements for Your MX2020 Router

Follow these steps to calculate the DC power requirements for your MX2020 Router configuration.

1. Calculate the total output power required for your MX2020 FRUs.Table 87 on page 304 shows the
typical power usage for the MX2020 DC power subsystem FRUs.

Table 87: Typical DC Power Usage for MX2020 Router

Component Model Number Power Requirement (Watts) with

91% Efficiency

Base chassis CHAS-BP-MX2020

Fan trays (upper and lower) MX2000-FANTRAY 1700 W * 4 = 6800 W

MPC MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP 440 W * 20 = 8800 W

ADC ADC 150 W * 20 = 3000 W

CB-RE RE-MX2000-1800X4 250 W * 2 = 500 W

SFB—slots 0 through 7 MX2000-SFB 220 W * 8 = 1760 W

MX2020 DC power subsystem (upper and lower half of chassis, 60 A 2100 W * 8 PSMs=16,800 W (+ 1
feeds to each PDM input) PSM@2100 W redundant capacity)

MX2020 DC power subsystem (upper and lower half of chassis, 80 A 2500 W * 8 PSMs=20,000 W (+ 1
feeds to each PDM input) PSM@2500 W redundant capacity)

MX2020 DC power subsystem (upper and lower half of chassis, 240-V 2500 W * 8 PSMs=20,000 W (+ 1
feeds to each PDM input) PSM@2500 W redundant capacity)

A portion of power from each zone is reserved to power critical FRUs. These FRUs allow the system
to operate even if power to a complete zone fails.
 305

Table 88: Power Reservation for MX2020 Router Configuration to Power Critical FRUs

Switch Fabric Board Power Reserved for the Power Reserved for the Maximum Power
(SFB) Critical FRUs Critical FRUs with Droop Allocated for the SFB
sharing between the Two
Zones

MX2000-SFB-S 7360 W 5662 W 220 W

This number assumes a

70/30% load on the
power zones when
droop sharing is enabled.

MX2000-SFB2-S 7840 W 5998 W 280 W

This number assumes a

70/30% load on the
power zones when
droop sharing is enabled.

MX2000-SFB3 7760 W 6590 W 540 W

NOTE: MX2020
routers do not support
power redundancy
mode for the
MX2000-SFB3 fabric
card in both the power
zones.

2. Evaluate the power budget, including the budget for each configuration if applicable, and check the
required power against the maximum output power of available PSM options. Table 89 on page 306
lists the MX2020 PSMs, their maximum output power, and unused power (or power deficit).
 306

Table 89: MX2020 PSM DC Output Power Budget

Power Supply Module Maximum Output Power of Maximum Output Power for System
Power Supply Module (Watt) (Watt)—including redundant
capacity

MX2020 DC PSM 60 A (feed to 2100 37,800

each input)

MX2020 DC PSM 80 A or DC PSM 2500 45,000

(240 V China) (feed to each input)

3. Calculate input power. Divide the total output requirement by the efficiency of the PSM. Refer to
Table 90 on page 306.

Table 90: Calculating DC Input Power

Power Supply Module Power Supply Output Power Input Power Requirement
Module Efficiency Requirement (Watt) (Watt)—per PSM
—per PSM

MX2020 DC PSM 60 A 91% 2100 2307

MX2020 DC PSM 80 A or DC 91% 2500 2747

PSM (240 V China)

4. Calculate thermal output (BTUs) for cooling requirements. Multiply the input power requirement (in
watts) by 3.41. Refer to Table 91 on page 307.
 307

Table 91: Calculating DC Thermal Output (BTUs)

Loaded Chassis Heat Load Thermal Output (BTUs per hour)

Loaded chassis configuration 34.5 KW divided by 0.91 * 3.41 = 129,280 BTU/hr (Zone 0
output. The calculation method for Zone 1 is the same as
for Zone 0).

34.5 KW of output power consumed by the chassis. This is

the maximum output the chassis can consume in a
redundant configuration. The input power is 34.5 divided
by 0.91 = 37.9 KW.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description

MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160
Overview of Preparing the Site for the MX2020 Router | 201
MX2020 DC Power Distribution Description | 291
MX2000 Router DC (-48 V) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 295

DC Power (-48 V) Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2020 Router

To operate a maximally or minimally configured DC-powered router, you must use a dedicated circuit
breaker for each input DC feed. The circuit breaker must have the following specifications:

• Breaker Type: Hydraulic Magnetic

• Voltage Rating: Up to 125VDC

• Current Rating: 80A DC

• Delay Feature: DC Short Delay

• Interrupting Rating : 5000A

• Number of Poles: Single

 308

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 180

MX2020 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines
MX2000 Router DC (-48 V) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 295

DC Power (240 V China) Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2000

Router

For PDMs, if you plan to operate a maximally configured DC-powered router, we recommend that you
provision at least 20 A @ 240 VDC (nominal) for each DC input to the system. Use a customer site 2
pole circuit breaker rated according to respective National Electrical Code and customer site internal
standards to maintain proper level of protection for the current specified above.

If you plan to operate a DC-powered router at less than the maximum configuration, we recommend
that you provision a 2 pole circuit breaker according to respective National Electrical Code and customer
site internal standards to maintain proper level of protection for the current specified above or each DC
power supply rated for at least 125% of the continuous current that the system draws at 240 VDC.

DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX2020 Router

The cable lugs attach to the terminal studs of each PDM (see Figure 105 on page 308).

NOTE: The MX2020 supports 4-AWG DC power cable lugs for 80-A input, and for 60-A
input.

Figure 105: 4-AWG DC Power Cable Lug

 309

CAUTION: Before you install the router, a licensed electrician must attach a cable lug to
the grounding and power cables that you supply. A cable with an incorrectly attached lug
can damage the router.

CAUTION: The router is installed in restricted access location. It has a separate

protective earthing terminal (Metric [–M6] and English [–¼-20] screw ground lugs)
provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin of the power supply cord. This
separate protective earth terminal must be permanently connected to earth.

Table 92 on page 309 summarizes the specifications for the power cables, which you must supply.

Table 92: DC Power Cable Specifications

Cable Type Quantity and Specification

Power Eighteen pairs of 4-AWG (21.2 mm2), used with 80-A or 60-A PDM. Minimum 75°C wire,
or as required by the local code.

You can select 60-A or 80-A input feed capacity on the DC PDM by setting the DIP
switch on the PDM to the rated amperage of the DC power input feeds.

CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The
power source cables might be labeled (+) and (–) to indicate their polarity. There is no
standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC
power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables
that attach to the terminal studs on each PDM.

For high-voltage universal PDM power cable, see MX2000 High-Voltage Universal PDM (MX2K-PDM-
HV) Power Cord Specifications.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

 310

CHAPTER 14

Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Requirements,

Specifications, and Guidelines

IN THIS CHAPTER

MX2020 High-Voltage Universal Power Requirements | 310

MX2000 High-Voltage Universal PDM (MX2K-PDM-HV) Power Cord Specifications | 319

MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 322

Determining High-Voltage Universal Power Requirements for Your MX2020 Router | 324

High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2000 Router | 327

MX2020 High-Voltage Universal Power Requirements

Table 93 on page 311 lists the FRU power requirements for SFBs, CB-REs, MPCs, and MICs. In addition,
Table 93 on page 311 lists the MPC power requirements with MICs and optics at various operating
temperatures.

Typical power represents power under certain temperatures and normal operating conditions.

NOTE: The universal PDMs do not have a switch selection.

If you do not plan to provision as recommended above, you can use the information in Table 93 on page
311 to calculate the power consumption for your hardware configuration.

NOTE: Unlike all the other MPCs, MPC6E, MPC8E, and MPC9E does not require an
adapter card (ADC) to house the MPC in the MX2020 router.
 311

Table 93: FRU DC Power Requirements

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs)

SFB MX2000-SFB 200 W (Typical)

220 W at 55° C

220 W at 40° C

220 W at 25° C

SFB2 MX2000-SFB2-S 250 W (Typical)

295 W at 55° C

280 W at 40° C

270 W at 25° C

Fan Trays

Fan trays, upper MX2000-FANTRAY 200 W (Typical)

1700 W at 55° C

1150 W at 40° C

350 W at 25° C

Fan trays, lower MX2000-FANTRAY 200 W (Typical)

1700 W at 55° C

1150 W at 40° C

350 W at 25° C

Adapter Cards

ADC MX2000-LC-ADAPTER 150 W

Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE)

 312

Table 93: FRU DC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

CB-RE RE-MX2000-1800X4 150 W (Typical)

250 W at 55° C

250 W at 40° C

250 W at 25° C

CB-RE REMX2K-X8-64G 400 W

MPCs

MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP 440 W at 55° C ambient

MPC1 MX-MPC1-3D 165 W

MX-MPC1E-3D With MICs and optics:

239 W at 55° C

227 W at 40° C

219 W at 25° C

MPC1 Q MX-MPC1-3D-Q 175 W

MX-MPC1E-3D-Q With MICs and optics:

249 W at 55° C

237 W at 40° C

228 W at 25° C

MPC2 MX-MPC2-3D 274 W

MX-MPC2E-3D With MICs and optics:

348 W at 55° C

329 W at 40° C

315 W at 25° C
 313

Table 93: FRU DC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

MPC2 Q MX-MPC2-3D-Q 294 W

MPC2 EQ MX-MPC2-3D-EQ With MICs and optics:

368 W at 55° C
MX-MPC2E-3D-Q
347 W at 40° C
MX-MPC2E-3D-EQ
333 W at 25° C

MPC2E P MX-MPC2E-3D-P 294 W

With MICs and optics:

368 W at 55° C

347 W at 40° C

333 W at 25° C

MPC3E MX-MPC3E-3D 440 W

With MICs and optics:

520 W at 55° C, two 40 W MICs

420 W at 40° C, two CFP MICs

with LR4 optics

408 W at 25° C, two CFP MICs

with LR4 optics

32x10GE MPC4E MPC4E-3D-32XGE-SFPP 610 W

With optics:
610 W at 55° C, with SFPP ZR
optics

560 W at 40° C, with SFPP ZR

optics

550 W at 25° C, with SFPP ZR

optics
 314

Table 93: FRU DC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

2x100GE + 8x10GE MPC4E MPC4E-3D-2CGE-8XGE 610 W

With optics:
610 W at 55° C, with SFPP ZR
and CFP LR4 optics

550 W at 40° C, with SFPP ZR

and CFP LR4 optics

530 W at 25° C, with SFPP ZR

and CFP LR4 optics

6x40GE + 24x10GE MPC5E MPC5E-40G10G With optics:

607 W at 55° C
6x40GE + 24x10GE MPC5EQ MPC5EQ-40G10G
541 W at 40° C

511 W at 25° C

2x100GE + 4x10GE MPC5E MPC5E-100G10G With optics:

607 W at 55° C
2x100GE + 4x10GE MPC5EQ MPC5EQ-100G10G
541 W at 40° C

511 W at 25° C

MPC6E MX2K-MPC6E 1088 W with MICs and optics

MPC7E-MRATE MPC7E-MRATE 400 W (Typical)

545 W at 55° C

465 W at 40° C

440 W at 25° C
 315

Table 93: FRU DC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

MPC8E MX2K-MPC8E 688 W (Typical)

(without MICs) 805 W at 55° C

720 W at 40° C

690 W at 25° C

MPC9E MX2K-MPC9E 838 W (Typical)

(without MICs) 1018 W at 55° C

870 W at 40° C

840 W at 25° C

MICs

ATM MIC with SFP MIC-3D-8OC3-2OC12-ATM 35 W

Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP MIC-3D-20-GE-SFP 37 W

10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with 2-Port: MIC-3D-2XGE-XFP 2-Port: 29 W

XFP
4-Port: MIC-3D-4XGE-XFP 4-Port: 37 W

10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC6-10G 74 W

SFP+
With optics:
53 W at 55° C, 40° C and 25° C
with 10G BASE-SR and 10G
BASE-LR optics

66 W at 55° C, 40° C and 25° C

with 10G BASE-ER optics

74 W at 55° C, 40° C and 25° C

with 10G BASE-ZR optics
 316

Table 93: FRU DC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

10-Gigabit Ethernet DWDM MIC6-10G-OTN 84 W

OTN MIC
With optics:
63 W at 55° C with 10G BASE-
LR OTN optics

63 W at 40° C with 10G BASE-

LR OTN optics

63 W at 25° C with 10G BASE-

LR OTN optics

40-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC3-3D-2X40GE-QSFPP 18 W

QSFPP

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CFP 40 W

CFP

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CXP 20 W

CXP

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC6-100G-CFP2 104 W

CFP2
With optics:
94 W at 55° C with 100G BASE-
LR4 OTN optics

86 W at 40° C with 100G BASE-

LR4 OTN optics

74 W at 25° C with 100G BASE-

LR4 OTN optics
 317

Table 93: FRU DC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC6-100G-CXP 57 W

CXP
49 W at 55° C with CXP SR10
optics

49 W at 40° C with CXP SR10

optics

49 W at 25° C with CXP SR10

optics

100-Gigabit DWDM OTN MIC MIC3-100G-DWDM With optics:

with CFP2 91 W at 55° C

83 W at 25° C

SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 Multi- 4-Port: MIC-3D-4OC3OC12-1OC48 4-Port:

Rate MIC
8-Port: MIC-3D-8OC3OC12-4OC48 24 W at 55° C

22.75 W at 40° C

21.5 W at 25° C

8-Port:

29 W at 55° C

27.75 W at 40° C

26.5 W at 25° C

OC192/STM64 MIC with XFP MIC-3D-1OC192-XFP 41 W at 55° C

38.5 W at 40° C

36 W at 25° C
 318

Table 93: FRU DC Power Requirements (Continued)

Component Model Number Maximum Power Requirement

Channelized SONET/SDH OC3/ 4-Port: MIC-3D-4CHOC3-2CHOC12 4-Port:

STM1 Multi-Rate MIC
8-Port: MIC-3D-8CHOC3-4CHOC12 41 W at 55° C

40 W at 40° C

39 W at 25° C

8-Port:

52 W at 55° C

50.5 W at 40° C

49 W at 25° C

Channelized OC48/STM16 MIC MIC-3D-1CHOC48 56.5 W at 55° C

with SFP
54.5 W at 40° C

53 W at 25° C

Tri-Rate MIC MIC-3D-40GE-TX 41 W

MIC MRATE MIC-MRATE • When installed into MPC8E:

1.250 A @ 48 V (60 W)

• When installed into MPC9E:

1.771 A @ 48 V (85 W)

DS3/E3 MIC MIC-3D-8DS3-E3 36 W at 55° C

MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3-B 35 W at 40° C

34 W at 25° C

Channelized OC3/STM1 (Multi- MIC-3D-4COC3-1COC12-CE 33.96 W

Rate) Circuit Emulation MIC with
SFP
 319

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160

Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2020 Router with Power Distribution Modules (-48 V) |
441
MX2000 Router DC (-48 V) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 295
MX2020 DC Power Distribution Description | 291

MX2000 High-Voltage Universal PDM (MX2K-PDM-HV) Power Cord

Specifications

Table 94 on page 319 provides specifications and plug standards for the AC (20-input and 16-input)
power cord applicable to the universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDMs.

Table 94: 20-A and 16-A Cabling Options

Spare Juniper Model Number Locale Cord Set Rating Connector

CBL-JNP-SG4-C20 North America 20 A, 250 VAC C20 to Anderson 3-5958p4

AC Power Cord

CBL-JNP-SG4-JPL Japan 20 A, 250 VAC SAF-D-Grid 400 to NEMAL6-20

AC power cord

CBL-JNP-SG4-C20-CH Worldwide 16A, 250 VAC SAF-D-GRID 400 to IEC 60320 C20

AC power cord

Table 95 on page 320 provides specifications and connectors on the 30-A power cord provided for each
country or region applicable to the universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDMs.
 320

Table 95: 30-A Cabling Options

Spare Juniper Model Number Locale Cord Set Rating Connector

CBL-PWR2-BARE North America 30 A, 400 VAC Anderson/straight to bare

wire
See Figure 106 on page 321. HVAC/HVDC power cord

CBL-PWR-SG4 North America 30-A, 400 VAC SAF-D-GRID 400 right-

angle (LH)
HVAC/HVDC power cord

CBL-PWR2-L6-30P North America 30 A, 400 VAC Anderson/straight to

L6-30P
See Figure 107 on page 321. AC Power Cord

CBL-PWR2-332P6W-RA Continental Europe 30-A 250 VAC Anderson/right-angle to IEC

332P6
AC power cord

CBL-PWR2-332P6W Continental Europe 30-A 250 VAC Anderson/right-angle to IEC

332P6
AC power cord

CBL-PWR-SG4-RA USA 30-A, 400 VAC SAF-D-GRID 400 right-

angle (LH)
HVAC/HVDC power cord

CBL-PWR2-L6-30P-RA North America 30 A, 250 VAC Anderson/right-angle to

L6-30P
AC power cord

CBL-PWR2-330P6W-RA Figure Continental Europe 30 A, 250 VAC Anderson/right-angle to IEC

108 on page 321. 330P6
AC power cord

CBL-PWR2-330P6W North America 30 A, 250 VAC Anderson/right-angle to IEC

330P6
AC power cord

For the HVAC/HVDC power cord one end of the cable has an SAF-D-Grid 400 connector, the other end
of the cable is bare wire. See Figure 106 on page 321 and Table 95 on page 320. These cables are
 321

separately orderable and are not shipped automatically with the MX2K-PDM-HV orders. An example of
the bare wire cable and connector is shown in Figure 106 on page 321.

For connection to AC systems, Juniper provides a cable with either a NEMA 30-A connector (Figure 107
on page 321).

Figure 106: Bare Cable with Anderson Connector

1— Black wire–Positive (+) 3— White wire–Negative

2— Green wire-Ground

Figure 107: NEMA L6-P30 Connector

Figure 108: IEC 330P6W Connector

 322

WARNING: The AC power cord for the router is intended for use with the router only
and not for any other use.

WARNING:

Translation from Japanese: The attached power cable is only for this product. Do not use
the cable for another product.

NOTE: In North America, AC power cords must not exceed 4.5 m (approximately
14.75 ft) in length, to comply with National Electrical Code (NEC) Sections 400-8 (NFPA
75, 5-2.2) and 210-52, and Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) Section 4-010(3). You can
order AC power cords that are in compliance.

WARNING: The router is installed in restricted access location. It has a separate

protective earthing terminal (Metric [–M6] and English [–¼-20] screw ground lugs)
provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin of the power supply cord. This
separate protective earth terminal must be permanently connected to earth.

CAUTION: Power cords and cables must not block access to device components or
drape where people could trip on them.

MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power

Subsystem Electrical Specifications

Table 96 on page 323 lists the high-voltage second-generation universal power subsystem electrical
specifications.
 323

Table 96: High-Voltage Universal PSM Electrical Specifications Per Input Configurations

Item Specification

Maximum input current rating input Maximum input current 30 A (for 3000 W)
voltage @ 190 VDC or 180 VAC

Maximum output power 3400 W (dual feed) and 3000 W (single feed) @ 57.7 A

Redundancy N+1 PSM

N+N feed redundancy

DC input voltage 190 VDC to 410 VDC

DC nominal input current @ 380 10 A (3000 W for single feed)

VDC IN

Maximum output @ 52 VDC (upper 3400 W (dual feed) and 3000 W (single feed)
and lower cage)

DC standby output @ 5 VDC 30 W

AC input voltage Operating range: 180-305 VAC

Maximum AC feed PSM input power 3365 W for single input, 1910 W for each input with dual-input
configuration.

AC input line frequency 47-63 Hz (+/-3Hz)

AC system current rating 19 A (single input) @ 180 VAC input voltage, 11 A for each input with
dual-input configuration.

Efficiency 91% at full load

NOTE: This value is maximum load.

 324

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Description | 192

MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module Description | 194

Determining High-Voltage Universal Power Requirements for Your

MX2020 Router

IN THIS SECTION

MX2020 Power Subsystem Components | 324

Calculating the HVAC/HVDC Power Requirements for Your MX2020 Router | 325

This topic describes the MX2020 HVAC/HVDC power subsystem, power zones, and power usage to
help you determine which Power Supply Modules (PSMs) are suitable for your router configuration.

We recommend that you provision power according to the maximum input current listed in the power
subsystem electrical specifications (see "MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power
Subsystem Electrical Specifications" on page 322).

MX2020 Power Subsystem Components

The MX2020 HVAC/HVDC power system is comprised of two subsystems. Each subsystem provides
power to:

• 10 line-card slots, housing 10 Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs)

• Nine Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Modules (PSMs)

• Two Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Modules (PDMs)

• Two fan trays

• Eight Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs)

• Two Control Board and Routing Engines (CB-REs)

 325

Calculating the HVAC/HVDC Power Requirements for Your MX2020 Router

Follow these steps to calculate the HVAC/HVDC power requirements for your MX2020 Router
configuration.

1. Calculate the total output power required for your MX2020 FRUs. Table 97 on page 325 shows the
maximum power usage for the MX2020 HVAC/HVDC power subsystem FRUs.

Table 97: HVAC/HVDC Power Usage for MX2020 Router

Component Model Number Power Requirement (Watts) with

91% Efficiency

Base chassis CHAS-BP-MX2020

Fan trays (upper and lower) MX2000-FANTRAY 1500 W * 4 = 6000 W

MPC MX2K-MPC11E 1980 W * 20 = 39600 W

CB-RE RE-MX2000-1800X4 250 W * 2 = 500 W

SFB—slots 0 through 7 MX2000-SFB3 540 W * 8 = 4320 W

MX2020 HVAC/HVDC power subsystem (upper and lower half of 3000 W * 8 PSMs=24,000 W (+ 1
chassis, 19 A feeds to each PDM input) PSM@3000 W redundant capacity)

NOTE: The power reservation for the critical FRUs is 7360 W. With power droop-
sharing between the two zones, the power reservation for critical FRUs is reduced to
5662 W. This number assumes a 70/30% load on the power zones when droop sharing
is enabled.

2. Evaluate the power budget, including the budget for each configuration if applicable, and check the
required power against the maximum output power of available PSM options. Table 98 on page 326
lists the MX2020 PSMs, their maximum output power, and unused power (or power deficit).
 326

Table 98: MX2020 PSM Output Power Budget

Power Supply Module Maximum Output Power of Maximum Output Power for System
Power Supply Module (Watt) (Watt)—including redundant
capacity

MX2020 Universal (HVAC/HVDC) 3000 W for single feed 3000 * 18 PSM with single feed =
PSM 54,000 W (PSM redundancy)
3400 W for dual feed
3400 * 17 PSM with dual feed =
57,800 W (feed redundancy)

3. Calculate input power. Divide the total output requirement by the efficiency of the PSM. Refer to
Table 99 on page 326.

Table 99: Calculating Input Power

Power Supply Module Power Supply Module Input Power Requirement (Watt)—
Efficiency per PSM

MX2020 Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM 91% 3300 W for single feed, 3800 W for
dual feed

4. Calculate thermal output (BTUs) for cooling requirements. Multiply the input power requirement (in
watts) by 3.41. Refer to Table 100 on page 326.

Table 100: Calculating Typical Thermal Output (BTUs)

Loaded Chassis Heat Load Typical Thermal Output (BTUs per hour)

Loaded chassis configuration (Typical power divided by 0.91) * 3.41 = BTU/hr.

(BTU = 36,274 divided by 0.91) * 3.41 = 11,690 BTU/hr.

36,274 KW of output power consumed by the chassis.

This is the typical output the chassis can consume in a
redundant configuration.
 327

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description

MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160
Overview of Preparing the Site for the MX2020 Router | 201
MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Description | 192
MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications

High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Circuit Breaker

Requirements for the MX2000 Router

The circuit breaker protection on all the power supplies should be designed according to National
Electrical Code (NEC) of country of system installation or any similar local standard based on maximum
drawn current of the power supply specified in this document.

Each high-voltage universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM has dual feeds. The input AC or DC receptacle inlet is
located on front panel of the PDM.

Each power cord feed should have dedicated circuit breakers. We recommend that size of the circuit
breaker protection should be designed according to National Electrical Code (NEC) of country of system
installation or any similar local standard based on maximum drawn current of the power supply specified
in this document.

CAUTION: Use a 2-pole Circuit Breaker rated at minimum of 125% of the rated current
per NEC or as local codes. Primary Overcurrent Protection by the Building Circuit
Breaker. This breaker must protect against excess current, short circuit, and earth
grounding fault in accordance with NEC which is ANSI/NFPA 70.
3 PART

Initial Installation and Configuration

Installation Overview | 329

Unpacking the Router | 335
Installing the Mounting Hardware | 347
Installing the Router | 352
Connecting the MX2020 to Ground | 411
Providing Power to the MX2020 | 413
Connecting the MX2020 to the Network | 460
Configuring the Junos OS Software | 476
 329

CHAPTER 15

Installation Overview

IN THIS CHAPTER

Installing an MX2020 Router Overview | 329

Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the MX2020 Router | 331

Tools Required to Install the MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack | 331

Tools Required to Install the MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit | 332

Tools and Parts Required for Connecting an MX2000 Router to Power | 333

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2020 Hardware Components | 333

Tools and Parts Required for MX2020 Router Connections | 334

Installing an MX2020 Router Overview

To install the MX2020 router:

1. Prepare your installation site. See:

• "Overview of Preparing the Site for the MX2020 Router" on page 201
2. Review the safety guidelines. See:
• General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices
3. Unpack the router and verify the parts. See:

• "Unpacking the MX2020 Router" on page 336

• "Verifying the MX2020 Parts Received" on page 340

• "Unpacking the Router Transport Kit" on page 344

4. Install the mounting hardware. See:

• "Installing the MX2020 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet" on page 347
5. Remove all components. See:

• "Removing Components from the MX2020 Router Chassis Before Installing it in a Rack" on page
352
 330

6. Install the router into the rack. See:

• "Installing a MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack Overview" on page 368

• "Installing a MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit Overview" on page 377
7. Ground the router. See:

• See: Grounding the MX2020 Router

8. Reinstall all components. See:

• "Reinstalling Components in the MX2020 Router After Installing in a Rack" on page 394
9. Connect cables to the network and external devices. See:

• "Connecting the MX2020 Router to Management and Alarm Devices" on page 460
10. Connect the AC power cord, DC power cables, 240-V China cables, universal (HVAC/HVDC) power
cables. See:

• "Installing MX2020 AC Power Supply Modules" on page 427

• Connecting AC Power to an MX2020 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution

Modules

• Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution

Modules

• Installing MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Modules (-48 V)

• "Installing MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Modules (240 V China) or High-Voltage Universal
(HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Modules" on page 435

• "Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2020 Router with Power Distribution Modules (-48 V)"
on page 441

• Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2000 Router with DC Power Distribution Modules (240
V China)

Connecting Power to a High Voltage-Powered MX2000 Router with Power Distribution

Modules
11. Power on the router. See:

• Powering On the AC-Powered MX2020 Router

• "Powering On the DC-Powered (-48 V) MX2020 Router" on page 453

• "Powering On the DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router" on page 455

• Powering On the High-Voltage Powered Universal (HVAC/HVDC) MX2000 Router

12. Perform the initial system configuration. See:

• "Initially Configuring the MX2020 Router" on page 476

 331

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Chassis Description | 36

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the MX2020 Router | 831
MX2020 Troubleshooting Resources | 843

Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the MX2020 Router

To unpack the router and prepare for installation, you need the following tools:

• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1, 2, and 3

• 1/2-in. or 13 mm open-end or socket wrench to remove bracket bolts from the shipping pallet

• Blank panels to cover any slots not occupied by a component

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Unpacking the MX2020 Router | 336

Unpacking the Router Transport Kit | 344
Verifying the MX2020 Parts Received | 340
MX2020 Universal Edge Router Overview | 34

Tools Required to Install the MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack

To install the router using a pallet jack with attachment, you need the following tools and equipment:

• Standard pallet jack (not provided)

• Pallet jack attachment—MX2000-PLLT-JCK-ADPTR

• Front component shipping covers

• Rear component shipping covers

• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1, 2, and 3

• 9/16-in. or 14 mm open-end or socket wrench to remove bracket bolts from the shipping pallet

• ESD wrist strap

 332

• Antistatic mat

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Overview of Preparing the Site for the MX2020 Router | 201

Removing Components from the MX2020 Router Chassis Before Installing it in a Rack | 352
Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack with Attachment | 371
Reinstalling Components in the MX2020 Router After Installing in a Rack | 394

Tools Required to Install the MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit

To install the router using a router transport kit, you need the following tools and equipment:

• Router transport kit—MX2K-TRNSPRT-KIT

• Front component shipping covers

• Rear component shipping covers

• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1, 2, and 3

• 1/2-in. (12.7 mm) drive ratchet

• 1/4-in. (6.35 mm) torque-controlled driver or socket wrench to tighten the nuts on the router
transport kit

• 1-1/8-in. (28.57 mm) torque-controlled driver or socket wrench to tighten router transport kit winch
mechanism

• 9/16-in. or 14-mm open-end or socket wrench with extension to remove bracket bolts from the
shipping pallet

• Electrostatic discharge wrist strap

• Antistatic mat

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Overview of Preparing the Site for the MX2020 Router | 201

Removing Components from the MX2020 Router Chassis Before Installing it in a Rack | 352
Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit | 384
 333

Reinstalling Components in the MX2020 Router After Installing in a Rack | 394

Tools and Parts Required for Connecting an MX2000 Router to Power

To provide power to the router, you need the following tools and parts:

• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

• 2.5 mm flat-blade (–) screwdriver

• 7/16-in. (11 mm) hexagonal-head external drive socket wrench, or nut driver, with a torque range
between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) tightening torque, for tightening nuts to terminal
studs on each power distribution module (PDM).

• The terminal block connections on the AC delta and wye PDM use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for
the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.

• Wire cutters

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap

CAUTION: The maximum torque rating of the terminal studs on the DC PDM is 25 lb-in.
(33.89 Nm). The terminal studs may be damaged if excessive torque is applied. Use only
a torque-controlled driver or socket wrench to tighten nuts on the DC PDM terminal
studs. Use an appropriately sized driver or socket wrench. Ensure that the driver is
undamaged and properly calibrated and that you have been trained in its use. You may
wish to use a driver that is designed to prevent overtorque when the preset torque level
is achieved.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Grounding an MX2000 Router

MX2000 Router Grounding Specifications

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2020 Hardware

Components

To maintain hardware components, you need the following tools and parts:
 334

• ESD grounding wrist strap

• Flat-blade (–) screwdriver

• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1 and number 2

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the MX2020 Router | 831

Maintaining the MX2020 Host Subsystem | 643
Maintaining the MX2020 Power Supply Modules

Tools and Parts Required for MX2020 Router Connections

To connect the router to management devices and MPCs, you need the following tools and parts:

• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

• 2.5-mm flat-blade (–) screwdriver

• 2.5-mm Phillips (+) screwdriver

• Wire cutters

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management | 465

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Console or Auxiliary Device | 466
Connecting an MX2020 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device | 468
 335

CHAPTER 16

Unpacking the Router

IN THIS CHAPTER

Overview of Unpacking the MX2020 Router | 335

Unpacking the MX2020 Router | 336

Verifying the MX2020 Parts Received | 340

Unpacking the Router Transport Kit | 344

Overview of Unpacking the MX2020 Router

To unpack the router:

1. Gather the tools required to unpack the router.

See: "Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the MX2020 Router" on page 331

2. Unpack the router.

See: "Unpacking the MX2020 Router" on page 336

3. Unpack the router transport kit, if ordered.

See: "Unpacking the Router Transport Kit" on page 344

4. Verify that all parts have been received.

See: "Verifying the MX2020 Parts Received" on page 340

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Installing an MX2020 Router Overview | 329

 336

Unpacking the MX2020 Router

The router is shipped in a wooden crate. A wooden pallet forms the base of the crate. The router chassis
is bolted to this pallet. Metal latches secure the top and bottom in place. Quick Start installation
instructions, large rack mount tray, pallet jack attachment, EMI covers, and a cardboard accessory box
are also included in the shipping crate. The total weight of the container including the router, FRUs, and
accessories is 2,042 lb (926.23 kg).

NOTE: Depending on your configuration, the MX2020 may be shipped with additional
components already installed.

NOTE: The MX2020 can be ordered with extended EMI covers and extended cable
managers.

There are two styles of shipping crates for the MX2020. Figure 109 on page 337 shows the smaller
crate that measures 85.0 in. (215.9 cm) high, 42.0 in. (106.7 cm) wide, and 48.0 in. (121.9 cm) deep.
Figure 110 on page 338 shows the larger crate that measures 87.6 in. (222.50 cm) high, 44.04 in. (112.8
cm) wide, and 51.6 in. (131.06 cm) deep. If you are not sure which crate you have, plan for the larger
crate.

The total weight of the shipping crate with router and accessories will vary depending on your
configuration. See "MX2020 Physical Specifications" on page 206 for MX2020 shipping weight
specifications.
 337

Figure 109: MX2020 Shipping Crate Dimensions (smaller)

 338

Figure 110: MX2020 Shipping Crate Dimensions (larger)

NOTE: The router is maximally protected inside the shipping crate. Do not unpack it until
you are ready to begin installation.

To unpack the router:

1. Move the shipping crate to an ESD approved staging area as close to the installation site as
possible, where you have enough room to remove the components from the chassis. While the
chassis is bolted to the shipping pallet, you can use a forklift or pallet jack to move it.
2. Position the shipping crate with the arrows pointing up.
3. Open all the latches on the shipping crate.
4. Remove the front door of the shipping crate and set it aside.

NOTE: If you ordered a router transport kit, the shipping crate door is used as a
ramp to guide the MX2020 out of the crate.

5. Using a two person team, slide the remainder of the shipping crate off the pallet (see Figure 111 on
page 339).
6. Remove the foam covering the top of the router.
 339

7. Remove the large rack mounting tray, pallet jack attachment, accessory box and the Quick Start
installation instructions.

Figure 111: Unpacking the MX2020

8. Verify the parts received against the list.

 340

9. Remove the vapor corrosion inhibitor (VCI) packs attached to the pallet, being careful not to break
the VCI packs open.
10. To remove the brackets holding the chassis to the pallet, use a 1/2-in. socket wrench; and a number
2 Phillips screwdriver to remove the bolts and screws from the brackets.
11. Set the shipping brackets aside for later use to secure the router to the pallet jack attachment.

NOTE: If you ordered a router transport kit, see "Unpacking the Router Transport
Kit" on page 344.

12. Save the shipping crate cover, pallet, and packing materials in case you need to move or ship the
router at a later time.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the MX2020 Router | 331

Verifying the MX2020 Parts Received | 340
Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack with Attachment | 371
Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit | 384

Verifying the MX2020 Parts Received

A packing list is included in each shipment. Check the parts in the shipment against the items on the
packing list. The packing list specifies the part numbers and descriptions of each part in your order.

If any part is missing, contact a customer service representative.

A fully configured router contains the router chassis with installed components, listed in Table 101 on
page 340, and an accessory box, which contains the parts listed in Table 102 on page 342. The parts
shipped with your router can vary depending on the configuration you ordered.

Table 101: Parts List for a Fully Configured MX2020 Router

Component Quantity

Chassis, including backplane, and craft interface. 1

Standard EMI covers 2

 341

Table 101: Parts List for a Fully Configured MX2020 Router (Continued)

Component Quantity

Extended EMI covers (optional) 2

Large mounting shelf 1

MPCs Up to 20

ADCs Up to 20

MICs Up to 40

SFBs Up to 8

Combed Control Board with Routing Engines (CB-REs) 1 or 2

Power distribution modules (PDMs) Up to 4

Power supply modules (PSMs) Up to 18

Fan trays 4

Air baffle (optional) 1

PSM air filter 2

Air filter (lower) 1

Standard upper cable manager 1

Middle cable manager and air filter 1

 342

Table 101: Parts List for a Fully Configured MX2020 Router (Continued)

Component Quantity

Standard lower cable manager 1

Standard DC cable manager 4

Extended upper cable manager (optional) 1

Extended lower cable manager (optional) 1

Extended DC cable manager (optional) 4

Quick start installation instructions 1

Blank panels for slots without components installed One blank panel for each slot not occupied
by a component.

Table 102: Accessory Box Parts List

Part Quantity

Screws to mount chassis 14

Terminal block plug, 3 pole, 5.08 mm spacing, 12 A, to connect the 2

router alarms

Label, accessories contents, MX2020 1

USB flash drive with Junos OS 1

Read me first document 1

Affidavit for T1 connection 1

 343

Table 102: Accessory Box Parts List (Continued)

Part Quantity

Juniper Networks Product Warranty 1

End User License Agreement 1

Document sleeve 1

3" x 5" pink bag 2

9" x 12" pink bag, ESD 2

Accessory Box, 19 x 12 x 3" 1

ESD wrist strap with cable 1

NOTE:
We no longer include the RJ-45 console cable with the DB-9 adapter as part of the
device package. If the console cable and adapter are not included in your device
package, or if you need a different type of adapter, you can order the following
separately:

• RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-DB9)

• RJ-45 to USB-A adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBA)

• RJ-45 to USB-C adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBC)

If you want to use RJ-45 to USB-A or RJ-45 to USB-C adapter you must have X64 (64-
Bit) Virtual COM port (VCP) driver installed on your PC. See, https://ftdichip.com/
drivers/vcp-drivers/ to download the driver.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the MX2020 Router | 331

 344

Unpacking the MX2020 Router | 336

MX2020 Universal Edge Router Overview | 34

Unpacking the Router Transport Kit

The router transport kit is shipped in a wooden crate. A wooden pallet forms the base of the crate.
Metal clips secure the top and front of the crate in place.

The router transport kit shipping container measures 36 in. (91.4 cm) high, 32 in. (81.3 cm) wide, and
44.5 in. (113 cm) deep (see Figure 112 on page 344). The total weight of the container containing the
router transport kit is 200 lb (90.71 kg).

Figure 112: Router Transport Kit Crate Dimensions

NOTE: The router transport kit is maximally protected inside the shipping crate. Do not
unpack it until you are ready to begin installation.

To unpack the router transport kit:

1. Move the router transport kit shipping crate to an ESD-approved staging area, where you have
enough room to remove the kit for assembly.
 345

2. Position the shipping crate with the arrows pointing up.

3. Remove the metal clips on the shipping crate that secure the top and front to the crate (see Figure
113 on page 345).

Figure 113: Open Router Transport Kit Shipping Crate

4. Remove the top and front of the shipping crate, and set them aside.
5. Remove the two wing nuts that secure the wooden brace to the shipping crate platform, and set
them aside.
6. Align the crate door with the shipping crate platform, and secure the door to the platform by using
the attached velcro straps (see Figure 114 on page 346).
 346

Figure 114: Router Transport Kit Shipping Crate Door

7. Remove the router transport kit from the shipping container.

8. Remove the vapor corrosion inhibitor (VCI) packs attached to the pallet, being careful not to break
the VCI packs open.
9. Save the shipping crate cover, pallet, and packing materials in case you need to move or ship the
router transport kit at a later time.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the MX2020 Router | 331

Verifying the MX2020 Parts Received | 340
Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit | 384
 347

CHAPTER 17

Installing the Mounting Hardware

IN THIS CHAPTER

Installing the MX2020 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet | 347

Installing the MX2020 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or

Cabinet

IN THIS SECTION

Installing Cage Nuts, If Needed | 347

Installing the Four-Post Mounting Shelf | 349

Installing Cage Nuts, If Needed

Insert cage nuts, if needed, into the holes listed in Table 103 on page 348 and Table 104 on page 348.
The hole distances are relative to the standard U division on the rack that is aligned with the bottom of
the mounting shelf.

To install cage nuts in a four-post rack:

1. On the rear side of both rack rails, insert cage nuts in the holes specified for the four-post mounting
shelf. Install the cage nuts in the front of the front rail (see Table 103 on page 348).
2. On the front side of both rack rails, insert cage nuts in the holes specified for mounting the chassis.
Install the cage nuts in the front of the front rail (see Table 104 on page 348).
 348

Table 103: Mounting Hole Locations for Installing the Four-Post Mounting Shelf

Hole Distance Above U Division

6 3.25 in. (8.3 cm)

5 2.63 in. (6.7 cm)

4 2.00 in. (5.1 cm)

3 1.50 in. (3.8 cm)

2 0.88 in. (2.2 cm)

1 0.25 in. (0.6 cm)

Table 104: Mounting Hole Locations for Installing a MX2020 Chassis in a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet

Hole Distance Above U Division

111 64.5 in. (163.8 cm)

102 59.25 in (150.5 cm)

93 54 in (127.2 cm)

84 48.75 in (123.8 cm)

75 43.5 in (110.5 cm)

66 38.25 in (97.15 cm)

57 33 in (83.8 cm)

48 27.75 in (70.5 cm)

 349

Table 104: Mounting Hole Locations for Installing a MX2020 Chassis in a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet
(Continued)

Hole Distance Above U Division

39 22.5 in. (57.1 cm)

30 17.25 in. (43.8 cm)

25 14.25 in (36.2 cm)

12 6.75 in. (17.1cm)

7 3.75 in (9.5 cm)

The holes in the front-mounting flanges are space at 3 U (5.25 in. (13.3 cm)).

SEE ALSO

Verifying the MX2020 Parts Received | 340

Installing the Four-Post Mounting Shelf

To install the four-post mounting shelf (see Figure 115 on page 350):

1. Slide the shelf between the rack rails, resting the bottom of the shelf on the rack rail supports. The
shelf installs on the front of the rear rails, extending toward the front of the rack.

NOTE: There must be a minimum of 45-U unobstructed front-to-back usable rack space
when installing the MX2020 router into a four-post rack or cabinet.

2. Partially insert screws into the open holes in the rear flanges of the four-post mounting shelf.
3. Tighten all the screws completely.
4. On the front of each front rack rail, partially insert a mounting screw into the holes in each ear of the
four-post mounting shelf.
5. Tighten all the screws completely.
 350

Figure 115: Installing a Four-Post Mounting Shelf

NOTE: The two rear flanges on the four-post mounting shelf are adjustable from 24in
(60.96cm) to 30.6in (77.72cm) to accommodate different types of racks rails. If you
need to extend the depth of the rack, you can purchase an extended mounting kit
(MX2K-TRAY-XTND-S). The kit contains rack mount tray brackets that have an
adjustable range from 30in (76.2cm) to 36.6in (92.9cm). Figure 116 on page 351
illustrates how to install an extended rack.
 351

Figure 116: Installing an Extended Rack

SEE ALSO

Installing the Router Transport Kit on the MX2020 Router | 378

Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack with Attachment | 371

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Rack-Mounting Hardware | 82

 352

CHAPTER 18

Installing the Router

IN THIS CHAPTER

Removing Components from the MX2020 Router Chassis Before Installing it in a Rack | 352

Installing a MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack Overview | 368

Installing the Pallet Jack Attachment | 369

Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack with Attachment | 371

Installing a MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit Overview | 377

Installing the Router Transport Kit on the MX2020 Router | 378

Securing the MX2020 Router to the Router Transport Platform | 380

Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit | 384

Reinstalling Components in the MX2020 Router After Installing in a Rack | 394

Removing Components from the MX2020 Router Chassis Before

Installing it in a Rack

IN THIS SECTION

Removing the Power Distribution Modules Before Installing an MX2020 Router | 353

Removing the Power Supply Modules Before Installing an MX2020 Router | 357

Removing the Fan Trays Before Installing an MX2020 Router | 361

Removing the SFBs Before Installing an MX2020 Router | 363

Removing the MPCs with Adapter Card Before Installing an MX2020 Router | 364

Removing the MPCs without an Adapter Card Before Installing an MX2020 Router | 365

Removing the CB-REs Before Installing the MX2020 Router | 366

 353

Before installing the router with a router transport kit, you must first remove shipping covers and
components from the chassis. With components removed, the chassis weighs approximately 429.6 lb
(194.86 kg).

CAUTION: The shipping covers help guide the chassis into the rack. Applying force to
any other part of the chassis can cause damage.

Removing the Power Distribution Modules Before Installing an MX2020 Router

Remove the topmost PDM (PDM3/Input1) first, and then work your way downward. To remove an AC,
DC, 240 V China, or universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM (see Figure 117 on page 354, Figure 118 on page
355, Figure 119 on page 356, and Figure 120 on page 357).

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
2. On an AC-powered router, move the AC circuit breaker from the power source to the off (O)
position. On a DC-powered router, move the DC circuit breaker from the power source to the off O
position.
We recommend this precaution even though the PDMs are not connected to power sources.
3. Loosen the two captive screws on the PDM faceplate. Pull the two spring-loaded locking levers away
from the chassis until it stops.

NOTE: PDM3/Input1 and PDM1/Input1 locking levers are pulled down to release from
chassis, and PDM0/Input0 and PDM2/Input0 locking levers are pulled up to release
from chassis.
The PDM is extended slightly away from the chassis.

4. With both hands, grasp the two handles and gently pull the PDM straight out of the chassis.

CAUTION: Do not touch the power connector in the back of the PDM. They can get
damaged.

CAUTION: Do not stack PDMs on one another after you remove them. Place each
component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface.
 354

Figure 117: Removing an AC Power Distribution Module Before Installing the MX2020 Router
 355

Figure 118: Removing a DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Before Installing the MX2020 Router
 356

Figure 119: Removing a DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Before Installing the MX2000
Router
 357

Figure 120: Removing a High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Before
Installing the MX2000 Router

Removing the Power Supply Modules Before Installing an MX2020 Router

To remove the AC, DC, 240 V China, universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSMs (see Figure 121 on page 358, Figure
122 on page 359, Figure 123 on page 360, and Figure 124 on page 361):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
2. On an AC-powered router, move the AC power switch on each PSM to the off (O) position. On a DC-
powered router, move the DC power switch on each PSM to the off (O) position.
We recommend this precaution even though the PSMs are not connected to power sources.
3. Loosen the two captive screws that secure the PSM to the chassis. While grasping the handle on the
PSM faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to guide the PSM.
4. Pull the PSM straight out of the chassis.
 358

CAUTION: Do not touch the power connector on the back of the PSM. It can get
damaged.

CAUTION: Do not stack PSMs on one another after you remove them. Place each
component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface.

Figure 121: Removing a AC Power Supply Module Before Installing the MX2020 Router
 359

Figure 122: Removing a DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Before Installing the MX2020 Router
 360

Figure 123: Removing a DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) Before Installing the MX2000 Router
 361

Figure 124: Removing a High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module Before Installing
the MX2000 Router

Removing the Fan Trays Before Installing an MX2020 Router

To remove the upper and lower fan tray (see Figure 125 on page 362 and Figure 126 on page 363):

NOTE: The fan trays are interchangeable and are hot-insertable and hot-removable.

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
2. Loosen the two captive screws on each side of the fan tray access panel and open.
3. Loosen the two captive screws on the fan tray faceplate.
4. Press and hold the latch while simultaneously pulling the fan tray out approximately 1 to 3 in. Place
one hand under the fan tray for support, while pulling the fan tray completely out of the router.
 362

WARNING: The fan trays use a double latch safety mechanism. You must continually
press and hold the latch while removing the fan trays.

5. Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface.

CAUTION: Do not stack fan trays on one another after you remove them.

Figure 125: Removing Upper Fan Trays

 363

Figure 126: Removing Lower Fan Trays

Removing the SFBs Before Installing an MX2020 Router

To remove the SFBs (see Figure 127 on page 364):

1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
3. Open the ejector handles outward simultaneously to unseat the SFB.
4. Grasp the ejector handles, and slide the SFB about halfway out of the chassis.
5. Place one hand underneath the SFB to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis. Place it
on the antistatic mat.

CAUTION: The weight of the SFB is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to
accept the full weight—up to 12 lb (5.45 kg)—as you slide the SFB out of the chassis.

CAUTION: Do not stack hardware components on one another after you remove them.
Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface.

6. Repeat the procedure for each SFB.

 364

Figure 127: Removing an SFB

Removing the MPCs with Adapter Card Before Installing an MX2020 Router
To remove an MPC with an adapter card (ADC):

1. Have ready an antistatic mat for the MPC with an ADC. Also have ready rubber safety caps for each
MPC using an optical interface on the MPC that you are removing.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
3. Open both the ejector handles simultaneously to unseat the both the MPC and the ADC.
4. Grasp the handles, and slide the MPC along with the ADC straight out of the card cage halfway.
 365

5. Place one hand around the front of the MPC with the ADC and the other hand under MPC to
support it. Slide the MPC along with the ADC completely out of the chassis, and place it on the
antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

CAUTION: The weight of the MPC with the ADC is concentrated in the back end. Be
prepared to accept the full weight—up to 25.0 lb (11.34 kg)—as you slide the MPC along
with the ADC out of the chassis.
When the MPC along with the ADC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector
handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Do not stack MPCs with the ADCs on top of one another after removal. Place each one
individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

Removing the MPCs without an Adapter Card Before Installing an MX2020 Router
To remove an MPC without an ADC (see Figure 128 on page 366):

1. Have ready an antistatic mat for the MPC. Also have ready rubber safety caps for each MPC that
uses an optical interface on the MPC that you are removing.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
3. Simultaneously turn both the knobs counterclockwise to unseat the MPC from the ADC.
4. Grasp both knobs, and slide the MPC straight out of the ADC.
5. Place one hand around the front of the MPC and the other hand under it to support it. Slide the MPC
completely out of the ADC, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

CAUTION: The weight of the MPC is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to
accept the full weight—up to 18.35 lb (8.32 kg)—as you slide the MPC out of the ADC.
When the MPC is out of the ADC, do not hold it by the knobs, bus bars, or edge
connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Do not stack MPCs on top of one another after removal. Place each one individually in
an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
 366

Figure 128: Removing an MPC without the ADC

Removing the CB-REs Before Installing the MX2020 Router

To remove a CB-RE (see Figure 129 on page 367):

1. Have ready an antistatic mat for the CB-RE. Also have ready rubber safety caps for each SFP that
uses an optical interface on the CB-RE that you are removing.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
3. Open both ejector handles simultaneously to unseat the CB-RE.
4. Grasp the handles, and slide the CB-RE straight out of the card cage halfway.
5. Place one hand around the front of the CB-RE and the other hand under it to support it. Slide the
CB-RE completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

CAUTION: The weight of the CB-RE is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to
accept the full weight—up to 15 lb (6.8 kg)—as you slide the CB-RE out of the chassis.
 367

When the CB-RE is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars, or
edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

CAUTION: Do not stack CB-REs on one another after you remove them. Place each
component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface.

Figure 129: Removing a CB-RE

 368

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router

Overview of Preparing the Site for the MX2020 Router | 201
Tools Required to Install the MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit | 332
Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit | 384
Reinstalling Components in the MX2020 Router After Installing in a Rack | 394

Installing a MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack Overview

Because of the MX2020 router’s size and weight—1,515 lb (687.19 kg) depending on the configuration
—we strongly recommend that you install the router using a pallet jack with pallet jack attachment.

NOTE: Juniper Networks offers a router transport kit to install the router (see "Installing
the MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit" on page 384).

1. Verify that the mounting hardware has been installed.

See: "Installing the MX2020 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet" on page 347

2. Remove the router from the shipping crate:

See: "Overview of Unpacking the MX2020 Router" on page 335

3. Gather the tools required to install the router.

See: "Tools Required to Install the MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack" on page 331

4. Remove the components.

See: "Removing Components from the MX2020 Router Chassis Before Installing it in a Rack" on page
352

5. Install the MX2020 using the pallet jack attachment.

See: "Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack with Attachment" on page 371

6. Reinstall the components.

See: "Reinstalling Components in the MX2020 Router After Installing in a Rack" on page 394
 369

Installing the Pallet Jack Attachment

To install the pallet jack attachment to the pallet jack:

1. Remove the pallet jack attachment from the shipping crate.

2. Place the pallet jack attachment across both pallet jack legs.
3. Using a 9/16-in. (14 mm) socket wrench, loosen and remove the eight shipping bracket support
torque fasteners that are located on the top of the pallet jack attachment platform.
4. Using a 9/16-in. (14 mm) socket wrench, loosen the torque fasteners that are located on the four
adjustable pallet jack attachment brackets.
5. Adjust the four pallet jack attachment brackets until they fit under the pallet jack legs.
6. Tighten the torque fasteners by using a 9/16-in. (14 mm) socket wrench to secure the brackets on
the pallet jack attachment to the pallet jack (see Figure 130 on page 370).
 370

Figure 130: Installing Pallet Jack Attachment onto Pallet Jack

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Overview of Preparing the Site for the MX2020 Router | 201

Tools Required to Install the MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack | 331
Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack with Attachment | 371
 371

Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack with Attachment

Before installing the router, you must remove all components (see "Removing Components from the
MX2020 Router Chassis Before Installing it in a Rack" on page 352). To install the router using a pallet
jack with attachment:

1. Ensure that the rack or cabinet is in its permanent location and is secured to the building. Ensure
that the installation site allows adequate clearance for both airflow and maintenance.
2. Reinstall the front and rear shipping covers to help guide the chassis during installation.
3. Place the pallet jack attachment across both legs and secure the attachment to the pallet jack.
4. Using a four-person team to load the router onto the pallet jack, make sure it rests securely on the
pallet jack attachment platform.
 372

Figure 131: Loading the MX2020 Router onto the Pallet Jack

NOTE: Juniper Networks offers a router transport kit to install the router (see
"Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit" on page 384).
 373

CAUTION: Applying force to any other parts of the chassis other than the shipping
covers can damage the chassis.

5. Attach the shipping brackets to the pallet jack attachment using existing hardware.
6. On each of the shipping brackets, partially insert screws into the holes to secure the brackets to the
chassis. Tighten all screws. These brackets will help prevent the chassis from tilting (see Figure 132
on page 374).

NOTE: There must be a minimum of 45 U of usable rack space when installing the
MX2020 router into a 45-U rack.
 374

Figure 132: Securing the MX2020 to the Pallet Jack Attachment

7. Lower the pallet jack before moving the chassis. This will help distribute the weight evenly and
reduce the risk of tilting or damage to the chassis.
 375

NOTE: An empty MX2020 router weighs approximately 300 lb (136.0 kg).

8. Using the pallet jack, position the router in front of the rack or cabinet, centering it in front of the
mounting shelf.

NOTE: If you are installing the MX2020 router into a network cabinet, make sure
that no hardware, device, rack, or cabinet component obstructs the 45-U rack space
from access during installation.

9. Using the pallet jack, lift the chassis approximately 0.25 in. (0.6 cm) above the surface of the
mounting shelf, and position it as close as possible to the shelf.
10. Remove the shipping brackets that are attached to the pallet jack attachment and chassis, and set
them aside.
11. Grasping the handles on the shipping covers, carefully slide the router onto the mounting shelf so
that the bottom of the chassis and the mounting shelf overlap by approximately 2 inches. Continue
sliding the router until the front-mounting flanges contact the rack rails (depending on your type of
installation). The shelf ensures that the holes in the front-mounting flanges of the chassis align with
the holes in the rack rails (see Figure 133 on page 376).
 376

Figure 133: Loading the MX2020 Router into the Rack

NOTE: There must be a minimum of 45 U of usable rack space when installing the
MX2020 router into a 45-U rack.
 377

12. Move the pallet jack away from the rack.

13. Visually inspect the alignment of the router. If the router is installed properly in the rack, all the
mounting screws on one side of the rack should be aligned with the mounting screws on the
opposite side, and the router should be level.
14. Insert sixteen mounting screws (eight on each side) into the mounting holes to secure the router to
the rack.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Overview of Preparing the Site for the MX2020 Router | 201

Tools Required to Install the MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack | 331
Installing the Pallet Jack Attachment | 369
Removing Components from the MX2020 Router Chassis Before Installing it in a Rack | 352
Reinstalling Components in the MX2020 Router After Installing in a Rack | 394

Installing a MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit Overview

Because of the MX2020 router’s size and weight—1,515 lb (687.19 kg) depending on the configuration
—we strongly recommend that you install the router using either the router transport kit or a pallet jack
(see "Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack with Attachment" on page 371 for more
information on installing the router with the pallet jack.

1. Gather the tools required to install the router. See:

"Tools Required to Install the MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit" on page 332

2. Install the router transport kit. See:

"Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit" on page 384

3. Secure the router to the router transport platform. See:

"Securing the MX2020 Router to the Router Transport Platform" on page 380

4. Install the MX2020 using the router transport kit. See:

"Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit" on page 384

5. Reinstall the components. See:

"Reinstalling Components in the MX2020 Router After Installing in a Rack" on page 394
 378

Installing the Router Transport Kit on the MX2020 Router

The router transport kit includes the following components:

• Router transport platform

• Router transport left and right mounting plates with adjustable wheel assembly

• Router winch mount with winch strap plate

To install the router transport kit:

1. Remove the router transport kit from the shipping crate (see "Unpacking the Router Transport Kit" on
page 344).

NOTE: The router transport kit weighs approximately 138.5 lb (62.82 kg).

2. Remove the winch strap plate that is secured to the winch mount using a 9/16-in. (14 mm) socket
wrench, and set aside.
3. Using a number 3 Phillips screwdriver, loosen the captive screws that secure the winch mount to the
router transport kit, and set aside.
4. Using a number 3 Phillips screwdriver, loosen the captive screws that secure the router transport
mounting plate and wheel assembly (left and right) to the router transport platform, and set them
aside (see Figure 134 on page 379).
 379

Figure 134: Preparing the Router Transport Kit for Installation

5. Remove the four shipping brackets that secure the router to the shipping crate platform using a
9/16-in. (14 mm) socket wrench, and a number 2 Phillips screwdriver, and set them aside.
6. Align the left router transport mounting plate and wheel assembly (indicated by left arrow) with the
holes on the left side of the chassis (see Figure 135 on page 380).
7. Using a number 3 Phillips screwdriver tighten the captive screws to secure the router transport
mounting plate and wheel assembly to the chassis.
8. Align the right router transport mounting plate and wheel assembly (indicated by right arrow) with
the holes on the right side of the chassis (see Figure 135 on page 380).
9. Using a number 3 Phillips screwdriver tighten the captive screws to secure the router transport
mounting plate and wheel assembly to the chassis.
 380

Figure 135: Installing the Router Transport Kit onto the MX2020

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Overview of Preparing the Site for the MX2020 Router | 201

Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit | 384

Securing the MX2020 Router to the Router Transport Platform

To secure the router to the router transport platform:

 381

1. Ensure that the rack is in its permanent location and is secured to the building. Ensure that the
installation site allows adequate clearance for router transport kit turn ratios, airflow, and
maintenance.
2. Using the shipping crate door as a ramp, secure the door to the crate platform using the two metal
latches (see Figure 136 on page 381).

Figure 136: Securing the Crate Door to the Shipping Crate Platform
 382

NOTE: An empty MX2020 weighs approximately 429.6 lb (194.86 kg).

3. Using a two person team on either side of the chassis, turn the handles on the router transport 4-5
times until the chassis is raised approximately 1 in. (2.54 cm), making sure that the chassis is level.

NOTE: The router transport kit is equipped with four T-shaped levels on top of each of
the four router transport mounting brackets. Make sure the bubbles within the T-
shaped levels are between the lines, indicating the chassis is level.

CAUTION: Do not raise the chassis above 1 in. (2.54 cm). This will ensure the router will
not tilt when transporting, which can result in injury or damage to the router.

4. Turn the four wheels on the router transport kit toward the rear of the chassis.
5. Grasping the handles on the shipping covers, carefully guide the chassis down the crate ramp to the
rack location.

WARNING: Do not push or pull the router fast during transporting. Using excessive
speed can cause the wheels to turn abruptly and tilt the router over.

CAUTION: Do not lift the router using the handles on the shipping covers. Use these
handles only to help position the router.

6. Position the router transport platform directly under the router, aligning the router transport
platform with the bottom of the chassis by adjusting the four leveling mounts.

NOTE: The router transport platform height can be adjusted between 0.25 in. (0.6 cm)
to a maximum of 4 in. (10.16 cm).

7. Secure the router transport platform to the router transport mounting plates using the four latch
locks (see Figure 137 on page 383).
 383

Figure 137: Securing the Router Transport Platform

 384

Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit

Because of the router's size and weight—up to 1,515 lb (687.19 kg) depending on the configuration—
you must use either a pallet jack or router transport kit to install the router.

NOTE: You can purchase a router transport kit from Juniper Networks.

NOTE: Four persons are needed to install the router into a rack.

CAUTION: Before front mounting the router in a rack, have a qualified technician verify
that the rack is strong enough to support the router's weight and is adequately
supported at the installation site.

To install the MX2020 using a router transport kit:

1. Install the winch strap plate to the rear of the router using the four captive screws, and tighten (see
Figure 138 on page 385).
 385

Figure 138: Installing Winch Strap Plate

 386

2. Using a four person team, transport the router to the rack installation location and center it in front
of the mounting shelf. See "MX2020 Moving Requirements and Guidelines Using a Router
Transport Kit" on page 224.

NOTE: A minimum of 38 in. (96.5 cm) of clearance is required to roll the chassis
sideways.

NOTE: A minimum of 42 in. (106.7 cm) of circular space is required to rotate the
chassis.

NOTE: The router transport kit handles can be removed to accommodate aisle
width.

3. Install the winch mount bracket to the rear rack rails using the captive screws, and tighten (see
Figure 139 on page 387).
 387

Figure 139: Installing Winch Mount Bracket to Rack Rails

4. Adjust the height of the router by turning the handles clockwise until the router transport platform
is aligned with the surface of the mounting shelf and slightly higher than the mounting shelf (see
Figure 140 on page 388).

NOTE: Make sure the bubbles within the T-shaped levels are between the lines,
indicating the router is level.

5. Adjust the four leveling mounts on the router transport platform until all four leveling mounts rest
firmly on the ground (see Figure 140 on page 388).
 388

Figure 140: Align the MX2020 Router with Rack Mounting Shelf
 389

6. Unlock the four toggle latches that secure the router transport platform to the router transport
mounting plates and wheel assembly.
7. Lift the wheels up by turning the handles counterclockwise so that the weight of the router is on
the router transport platform.
8. Using a number 3 Phillips screwdriver, loosen the captive screws that secure the router transport
mounting plate and wheel assembly to the chassis, and set them aside (see Figure 141 on page
390).
 390

Figure 141: Remove Router Transport Mounting Plate and Wheel Assembly
 391

9. Attach the winch strap to the winch strap plate at the rear of the router (see Figure 142 on page
391).

Figure 142: Attaching Winch Strap to Winch Strap Plate

10. Attach a 1-1/8 in. (28.57 mm) socket drive wrench to the winch mechanism and turn clockwise to
start pulling the chassis into the rack onto the mounting shelf until the front-mounting flanges
contact the rack rails. Ensure that the holes in the front-mounting flanges of the chassis align with
the holes in the rack rails (see Figure 143 on page 392).
 392

Figure 143: Pulling the MX2020 into the Rack

 393

NOTE: A four-person team is needed to carefully guide the router into the rack
while operating the winch.

NOTE: If the router isn’t pulled all the way into the rack by the winch mechanism,
grasp the handles on the shipping covers and carefully slide the router onto the
mounting shelf until the front-mounting flanges contact the rack rails. You must
remove the winch bracket to perform this procedure.

NOTE: There must be a minimum of 45-U of usable rack space when installing the
MX2020 into a 45-U rack.

11. Remove the router transport platform, and set the platform aside.
12. Remove the winch mount and winch strap plate, and set them aside.
13. Insert sixteen mounting screws (eight on each side) into the mounting holes to secure the router to
the rack.
14. Visually inspect the alignment of the router. To verify that the router is installed properly in the
rack, see that all the mounting screws on one side of the rack are aligned with the mounting screws
on the opposite side and the router is level.
15. Reassemble the router transport kit, and set aside.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Overview of Preparing the Site for the MX2020 Router | 201

Tools Required to Install the MX2020 Router Using a Router Transport Kit | 332
Installing the Router Transport Kit on the MX2020 Router | 378
MX2020 Moving Requirements and Guidelines Using a Router Transport Kit | 224
Removing Components from the MX2020 Router Chassis Before Installing it in a Rack | 352
Reinstalling Components in the MX2020 Router After Installing in a Rack | 394
 394

Reinstalling Components in the MX2020 Router After Installing in a Rack

IN THIS SECTION

Reinstalling the Power Distribution Modules After Installing the MX2020 Router in a Rack | 394

Reinstalling the Power Supply Modules After Installing the MX2020 Router | 398

Reinstalling the Fan Trays After Installing the MX2020 In a Rack | 402

Reinstalling the SFBs After Installing the MX2020 Router in a Rack | 404

Reinstalling the Adapter Card After Installing the MX2020 Router in a Rack | 405

Reinstalling MPCs After Installing the MX2020 Router in a Rack | 406

Reinstalling the CB-REs After Installing the MX2020 Router in a Rack | 408

After the router is installed in the rack, remove the shipping covers, and reinstall the removed
components before booting and configuring the router. You reinstall components first in the rear of the
chassis, and then in the front:

Reinstalling the Power Distribution Modules After Installing the MX2020 Router in a
Rack
To reinstall the AC, DC, 240 V China, or universal PDMs, follow this procedure for each PDM (see Figure
144 on page 395, and Figure 145 on page 396, Figure 146 on page 397, and Figure 147 on page 398):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. For a AC-powered router, move the AC circuit breaker on the power source to the off (O) position.
For a DC-powered router, move the DC circuit breaker on the power source to the off (O) position.
We recommend this precaution even though the PDMs are not connected to power sources.
3. Take each PDM to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the PDM where it
will be connected.
4. Turn the DC power switch to the off (O) position on all PSMs that are zoned for the PDM that is
being reinstalled.
5. Using both hands, grasp the two handles and slide the PDM partway into the chassis.
6. Align both locking levers with the openings in the chassis, and simultaneously close them to fully seat
the PDM.
7. Tighten both captive screws on the locking levers.
 395

NOTE: The three-phase delta or wye AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending
on which slot the PDMs gets plugged into.

Figure 144: Reinstalling an AC Power Distribution Module

 396

Figure 145: Reinstalling a DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V)

 397

Figure 146: Reinstalling a DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China)

 398

Figure 147: Reinstalling a High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module

NOTE: For the DC-powered router, make sure the switch is set to 60 A, or 80 A to
match the DC circuit input feed. This does not apply to the 240 V China DC PDM or the
universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM.

SEE ALSO

Removing the Power Distribution Modules Before Installing an MX2020 Router in a Rack

Reinstalling the Power Supply Modules After Installing the MX2020 Router
To reinstall the AC, DC, 240 V China, or universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSMs, follow this procedure for each
PSM (see Figure 148 on page 399, Figure 149 on page 400, Figure 150 on page 401, and Figure 151 on
page 402 which shows the installation of the AC or DC PSM.

1. Remove the PSM to be installed out of the ESD bag, and identify the slot where it will be installed; 0
through 8 bottom, or 9 through 17 top.
 399

NOTE: The MX2020 PSMs can be installed in any order in the chassis.

2. For an AC-powered router, move the AC power switch on the PSMs to the off (O) position. For a DC-
powered router, move the DC power switch on the PSMs to the off (O) position.
3. While holding the handle, using both hands, slide the PSM straight in until the PSM is fully seated
into the chassis slot.
4. The PSM faceplate should be flush with adjacent PSMs.

Figure 148: Reinstalling an AC Power Supply Module

 400

Figure 149: Reinstalling a DC Power Supply Module (-48 V)

 401

Figure 150: Reinstalling a DC Power Supply Module (240 V China)

 402

Figure 151: Reinstalling a High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module

Reinstalling the Fan Trays After Installing the MX2020 In a Rack

To reinstall the upper or lower fan trays (see Figure 152 on page 403 and Figure 153 on page 404):

1. Loosen the two captive screws on each side of the fan tray access panel, and open.
2. Take each fan tray to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the fan tray
where it will be connected.
3. While grasping the handle, place one hand under the fan tray for support, and align it into the slot.
4. Press and hold the latch while guiding the fan tray half way in until it stops.

NOTE: The fan tray has a safety mechanism so that the fan tray cannot be removed in
one motion.

5. Press and hold the latch a second time while inserting the fan tray completely into the router.
 403

6. Tighten the two captive screws on the fan tray faceplate. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-
in. (1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
7. Close the fan tray access panel, and tighten the captive screws to secure it in place. Apply between
10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
8. Reinstall the remaining components into the router.

Figure 152: Installing Upper Fan Trays

 404

Figure 153: Installing Lower Fan Trays

Reinstalling the SFBs After Installing the MX2020 Router in a Rack

To reinstall an SFB (see Figure 154 on page 405):

CAUTION: Before removing or replacing an SFB, ensure that the ejector handles are
stored horizontally and pressed toward the center of the SFB.

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Take each SFB to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the SFB where it
will be connected.
3. Carefully align the sides of the SFB with the guides inside the chassis.
4. Slide the SFB into the chassis until you feel resistance, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.
5. Grasp both ejector handles, and gently close them inward simultaneously until the SFB is fully
seated.
6. Place the ejector handles in their proper position, vertically and toward the center of the board.

CAUTION: If one of the SFBs fails, do not remove the failed SFB until you have a
replacement or blank panel to install.
 405

Figure 154: Reinstalling an SFB

Reinstalling the Adapter Card After Installing the MX2020 Router in a Rack
To reinstall an ADC (see Figure 155 on page 406):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Take each ADC to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot where it will be
installed.
3. Locate the slot in the card cage in which you plan to install the ADC.
4. Ensure that the ADC is right-side up, with the text on the faceplate facing upward.
 406

5. Lift the ADC into place, and carefully align first the bottom, then the top of the ADC with the guides
inside the card cage.
6. Slide the ADC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.
7. Grasp both ejector handles, and gently close them inward simultaneously until the ADC is fully
seated.

Figure 155: Reinstalling an ADC

Reinstalling MPCs After Installing the MX2020 Router in a Rack

To reinstall an MPC (see Figure 156 on page 407):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Take each MPC to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot where it will be
connected.
3. Verify that each fiber-optic MPC has a rubber safety cap covering the transceiver. If it does not,
cover the transceiver with a safety cap.
 407

4. Locate the slot in the ADC in which you plan to install the MPC.
5. Ensure that the MPC is right-side up, with the text on the faceplate facing upward.
6. Lift the MPC into place, and carefully align first the bottom, then the top of the MPC with the guides
inside the ADC.
7. Slide the MPC all the way into the ADC until you feel resistance.
8. Turn both knobs and rotate them simultaneously clockwise until the MPC is fully seated into the
ADC.

Figure 156: Reinstalling an MPC

SEE ALSO

Removing the MPCs without an Adapter Card Before Installing an MX2020 Router with a Pallet Jack
Removing the MPCs with Adapter Card Before Installing an MX2020 Router with a Pallet Jack
 408

Reinstalling the CB-REs After Installing the MX2020 Router in a Rack

To reinstall a CB-RE (see Figure 157 on page 409):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Take each CB-RE to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the CB-RE where
it will be connected.
3. Verify that each fiber-optic CB-RE has a rubber safety cap covering the transceiver. If it does not,
cover the transceiver with a safety cap.
4. Locate the slot in the CB-RE card cage in which you plan to install the CB-RE.
5. Ensure that the CB-RE is right-side up, with the text on the faceplate of the CB-RE facing upward.
6. Lift the CB-RE into place, and carefully align first the bottom, then the top of the CB-RE with the
guides inside the card cage.
7. Slide the CB-RE all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.
8. Grasp both ejector handles, and gently close them inward simultaneously until the CB-RE is fully
seated.
 409

Figure 157: Reinstalling a CB-RE

SEE ALSO

Removing the CB-REs Before Installing the MX2020 Router with a Pallet Jack

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Overview of Preparing the Site for the MX2020 Router | 201

Tools Required to Install the MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack | 331
 410

Removing Components from the MX2020 Router Chassis Before Installing it in a Rack | 352
Installing the MX2020 Router Using a Pallet Jack with Attachment | 371
 411

CHAPTER 19

Connecting the MX2020 to Ground

IN THIS CHAPTER

Grounding an MX2000 Router | 411

Grounding an MX2000 Router

To ground the router, you need the following tools:

• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2

• ESD grounding wrist strap

• Two UNC 1/4–20 nuts and washers

• Grounding lug, 4-AWG for 80-A input or 60-A input

NOTE: You must install the MX2020 router in a restricted-access location and ensure
the chassis is properly grounded at all times. The chassis has a 2-hole protective
grounding terminal provided on the chassis, see Figure 158 on page 412. Under all
circumstances, use this grounding connection to ground the chassis. For AC powered
systems, you must also use the grounding wire in the AC power cord along with the 2-
hole lug ground connection. This tested system meets or exceeds all applicable EMC
regulatory requirements with the 2-hole protective grounding terminal.

You ground the router by connecting a grounding cable to earth ground and then attaching it to the
chassis grounding points by using two screws. To connect the grounding cable (see Figure 158 on page
412):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
2. Ensure that all grounding surfaces are clean and brought to a bright finish before you make grounding
connections.
3. Connect the grounding cable to a proper earth ground.
 412

4. Verify that a licensed electrician has attached the cable lug provided with the router to the grounding
cable.
5. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
6. Place the grounding cable lug over one of the grounding points on the rear of the chassis. The upper
pair is sized for UNC 1/4-20 nuts, and the lower pair is sized for M6 nuts.
7. Secure the grounding cable lug to the grounding points, first with the washers, and then with the
nuts.
8. Verify that the grounding cabling is correct, that the grounding cable does not touch or block access
to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.

Figure 158: Connecting the Grounding Cable

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Router Grounding Specifications

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage
 413

CHAPTER 20

Providing Power to the MX2020

IN THIS CHAPTER

Connecting Power to an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module | 414

Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Modules | 416

Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Modules | 420

Mapping Input Power from AC Power Distribution Modules to AC Power Supply Modules on MX2000
Routers | 423

Installing MX2020 AC Power Supply Modules | 427

Installing MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Modules (-48 V) | 430

Installing MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Modules (240 V China) or High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/
HVDC) Power Supply Modules | 435

Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2020 Router with Power Distribution Modules (-48 V) | 441

Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2000 Router with DC Power Distribution Modules (240 V
China) | 446

Connecting an MX2000 DC Router Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Cable | 447

Connecting an MX2000 DC Router Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Cable | 450

Connecting Power to a High Voltage-Powered MX2000 Router with Power Distribution Modules | 452

Powering On the DC-Powered (-48 V) MX2020 Router | 453

Powering On the DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router | 455

Powering On a Three-Phase AC-Powered MX2000 Router | 456

Powering On the High-Voltage Powered Universal (HVAC/HVDC) MX2000 Router | 458

 414

Connecting Power to an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution

Module

CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power distribution modules (PDMs) within the same
router.

NOTE: Ensure that you have connected the chassis to earth ground. See Grounding an
MX2000 Router.

To connect an AC power cord to a single-phase seven-feed or nine-feed AC power distribution module

(PDM):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
2. Switch off the dedicated customer-site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the AC
power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become
active during installation.
3. Detach the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point, and connect the
strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
4. Move the power switch to the off (O) position on the PSM(s) that will be powered by the AC PDM.

NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

5. If a power cord retainer is installed on the PDM, remove the two thumb screws holding it in place
and remove the power cord retainer.
6. Plug the power cords into the power sockets on the PDM. Refer to Figure 159 on page 415. Apply
slight pressure so that the power cords are firmly seated in the power socket. As you plug in each
power cord, the power LED for the socket lights up green.
 415

Figure 159: Plugging into the MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module

7. Replace the power cord retainer, making sure the power cords do not touch or block access to
router components.
8. Flip the power switch on each PSM to the on (|) position to provide power to the router
components.
9. Verify that the LEDs on the PDM faceplate are lit steadily green, indicating that the AC terminal
block is receiving power.
10. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Connect the strap to an
approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the PDM. They can contain
dangerous voltages.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Installing an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module

Removing an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module | 514
MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications
Powering Off the AC-Powered or Universal HVAC/HVDC-Powered MX2000 Router
MX2000 AC Power Cord Specifications
MX2000 AC Power System Electrical Specifications
MX2000 Seven-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description
MX2000 Nine-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description
 416

Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC

Power Distribution Modules

CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power modules within the same router.

NOTE: Ensure that you have connected the chassis to earth ground. See Grounding an
MX2000 Router.

WARNING: Power connections must be performed by a licensed electrician only.

You connect AC power to the router with three-phase delta AC power distribution modules (PDMs) by
connecting the AC power cord from an AC PDM to an AC power source.

To connect an AC power cord to an AC power source:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
2. Switch off the dedicated customer-site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the AC
power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become
active during installation.
3. Detach the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point, and connect the
strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
4. Move the power switches on all the power supply module (PSM) faceplates to the off (O) position.
5. Verify that the correct three-phase delta PDMs are installed and secured in the chassis before
connecting power cables.

NOTE: The power cables must be uninstalled and removed from the three-phase
delta PDM before removal of the PDM from the chassis.

6. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, unscrew the four captive screws located on either side of
the metal AC wiring compartment (four screws total per PDM).
7. Remove the metal cover of the metal AC wiring compartment.
8. Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
9. Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment.
10. Insert the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the retaining nut and rubber grommet.
11. Insert the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment.
 417

12. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC PDM (see Figure 160 on
page 417). Loosen the input terminal or grounding point screw, insert each wire into the grounding
point input terminal, and tighten the screw (see Table 105 on page 419 for approved AC wire
gauge).

NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a
1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen
wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.

To connect wires to the terminal block that serves six PSMs:

a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND.

b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A1.

c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B1.

d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C1.

Figure 160: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module

 418

NOTE: The three-phase delta AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on
which slot the PDM gets plugged into.

NOTE: The color of each AC power wire might vary. The MX2000 chassis is not
sensitive to phase rotation sequence—either CW or CCW will operate correctly.

CAUTION: Wire label configuration is for Juniper Networks supplied cable only. If
you are using your own cable, make sure you use the proper connections.

To connect wires to the terminal block that serves three PSMs:

a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND.

b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A2.

c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B2.

d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C2.

WARNING: To protect power supplies from input voltage that might be caused by
mis-wired PDMs, before reinstalling the metal cover to the wiring compartment
apply AC voltage to the PDM (with disengaged PSM) make sure that two LEDs on
the PDM are lit green and that the AC voltage between AC terminal blocks A1-B1,
B1-C1, C1-A1, A2-B2, B2-C2, and C2-A2 for three-phase delta PDM is not more
than 264 VAC when measured with a digital voltage meter (DVM). Then turn off the
AC breaker, de-energizing the PDM, and install the metal cover and engage all AC
PSMs.

NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a
1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen
wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws

NOTE: Three-phase delta AC wire assembly kits can be purchased from Juniper
Networks.
 419

Table 105: Supported Three-Phase Delta AC Wire Gauge

Wire Gauge Description

4 x 6-AWG or equivalent 4 conductor wires, each wire is 6-AWG

NOTE: We recommend that you use the proper gauge wire in order for the cable
clamps to hold the AC cables. Using smaller gauge wiring results in the cable clamps
not tightening properly.

WARNING: Power connections must be performed by a licensed electrician only.

13. Verify that the power cable connections are correct.

14. Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment.
15. Reinstall the metal PDM wiring cover, and using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the four
captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment.
16. Use the provided plastic cable tie to fasten the AC power cord to the PDM.
17. Verify that the AC power cord does not touch or block access to router components, and that it
does not drape where people could trip on it.
18. Repeat the procedure for the other three-phase delta AC PDMs.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Distribution Module LEDs
Mapping Input Power from AC Power Distribution Modules to AC Power Supply Modules on
MX2000 Routers
Powering On a Three-Phase AC-Powered MX2000 Router
MX2000 AC Power System Electrical Specifications
MX2000 AC Power Cord Specifications
Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage
 420

Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC

Power Distribution Modules

CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power distribution modules (PDMs) within the same
router.

NOTE: Ensure that you have connected the chassis to earth ground. See Grounding an
MX2000 Router.

WARNING: Power connections must be performed by a licensed electrician only.

To connect an AC power cord to an AC power source:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
2. Switch off the dedicated customer-site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the AC
power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become
active during installation.
3. Detach the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point, and connect the
strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
4. Move the power switches on all the power supply module (PSM) faceplates to the off (O) position.
5. Verify that the correct three-phase wye PDMs are installed and secured in the chassis before
connecting power cables.

NOTE: The power cables must be uninstalled and removed from the three-phase
wye PDM before removal of the PDM from the chassis.

6. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, unscrew the four captive screws located on the either
side of the metal AC wiring compartment (four screws total on each PDM).
7. Remove the metal cover of the metal AC wiring compartment.
8. Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
9. Insert the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the retaining nut and rubber grommet.
10. Insert the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal compartment.
11. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase wye AC PDM (see Figure 161 on
page 421). Loosen the input terminal or grounding point screw, insert each wire into the grounding
 421

point or input terminal, and tighten the screw (see Table 106 on page 422 for approved AC wire
gauge).

NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a
1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen
wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.

To connect wires to the terminal block that serves six PSMs:

a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND.

b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A1.

c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B1.

d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C1.

e. Insert the wire labeled N into the input terminal labeled N1.

Figure 161: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module

 422

NOTE: The three-phase wye AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on
which slot the PDM gets plugged into.

NOTE: The color of each AC power wire might vary. The MX2000 series chassis is
not sensitive to phase rotation sequence—either CW or CCW will operate correctly.

CAUTION: Wire label configuration is for Juniper Networks supplied cable only. If
you are using your own cable, make sure you use the proper connections.

To connect wires to the terminal block that serves three PSMs:

a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND.

b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A2.

c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B2.

d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C2.

e. Insert the wire labeled N into the input terminal labeled N2.

WARNING: To protect power supplies from input voltage that might be caused by
mis-wired PDMs, before reinstalling the metal cover to the wiring compartment,
apply AC voltage to the PDM (with disengaged PSM) and make sure that two LEDs
on the PDM are lit green and that the AC voltage between AC terminal blocks A1-
N1, B1-N1, C1-N1, A2-N2, B2-N2, and C2-N2 for three-phase wye PDM is not
more than 264 VAC when measured with a digital voltage meter (DVM). Then turn
off the AC breaker, de-energizing the PDM, and install the metal cover and engage
all AC PSMs.

NOTE: Three-phase wye AC wire assembly kits can be purchased from Juniper
Networks.

Table 106: Supported Three-Phase Wye AC Wire Gauge

Wire Gauge Description

 423

5 x 10-AWG or equivalent 5 conductor wires, each wire is 10-AWG

NOTE: We recommend that you use the proper gauge wire in order for the cable
clamps to hold the AC cables. Using smaller gauge wiring results in the cable clamps
not tightening properly.

WARNING: Power connections must be performed by a licensed electrician only.

12. Verify that the power cable connections are correct.

13. Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment.
14. Reinstall the metal PDM wiring cover, and using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the four
captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in.
(1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
15. Use the provided plastic cable tie to fasten the AC power cord to the PDM.
16. Verify that the AC power cord does not touch or block access to router components, and that it
does not drape where people could trip on it.
17. Repeat the procedure for the other three-phase wye AC PDMs.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Description

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description
MX2000 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Distribution Module LEDs
Powering On a Three-Phase AC-Powered MX2000 Router
MX2000 AC Power System Electrical Specifications
MX2000 AC Power Cord Specifications
Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage

Mapping Input Power from AC Power Distribution Modules to AC Power

Supply Modules on MX2000 Routers

You connect AC power to the router by connecting two AC power cords to each AC PDM. One feed
maps to six PSMs and the other maps to three PSMs. Figure 162 on page 424 shows the mapping for
 424

the MX2010 and Figure 163 on page 425 shows the mapping for the MX2020. The arrangement
matches the internal components of the PDM. Table 107 on page 426 shows the AC PDM input
mapping to AC PDM0/Input0 and PDM1/Input1 (MX2010 and MX2020). Table 108 on page 426 shows
the AC PDM input mapping to AC PDM2/Input0 and PDM3/Input1 (MX2020 only).

Figure 162: Mapping AC Power Distribution Module Input to AC Power Supply Modules (MX2010)
 425

Figure 163: Mapping AC Power Distribution Module Input to AC Power Supply Modules (MX2020)
 426

Table 107: Input AC Power Mapping for PDM0 and PDM1

PDM0/Input0 (Left) PDM0/Input0 (Right) PDM1/Input1 (Left) PDM1/Input1 (Right)

PSM0 PSM3 PSM0 PSM6

PSM1 PSM4 PSM1 PSM7

PSM2 PSM5 PSM2 PSM8

– PSM6 PSM3 –

– PSM7 PSM4 –

– PSM8 PSM5 –

Table 108: Input AC Power Mapping for PDM2 and PDM3

PDM2/Input0 (Left) PDM2/Input0 (Right) PDM3/Input1 (Left) PDM3/Input1 (Right)

PSM9 PSM12 PSM9 PSM15

PSM10 PSM13 PSM10 PSM16

PSM11 PSM14 PSM11 PSM17

– PSM15 PSM12 –

– PSM16 PSM13 –

– PSM17 PSM14 –

BEST PRACTICE: To achieve complete redundancy when you have two power sources,
such as Source A and Source B, we recommend that you connect them as follows:
 427

• Connect Source A to PDM0-left and PDM0-right

• Connect Source B to PDM1-left and PDM1-right

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Powering On a Three-Phase AC-Powered MX2000 Router

Installing MX2020 AC Power Supply Modules

To install an MX2020 AC PSM:

1. Verify that the power switch on the PSM is in the off (O) position.
2. On the PSM, slide the plastic cover away from the input mode switch to expose the dual DIP
switches. Move the input mode DIP switch 0 (left switch) to the ON position for the bottom feed
INP0 (expected to be connected), and DIP switch 1 (right switch) to the ON position for the top feed
INP1 (expected to be connected). If both DIP switches 0 and 1 are turned to the ON position, then
both top and bottom feeds are expected to be connected (see Figure 164 on page 428).
In addition, a PSM failure triggers the alarm LED on the craft interface.

NOTE: The DIP switches are only used to indicate presence of a feed. If both feeds are
present, power is always drawn from feed 0. Power will be drawn from feed 1 only if
feed 0 fails.
 428

Figure 164: Selecting AC Power Subsystem Feed Redundancy

3. Using both hands, grasp the handle and slide the PSM straight into the chassis until the PSM is fully
seated in the chassis slot. Tighten the two captive screws (see Figure 165 on page 429). Apply
between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the
screws.
 429

Figure 165: MX2020 Router with AC Power Supply Modules Installed

4. Verify that the INP0 and/or INP1 LEDs on the PSM are lit green steadily (see Figure 166 on page
430).

NOTE: If you are connecting two feeds, INP0 and INP1, both LEDs on the PSM will be
lit green steadily.

5. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
6. Move the switch to the on (|) position.
 430

7. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit green steadily. See "MX2020 AC Power Supply Module LEDs" on
page 179 for information on MX2020 AC PSM LEDs.
8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for installing PSMs in slots 0, 1, and 2, where required.

Figure 166: MX2020 AC Power Supply Module Front View

NOTE: Each PSM slot not occupied by a AC PSM must be covered by a PSM blank
panel.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router

Powering On the AC-Powered MX2020 Router

Installing MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Modules (-48 V)

To install an MX2000 DC PSM (-48 V):

1. Verify that the power switches on all PSMs are in the off (O) position.
 431

2. On the PSM, slide the plastic cover away from the input mode switch to expose the dual DIP
switches. Move the input mode DIP switch 0 (left switch) to the ON position for the bottom feed
INP0 (expected to be connected), and DIP switch 1 (right switch) to the ON position for the top feed
INP1 (expected to be connected). If both DIP switches 0 and 1 are turned to the ON position, then
both top and bottom feeds are expected to be connected, (see Figure 167 on page 431).
In addition, a PSM failure triggers the alarm LED on the craft interface.

NOTE: The DIP switches are only used to indicate presence of a feed. If both feeds are
present, power is always drawn from feed 0. Power will be drawn from feed 1 only if
feed 0 fails.

Figure 167: Selecting DC Power Subsystem Feed Redundancy

3. Using both hands, grasp the handle and slide the PSM straight into the chassis until the PSM is fully
seated in the chassis slot. Tighten the two captive screws (see Figure 168 on page 432 (MX2020) and
Figure 169 on page 433) (MX2010), or Figure 170 on page 434 (MX2008). Apply between 10 lb-in.
(1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
 432

Figure 168: Installing an MX2020 Router DC Power Supply Module Installed

 433

Figure 169: Installing an MX2010 Router DC Power Supply Module

 434

Figure 170: Installing an MX2008 Router DC Power Supply Module

4. Verify that the INP0 and/or INP1 LEDs on the PSM are lit green steadily (see Figure 171 on page
435).

NOTE: If you are connecting two feeds, INP0 and INP1, both LEDs on the PSM will be
lit green steadily.

5. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
6. Move the switch to the on (|) position.
7. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit green steadily. See "MX2020 DC Power Supply Module LEDs" on
page 191, MX2010 DC Power Supply Module LEDs, or MX2008 DC Power Supply Module LEDs for
information on PSM LED behavior.
8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for installing PSMs in slots 0, 1, and 2, where required.
 435

Figure 171: MX2000 DC Power Supply Module Front View

NOTE: Each PSM slot not occupied by a DC PSM must be covered by a PSM blank
panel.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Powering Off the DC-Powered or DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router

Replacing an MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 543
Replacing an MX2010 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V)
Replacing an MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V)

Installing MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Modules (240 V China) or

High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Modules

To install an MX2000 DC PSM (240 V China) or high-voltage second-generation universal (HVAC/

HVDC) PSM:

1. Verify that the power switches on all PSMs are in the off (O) position.
 436

2. On the PSM, slide the plastic cover away from the input mode switch to expose the dual DIP
switches. On the DC PSM (240 V China) move the input mode DIP switch 0 (left switch) to the ON
position for the bottom feed INP0 (expected to be connected), and DIP switch 1 (right switch) to the
ON position for the top feed INP1 (expected to be connected). On the universal HVAC/HVDC PSM
move the input mode DIP switch 0 (left switch) to the ON position for the bottom feed INP0
(expected to be connected), and DIP switch 1 (middle switch) to the ON position for the top feed
INP1 (expected to be connected). If both DIP switches 0 and 1 are turned to the ON position, then
both top and bottom feeds are expected to be connected, (see Figure 172 on page 436 and Figure
173 on page 437).
In addition, a PSM failure triggers the alarm LED on the craft interface.

NOTE: The DIP switches are only used to indicate presence of a feed. If both feeds are
present, power is always drawn from feed 0. Power will be drawn from feed 1 only if
feed 0 fails.

Figure 172: Selecting DC Power (240 V China) Subsystem Feed Redundancy

 437

Figure 173: Selecting Input Feed on the Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module

3. Using both hands, grasp the handle and slide the PSM straight into the chassis until the PSM is fully
seated in the chassis slot. Tighten the two captive screws (see Figure 174 on page 438 and Figure
175 on page 439). Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw.
Do not overtighten the screws.
 438

Figure 174: Installing an MX2020, MX2010, MX2008 Router DC Power Supply Module (240 V
China)
 439

Figure 175: Installing an MX2020, MX2010, MX2008 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC)
PSM

4. Verify that the INP0 and/or INP1 LEDs on the PSM are lit green steadily (see Figure 176 on page 440
and Figure 177 on page 440).

NOTE: If you are connecting two feeds, INP0 and INP1, both LEDs on the PSM will be
lit green steadily.

5. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
6. Move the switch to the on (|) position.
7. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit green steadily. For the DC PSM (240 V China) see "MX2020 DC
Power Supply Module LEDs" on page 191, MX2010 DC Power Supply Module LEDs, or MX2008 DC
Power Supply Module LEDs for information on PSM LED behavior. For the universal HVAC/HVDC
 440

PSM, see "MX2020 High-Voltage Universal Power Supply Module LEDs" on page 197, for
information on PSM LED behavior.
8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for installing PSMs in slots 0, 1, and 2, where required.

Figure 176: MX2000 DC Power Supply Module Front View (240 V China)

Figure 177: MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module Front View

NOTE: Each PSM slot not occupied by a (240 V China) DC PSM or universal (HVAC/
HVDC) PSM must be covered by a PSM blank panel.
 441

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Powering Off the DC-Powered or DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router

Powering Off the AC-Powered or Universal HVAC/HVDC-Powered MX2000 Router
Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China)
Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply
Module

Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2020 Router with Power

Distribution Modules (-48 V)

WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, ensure that power is removed

from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is OFF, locate the circuit breaker on the
panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position,
and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.

You connect DC power to the router by attaching power cables from the external DC power sources to
the terminal studs on the PDM faceplates. You must provide the power cables (the cable lugs are not
supplied with the router).

To connect the DC source power cables to the router:

1. Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the DC
power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become
active during installation.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.

NOTE: If the PSMs are installed in the router, make sure the power switches on all
PSMs are turned to the off (O) position.

3. Move the DC circuit feed switch on the PDM faceplate to match the current rating amperage—60
A, or 80 A for each feed.

NOTE: The switch position applies to all inputs of this PDM. Selecting the 60 A
position may reduce power output capacity available from each PSM.
 442

NOTE: The type of feed that you use on the DC PDM (60 A or 80 A) or DC PDM
depends on the distribution scheme and distribution equipment. With a 60 A feed,
the maximum power supply output power is limited to 2100 W while the maximum
power supply input power is limited to 2400 W. With an 80 A feed, the maximum
power supply output is limited to 2500 W while maximum power supply input
power is limited to 2800 W. The system power management software calculates the
available and used power based on DIP switch positions in the PDM.

4. Loosen the captive screws on the plastic cable restraint on the lower edge of the power faceplate.
The cable restraint is set on hinges that hold the cover in place during cable installation.

NOTE: You can remove the plastic cover for DC power cable installation by bending
the plastic cable restraint cover until the two plastic pins on both sides of the
housing unhinge.

5. Verify that the DC power cables are correctly labeled before making connections to the PDM. In a
typical power distribution scheme where the return is connected to chassis ground at the battery
plant, you can use a multimeter to verify the resistance of the –48V and RTN DC cables to chassis
ground:

• The cable with very large resistance (indicating an open circuit) to chassis ground is –48V.

• The cable with very low resistance (indicating a closed circuit) to chassis ground is RTN.

CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity.
The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (-) to indicate their polarity. There
is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the
external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on
the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each DC PDM.

6. Install heat-shrink tubing insulation around the power cables at the connection point of the DC
power supply terminal.
To install heat-shrink tubing:

a. Slide the tubing over the portion of the cable where it is attached to the lug barrel. Ensure that
tubing covers the end of the wire and the barrel of the lug attached to it.

b. Shrink the tubing with a heat gun. Ensure that you heat all sides of the tubing evenly so that it
shrinks around the cable tightly.

Figure 178 on page 443 is a representational image that shows the steps to install heat-shrink
tubing.
 443

NOTE: Do not overheat the tubing.

Figure 178: How to Install Heat-Shrink Tubing

7. Remove the cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.

8. Remove the nut and washers from each of the terminal studs. (Use a 7/16-in. [11 mm] nut driver or
socket wrench.)
9. Secure each power cable lug to the terminal studs, first with the flat washer, then the split washer,
and then with the nut (see Figure 179 on page 445). Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in.
(2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut. Do not overtighten the nut. (Use a 7/16-in. [11 mm] torque-
controlled driver or socket wrench.)

NOTE: The input positions for the RTN (return) DC terminal studs and the -48V
(input) DC terminal studs correspond to the DC Power Supply Module (PSM) directly
above and below. The DC PSM slot positions are labeled, but the DC PDM cable
positions that correlate to the PSM positions are not labeled.

a. Secure each positive (+) DC source power cable lug to the RTN (return) terminal.

b. Secure each negative (–) DC source power cable lug to the –48V (input) terminal.
 444

CAUTION: Ensure that each power cable lug seats flush against the surface of the
terminal block as you are tightening the nuts. Ensure that each nut is properly
threaded onto the terminal stud. The nut should be able to spin freely with your
fingers when it is first placed onto the terminal stud. Applying installation torque to
the nut when the nut is improperly threaded may result in damage to the terminal
stud.

CAUTION: The maximum torque rating of the terminal studs on the DC PDM is 25
lb-in. (33.89 Nm). The terminal studs may be damaged if excessive torque is applied.
Use only a torque-controlled driver or socket wrench to tighten nuts on the DC
PDM terminal studs.

NOTE: The DC PDMs in slots PDM0/Input0, PDM2/Input0, PDM1/Input1, and

PDM3/Input1 can be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, or
feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy
for the system to balance the power draw.

10. Close the plastic cable restraint cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
11. Route the positive and negative DC power cables through the left and right sides of the cable
restraint.
12. Tighten the cable restraint captive screw to hold the power cables in place.

CAUTION: The maximum torque rating of the cable restraint screws on the DC
PDM is 25 lb-in. (33.89 Nm). Use only a torque-controlled screw driver to tighten
screws on the DC PDM cable restraint.

13. Verify that the power cables are connected correctly, that they are not touching or blocking access
to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.
14. Repeat Steps 3 through 13 for the remaining PDMs.
 445

Figure 179: Connecting DC Power to the MX2020 Router

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX2020 Router | 308

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router
Powering On the DC-Powered (-48 V) MX2020 Router | 453
 446

Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2000 Router with DC Power

Distribution Modules (240 V China)

WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, ensure that power is removed

from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is OFF, locate the circuit breaker on the
panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position,
and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.

NOTE: Ensure that you have connected the chassis to earth ground. See Grounding an
MX2000 Router.

You connect DC (240 V China) power to the router by attaching power cables from the external DC
power sources to the DC power cable that is connected to the PDM. The power cables are orderable
(CBL-PWR-240V-CH).

To connect the DC (240 V China) source power cables (CBL-PWR-240V-CH) to the router:

1. Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power
source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during
installation.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.

NOTE: If the DC PSMs (240 V China) are installed in the router, make sure the power
switches on all PSMs are turned to the off (O) position.

3. Plug the power cord into the power sockets on the DC PDM (240 V China). Refer to Figure 1. Apply
slight pressure so that the power cord is firmly seated in the power socket until you feel it engage. As
you plug in each power cord, the power LED for the socket lights up green.
 447

Figure 180: Connecting Power

4. Connect the power cords for the remaining PDMs.

Connecting an MX2000 DC Router Power Distribution Module (-48 V)

Cable

WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To

ensure that all power is OFF, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services
the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle
of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.

NOTE: Ensure that you have connected the chassis to earth ground. See Grounding an
MX2000 Router.

To connect a power cable for a DC PDM:

1. Locate a replacement power cable that meets the specifications defined in "MX2000 Router DC
(-48 V) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications" on page 295.
2. Verify that a licensed electrician has attached a cable lug to the replacement power cable.
3. Verify that the –48V LED is off.
4. Secure the power cable lug to the terminal studs, first with the flat washer, then the split washer,
and finally with the nut. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each
 448

nut (see Figure 181 on page 448). Do not overtighten the nut. (Use a 7/16-in. [11 mm)] torque-
controlled driver or socket wrench.)

NOTE: The input positions for the RTN (return) DC terminal studs and the -48V
(input) DC terminal studs correspond to the DC Power Supply Module (PSM) directly
above and below. The DC PSM slot positions are labeled, but the DC PDM cable
positions that correlate to the PSM positions are not labeled.

a. Attach the positive (+) DC source power cable lug to the RTN (return) terminal.

b. Attach the negative (–) DC source power cable lug to the –48V (input) terminal.

Figure 181: Connecting Power Cables to the DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V)
 449

CAUTION: Ensure that each power cable lug seats flush against the surface of the
terminal block as you are tightening the nuts. Ensure that each nut is properly
threaded onto the terminal stud. The nut should be able to spin freely with your
fingers when it is first placed onto the terminal stud. Applying installation torque to
the nut when the nut is improperly threaded may result in damage to the terminal
stud.

CAUTION: The maximum torque rating of the terminal studs on the DC PDM is 25
lb-in. (33.89 Nm). The terminal studs may be damaged if excessive torque is applied.
Use only a torque-controlled driver or socket wrench to tighten nuts on the DC
PDM terminal studs.

CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity.
The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (-) to indicate their polarity. There
is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the
external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on
the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.

NOTE: The DC PDMs in slots PDM0/Input0, PDM2/Input0, (and PDM1/Input1, and

PDM3/Input1 on MX2020 Routers) can be powered by dedicated power feeds
derived from feed A, or feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed
A/B feed redundancy for the system to balance the power draw. For information
about connecting to DC power sources, see "MX2000 Router DC (-48 V) Power
Subsystem Electrical Specifications" on page 295.

NOTE: Make sure the amperage switch is set to 60 A or 80 A to match the DC

circuit input feed.

5. Route the positive and negative DC power cables through the plastic cable restraint cover. Make
sure that the cable does not touch or obstruct any router components.
6. Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the cables are not touching, and that they do not block
access to router components or drape where people could trip on them.
7. Attach the power cable to the DC power source.
8. Switch on the dedicated customer site circuit breaker.
9. On each of the DC power input sources, switch the DC circuit breaker to the center position before
moving it to the ON position.
 450

NOTE: The circuit breaker may bounce back to the off position if you move the
breaker too quickly.

10. Verify that the –48V LED on the PDM is lit steadily.
11. On each of the DC power input sources, switch the DC circuit breaker to the center position before
moving it to the ON position.

NOTE: The circuit breaker may bounce back to the OFF position if you move the
breaker too quickly.

12. Observe the status LEDs on the PDM faceplate. If the PDM is correctly installed and functioning
normally, the –48V LEDs light green steadily.

Connecting an MX2000 DC Router Power Distribution Module (240 V

China) Cable

WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To

ensure that all power is OFF, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services
the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle
of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.

NOTE: Ensure that you have connected the chassis to earth ground. See Grounding an
MX2000 Router.

To connect the DC (240 V China) source power cables (CBL-PWR-240V-CH) to the router:

1. Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power
source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during
installation.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.

NOTE: If the DC PSMs (240 V China) are installed in the router, make sure the power
switches on all PSMs are turned to the off (O) position.
 451

3. Plug the power cord into the power sockets on the DC PDM (240 V China). Refer to Figure 1. Press
the latch on the side of the power cable before pushing it in. Apply slight pressure so that the power
cord is firmly seated in the power socket until you feel it engage. As you plug in each power cord, the
power LED for the socket lights up green.

Figure 182: Connecting Power

Figure 183: Unplugging the 240 V China Power Cord an MX2000 Router
4. Connect the power cords for the remaining PDMs.
5. Connect the power cable (CBL-PWR-240V-CH) to the DC power source. See Figure 184 on page
451.

Figure 184: 240 V China Power Cable

1— Negative 3— Positive

2— Ground

6. Switch on the dedicated customer site circuit breaker.

 452

7. On each of the DC power input sources, switch the DC circuit breaker to the center position before
moving it to the ON position.

NOTE: The circuit breaker may bounce back to the off position if you move the breaker
too quickly.

8. Observe the status LEDs on the PDM faceplate. If the PDM is correctly installed and functioning
normally, the LEDs light green steadily.
9. On each of the DC PSMs, move the switch to the on (|) position.

Connecting Power to a High Voltage-Powered MX2000 Router with

Power Distribution Modules

WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, ensure that power is removed

from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is OFF, locate the circuit breaker on the
panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position,
and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.

NOTE: Ensure that you have connected the chassis to earth ground. See Grounding an
MX2000 Router.

You connect AC or DC power to the router by connecting the power cord from a universal (HVAC/
HVDC) PDM to an AC or DC power source. See MX2000 High-Voltage Universal PDM (MX2K-PDM-
HV) Power Cord Specifications for the list of supported power cords.

To connect the DC or AC source power cables to the router:

1. Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the AC or DC
power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active
during installation.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.

NOTE: If the PSMs are installed in the router, make sure the power switches on all
PSMs are turned to the off (O) position.
 453

3. Plug the power cord into the power sockets on the high-voltage second-generation universal (HVAC/
HVDC) PDM . See Figure 1. Apply slight pressure so that the power cord is firmly seated in the
power socket until you feel it engage. As you plug in each power cord, the power LED for the socket
lights up green.

Figure 185: Connecting Power to the Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM

4. Connect the power cords for the remaining PDMs.

Powering On the DC-Powered (-48 V) MX2020 Router

To power on a DC-powered router:

1. Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports on the
Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE) (AUX, CONSOLE, or MGMT).
2. Turn on the power to the external management device.
3. Verify that the PDMs are fully inserted in the chassis.
4. Verify that the source power cables are connected to the appropriate terminal: the positive (+)
source cable to the return terminal labeled (RTN) and the negative (–) source cable to the input
terminal labeled (–48V), on the PDMs.
5. Switch on the dedicated customer site circuit breakers to provide power to the DC power cables.
Follow your site’s procedures.
6. Check that the input labeled (–48V) LEDs are lit green steadily, indicating the PDMs are installed
and functioning normally.
 454

NOTE: Nine input LEDs indicate proper voltage level and polarity of input feeds.

7. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
8. For each of the DC PDMs installed, switch the DC circuit breaker at the power source, moving it to
the (ON) position.
9. On each of the DC PSMs, move the switch to the on (|) position.
10. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit green steadily, indicating the PSM is correctly installed and
functioning normally.

NOTE: After a PSM is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators
—such as the status LEDs on the PSM and the show chassis command display—to
indicate that the PSM is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear
during the first 60 seconds.

If any of the status LEDs indicates that the PSM is not functioning normally, repeat the installation
and cabling procedures.
11. Verify that the INP0 or INP1 LEDs on the PSM are lit green steadily if using two feeds.

NOTE: The DIP switches 0 and 1 must be set to the ON position for a two feed
installation.

12. On the external management device connected to the Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE),
monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.

NOTE: If the system is completely powered off when you power on the PSM, the
Routing Engine boots as the PSM completes its startup sequence. Normally, the
router boots from the Junos OS on the CompactFlash card.
To power off the system after the Routing Engine finishes booting, see Powering Off
the DC-Powered MX2020 Router.

13. Verify the MX2020 router power up, system initialization, and status, see "Initially Configuring the
MX2020 Router" on page 476.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Connecting the MX2020 Router to Management and Alarm Devices | 460

 455

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router

Replacing an MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 543
Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China)
Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V)
Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China)

Powering On the DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router

To power on a DC-powered router:

1. Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports on the
Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE) (AUX, CONSOLE, or MGMT).
2. Turn on the power to the external management device.
3. Verify that the PDMs are fully inserted in the chassis.
4. Verify that the source power cables are connected to the PDM power cable.
5. Switch on the dedicated customer site circuit breakers to provide power to the DC power cables.
Follow your site’s procedures.
6. Check that the input labeled LEDs are lit green steadily, indicating the PDMs are installed and
functioning normally.

NOTE: Nine input LEDs indicate proper voltage level and polarity of input feeds.

7. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
8. For each of the DC PDMs installed, switch the DC circuit breaker at the power source, moving it to
the (ON) position.
9. On each of the DC PSMs, move the switch to the on (|) position.
10. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit green steadily, indicating the PSM is correctly installed and
functioning normally.

NOTE: After a PSM is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators
—such as the status LEDs on the PSM and the show chassis command display—to
indicate that the PSM is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear
during the first 60 seconds.

If any of the status LEDs indicates that the PSM is not functioning normally, repeat the installation
and cabling procedures.
 456

11. Verify that the INP0 or INP1 LEDs on the PSM are lit green steadily if using two feeds.

NOTE: The DIP switches 0 and 1 must be set to the ON position for a two feed
installation.

12. On the external management device connected to the Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE),
monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.

NOTE: If the system is completely powered off when you power on the PSM, the
Routing Engine boots as the PSM completes its startup sequence. Normally, the
router boots from the Junos OS on the CompactFlash card.
To power off the system after the Routing Engine finishes booting, see Powering Off
the DC-Powered MX2020 Router.

13. Verify the MX2020 router power up, system initialization, and status, see "Initially Configuring the
MX2020 Router" on page 476.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router

Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China)
Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China)

Powering On a Three-Phase AC-Powered MX2000 Router

You can use this procedure for a router with either a three-phase delta AC power distribution module
(PDM) or a three-phase wye AC PDM.

1. Verify that the power supply modules (PSMs) are fully inserted in the chassis and that the captive
screws on their faceplates are tightened.
2. Verify that the PDMs are fully inserted in the chassis and that the captive screws on their
faceplates are tightened.
3. Verify that each AC power cable is properly connected.
4. Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports on the
CB-RE (AUX, CONSOLE, or MGMT).
 457

NOTE: The management Ethernet port is not functional until you have completed
the initial configuration.

5. Turn on power to the external management device.

6. Switch on the dedicated customer-site circuit breakers to provide power to the AC power cables.
Follow your site’s procedures.
7. Verify that the LEDs on both PDM and PSM light green steadily.
If any of the status LEDs indicates that the PDM is not functioning normally, repeat the installation
and cabling procedures.
8. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
9. Move the power switch on one of the PSMs to the on (|) position. The OK LED blinks momentarily,
then lights steadily.

NOTE: After a PSM and a PDM are powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for
status indicators—such as the output status LEDs on the PSM, and the command
output on the craft interface—to indicate that the PSM and PDM are functioning
normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.

10. Verify that the PWR OK LED on the AC PSM faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that PDM is
correctly installed, functioning properly, and providing power to the AC outputs.
11. On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, monitor the startup process
to verify that the system has booted properly.
12. Verify that the router powers up and goes through the system initialization process.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Initially Configuring the MX2010 Router

Maintaining and Verifying the Status of the MX2010 Router Components
Initially Configuring the MX2020 Router | 476
Maintaining and Verifying the Status of the MX2020 Router Components | 835
MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description
MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Description
Connecting the MX2000 Series Router to a Console or Auxiliary Device
Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution
Modules
 458

Mapping Input Power from AC Power Distribution Modules to AC Power Supply Modules on
MX2000 Routers
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2010 Router
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router

Powering On the High-Voltage Powered Universal (HVAC/HVDC)

MX2000 Router

To power on a high-voltage second-generation universal (HVAC/HVDC) powered router:

1. Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports on the
Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE) (AUX, CONSOLE, or MGMT).
2. Turn on the power to the external management device.
3. Verify that the PDMs are fully inserted in the chassis.
4. Verify that the source power cables are connected to the PDM power cable.
5. Switch on the dedicated customer site circuit breakers to provide power to the AC or DC power
cables. Follow your site’s procedures.
6. Check that the input labeled LEDs are lit green steadily, indicating the PDMs are installed and
functioning normally.

NOTE: Nine input LEDs indicate proper voltage level and polarity of input feeds.

7. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
8. For each of the universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDMs installed, switch the AC or DC circuit breaker at the
power source, moving it to the (ON) position.
9. On each of the universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSMs, move the switch to the on (|) position.
10. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit green steadily, indicating the PSM is correctly installed and
functioning normally.

NOTE: After a PSM is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators
—such as the status LEDs on the PSM and the show chassis command display—to
indicate that the PSM is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear
during the first 60 seconds.

If any of the status LEDs indicates that the PSM is not functioning normally, repeat the installation
and cabling procedures.
 459

11. Verify that the INP0 or INP1 LEDs on the PSM are lit green steadily if using two feeds.

NOTE: The DIP switches 0 and 1 must be set to the ON position for a two feed
installation.

12. On the external management device connected to the Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE),
monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.

NOTE: If the system is completely powered off when you power on the PSM, the
Routing Engine boots as the PSM completes its startup sequence. Normally, the
router boots from the Junos OS on the CompactFlash card.
To power off the system after the Routing Engine finishes booting, see Powering Off
the AC-Powered or Universal HVAC/HVDC-Powered MX2000 Router.

13. Verify the MX2000 router power up, system initialization, and status, see "Initially Configuring the
MX2020 Router" on page 476, Initially Configuring the MX2010 Router, or Initially Configuring the
MX2008 Router.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router

Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module
Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply
Module
 460

CHAPTER 21

Connecting the MX2020 to the Network

IN THIS CHAPTER

Connecting the MX2020 Router to Management and Alarm Devices | 460

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management | 465

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Console or Auxiliary Device | 466

Connecting an MX2020 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device | 468

Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX2020 Craft Interface | 470

Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX2020 Craft Interface | 471

Connecting MPC or MIC Cables to the MX2020 Router | 473

Connecting the MX2020 Router to Management and Alarm Devices

IN THIS SECTION

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management | 460

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Console or Auxiliary Device | 461

Connecting an MX2020 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device | 463

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management

To connect the CB-RE to a network for out-of-band management, connect an Ethernet cable with RJ-45
connectors to the MGMT port on the CB-RE interface. To connect to the MGMT port on the CB-RE
interface:

1. Turn off the power to the management device.

 461

2. Plug one end of the Ethernet cable (Figure 187 on page 461 shows the connector) into the MGMT
port on the CB-RE interface. Figure 186 on page 461 shows the port. Table 109 on page 461
describes the Ethernet ports.
3. Plug the other end of the cable into the network device.

Figure 186: Out-of-Band Management Port

Figure 187: Out-of-Band Management Cable Connector

Table 109: Out-of-Band Management Port on the MX2020 CB-RE

Function No. Label Description

3 MGMT Dedicated management channel for device

maintenance. It is also used for system
administrators to monitor and manage the
MX2020 remotely.

SEE ALSO

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Console or Auxiliary Device | 466

Connecting an MX2020 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device | 468

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Console or Auxiliary Device

To use a system console to configure and manage the Routing Engine, connect it to the appropriate
CONSOLE port on the CB-RE interface. To use a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary device, connect it to
 462

the AUX port on the CB-RE interface. Both ports accept a cable with an RJ-45 connector. To connect a
device to the CONSOLE port and another device to the AUX port, you must supply two separate cables.

NOTE:
We no longer include the RJ-45 console cable with the DB-9 adapter as part of the
device package. If the console cable and adapter are not included in your device
package, or if you need a different type of adapter, you can order the following
separately:

• RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-DB9)

• RJ-45 to USB-A adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBA)

• RJ-45 to USB-C adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBC)

If you want to use RJ-45 to USB-A or RJ-45 to USB-C adapter you must have X64 (64-
Bit) Virtual COM port (VCP) driver installed on your PC. See, https://ftdichip.com/
drivers/vcp-drivers/ to download the driver.

WARNING: The MX2020 router must be adequately grounded before powering on the
console or auxiliary devices, (see MX2000 Router Grounding Specifications).

To connect a management console or auxiliary device:

1. Turn off the power to the console or auxiliary device.

2. Plug the RJ-45 end of the serial cable (see Figure 189 on page 463) into the AUX port or CONSOLE
port on the CB-RE interface. Figure 188 on page 463 shows the ports. Table 110 on page 463
describes the auxiliary and console ports.
3. Plug the DB-9 socket end into the device's serial port.

NOTE: For console devices, configure the serial port to the following values:

• Baud rate—9600

• Parity—N

• Data bits—8

• Stop bits—1
 463

• Flow control—none

Figure 188: Console and Auxiliary Ports

Figure 189: Console and Auxiliary Cable Connector

Table 110: Console and Auxiliary Ports on the MX2020 CB-RE

Function No. Label Description

1 AUX Connect a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary

unit.

2 CONSOLE Connect a laptop or console terminal to

configure the MX2020 router.

SEE ALSO

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management | 465

Connecting an MX2020 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device | 468

Connecting an MX2020 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device

To connect the router to external alarm-reporting devices, attach wires to the RED and YELLOW relay
contacts on the craft interface, (see Figure 190 on page 464). A system condition that triggers the red or
yellow alarm LED on the craft interface also activates the corresponding alarm relay contact.
 464

The terminal blocks that plug into the alarm relay contacts are supplied with the router, (see Table 111
on page 465). They accept wire of any gauge between 28 AWG and 14 AWG (0.08 and 2.08 mm2); the
wire which is not provided. Use the gauge of wire appropriate for the external device you are
connecting.

To connect an external device to an alarm relay contact (see Figure 190 on page 464).

1. Prepare the required length of wire with gauge between 28 AWG and 14 AWG (0.08 and 2.08 mm2).
2. While the terminal block is not plugged into the relay contact, use a 2.5 mm flat-blade screwdriver to
loosen the small screws. With the small screws facing left, insert wires into the slots in the front of
the block based on the wiring for the external device. Tighten the screws to secure the wire.
3. Plug the terminal block into the relay contact, and use a 2.5 mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the
screws on the face of the block.
4. Attach the other end of the wires to the external device.

To attach a reporting device for the other kind of alarm, repeat the procedure.

Figure 190: Alarm Relay Contacts

 465

Table 111: Alarm Relay Contacts

Function No. Label Description

1 MINOR ALARM—[NC C NO] The alarm relays consist of three terminal

contacts with a normal closed (NC), common
MAJOR ALARM—[NC C NO] (C), and normal open (NO) relays that signal a
minor or major alarm when broken.

SEE ALSO

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Console or Auxiliary Device | 466

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management | 465

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Tools and Parts Required for MX2020 Router Connections | 334

Connecting MPC or MIC Cables to the MX2020 Router | 473
CB-RE and RCB Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for MX Series Routers

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band

Management

To connect the CB-RE to a network for out-of-band management, connect an Ethernet cable with RJ-45
connectors to the MGMT port on the CB-RE interface. To connect to the MGMT port on the CB-RE
interface:

1. Turn off the power to the management device.

2. Plug one end of the Ethernet cable (Figure 192 on page 466 shows the connector) into the MGMT
port on the CB-RE interface. Figure 191 on page 466 shows the port. Table 112 on page 466
describes the Ethernet ports.
3. Plug the other end of the cable into the network device.
 466

Figure 191: Out-of-Band Management Port

Figure 192: Out-of-Band Management Cable Connector

Table 112: Out-of-Band Management Port on the MX2020 CB-RE

Function No. Label Description

3 MGMT Dedicated management channel for device

maintenance. It is also used for system
administrators to monitor and manage the
MX2020 remotely.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Console or Auxiliary Device | 466

Connecting an MX2020 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device | 468

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Console or Auxiliary Device

To use a system console to configure and manage the Routing Engine, connect it to the appropriate
CONSOLE port on the CB-RE interface. To use a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary device, connect it to
the AUX port on the CB-RE interface. Both ports accept a cable with an RJ-45 connector. To connect a
device to the CONSOLE port and another device to the AUX port, you must supply two separate cables.
 467

NOTE:
We no longer include the RJ-45 console cable with the DB-9 adapter as part of the
device package. If the console cable and adapter are not included in your device
package, or if you need a different type of adapter, you can order the following
separately:

• RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-DB9)

• RJ-45 to USB-A adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBA)

• RJ-45 to USB-C adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBC)

If you want to use RJ-45 to USB-A or RJ-45 to USB-C adapter you must have X64 (64-
Bit) Virtual COM port (VCP) driver installed on your PC. See, https://ftdichip.com/
drivers/vcp-drivers/ to download the driver.

WARNING: The MX2020 router must be adequately grounded before powering on the
console or auxiliary devices, (see MX2000 Router Grounding Specifications).

To connect a management console or auxiliary device:

1. Turn off the power to the console or auxiliary device.

2. Plug the RJ-45 end of the serial cable (see Figure 194 on page 468) into the AUX port or CONSOLE
port on the CB-RE interface. Figure 193 on page 468 shows the ports. Table 113 on page 468
describes the auxiliary and console ports.
3. Plug the DB-9 socket end into the device's serial port.

NOTE: For console devices, configure the serial port to the following values:

• Baud rate—9600

• Parity—N

• Data bits—8

• Stop bits—1

• Flow control—none
 468

Figure 193: Console and Auxiliary Ports

Figure 194: Console and Auxiliary Cable Connector

Table 113: Console and Auxiliary Ports on the MX2020 CB-RE

Function No. Label Description

1 AUX Connect a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary

unit.

2 CONSOLE Connect a laptop or console terminal to

configure the MX2020 router.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management | 465

Connecting an MX2020 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device | 468

Connecting an MX2020 Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device

To connect the router to external alarm-reporting devices, attach wires to the RED and YELLOW relay
contacts on the craft interface, (see Figure 195 on page 469). A system condition that triggers the red or
yellow alarm LED on the craft interface also activates the corresponding alarm relay contact.
 469

The terminal blocks that plug into the alarm relay contacts are supplied with the router, (see Table 114
on page 470). They accept wire of any gauge between 28 AWG and 14 AWG (0.08 and 2.08 mm2); the
wire which is not provided. Use the gauge of wire appropriate for the external device you are
connecting.

To connect an external device to an alarm relay contact (see Figure 195 on page 469).

1. Prepare the required length of wire with gauge between 28 AWG and 14 AWG (0.08 and 2.08 mm2).
2. While the terminal block is not plugged into the relay contact, use a 2.5 mm flat-blade screwdriver to
loosen the small screws. With the small screws facing left, insert wires into the slots in the front of
the block based on the wiring for the external device. Tighten the screws to secure the wire.
3. Plug the terminal block into the relay contact, and use a 2.5 mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the
screws on the face of the block.
4. Attach the other end of the wires to the external device.

To attach a reporting device for the other kind of alarm, repeat the procedure.

Figure 195: Alarm Relay Contacts

 470

Table 114: Alarm Relay Contacts

Function No. Label Description

1 MINOR ALARM—[NC C NO] The alarm relays consist of three terminal

contacts with a normal closed (NC), common
MAJOR ALARM—[NC C NO] (C), and normal open (NO) relays that signal a
minor or major alarm when broken.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Console or Auxiliary Device | 466

Connecting the MX2020 Router to a Network for Out-of-Band Management | 465

Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX2020 Craft Interface

To connect the alarm relay wires between a router and an alarm-reporting device (see Figure 196 on
page 471):

1. Prepare the required length of replacement wire with gauge between 28 AWG and 14 AWG (0.08
and 2.08 mm2).
2. Insert the replacement wires into the slots in the front of the block (see Table 115 on page 471). Use
a 2.5 mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the screws and secure the wire.
3. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
4. Plug the terminal block into the relay contact, and use a 2.5 mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the
screws on the face of the block.
5. Attach the other end of the wires to the external device.
 471

Figure 196: Alarm Relay Contacts

Table 115: Connecting Alarm Relay Contacts

Function No. Label Description

1 MINOR ALARM—[NC C NO] The alarm relays consist of three

terminal contacts with a normal closed
MAJOR ALARM—[NC C NO] (NC), common (C), and normal open
(NO) relays that signal a minor or major
alarm when broken.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Installing the MX2020 Craft Interface | 748

Removing the MX2020 Craft Interface | 747
Maintaining and Verifying the Status of the MX2020 Craft Interface | 756

Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX2020 Craft Interface

To disconnect the alarm relay wires from the router and an alarm-reporting device (see Figure 197 on
page 472):
 472

1. Disconnect the existing wire at the external device.

2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Using a 2.5 mm flat-blade screwdriver, loosen the small screws on the face of the terminal block and
remove the block from the relay contact.
4. Using the 2.5 mm flat-blade screwdriver, loosen the small screws on the side of the terminal block.
Remove existing wires from the slots in the front of the block (see Table 116 on page 472).

Figure 197: Alarm Relay Contacts

Table 116: Alarm Relay Contacts on the Craft Interface

Function No. Label Description

1 MINOR ALARM—[NC C NO] The alarm relays consist of three terminal

contacts with a normal closed (NC), common
MAJOR ALARM—[NC C NO] (C), and normal open (NO) relays that signal a
minor or major alarm when broken.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Installing the MX2020 Craft Interface | 748

Removing the MX2020 Craft Interface | 747
 473

Maintaining and Verifying the Status of the MX2020 Craft Interface | 756

Connecting MPC or MIC Cables to the MX2020 Router

To connect the MPCs or MICs to the network (see Figure 198 on page 474 and Figure 199 on page
475):

1. Have ready a length of the type of cable used by the component. For cable specifications, see the
MX Series Interface Module Reference.
2. Remove the rubber safety plug from the cable connector port.

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of
fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a
transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or

removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure
to laser light.

3. Insert the cable connector into the cable connector port on the faceplate.
4. Arrange the cable in the cable manager to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points.
Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable
out of the way in a neatly coiled loop. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc
smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that
are difficult to diagnose.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow
fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
 474

Figure 198: Attaching a Cable to a MPC

 475

Figure 199: Attaching a Cable to a MIC

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Connecting the MX2020 Router to Management and Alarm Devices | 460

Tools and Parts Required for MX2020 Router Connections | 334
Grounding the MX2020 Router
 476

CHAPTER 22

Configuring the Junos OS Software

IN THIS CHAPTER

Initially Configuring the MX2020 Router | 476

Initially Configuring the MX2020 Router

The MX2020 router is shipped with the Junos OS preinstalled and ready to be configured when the
MX2020 router is powered on. There are three copies of the software: one on a CompactFlash card in
the CB-RE, one on a solid state drive (SSD) in the CB-RE, and one on a USB flash drive that can be
inserted into the slot in the CB-RE faceplate (see Figure 200 on page 477).

NOTE: The SSD is internal in the CB-RE and cannot be removed.

When the router boots, it first attempts to start the image on the USB flash drive. If a USB flash drive is
not inserted into the CB-RE or the attempt otherwise fails, the router next tries the CompactFlash card,
and then the SSD.

You configure the router by issuing Junos OS command-line interface (CLI) commands, either on a
console device attached to the CONSOLE port on the Routing Engine, or over a telnet connection to a
network connected to the MGMT port on the Routing Engine.
 477

Figure 200: USB Flash Drive Port on CB-RE

Gather the following information before configuring the router:

• Name the router will use on the network

• Domain name the router will use

• IP address and prefix length information for the Ethernet interface

• IP address of a default router

• IP address of a DNS server

• Password for the root user

 478

This procedure connects the router to the network but does not enable it to forward traffic. For
complete information about enabling the router to forward traffic, including examples, see the Junos OS
configuration guides.

To configure the software:

1. Verify that the router is powered on.

2. Log in as the “root” user. There is no password.
3. Start the CLI.

root# cli
root@>

4. Enter configuration mode.

cli> configure
[edit]
root@#

5. Configure the name of the router. If the name includes spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks
(“ ”).

[edit]
root@# set system host-name host-name

6. Create a management console user account.

[edit]
root@# set system login user user-name authentication plain-text-password
New password: password
Retype new password: password

7. Set the user account class to super-user.

[edit]
root@# set system login user user-name class super-user
 479

8. Configure the router’s domain name.

[edit]
root@# set system domain-name domain-name

9. Configure the IP address and prefix length for the router’s Ethernet interface.

[edit]
root@# set interfaces fxp0 unit 0 family inet address address/prefix-length

10. Configure the IP address of a backup router, which is used only while the routing protocol is not
running.

[edit]
root@# set system backup-router address

11. Configure the IP address of a DNS server.

[edit]
root@# set system name-server address

12. Set the root authentication password by entering either a clear-text password, an encrypted
password, or an SSH public key string (DSA or RSA).

[edit]
root@# set system root-authentication plain-text-password
New password: password
Retype new password: password

or

[edit]
root@# set system root-authentication encrypted-password encrypted-password

or

[edit]
root@# set system root-authentication ssh-dsa public-key
 480

or

[edit]
root@# set system root-authentication ssh-rsa public-key

13. (Optional) Configure the static routes to remote subnets with access to the management port.
Access to the management port is limited to the local subnet. To access the management port from
a remote subnet, you need to add a static route to that subnet within the routing table. For more
information about static routes, see the Junos OS System Basics Configuration Guide.

[edit]
root@# set routing-options static route remote-subnet next-hop destination-IP retain no-
readvertise

14. Configure the telnet service at the [edit system services] hierarchy level.

[edit]
root@# set system services telnet

15. (Optional) Display the configuration to verify that it is correct.

[edit]
root@# show
system {
host-name host-name;
domain-name domain-name;
backup-router address;
root-authentication {
authentication-method (password | public-key);
}
name-server {
address;
}
}
interfaces {
fxp0 {
unit 0 {
family inet {
address address/prefix-length;
}
 481

}
}
}

16. Commit the configuration to activate it on the router.

[edit]
root@# commit

17. (Optional) Configure additional properties by adding the necessary configuration statements. Then
commit the changes to activate them on the router.

[edit]
root@host# commit

18. When you have finished configuring the router, exit configuration mode.

[edit]
root@host# exit
root@host>

NOTE: To reinstall the Junos OS, you boot the router from the removable media. Do not
insert the removable media during normal operations. The router does not operate
normally when it is booted from the removable media.

When the router boots from the storage media (removable media, or CompactFlash card) it expands its
search in the /config directory of the routing platform for the following files in the following order:
juniper.conf (the main configuration file), rescue.conf (the rescue configuration file), and juniper.conf.1
(the first rollback configuration file). When the search finds the first configuration file that can be loaded
properly, the file loads and the search ends. If none of the files can be loaded properly, the router
platform does not function properly. If the router boots from an alternate boot device, the Junos OS
displays a message indicating this when you log in to the router.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Powering On the AC-Powered MX2020 Router

Powering On the DC-Powered (-48 V) MX2020 Router | 453
Grounding the MX2020 Router
 482

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the MX2020 Router | 831

4 PART

Installing, Replacing, and Maintaining

MX2020 Router Components

Required Tools and Parts | 484

Installing, Removing, and Maintaining Power Components | 488
Installing, Removing, and Maintaining Cooling System Components | 587
Installing, Removing, and Maintaining Host Subsystem Components | 643
Installing, Removing, and Maintaining Interface Modules— ADCs, MPCs,
and MICs | 695
Installing, Replacing, and Maintaining the Craft Interface | 747
Installing, Removing, and Replacing EMI Covers | 759
Installing, Replacing, and Maintaining Cables and Cable Managers | 772
Powering Off the Router | 828
Maintaining the Chassis and Components | 831
 484

CHAPTER 23

Required Tools and Parts

IN THIS CHAPTER

Tools and Parts Required for Replacing MX2020 Hardware Components | 484

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an MX2020 Router | 487

Tools and Parts Required for Replacing MX2020 Hardware Components

To replace hardware components, you need the tools and parts listed in Table 117 on page 484.

Table 117: Tools and Parts Required for Component Replacement

Components Tool or Part

All Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap

AC power supply module Phillips (+) screwdrivers, number 1 and 2

AC power distribution module Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2 to access the metal AC wiring
compartment
Three-phase delta AC PDM
7/16-in. (11 mm) hexagonal-head external drive socket wrench, or
Three-phase wye AC PDM nut driver, with a torque range between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25
lb-in. (2.8 Nm) tightening torque to attach the ground wire.

1/4-in. slotted screwdriver and 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen wrench to

attach input terminal wires of the AC power cord.
 485

Table 117: Tools and Parts Required for Component Replacement (Continued)

Components Tool or Part

AC power cord Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

7/16-in. (11 mm) hexagonal-head external drive socket wrench, or

nut driver, with a torque range between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25
lb-in. (2.8 Nm) tightening torque to attach the ground wire.

1/4-in. slotted screwdriver and 5/32-in. (4-mm) Allen wrench to

attach input terminal wires of the AC power cord.

Craft interface Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

DC power distribution module Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

7/16-in. (11-mm) hexagonal-head external drive socket wrench, or

nut driver, with a torque range between 23 lb-in. (2.6-Nm) and 25
lb-in. (2.8-Nm) tightening torque to attach the ground wire.

1/4-in. slotted screwdriver and 5/32-in. (4-mm) Allen wrench to

attach input terminal wires of the AC power cord.

DC power supply cable 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver or socket wrench

CAUTION: You must use an appropriate torque-controlled tool

to tighten the nuts. Apply excessive torque damages the
terminal studs and the PDM. The absolute maximum that may
be applied to this nut is between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in.
(2.8 Nm).

NOTE: This does not apply to the DC PDM (240 V China).

Fan trays (upper and lower Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

Air baffle Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

MPC Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

Blank panels (if component is not reinstalled)

Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat

 486

Table 117: Tools and Parts Required for Component Replacement (Continued)

Components Tool or Part

MIC Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

Rubber safety cap for fiber-optic MICs

Flat-blade (–) screwdriver

Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat

Blank panels (if component is not reinstalled)

Routing Engine and Control Board (CB-RE) Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap

Blank panels (if component is not reinstalled)

SFB Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap

Blank panels (if component is not reinstalled)

Serial cable to Auxiliary or Console Routing Flat-blade (–) screwdriver

Engine port

PSM air filters Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

Middle card cage air filter Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

Air filter (lower) Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Field-Replaceable Units | 55

Replacing the MX2020 Craft Interface
Replacing an MX2020 Fan Tray | 587
Replacing the MX2020 Air Filters
 487

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an MX2020

Router

To remove components from the router or the router from a rack, you need the following tools and
parts:

• 2.5-mm flat-blade (–) screwdriver, for detaching alarm relay terminal block

• 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver

• Blank panels to cover empty slots

• EMI (electromagnetic interference) covers—shipped with router

• Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat, for each component

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap

• Flat-blade (–) screwdriver

• Pallet jack with attachment—recommended

• Router transport kit—recommended (optional)

• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1, 2, and 3

• Rubber safety cap for fiber-optic interfaces or cable

• Wire cutters

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Packing the MX2020 Router for Shipment

Contact Customer Support
 488

CHAPTER 24

Installing, Removing, and Maintaining Power

Components

IN THIS CHAPTER

Replacing an MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module | 488

Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module | 502

Removing an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module | 514

Installing an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module | 516

Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) | 521

Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) | 528

Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module | 534

Replacing an MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 543

Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) | 548

Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module

| 553

Replacing an MX2000 AC Power Supply Module | 561

Maintaining the Power Supply Modules on the MX2000 Line of Routers | 569

Maintaining the MX2020 Power Usage | 573

Converting an MX2000 Router Between AC and DC Power | 583

Replacing an MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module

IN THIS SECTION

Removing an MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module | 489

Installing an MX2000 Router Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module | 495

 489

Removing an MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module

Before you remove a three-phase delta AC PDM, be aware of the following:

WARNING: Before performing AC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To

ensure that all power is OFF, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services
the AC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle
of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.

WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the PDM. They can contain
dangerous voltages.

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating
power supply unit, each PDM slot must contain either a PDM or a blank panel. If you
remove a PDM, you must install a replacement PDM or a blank panel shortly after the
removal.

NOTE: After powering off a PDM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning the circuit
breaker to the ON position.

NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules
(AC/DC PSMs and AC/DC PDMs).

To remove a three-phase delta AC PDM:

1. Make sure that the voltage across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that
the cord might become active during the removal process.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See instructions for your site.
3. Disconnect the AC power cord (see Figure 201 on page 490) from the power source.
 490

Figure 201: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

4. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions
for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
5. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four screws on the cover of the metal wiring
compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
6. Remove the cover of the metal AC wiring compartment.
7. Disconnect the wires from the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC PDM (see Figure 202
on page 491), loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, and remove each wire
form the grounding point or input terminal.
To remove wires from the terminal block that serves six PSMs:

a. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the input terminal labeled C1.

b. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the input terminal labeled B1.

c. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the input terminal labeled A1.

d. Remove the grounding wire from the grounding point labeled GND.
 491

Figure 202: Disconnecting the Power Cord from a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution
Module

To remove wires from the terminal block that serves three PSMs:

a. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the input terminal labeled C2.

b. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the input terminal labeled B2.

c. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the input terminal labeled A2.

d. Remove the grounding wire from the grounding point labeled GND.

NOTE: The three-phase delta AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on
which slot the PDM gets plugged into.

NOTE: The color of each AC power wire might vary. The MX2000 chassis is not
sensitive to phase rotation sequence—either clockwise or counterclockwise will
operate correctly.
 492

NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a
1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen
wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.

8. Loosen the plastic cable tie fastening the AC power cord to the PDM.
9. Loosen and remove the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
10. Pull the AC power cord out of the metal wiring compartment.
11. Carefully move the AC power cable out of the way.
12. Disconnect both of the AC power cords from the AC PDM.
13. Loosen the two captive screws on the locking levers of the PDM faceplate completely.
14. Pull the locking levers on either side of the faceplate up to unseat the PDM.
15. Grasp the levers on the PDM faceplate and pull firmly. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see Figure
203 on page 493, Figure 204 on page 494 (MX2010), and Figure 205 on page 495 (MX2008).

CAUTION: Each three-phase delta AC PDM weighs approximately 12 lb (5.44 kg).

Be prepared to support the full weight of the PDM as you remove it from the router.

16. Place one hand underneath the PDM to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
 493

Figure 203: Removing a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module (MX2020 Router)
 494

Figure 204: Removing a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module (MX2010 Router)
 495

Figure 205: Removing a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module (MX2008 Router)

NOTE: Each PDM slot not occupied by a AC PDM must be covered by a PDM blank
panel.

SEE ALSO

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications

Installing an MX2000 Router Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module

Before you install a three-phase delta AC power distribution module (PDM), be aware of the following:

WARNING: Before performing AC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To

ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services
the AC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle
of the circuit breaker in the off position.

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating
power supply unit, each PDM slot must contain either a PDM or a blank panel. If you
 496

remove a PDM, you must install a replacement PDM or a blank panel shortly after the
removal.

NOTE: After powering off a PDM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning the circuit
breaker back on.

NOTE: The PDMs are hot swappable in a redundant configuration. However, you cannot
switch from one type of PDM (AC or DC) to another while the system is on.

Each three-phase delta AC PDM weighs approximately 12 lb (5.44 kg). To install a three-phase delta AC
PDM:

1. Make sure that the voltage across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that
the cord might become active during the installation process.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. [Optional]—If you are switching from a DC PDM to an AC PDM, see Converting an MX2000 Router
Between AC and DC Power for instructions on how to change the setting on the internal bar of the
power distribution unit (PDU) cage to AC.
4. Pull the locking levers on either side of the faceplate away until they stop.
5. Using both hands, slide the PDM into the chassis until you feel resistance (see Figure 206 on page
497Figure 207 on page 498, and Figure 208 on page 499).
6. Push the lock levers until they make contact with the PDM faceplate.
7. Tighten the two captive screws on the locking levers of the PDM faceplate to secure the PDM in
the chassis. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do
not overtighten the screws.
8. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four screws on the cover of the metal wiring
compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
 497

Figure 206: Installing a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module (MX2020)

 498

Figure 207: Installing a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module (MX2010)

 499

Figure 208: Installing a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module (MX2008)

9. Remove the cover of the metal AC wiring compartment.

10. Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
11. Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment.
12. Insert the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the retaining nut and rubber grommet.
13. Insert the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment.
14. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC PDM (see Figure 209 on
page 500). Loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, and insert the wire into
the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw (see Table 118 on page 501 for
approved AC wire gauge).
To insert wires into the terminal block that serves six PSMs:

a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND.

b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A1.

c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B1.

d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C1.
 500

Figure 209: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module

NOTE: The three-phase delta AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on
which slot the PDM gets plugged into.

NOTE: The color of each AC power wire might vary. The MX2000 chassis is not
sensitive to phase rotation sequence—either clockwise or counterclockwise will
operate correctly.

CAUTION: Wire label configuration is for Juniper Networks supplied cable only. If
you are using your own cable, make sure you use the proper connections.

To insert wires into the terminal block that serves three PSMs:

a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND.

b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A2.

c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B2.
 501

d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C2.

NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a
1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen
wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.

WARNING: To protect power supplies from input voltage that might be caused by
mis-wired PDMs, before reinstalling the metal cover to the wiring compartment,
apply AC voltage to the PDM (with the PSM power switch turned off). Verify that
the two LEDs on the PDM are lit green and that the AC voltage between AC
terminal blocks A1-B1, B1-C1, C1-A1, A2-B2, B2-C2, and C2-A2 for three-phase
delta PDM is not more than 264 VAC when measured with a digital voltage meter
(DVM). Then turn off the AC breaker to remove power from the PDM and install the
metal cover.

NOTE: Three-phase delta AC wire assembly kits can be purchased from Juniper
Networks.

Table 118: Supported Three-Phase Delta AC Wire Gauge

Wire Gauge Description

4 x 6-AWG or equivalent 4 conductor wires, each wire is 6-AWG

NOTE: We recommend that you use the proper gauge wire in order for the cable
clamps to hold the AC cables. Using smaller gauge wiring will result in the cable
clamps not tightening properly.

WARNING: Power connections must be performed by a licensed electrician only.

15. Verify that the power cord wire connections are correct.
16. Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment.
17. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the four captive screws on the metal AC wiring
compartment.
 502

18. Verify that the AC power cord does not touch or block access to router components, and that it
does not drape where people could trip on it.
19. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Connect the strap to an
approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
20. Connect the AC power cord plug to the power source.
21. Switch on the customer-site circuit breakers to provide voltage on the AC power cord.
22. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions
for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
23. Verify that the LED on the PDM faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the AC terminal block is
receiving power.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Distribution Module LEDs
Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution
Modules
Powering On a Three-Phase AC-Powered MX2000 Router
Powering Off the AC-Powered or Universal HVAC/HVDC-Powered MX2000 Router
Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System
MX2000 AC Power Cord Specifications
MX2000 AC Power System Electrical Specifications
MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications

Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module

IN THIS SECTION

Removing an MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module | 503

Installing an MX2000 Router Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module | 508

 503

Removing an MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module

Before you remove a three-phase wye AC Power Distribution Module (PDM), be aware of the following:

WARNING: Before performing AC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To

ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services
the AC circuit, move the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle
of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.

WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the PDM. They can contain
dangerous voltages.

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating
power supply unit, each PDM slot must contain either a PDM or a blank panel. If you
remove a PDM, you must install a replacement PDM or a blank panel shortly after the
removal.

NOTE: After powering off a PDM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning the circuit
breaker back on.

To remove a three-phase wye AC PDM:

1. Make sure that the voltage across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that
the cord might become active during the removal process.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD point on the chassis, and attach it to an approved
site ESD grounding point. See instructions for your site.
4. Disconnect the AC power cord (see Figure 210 on page 504) from the power source.
 504

Figure 210: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord

5. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions
for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
6. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four screws on the cover of the metal wiring
compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
7. Remove the cover of the metal AC wiring compartment.
8. Disconnect the wires from the AC terminal block on the three-phase wye AC PDM (see Figure 211
on page 505), loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, and remove each wire
from the grounding point or input terminal.
To remove wires from the terminal block that serves six PSMs:

a. Remove the wire labeled N from the input terminal labeled N1.

b. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the input terminal labeled C1.

c. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the input terminal labeled B1.

d. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the input terminal labeled A1.

e. Remove the grounding wire from the grounding point labeled GND.
 505

Figure 211: Disconnecting the Power Cord from a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution
Module

To remove wires from the terminal block that serves three PSMs:

a. Remove the wire labeled N from the input terminal labeled N2.

b. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the input terminal labeled C2.

c. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the input terminal labeled B2.

d. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the input terminal labeled A2.

e. Remove the grounding wire from the grounding point labeled GND.

NOTE: The three-phase wye AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on
which slot the PDM gets plugged in to.

NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a
1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen
wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.
 506

9. Loosen the plastic cable tie fastening the AC power cord to the PDM.
10. Loosen and remove the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
11. Pull the AC power cord out of the metal wiring compartment.
12. Carefully move the AC power cable out of the way.
13. Disconnect the AC power cord from the AC PDM.
14. Loosen the two captive screws on the locking levers of the PDM faceplate completely.
15. Pull the locking levers on either side of the faceplate up to unseat the PDM.
16. Grasp the levers on the PDM faceplate and pull firmly. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see Figure
212 on page 506, Figure 213 on page 507, and Figure 214 on page 508).

CAUTION: Each three-phase wye AC PDM weighs approximately 12 lb (5.44 kg). Be

prepared to support the full weight of the PDM as you remove it from the router.

17. Place one hand underneath the PDM to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.

Figure 212: Removing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC PDM

 507

Figure 213: Removing an MX2010 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module

 508

Figure 214: Removing an MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module

NOTE: Each PDM slot not occupied by a AC PDM must be covered by a PDM blank
panel.

Installing an MX2000 Router Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module

Each three-phase wye AC PDM weighs approximately 12 lb (5.44 kg). To install a three-phase wye AC
PDM:

WARNING: Before performing AC power procedures, ensure that power is removed

from the AC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel
board that services the AC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape
the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the off position.

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating
power supply unit, each PDM slot must contain either a PDM or a blank panel. If you
remove a PDM, you must install a replacement PDM or a blank panel shortly after the
removal.

NOTE: After powering off a PDM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning the circuit
breaker back on.
 509

NOTE: The PDMs are hot swappable in a redundant configuration. However, you cannot
convert to a DC configuration while the system is on.

1. Make sure that the voltage across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that
the cord might become active during the installation process.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. [Optional]—If you are switching from a DC PDM to an AC PDM, see Converting an MX2000 Router
Between AC and DC Power for instructions on how to change the setting on the internal bar of the
power distribution unit (PDU) cage to AC.
4. Pull the locking levers on either side of the faceplate away until they stop.
5. Using both hands, slide the PDM into the chassis until you feel resistance (see Figure 215 on page
509, Figure 216 on page 510, or Figure 217 on page 511.

Figure 215: Installing a Three-Phase Wye AC PDM (MX2020)

 510

Figure 216: Installing a Three-Phase Wye AC PDM (MX2010)

 511

Figure 217: Installing an Three-Phase Wye AC PDM (MX2008)

6. Push the lock levers completely in until they make contact with the PDM faceplate.
7. Tighten the two captive screws on the locking levers of the PDM faceplate to secure the PDM in
the chassis.
8. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four screws on the cover of the metal wiring
compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
9. Remove the cover of the metal AC wiring compartment.
10. Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
11. Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment.
12. Insert the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the retaining nut and rubber grommet.
13. Insert the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment.
14. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase wye AC PDM (see Figure 218 on
page 512). Loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, insert the wire into the
grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw (see Table 119 on page 513 for approved
AC wire gauge).
To insert wires into the terminal block that serves six PSMs:

a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND.

b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A1.

c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B1.

d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C1.

e. Insert the wire labeled N into the input terminal labeled N1.
 512

Figure 218: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module

NOTE: The three-phase wye AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on
which slot the PDM gets plugged into.

NOTE: The color of each AC power wire might vary. The MX2000 chassis is not
sensitive to phase rotation sequence—either CW or CCW will operate correctly.

CAUTION: Wire label configuration is for Juniper Networks supplied cable only. If
using your own cable, make sure you use the proper connections.

To insert wires into the terminal block that serves three PSMs:

a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND.

b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A2.

c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B2.
 513

d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C2.

e. Insert the wire labeled N into the input terminal labeled N2.

WARNING: To protect power supplies from input voltage that might be caused by
mis-wired PDMs, before reinstalling the metal cover to the wiring compartment,
apply AC voltage to the PDM (with disengaged PSM) to make sure that two LEDs on
the PDM are lit green and that the AC voltage between AC terminal blocks A1-N1,
B1-N1, C1-N1, A2-N2, B2-N2, and C2-N2 for three-phase wye PDM is not more
than 264 VAC when measured with a digital voltage meter (DVM). Then turn off the
AC breaker de-energizing the PDM and install the metal cover and engage all AC
PSMs.

NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a
1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen
wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.

NOTE: Three-phase wye AC wire assembly kits can be purchased from Juniper
Networks.

Table 119: Supported Three-Phase Wye AC Wire Gauge

Wire Gauge Description

5 x 10-AWG or equivalent 5 conductor wires, each wire is 10-AWG

NOTE: We recommend that you use the proper gauge wire in order for the cable
clamps to hold the AC cables. Using smaller gauge wiring will result in the cable
clamps not tightening properly.

WARNING: Power connections must be performed by a licensed electrician only.

15. Verify that the power cord wire connections are correct.
16. Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment.
 514

17. Reinstall the metal PDM wiring cover, and using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the four
captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment.
18. Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to router components, and that it
does not drape where people could trip on it.
19. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Connect the strap to an
approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
20. Connect the AC power cord plug to the power source.
21. Switch on the customer-site circuit breakers to provide voltage on the AC power cord.
22. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions
for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
23. Verify that the LED on the PDM faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the AC terminal block is
receiving power.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Three-Phase AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Modules
MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Description
MX2000 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Distribution Module LEDs
Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System

Removing an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module

Before you remove a single-phase AC PDM, be aware of the following:

WARNING: Before performing AC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To

ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services
the AC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle
of the circuit breaker in the off position.

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating
power supply unit, each PDM slot must contain either a PDM or a blank panel. If you
remove a PDM, you must install a replacement PDM or a blank panel shortly after the
removal.
 515

NOTE: After powering off a PDM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning the circuit
breaker back on.

NOTE: The PDMs are hot-swappable in a redundant configuration. However, you cannot
switch from one type of PDM (AC or DC) to another while the system is on.

Each single-phase AC PDM weighs approximately 9 lb (3.6 kg). To remove a single-phase AC PDM:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Move the switch to the off (O) position for the power supply modules that are powered from only
the AC PDMs being removed.

NOTE: After powering off a PDM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

3. Remove the two thumb screws at each end of the power cord retainer by turning them counter-
clockwise.
4. Remove the power cord retainer.
5. Starting at one end of the PDM, unplug all the power cords.
6. Loosen the two thumbscrews on the PDM ejector levers and pull down the ejector bar.
7. Pull the two ejector levers away from the PDM until they stop and remove the PDM from the router
chassis. Refer to Figure 219 on page 516.
 516

Figure 219: Removing an AC PDM from the MX2000 Router Chassis

8. Place the PDM on an antistatic flat surface.

9. Cover the empty slot with a blank panel or install a new PDM into the slot. Refer to Installing an
MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Seven-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description

MX2000 Nine-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description
Connecting Power to an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module
Installing an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module
MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications

Installing an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module

Before you install a single-phase AC power distribution module (PDM), be aware of the following:
 517

WARNING: Before performing AC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To

ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services
the AC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle
of the circuit breaker in the off position.

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating
power supply unit, each PDM slot must contain either a PDM or a blank panel. If you
remove a PDM, you must install a replacement PDM or a blank panel shortly after the
removal.

CAUTION: The single-phase AC PDM must be installed and secured in the chassis
before connecting the input power cables. If the PDM must be removed, all input power
cables must be removed from the PDM before the PDM can be removed from the
chassis.

NOTE: After powering off a PDM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning the circuit
breaker back on.

The seven-feed single-phase AC PDM weighs approximately 8 lbs (3.6 kg). The nine-feed single-phase
AC PDM weighs approximately 9 lbs (4.1 kg). To install a single-phase AC PDM:

1. Make sure that the voltage across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that
the cord might become active during the installation process.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. (Optional) If you are switching from a DC PDM to an AC PDM, see Converting an MX2000 Router
Between AC and DC Power for instructions on how to change the setting on the internal bar of the
power distribution unit (PDU) cage to AC.
4. Remove the faceplate covering the PDM slot.
5. On the PDM, remove the two thumb screws holding the two ejector levers in the locked position.
Put the screws aside for later use.
6. Pull the two ejector levers away from the PDM until they stop.
7. Using both hands, hold the PDM with the power plugs facing outward and slide it into the chassis
until you feel resistance.
8. Push in the two ejector levers on the PDM until they lock in place. Refer to Figure 220 on page
518
 518

Figure 220: Inserting the PDM into the Chassis

9. Gently push the ejector bar to be sure that the PDM is securely in place.
10. Tighten the two thumbscrews on the ejectors to secure the PDM in the chassis. Apply between 7
lb-in (0.8 Nm) and 9 lb-in. (1.01 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
11. Starting at one end of the PDM, plug the power cords into the power sockets on the PDM. Refer to
Figure 221 on page 518. Apply slight pressure so that the power cords are firmly seated in the
power socket. As you plug in each power cord, the power LED for the socket lights up green.

Figure 221: Plugging into the MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module

12. Attach the power cord retainer to the PDM to ensure that the AC power cords do not touch or
block access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.
Figure 222 on page 519 shows the seven-feed and nine-feed power cord retainer.
 519

Figure 222: MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Cord Retainer

• Loosen the two screws at each end of the power cord retainer.

• Position the power cord retainer over the PDM power cords with the power cord retainer
prongs facing downward. Refer to Figure 223 on page 519.

Figure 223: Attaching the Power Cord Retainer

 520

• Secure the power cord retainer to the PDM by threading the two screws at each end of the
power cord retainer into the screw holes on the PDM and turning them clockwise to tighten.

• Verify that the PDM looks like the illustration shown in Figure 224 on page 520

Figure 224: Proper Installation of the MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module in
Chassis (nine-feed)

13. Flip the power switch on all the PSMs to the on (|) position to provide power to the router
components.
14. Verify that the LEDs on the PDM faceplate are lit steadily green, indicating that the AC terminal
block is receiving power.
15. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Connect the strap to an
approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Seven-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description

MX2000 Nine-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description
MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications
Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System
 521

Removing an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module | 514

Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V)

IN THIS SECTION

Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) | 521

Installing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) | 525

Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V)

Before you remove a PDM, be aware of the following:

NOTE: The minimum number of PDMs must be present in the router at all times.

WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To

ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services
the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle
of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating
power supply unit, each PDM slot must contain either a PDM or a blank panel. If you
remove a PDM, you must install a replacement PDM or a blank panel shortly after the
removal.

NOTE: After powering off a PDM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning the circuit
breaker back on.

1. Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breaker for the PDM being removed. Follow your
site's procedures for ESD.
2. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no
chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.
3. Verify that the –48V LEDs on the PDM to be removed are not lit.
 522

4. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
5. Move the DC circuit breaker on the power input source to the OFF position.
6. Remove the clear plastic covers protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
7. Remove the nut and washers from each of the terminal studs. (Use a 7/16-in. [11 mm] nut driver or
socket wrench.)
8. Remove the cable lugs from the terminal studs.
9. Carefully move the power cables out of the way.
10. Loosen the two captive screws on the locking levers, and pull away from the chassis.

NOTE: For the MX2020 Router, pull down the PDM3/Input1 and PDM1/Input1
locking levers to release the PDM from the chassis, and pull up the PDM0/Input0
and PDM2/Input0 locking levers to release the PDM from the chassis.

NOTE: For the MX2010 and MX2008 Routers, pull down the PDM1/Input1 locking
levers to release the PDM from the chassis, and pull up the PDM0/Input0 locking
levers to release the PDM from the chassis.

11. The PDM is extended slightly away from the chassis. See Figure 225 on page 523 (MX2020),
Figure 226 on page 524 (MX2010), and Figure 227 on page 525 (MX2008)
 523

Figure 225: Removing a DC PDM from an MX2020 Router

 524

Figure 226: Removing a DC PDM from an MX2010 Router

 525

Figure 227: Removing a DC PDM from an MX2008 Router

12. With both hands, grasp the two handles and gently pull the PDM straight out of the chassis.

CAUTION: Do not touch the power connectors on the back of the PDM. It can get
damaged.

NOTE: Each PDM slot not occupied by a DC PDM must be covered by a PDM blank
panel.

13. Place the PDM onto an antistatic mat or into a ESD bag.

Installing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V)

WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To

ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services
the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle
of the circuit breaker in the off position.

To install a DC power distribution module (PDM) in an MX2000 Router:

1. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance
that the cable leads might become active during installation.
 526

2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Move the DC circuit breaker on the power input source to the off position.
4. [Optional]—If you are switching from an AC PDM to DC PDM, see Converting an MX2000 Router
Between AC and DC Power for instructions on how to change the setting on the internal bar of the
power distribution unit (PDU) cage to DC.
5. Remove the blank panel covering the PDM slot in the chassis.
6. Open the locking levers on the PDM.
7. While holding both handles, guide the PDM until the locking levers are inserted into the chassis.
With both hands push the locking levers simultaneously until the PDM is fully seated into the
chassis (see Figure 228 on page 526(MX2020), Figure 229 on page 527(MX2010), or Figure 230
on page 528 (MX2008).

Figure 228: Installing an MX2020 Router DC Power Distribution Module

 527

Figure 229: Installing an MX2010 Router DC Power Distribution Module

 528

Figure 230: Installing an MX2008 Router Power Distribution Module

8. Tighten both captive screws on the PDM. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm)
of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
9. Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the PDM faceplate.
10. Remove the nut and washers from each of the terminal studs.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Powering Off the DC-Powered or DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router

MX2000 Router DC (-48 V) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 295
Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System
Connecting an MX2000 DC Router Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Cable
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX Series Router

Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China)

IN THIS SECTION

Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) | 529

 529

Installing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) | 532

Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China)

Before you remove a PDM, be aware of the following:

NOTE: The minimum number of PDMs must be present in the router at all times.

WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To

ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services
the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle
of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating
power supply unit, each PDM slot must contain either a PDM or a blank panel. If you
remove a PDM, you must install a replacement PDM or a blank panel shortly after the
removal.

NOTE: After powering off a PDM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning the circuit
breaker back on.

1. Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breaker for the PDM being removed. Follow your
site's procedures for ESD.
2. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no
chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.
3. Verify that the LEDs on the PDM to be removed are not lit.
4. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
5. Move the DC circuit breaker on the power input source to the OFF position.
6. Starting at one end of the PDM, unplug all the power cords. Press the latch on the side of the
power cable before pulling it out. See Figure 231 on page 530.
 530

Figure 231: Unplugging the 240 V China Power Cord an MX2000 Router

7. Loosen the two captive screws on the locking levers, and pull away from the chassis. See Figure
232 on page 531.

NOTE: For the MX2020 Router, pull down the PDM3/Input1 and PDM1/Input1
locking levers to release the PDM from the chassis, and pull up the PDM0/Input0
and PDM2/Input0 locking levers to release the PDM from the chassis.

NOTE: For the MX2010 and MX2008 Routers, pull down the PDM1/Input1 locking
levers to release the PDM from the chassis, and pull up the PDM0/Input0 locking
levers to release the PDM from the chassis.
 531

Figure 232: Removing a DC PDM (240 V China) from an MX2000 Router

8. The PDM is extended slightly away from the chassis. See Figure 232 on page 531.
9. With both hands, grasp the two handles and gently pull the PDM straight out of the chassis.

CAUTION: Do not touch the power connectors on the back of the PDM. It can get
damaged.

NOTE: Each PDM slot not occupied by a DC PDM must be covered by a PDM blank
panel.

10. Place the PDM onto an antistatic mat or into a ESD bag.
 532

Installing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China)

WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To

ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services
the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle
of the circuit breaker in the off position.

To install a DC power distribution module (PDM) in an MX2000 Router:

1. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance
that the cable leads might become active during installation.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Move the DC circuit breaker on the power input source to the off position.
4. [Optional]—If you are switching from an AC PDM to DC PDM, see Converting an MX2000 Router
Between AC and DC Power for instructions on how to change the setting on the internal bar of the
power distribution unit (PDU) cage to DC.
5. Remove the blank panel covering the PDM slot in the chassis.
6. Open the locking levers on the PDM.
7. While holding both handles, guide the PDM until the locking levers are inserted into the chassis.
With both hands push the locking levers simultaneously until the PDM is fully seated into the chassis
(see Figure 233 on page 533).
 533

Figure 233: Installing an MX2020 Router DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China)

8. Tighten both captive screws on the PDM. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm)
of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
9. Starting at one end of the PDM, plug the power cords into the power sockets on the PDM. Press the
latch on the side of the power cable before pushing it in. Apply slight pressure so that the power cord
is firmly seated in the power socket until you feel it engage. As you plug in each power cord, the
power LED for the socket lights up green. See Figure 234 on page 534.
 534

Figure 234: Plugging the 240 V China Power Cord an MX2000 Router

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Powering Off the DC-Powered or DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router

MX2000 Router DC (240 V China) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 298
Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX Series Router

Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power

Distribution Module

IN THIS SECTION

Installing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module | 535

Removing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Second Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution
Module | 537
 535

Installing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power

Distribution Module
Depending on whether you are connecting to AC or DC power, these warnings apply to the universal
HVAC/HVDC power distribution module (PDM):

WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To

ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services
the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle
of the circuit breaker in the off position.

WARNING: Before performing AC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To

ensure that all power is OFF, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services
the AC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle
of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.

WARNING: Before working on the device or near power supplies, unplug all the power
cords from an AC-powered device.

To install a universal HVAC/HVDC power distribution module (PDM) in an MX2000 Router:

1. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance
that the cable leads might become active during installation.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Move the DC circuit breaker on the power input source to the off position.
4. [Optional]—If you are switching from an AC PDM or 48V DC PDM to a universal PDM, the universal
HVAC/HVDC PSMs and PDMs work with either AC or DC bar setting, see Converting an MX2000
Router Between AC and DC Power for details.
5. Remove the blank panel covering the PDM slot in the chassis.
6. Open the locking levers on the PDM.
7. While holding both handles, guide the PDM until the locking levers are inserted into the chassis.
With both hands push the locking levers simultaneously until the PDM is fully seated into the chassis
(see Figure 235 on page 536).
 536

Figure 235: Installing an MX2000 Router Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module

8. Tighten both captive screws on the PDM. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm)
of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
9. Starting at one end of the PDM, plug the power cords into the power sockets on the PDM. Press the
latch on the side of the power cable before pushing it in. Apply slight pressure so that the power cord
is firmly seated in the power socket until you feel it engage. As you plug in each power cord, the
power LED for the socket lights up green. See Figure 236 on page 537.
 537

Figure 236: Plugging the Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Cord an MX2000 Router

Removing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Second Generation Universal (HVAC/

HVDC) Power Distribution Module
Before you remove a PDM, be aware of the following:

NOTE: The minimum number of PDMs must be present in the router at all times while it
is operating.

Depending on whether you are connecting to AC or DC power, these warnings apply to the universal
HVAC/HVDC power distribution module (PDM):

WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To

ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services
the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle
of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.

NOTE: These warnings apply to the HVAC/HVDC universal PDM:

WARNING: Before performing AC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To

ensure that all power is OFF, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services
the AC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle
of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
 538

WARNING: Before working on the device or near power supplies, unplug all the power
cords from an AC-powered device.

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating
power supply unit, each PDM slot must contain either a PDM or a blank panel. If you
remove a PDM, you must install a replacement PDM or a blank panel shortly after the
removal.

NOTE: After powering off a PDM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning the circuit
breaker back on.

1. Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breaker for the PDM being removed. Follow your
site's procedures for ESD.
2. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no
chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.
3. Verify that the LEDs on the PDM to be removed are not lit.
4. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
5. Move the AC or DC circuit breaker on the power input source to the OFF position.
6. Starting at one end of the PDM, unplug all the power cords. Press the latch on the side of the
power cable before pulling it out. See Figure 237 on page 539.
 539

Figure 237: Unplugging the Universal HVAC/HVDC Power Cord an MX2000 Router

7. Loosen the two captive screws on the locking levers, and pull away from the chassis. See .

NOTE: For the MX2020 Router, pull down the PDM3/Input1 and PDM1/Input1
locking levers to release the PDM from the chassis, and pull up the PDM0/Input0
and PDM2/Input0 locking levers to release the PDM from the chassis.

NOTE: For the MX2010 and MX2008 Routers, pull down the PDM1/Input1 locking
levers to release the PDM from the chassis, and pull up the PDM0/Input0 locking
levers to release the PDM from the chassis.
 540

Figure 238: Removing a Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM from an MX2020 Router

 541

Figure 239: Removing a Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM from an MX2010 Router

 542

Figure 240: Removing a Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM from an MX2008 Router

8. The PDM is extended slightly away from the chassis. See Figure 238 on page 540, Figure 239 on
page 541, and Figure 240 on page 542.
9. With both hands, grasp the two handles and gently pull the PDM straight out of the chassis.

CAUTION: Do not touch the power connectors on the back of the PDM. It can get
damaged.

NOTE: Each PDM slot not occupied by a PDM must be covered by a PDM blank
panel.

10. Place the PDM onto an antistatic mat or into a ESD bag.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System

 543

MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications

Replacing an MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V)

IN THIS SECTION

Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 543

Installing an MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 545

Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Module (-48 V)

Before you remove a PSM, be aware of the following:

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating
PSM, each PSM slot must contain either a PSM or a blank panel. If you remove a PSM,
you must install a replacement PSM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.

NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

To remove a DC PSM (see Figure 241 on page 544 and Figure 242 on page 545):

NOTE: The minimum number of DC PSMs change, based on the configuration.

1. With one PSM installed and operational, remove any additional PSM by turning the power switch to
the off (O) position.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Loosen the two captive screws on the PSM faceplate. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in.
(1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
4. While grasping the handle on the PSM faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to guide the
PSM away from the chassis.
5. Pull the PSM straight out of the chassis.
 544

WARNING: To avoid damage, do not touch the power connectors in back of the PSM.

6. Place the PSM module into an antistatic bag.

NOTE: Each PSM slot not occupied by a DC PSM must be covered by a PSM blank
panel.

Figure 241: Removing an MX2020 Router DC Power Supply Module

 545

Figure 242: Removing an MX2010 Router DC Power Supply Module

SEE ALSO

MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 185

MX2010 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description
Installing an MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 545
Installing an MX2010 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V)

Installing an MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V)

Before you install a PSM, be aware of the following:

NOTE: The DC PSM is hot-swappable when a minimum number of PSMs installed and
operational.
 546

WARNING: The DC PSMs have no circuit breakers that can physically disconnect DC
current from the router. After DC feeds have been connected to the PDM, the DC
voltage is always present on the power midplane and is distributed to the PSM
connectors on the power midplane.

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating
PSM, each PSM slot must contain either a PSM or a blank panel. If you remove a PSM,
you must install a replacement PSM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.

NOTE: After powering on a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back off.

To install a DC PSM (see Figure 243 on page 547):

1. With one PSM installed and operational, install an additional PSM with the power supply switch in
the off (O) or in the on (|) position.

CAUTION: If there is only one PSM installed and operational, the power supply switch
must be placed in the off (O) position.

2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. While grasping the handle on the PSM faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to guide the
power supply module into the chassis.
4. Tighten the captive screws on the PSM faceplate. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in.
(1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
5. Turn on the power switch to the on (|) position.
6. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit steadily green.
 547

Figure 243: Installing a DC Power Supply Module

SEE ALSO

MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 185

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router

 548

Powering Off the DC-Powered or DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router

Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System
Maintaining the Power Supply Modules on the MX2000 Line of Routers
MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 185
MX2020 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines
MX2000 Router DC (-48 V) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 295

Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China)

IN THIS SECTION

Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) | 548

Installing an MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) | 550

Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Module (240 V China)

Before you remove a PSM, be aware of the following:

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating
PSM, each PSM slot must contain either a PSM or a blank panel. If you remove a PSM,
you must install a replacement PSM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.

NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

To remove a DC PSM (see Figure 244 on page 550):

NOTE: The minimum number of DC PSMs change, based on the configuration.

1. With one PSM installed and operational, remove any additional PSM by turning the power switch to
the off (O) position.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
 549

3. Loosen the two captive screws on the PSM faceplate. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in.
(1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
4. While grasping the handle on the PSM faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to guide the
PSM away from the chassis.
5. Pull the PSM straight out of the chassis.

WARNING: To avoid damage, do not touch the power connectors in back of the PSM.

6. Place the PSM module into an antistatic bag.

NOTE: Each PSM slot not occupied by a DC PSM must be covered by a PSM blank
panel.
 550

Figure 244: Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Module (240 V China)

SEE ALSO

MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 185

MX2010 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description
Installing an MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 545
Installing an MX2010 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V)

Installing an MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Module (240 V China)

Before you install a DC PSM (240 V China), be aware of the following:
 551

NOTE: The DC PSM is hot-swappable when a minimum number of PSMs installed and
operational.

WARNING: The DC PSMs have no circuit breakers that can physically disconnect DC
current from the router. After DC feeds have been connected to the PDM, the DC
voltage is always present on the power midplane and is distributed to the PSM
connectors on the power midplane.

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating
PSM, each PSM slot must contain either a PSM or a blank panel. If you remove a PSM,
you must install a replacement PSM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.

NOTE: After powering on a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back off.

To install a DC PSM (see Figure 245 on page 552):

1. With one PSM installed and operational, install an additional PSM with the power supply switch in
the off (O) or in the on (|) position.

CAUTION: If there is only one PSM installed and operational, the power supply switch
must be placed in the off (O) position.

2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. While grasping the handle on the PSM faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to guide the
power supply module into the chassis.
4. Tighten the captive screws on the PSM faceplate. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in.
(1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
5. Turn on the power switch to the on (|) position.
6. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit steadily green.
 552

Figure 245: Installing a DC Power Supply Module (240 V China)

SEE ALSO

MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 185

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router

Powering Off the DC-Powered or DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router
Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System
Maintaining the Power Supply Modules on the MX2000 Line of Routers
MX2020 DC Power Distribution (240 V China) Description | 293
 553

MX2020 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

MX2000 Router DC (-48 V) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 295

Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal

(HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module

IN THIS SECTION

Removing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply

Module | 553

Installing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module | 557

Removing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal (HVAC/

HVDC) Power Supply Module
Before you remove a PSM, be aware of the following:

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating
PSM, each PSM slot must contain either a PSM or a blank panel. If you remove a PSM,
you must install a replacement PSM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.

NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

To remove a universal HVAC/HVDC PSM (see Figure 246 on page 555, Figure 247 on page 556, and
Figure 248 on page 557):

NOTE: The minimum number of PSMs change, based on the configuration.

1. With one PSM installed and operational, remove any additional PSM by turning the power switch to
the off (O) position.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
 554

3. Loosen the two captive screws on the PSM faceplate. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in.
(1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
4. While grasping the handle on the PSM faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to guide the
PSM away from the chassis.
5. Pull the PSM straight out of the chassis.

WARNING: To avoid damage, do not touch the power connectors in back of the PSM.

6. Place the PSM module into an antistatic bag.

NOTE: Each PSM slot not occupied by a universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM must be covered
by a PSM blank panel.
 555

Figure 246: Removing an MX2020 Router Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module
 556

Figure 247: Removing an MX2010 Router Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module
 557

Figure 248: Removing an MX2008 Router Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module

SEE ALSO

MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 185

MX2010 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description
Installing an MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 545
Installing an MX2010 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V)

Installing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply

Module
Before you install a universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM, be aware of the following:

NOTE: The universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM is hot-swappable when a minimum number of

PSMs installed and operational.
 558

Depending on whether you are connecting to AC or DC power, these warnings apply to the universal
HVAC/HVDC power distribution module (PDM):

WARNING: The DC PSMs have no circuit breakers that can physically disconnect DC
current from the router. After DC feeds have been connected to the PDM, the DC
voltage is always present on the power midplane and is distributed to the PSM
connectors on the power midplane.

WARNING: The AC PSMs have no circuit breakers that can physically disconnect AC
current from the router. After AC feeds have been connected to the PDM, the AC
voltage is always present on the power midplane and is distributed to the PSM
connectors on the power midplane.

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating
PSM, each PSM slot must contain either a PSM or a blank panel. If you remove a PSM,
you must install a replacement PSM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.

NOTE: After powering on a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back off.

To install a universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM (see Figure 249 on page 559, Figure 250 on page 560, and
Figure 251 on page 561):

1. With one PSM installed and operational, install an additional PSM with the power supply switch in
the off (O) or in the on (|) position.

CAUTION: If there is only one PSM installed and operational, the power supply switch
must be placed in the off (O) position.

2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. While grasping the handle on the PSM faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to guide the
power supply module into the chassis.
4. Tighten the captive screws on the PSM faceplate. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in.
(1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
5. Turn on the power switch to the on (|) position.
6. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit steadily green.
 559

Figure 249: Installing an MX2020 Router Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module
 560

Figure 250: Installing an MX2010 Router Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module
 561

Figure 251: Installing an MX2008 Router Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router

Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System
Maintaining the Power Supply Modules on the MX2000 Line of Routers

Replacing an MX2000 AC Power Supply Module

IN THIS SECTION

Removing an MX2000 AC Power Supply Module | 562

Installing MX2000 Router AC Power Supply Modules | 565

 562

Removing an MX2000 AC Power Supply Module

Before you remove a PSM, be aware of the following:

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating
PSM, each PdSM slot must contain either a PSM or a blank panel. If you remove a PSM,
you must install a replacement PSM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.

NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

To remove an AC PSM (see Figure 252 on page 563 and Figure 253 on page 564, and Figure 254 on
page 565):

NOTE: The minimum number of AC PSMs changes based on the configuration.

1. With one PSM installed and operational, remove any additional PSMs by turning the power switch to
the off (O) position.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Loosen the two captive screws on the PSM faceplate.
4. While grasping the handle on the PSM faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to guide the
PSM away from the chassis.
5. Pull the PSM straight out of the chassis.

CAUTION: Do not touch the power connectors on back of the PSM. They can get
damaged.

6. Place the PSM module into an antistatic bag.

NOTE: Each PSM slot not occupied by a AC PSM must be covered by a PSM blank
panel.
 563

Figure 252: Removing an MX2020 Router AC Power Supply Module

 564

Figure 253: Removing an MX2010 Router AC Power Supply Module

 565

Figure 254: Removing an MX2008 AC Power Supply Module

Installing MX2000 Router AC Power Supply Modules

Before you install a PSM, be aware of the following:

NOTE: The AC PSM is hot-swappable when a minimum number of PSMs installed and
operational.

WARNING: The AC PSMs have no circuit breakers that can physically disconnect AC
current from the router. After AC feeds have been connected to the PDM, the AC
voltage is always present on the power midplane and is distributed to the PSM
connectors on the power midplane.
 566

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating
PSM, each PSM slot must contain either a PSM or a blank panel. If you remove a PSM,
you must install a replacement PSM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.

NOTE: After powering on a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back off.

To install an AC PSM (see Figure 255 on page 567,Figure 256 on page 568, or Figure 257 on page
569:

1. With one PSM installed and operational, install an additional PSM with the power supply switch in
the off (O), or in the on (|) position.

WARNING: If there is only one PSM installed and operational, the power supply switch
must be placed in the off (O) position.

2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. While grasping the handle on the PSM faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to guide the
power supply module into the chassis.
4. Tighten the captive screws on the PSM faceplate.
5. Turn on the power switch to the on (|) position.
6. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit steadily green.
 567

Figure 255: Installing an MX2020 Router AC Power Supply Module

 568

Figure 256: Installing an MX2010 Router AC Power Supply Module

 569

Figure 257: Installing an MX2008 Router AC Power Supply Module

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 AC Power System Electrical Specifications

Maintaining the Power Supply Modules on the MX2000 Line of Routers
Powering Off the AC-Powered or Universal HVAC/HVDC-Powered MX2000 Router

Maintaining the Power Supply Modules on the MX2000 Line of Routers

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 570
 570

Action | 570

Purpose

For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the power supply modules (PSMs).

Action

On a regular basis:

• Check the status of the PSMs by issuing the show chassis environment psm command.

The following output displays environmental information about the PSMs in an MX2010:

user@host> show chassis environment psm

PSM 2 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
DC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 50.00 18.90 945.00
INP1 0.00 0.00 0.00
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
51.75 16.50 853.88 40.66
Hours Used 6140
PSM 3 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
DC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 50.40 18.90 952.56
INP1 0.00 0.00 0.00
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
51.75 16.50 853.88 40.66
Hours Used 6140
40
...
 571

Here is an example of the AC PSM input status for an MX2010:

user@host> show chassis environment psm

PSM 0 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
AC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 223.75 1.40 313.25
INP1 0.00 0.00 0.00
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
52.00 4.25 221.00 10.52
Hours Used 6862
PSM 1 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
AC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 225.00 1.40 315.00
INP1 2.50 0.00 0.00
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
52.00 4.25 221.00 10.52
Hours Used 6862
PSM 2 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
AC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 225.00 1.30 292.50
INP1 3.75 0.00 0.00
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
52.00 4.25 221.00 10.52
Hours Used 6862
P...

Here is an example of the universal PSM (HVAC/HVDC) input status for an MX2010:

user@host> show chassis environment psm

PSM 0 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
AC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 209.10 0.10 20.91
 572

INP1 209.10 0.10 20.91

DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
52.50 5.10 267.75 7.87
Hours Used 1832
PSM 1 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
AC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 209.10 0.20 41.82
INP1 209.10 0.90 188.19
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
52.50 6.46 339.15 9.98
Hours Used 2571
PSM 2 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
AC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 209.10 3.70 773.67
INP1 210.80 2.70 569.16
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
52.50 17.34 910.35 26.78
Hours Used 3404
PSM 3 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
AC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 209.10 3.60 752.76
INP1 209.10 0.60 125.46
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
52.50 11.90 624.75 18.37
Hours Used 2571
...

• Make sure that the power and grounding cables are arranged so that they do not obstruct access to
other router components.

• Routinely check the status LEDs on the AC or DC PSM faceplates and the craft interface to
determine whether the PSMs are functioning normally.
 573

• Check the red and yellow alarm LEDs on the craft interface. PSM failure or removal triggers an alarm
that causes one or both of the LEDs to light. You can display the associated error messages by issuing
the following command:

user@host> show chassis alarms

• Periodically inspect the site to ensure that the grounding and power cables connected to the router
are securely in place and that no moisture accumulates near the router.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2010 Power System Description

MX2010 Troubleshooting Resources
Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System
Overview of Preparing the Site for the MX2010 Router
MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160
MX2020 Troubleshooting Resources | 843
Overview of Preparing the Site for the MX2020 Router | 201

Maintaining the MX2020 Power Usage

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 573

Action | 573

Purpose

For optimum router performance, verify the AC or DC power usage.

Action

On a regular basis:
 574

• Make sure that the total system power consumption and capacity doesn’t exceed the maximum
allocated.

• Issue the show chassis power command to display the information about the AC or DC power
system.

The output displays the AC chassis power for 2100 W capacity.

user@host>show chassis power

PSM 0:
State: Online
AC input: OK (INP0 feed expected, INP0 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2100 W)
DC output: 271.69 W (Lower Zone, 5.25 A at 51.75 V, 12.94% of capacity)

PSM 1:
State: Online
AC input: OK (INP0 feed expected, INP0 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2100 W)
DC output: 247.00 W (Lower Zone, 4.75 A at 52.00 V, 11.76% of capacity)

PSM 2:
State: Online
AC input: OK (INP0 feed expected, INP0 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2100 W)
DC output: 247.00 W (Lower Zone, 4.75 A at 52.00 V, 11.76% of capacity)

PSM 3:
State: Online
AC input: OK (INP0 feed expected, INP0 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2100 W)
DC output: 260.00 W (Lower Zone, 5.00 A at 52.00 V, 12.38% of capacity)

PSM 4:
State: Online
AC input: OK (INP0 feed expected, INP0 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2100 W)
DC output: 234.00 W (Lower Zone, 4.50 A at 52.00 V, 11.14% of capacity)

PSM 5:
State: Online
AC input: OK (INP0 feed expected, INP0 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2100 W)
 575

DC output: 247.00 W (Lower Zone, 4.75 A at 52.00 V, 11.76% of capacity)

PSM 6:
State: Online
AC input: OK (INP0 feed expected, INP0 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2100 W)
DC output: 273.00 W (Lower Zone, 5.25 A at 52.00 V, 13.00% of capacity)

PSM 7:
State: Online
AC input: OK (INP0 feed expected, INP0 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2100 W)
DC output: 221.00 W (Lower Zone, 4.25 A at 52.00 V, 10.52% of capacity)

PSM 8:
State: Online
AC input: OK (INP0 feed expected, INP0 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2100 W)
DC output: 260.00 W (Lower Zone, 5.00 A at 52.00 V, 12.38% of capacity)

PSM 9:
State: Online
AC input: OK (INP0 feed expected, INP0 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2100 W)
DC output: 284.62 W (Upper Zone, 5.50 A at 51.75 V, 13.55% of capacity)

PSM 10:
State: Online
AC input: OK (INP0 feed expected, INP0 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2100 W)
DC output: 286.00 W (Upper Zone, 5.50 A at 52.00 V, 13.62% of capacity)

PSM 11:
State: Online
AC input: OK (INP0 feed expected, INP0 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2100 W)
DC output: 273.00 W (Upper Zone, 5.25 A at 52.00 V, 13.00% of capacity)

PSM 12:
State: Online
AC input: OK (INP0 feed expected, INP0 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2100 W)
DC output: 273.00 W (Upper Zone, 5.25 A at 52.00 V, 13.00% of capacity)
 576

PSM 13:
State: Online
AC input: OK (INP0 feed expected, INP0 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2100 W)
DC output: 286.00 W (Upper Zone, 5.50 A at 52.00 V, 13.62% of capacity)

PSM 14:
State: Online
AC input: OK (INP0 feed expected, INP0 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2100 W)
DC output: 258.75 W (Upper Zone, 5.00 A at 51.75 V, 12.32% of capacity)

PSM 15:
State: Online
AC input: OK (INP0 feed expected, INP0 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2100 W)
DC output: 260.00 W (Upper Zone, 5.00 A at 52.00 V, 12.38% of capacity)

PSM 16:
State: Online
AC input: OK (INP0 feed expected, INP0 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2100 W)
DC output: 273.00 W (Upper Zone, 5.25 A at 52.00 V, 13.00% of capacity)

PSM 17:
State: Online
AC input: OK (INP0 feed expected, INP0 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2100 W)
DC output: 271.69 W (Upper Zone, 5.25 A at 51.75 V, 12.94% of capacity)

System:
Upper Zone:
Capacity: 18900 W (maximum 18900 W)
Allocated power: 7360 W (11540 W remaining)
Actual usage: 2466.06 W
Lower Zone:
Capacity: 18900 W (maximum 18900 W)
Allocated power: 7360 W (11540 W remaining)
Actual usage: 2260.69 W
Total system capacity: 37800 W (maximum 37800 W)
Total remaining power: 23080 W
 577

The output displays the DC chassis power for 2100 W capacity.

NOTE: The capacity of the DC PSM is limited by the power feeds as indicated by the
60 A/80 A switch on the PDM.

user@host> show chassis power

PSM 0:
State: Empty
Input: Absent

PSM 1:
State: Empty
Input: Absent

PSM 2:
State: Empty
Input: Absent

PSM 3:
State: Empty
Input: Absent

PSM 4:
State: Empty
Input: Absent

PSM 5:
State: Online
DC input: OK (INP1 feed expected, INP1 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2500 W)
DC output: 345.94 W (Lower Zone, 6.75 A at 51.25 V, 16.47% of capacity)

PSM 6:
State: Online
DC input: OK (INP1 feed expected, INP1 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2500 W)
DC output: 333.12 W (Lower Zone, 6.50 A at 51.25 V, 15.86% of capacity)

PSM 7:
State: Online
 578

DC input: OK (INP1 feed expected, INP1 feed connected)

Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2500 W)
DC output: 333.12 W (Lower Zone, 6.50 A at 51.25 V, 15.86% of capacity)

PSM 8:
State: Online
DC input: OK (INP1 feed expected, INP1 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2500 W)
DC output: 333.12 W (Lower Zone, 6.50 A at 51.25 V, 15.86% of capacity)

PSM 9:
State: Empty
Input: Absent

PSM 10:
State: Empty
Input: Absent

PSM 11:
State: Empty
Input: Absent

PSM 12:
State: Empty
Input: Absent

PSM 13:
State: Online
DC input: OK (INP1 feed expected, INP1 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2500 W)
DC output: 269.06 W (Upper Zone, 5.25 A at 51.25 V, 12.81% of capacity)

PSM 14:
State: Online
DC input: OK (INP1 feed expected, INP1 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2500 W)
DC output: 281.88 W (Upper Zone, 5.50 A at 51.25 V, 13.42% of capacity)

PSM 15:
State: Online
DC input: OK (INP1 feed expected, INP1 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2500 W)
DC output: 269.06 W (Upper Zone, 5.25 A at 51.25 V, 12.81% of capacity)
 579

PSM 16:
State: Online
DC input: OK (INP1 feed expected, INP1 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2500 W)
DC output: 269.06 W (Upper Zone, 5.25 A at 51.25 V, 12.81% of capacity)

PSM 17:
State: Online
DC input: OK (INP1 feed expected, INP1 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2500 W)
DC output: 281.88 W (Upper Zone, 5.50 A at 51.25 V, 13.42% of capacity)

System:
Upper Zone:
Capacity: 10500 W (maximum 12500 W)
Allocated power: 7760 W (2740 W remaining)
Actual usage: 1370.94 W
Lower Zone:
Capacity: 8400 W (maximum 10000 W)
Allocated power: 7760 W (640 W remaining)
Actual usage: 1345.31 W
Total system capacity: 18900 W (maximum 22500 W)
Total remaining power: 3380 W

The output displays the 240 V China DC chassis power for 2100 W capacity.

user@host> show chassis power

PSM 0:
State: Empty
Input: Absent

PSM 1:
State: Empty
Input: Absent

PSM 2:
State: Empty
Input: Absent

PSM 3:
 580

State: Empty
Input: Absent

PSM 4:
State: Empty
Input: Absent

PSM 5:
State: Online
DC input: OK (INP1 feed expected, INP1 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2500 W)
DC output: 345.94 W (Lower Zone, 6.75 A at 51.25 V, 16.47% of capacity)

PSM 6:
State: Online
DC input: OK (INP1 feed expected, INP1 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2500 W)
DC output: 333.12 W (Lower Zone, 6.50 A at 51.25 V, 15.86% of capacity)

PSM 7:
State: Online
DC input: OK (INP1 feed expected, INP1 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2500 W)
DC output: 333.12 W (Lower Zone, 6.50 A at 51.25 V, 15.86% of capacity)

PSM 8:
State: Online
DC input: OK (INP1 feed expected, INP1 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2500 W)
DC output: 333.12 W (Lower Zone, 6.50 A at 51.25 V, 15.86% of capacity)

PSM 9:
State: Empty
Input: Absent

PSM 10:
State: Empty
Input: Absent

PSM 11:
State: Empty
Input: Absent
 581

PSM 12:
State: Empty
Input: Absent

PSM 13:
State: Online
DC input: OK (INP1 feed expected, INP1 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2500 W)
DC output: 269.06 W (Upper Zone, 5.25 A at 51.25 V, 12.81% of capacity)

PSM 14:
State: Online
DC input: OK (INP1 feed expected, INP1 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2500 W)
DC output: 281.88 W (Upper Zone, 5.50 A at 51.25 V, 13.42% of capacity)

PSM 15:
State: Online
DC input: OK (INP1 feed expected, INP1 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2500 W)
DC output: 269.06 W (Upper Zone, 5.25 A at 51.25 V, 12.81% of capacity)

PSM 16:
State: Online
DC input: OK (INP1 feed expected, INP1 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2500 W)
DC output: 269.06 W (Upper Zone, 5.25 A at 51.25 V, 12.81% of capacity)

PSM 17:
State: Online
DC input: OK (INP1 feed expected, INP1 feed connected)
Capacity: 2100 W (maximum 2500 W)
DC output: 281.88 W (Upper Zone, 5.50 A at 51.25 V, 13.42% of capacity)

System:
Upper Zone:
Capacity: 10500 W (maximum 12500 W)
Allocated power: 7760 W (2740 W remaining)
Actual usage: 1370.94 W
Lower Zone:
Capacity: 8400 W (maximum 10000 W)
Allocated power: 7760 W (640 W remaining)
Actual usage: 1345.31 W
 582

Total system capacity: 18900 W (maximum 22500 W)

Total remaining power: 3380 W

The output displays the universal (HVAC/HVDC) chassis power for 3400 W capacity.

user@host> show chassis power

PSM 0:
State: Online
AC input: OK (Both feed expected, Both feed connected)
Capacity: 3400 W (maximum 3400 W)
DC output: 1124.55 W (Lower Zone, 21.42 A at 52.50 V, 33.08% of capacity)

PSM 1:
State: Online
AC input: OK (Both feed expected, Both feed connected)
Capacity: 3400 W (maximum 3400 W)
DC output: 1119.20 W (Lower Zone, 21.42 A at 52.25 V, 32.92% of capacity)

PSM 2:
State: Online
AC input: OK (Both feed expected, Both feed connected)
Capacity: 3400 W (maximum 3400 W)
DC output: 1172.49 W (Lower Zone, 22.44 A at 52.25 V, 34.49% of capacity)

PSM 3:
State: Online
AC input: OK (Both feed expected, Both feed connected)
Capacity: 3400 W (maximum 3400 W)
DC output: 1101.43 W (Lower Zone, 21.08 A at 52.25 V, 32.39% of capacity)

PSM 4:
State: Online
AC input: OK (Both feed expected, Both feed connected)
Capacity: 3400 W (maximum 3400 W)
DC output: 1136.96 W (Lower Zone, 21.76 A at 52.25 V, 33.44% of capacity)

PSM 5:
State: Online
AC input: OK (Both feed expected, Both feed connected)
Capacity: 3400 W (maximum 3400 W)
DC output: 1065.90 W (Lower Zone, 20.40 A at 52.25 V, 31.35% of capacity)
 583

...

For further description of the output from the commands, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services
Command Reference.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage
Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System

Converting an MX2000 Router Between AC and DC Power

WARNING: Before performing power procedures, ensure that power is removed from
the AC or DC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the
panel board that services the AC or DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the off
position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the off position.

NOTE: A system cannot operate with a mix of AC and DC power supplies.

To convert an MX2000 router between AC and DC power or HVAC/HVDC power, you must completely
power off the system, remove the power distribution modules (PDMs), remove the power supplies, and
then adjust the AC/DC setting as described here.

1. Power off the router. See Powering Off the AC-Powered or Universal HVAC/HVDC-Powered
MX2000 Router or Powering Off the DC-Powered or DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router.
2. Switch off the dedicated customer-site circuit breakers to the PDMs being removed. Make sure that
the voltage across the power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cord might
become active during the removal process.
3. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
4. Remove the PDMs. Depending on your configuration, see:

• Removing an MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module

• Removing an MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module

 584

• "Removing an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module" on page 514

• Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V)

• Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China)

• Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module

5. Remove the Power Supply Modules (PSMs). See Removing an MX2000 AC Power Supply Module
or "Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Module (-48 V)" on page 543, Replacing an
MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China), Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Second-
Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module .
6. Remove the adjustment bar locking screws shown in Figure 258 on page 584 using a Phillips
screw driver. There are eight screws per PSM.

NOTE: The AC/DC settings and the screw locations are the same for MX2008,
MX2010, and MX2020 routers.

Figure 258: Removing the MX2000 Router Adjustment Bar Locking Screws
 585

NOTE: If you are switching from AC PDMs or 48-V DC PDMs to high-voltage

universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDMs, they work with either AC or DC bar setting and no
mechanical change is needed. You can skip steps 6 to 8.
The 240 VDC China PDMs and PSMs require setting the locking bars to the DC
position as described below.

7. Insert a screw driver into each adjustment slot and slide the adjustment bar to the right for DC
configurations or to the left for AC configurations. Refer to Figure 259 on page 585.

Figure 259: Changing the AC and DC Setting on an MX2000 Router

8. Reinstall the screws removed in step 6 and tighten them. Apply between 7 lb-in (0.8 Nm) and 9 lb-
in. (1.01 Nm) of torque to each screw.
9. Install the PSMs. See Installing MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Modules (-48 V), Installing
MX2000 Router AC Power Supply Modules, Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Second-
Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module , or Replacing an MX2000 DC Power
Supply Module (240 V China).
10. Install the PDMs. Depending on your configuration, see:

• Installing an MX2000 Router Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module

 586

• Installing an MX2000 Router Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module

• Installing an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module

• Installing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V)

• Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China)

• Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module

11. Switch on the dedicated customer-site circuit breaker.

NOTE: The circuit breaker might bounce back to the off position if you move the
breaker too quickly.

12. Verify that the LED on each PDM is lit steadily green.
13. Turn the power switch to the on (|) position for the PSMs that will be powered by the installed
PDMs.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Tools and Parts Required for Connecting an MX2000 Router to Power

Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System
MX2000 Router Grounding Specifications
 587

CHAPTER 25

Installing, Removing, and Maintaining Cooling

System Components

IN THIS CHAPTER

Replacing an MX2020 Fan Tray | 587

Maintaining the MX2020 Fan Trays | 592

Removing the MX2020 Air Filter | 605

Installing an MX2020 Air Filter | 612

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Filter | 619

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Vents | 620

Removing the MX2020 Air Baffle | 621

Installing the MX2020 Air Baffle | 622

Maintaining the MX2020 Cooling System Components | 623

Maintaining the MX2020 Cooling System Zones | 641

Replacing an MX2020 Fan Tray

IN THIS SECTION

Removing an MX2020 Fan Tray | 588

Installing an MX2020 Fan Tray | 590

 588

Removing an MX2020 Fan Tray

NOTE: The fan trays are interchangeable and are hot-insertable and hot-removable.

CAUTION: To prevent overheating, install the replacement fan tray immediately after
removing the existing fan tray.

To remove the upper or lower fan trays (see Figure 260 on page 589 and Figure 261 on page 589):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Reposition the DC cable manager, if necessary, before removing the upper or lower fan tray:

• Unwrap any cables on the DC cable manager, and remove the cables from the tray. Arrange the
cables so that they do not block the front of the cable manager and tray, and secure them with
temporary fasteners so that they are not supporting their own weight as they hang from the
connector.
3. Loosen the two captive screws on each side of the fan tray access panel and then open it.
4. Loosen the two captive screws on the fan tray faceplate.
5. While grasping the handle, press and hold the latch until the status LED turns off. Pull the fan tray
out approximately 1 to 3 inches until it stops.

NOTE: The fan trays are interchangeable and are hot-insertable and hot-removable.

6. Press and hold the latch a second time to disengage fan operation. Place one hand under the fan tray
for support while pulling the fan tray completely out of the router.

CAUTION: The double latch system is a safety mechanism. Damage to the fan tray will
occur if you do not hold the latch while removing the fan tray.

7. Place the fan tray on an antistatic mat or in an approved ESD bag.

 589

Figure 260: Removing the Upper Fan Trays

WARNING: Before removing a fan tray, make sure the fan blades have stopped
completely.

Figure 261: Removing the Lower Fan Trays

SEE ALSO

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage | 919

 590

Maintaining the MX2020 Fan Trays | 592

Installing an MX2020 Fan Tray | 590

Installing an MX2020 Fan Tray

This topic describes how to install the upper or lower fan trays in a MX2020. This procedure applies to
both the standard fan tray and the optimized power fan tray.To install the upper or lower fan tray (see
Figure 262 on page 591 and Figure 263 on page 591):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Reposition the DC cable manager, if necessary, before installing the upper or lower fan tray:
• Unwrap any cables on the DC cable manager and remove the cables from the tray. Arrange the
cables so that they do not block the front of the cable manager, and tray and secure them with
temporary fasteners so that they are not supporting their own weight as they hang from the
connector.
3. Loosen the two captive screws on each side of the fan tray access panel, and open.
4. Take each fan tray to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the fan tray
where it will be connected.
5. While grasping the handle, place one hand under the fan tray for support, and align it into the slot.

NOTE: When inserting the fan tray observe the correct orientation by the "this side
up" label on the fan tray.

6. Press and hold the latch while guiding the fan tray half way in until it stops.

NOTE: The fan tray has a safety mechanism so that the fan tray cannot be removed
in one motion.

7. Press and hold the latch a second time while inserting the fan tray completely into the router.
8. Tighten the two captive screws on the fan tray faceplate. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to
12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
9. Close the fan tray access panel, and tighten the captive screws to secure it in place. Apply between
10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
10. Reinstall the DC cable manager back into position, if necessary.
 591

Figure 262: Installing Upper Fan Trays

Figure 263: Installing Lower Fan Trays

 592

SEE ALSO

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage | 919

Maintaining the MX2020 Fan Trays | 592
Removing an MX2020 Fan Tray | 588

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router

Maintaining the MX2020 Fan Trays | 592

Maintaining the MX2020 Fan Trays

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 592

Action | 592

Purpose

For optimum cooling, verify the condition of the fans.

Action

• Monitor the status of the fans. The fan trays each contain multiple fans that work in unison to cool
the router components. If one fan fails, the host subsystem adjusts the speed of the remaining fans
to maintain proper cooling. A red alarm is triggered when a fan fails, and a yellow alarm is triggered
when a fan tray is removed. During normal operation, the fans in each fan tray function at normal
speed.

• To display the status of the cooling system, issue the show chassis environment command, show chassis
environment monitored command, show chassis temperature-thresholds command, or show chassis fan
command.
 593

For the fan trays, the output for the show chassis environment command is similar to the following:

user@host> show chassis environment

Class Item Status Measurement

Temp PSM 0 Absent
PSM 1 Absent
PSM 2 Absent
PSM 3 Absent
PSM 4 OK 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
PSM 5 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
PSM 6 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
PSM 7 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
PSM 8 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
PSM 9 Absent
PSM 10 Absent
PSM 11 Absent
PSM 12 Absent
PSM 13 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
PSM 14 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
PSM 15 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
PSM 16 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
PSM 17 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
PDM 0 OK
PDM 1 OK
PDM 2 OK
PDM 3 OK
CB 0 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
CB 0 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
CB 0 IntakeC-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
CB 0 ExhaustA-Zone0 OK 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
CB 0 ExhaustB-Zone1 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
CB 0 TCBC-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
CB 1 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
CB 1 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
CB 1 IntakeC-Zone0 OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
CB 1 ExhaustA-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
CB 1 ExhaustB-Zone1 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
CB 1 TCBC-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SPMB 0 Intake OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
SPMB 1 Intake OK 24 degrees C / 75 degrees F
Routing Engine 0 OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
 594

Routing Engine 0 CPU OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F

Routing Engine 1 OK 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
Routing Engine 1 CPU OK 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
SFB 0 Intake-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 0 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
SFB 0 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 0 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 0 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB 0 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
SFB 0 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
SFB 0 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
SFB 1 Intake-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 1 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 1 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 1 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 1 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB 1 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 56 degrees C / 132 degrees F
SFB 1 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
SFB 1 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
SFB 2 Intake-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 2 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
SFB 2 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 2 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 2 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 2 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 58 degrees C / 136 degrees F
SFB 2 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 49 degrees C / 120 degrees F
SFB 2 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 49 degrees C / 120 degrees F
SFB 3 Intake-Zone0 OK 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
SFB 3 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
SFB 3 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
SFB 3 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB 3 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
SFB 3 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 60 degrees C / 140 degrees F
SFB 3 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
SFB 3 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 59 degrees C / 138 degrees F
SFB 4 Intake-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 4 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 4 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 4 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 4 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB 4 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
SFB 4 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 46 degrees C / 114 degrees F
SFB 4 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
 595

SFB 5 Intake-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F

SFB 5 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
SFB 5 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 5 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 5 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 5 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
SFB 5 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
SFB 5 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
SFB 6 Intake-Zone0 OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
SFB 6 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 6 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 6 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 6 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 6 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
SFB 6 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 60 degrees C / 140 degrees F
SFB 6 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 60 degrees C / 140 degrees F
SFB 7 Intake-Zone0 OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
SFB 7 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 7 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 7 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 7 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 7 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
SFB 7 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
SFB 7 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 57 degrees C / 134 degrees F
SFB 0 Intake-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 0 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
SFB 0 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 0 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 0 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB 0 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
SFB 0 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
SFB 0 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
SFB 1 Intake-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 1 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 1 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 1 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 1 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB 1 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 56 degrees C / 132 degrees F
SFB 1 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
SFB 1 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
SFB 2 Intake-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 2 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
SFB 2 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
 596

SFB 2 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F

SFB 2 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 2 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 58 degrees C / 136 degrees F
SFB 2 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 49 degrees C / 120 degrees F
SFB 2 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 49 degrees C / 120 degrees F
SFB 3 Intake-Zone0 OK 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
SFB 3 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
SFB 3 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
SFB 3 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB 3 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
SFB 3 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 60 degrees C / 140 degrees F
SFB 3 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
SFB 3 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 59 degrees C / 138 degrees F
SFB 4 Intake-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 4 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 4 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 4 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 4 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB 4 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
SFB 4 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 46 degrees C / 114 degrees F
SFB 4 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
SFB 5 Intake-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 5 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
SFB 5 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 5 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 5 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 5 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
SFB 5 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
SFB 5 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
SFB 6 Intake-Zone0 OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
SFB 6 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 6 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 6 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 6 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 6 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
SFB 6 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 60 degrees C / 140 degrees F
SFB 6 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 60 degrees C / 140 degrees F
SFB 7 Intake-Zone0 OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
SFB 7 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 7 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 7 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 7 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 7 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
 597

SFB 7 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F

SFB 7 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 57 degrees C / 134 degrees F
Fans Fan Tray 0 Fan 1 OK 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 2 OK 3600 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 3 OK 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 4 OK 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 5 OK 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 6 OK 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 1 OK 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 2 OK 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 3 OK 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 4 OK 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 5 OK 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 6 OK 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 1 OK 2760 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 2 OK 2760 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 3 OK 2760 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 4 OK 2640 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 5 OK 2760 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 6 OK 2640 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 1 OK 3600 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 2 OK 3600 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 3 OK 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 4 OK 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 5 OK 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 6 OK 3480 RPM

For monitoring the temperature of specific items in the MX2020 router, the output for the show chassis
environment monitored command is similar to the following:

user@host> show chassis environment monitored

Class Item Status Measurement
Temp CB 0 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 23 degrees C / 73 degrees F
CB 0 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
CB 0 IntakeC-Zone0 OK 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
CB 0 ExhaustA-Zone0 OK 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
CB 0 ExhaustB-Zone1 OK 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
CB 0 TCBC-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
CB 1 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 22 degrees C / 71 degrees F
CB 1 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 23 degrees C / 73 degrees F
CB 1 IntakeC-Zone0 OK 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
CB 1 ExhaustA-Zone0 OK 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
 598

CB 1 ExhaustB-Zone1 OK 24 degrees C / 75 degrees F

CB 1 TCBC-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SPMB 0 Intake OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
SPMB 1 Intake OK 23 degrees C / 73 degrees F
Routing Engine 0 CPU OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
Routing Engine 1 CPU OK 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
SFB 3 Intake-Zone0 OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
SFB 3 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
SFB 3 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
SFB 3 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB 3 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
SFB 3 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 64 degrees C / 147 degrees F
SFB 3 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
SFB 3 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 62 degrees C / 143 degrees F
SFB 4 Intake-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 4 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
SFB 4 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 4 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 4 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 4 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 58 degrees C / 136 degrees F
SFB 4 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
SFB 4 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 46 degrees C / 114 degrees F
SFB 5 Intake-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 5 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 5 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
SFB 5 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 5 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 5 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
SFB 5 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
SFB 5 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 51 degrees C / 123 degrees F
SFB 6 Intake-Zone0 OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
SFB 6 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 6 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
SFB 6 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 6 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 6 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
SFB 6 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 61 degrees C / 141 degrees F
SFB 6 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 62 degrees C / 143 degrees F
SFB 7 Intake-Zone0 OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
SFB 7 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 7 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 7 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 7 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
 599

SFB 7 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F

SFB 7 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 49 degrees C / 120 degrees F
SFB 7 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
FPC 4 Intake OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
FPC 4 Exhaust A OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
FPC 4 Exhaust B OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
FPC 4 LU 0 TSen OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
FPC 4 LU 0 Chip OK 46 degrees C / 114 degrees F
FPC 4 LU 1 TSen OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
FPC 4 LU 1 Chip OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
FPC 4 LU 2 TSen OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
FPC 4 LU 2 Chip OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
FPC 4 LU 3 TSen OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
FPC 4 LU 3 Chip OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 4 XM 0 TSen OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
FPC 4 XM 0 Chip OK 57 degrees C / 134 degrees F
FPC 4 XM 1 TSen OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
FPC 4 XM 1 Chip OK 46 degrees C / 114 degrees F
FPC 4 PLX Switch TSen OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
FPC 4 PLX Switch Chip OK 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
FPC 7 Intake OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
FPC 7 Exhaust A OK 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
FPC 7 Exhaust B OK 53 degrees C / 127 degrees F
FPC 7 LU 0 TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 7 LU 0 Chip OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
FPC 7 LU 1 TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 7 LU 1 Chip OK 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
FPC 7 LU 2 TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 7 LU 2 Chip OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
FPC 7 LU 3 TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 7 LU 3 Chip OK 59 degrees C / 138 degrees F
FPC 7 XM 0 TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 7 XM 0 Chip OK 51 degrees C / 123 degrees F
FPC 7 XF 0 TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 7 XF 0 Chip OK 65 degrees C / 149 degrees F
FPC 7 PLX Switch TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 7 PLX Switch Chip OK 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
FPC 11 Intake OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
FPC 11 Exhaust A OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
FPC 11 Exhaust B OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
FPC 11 QX 0 TSen OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
FPC 11 QX 0 Chip OK 53 degrees C / 127 degrees F
FPC 11 LU 0 TCAM TSen OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
 600

FPC 11 LU 0 TCAM Chip OK 45 degrees C / 113 degrees F

FPC 11 LU 0 TSen OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
FPC 11 LU 0 Chip OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
FPC 11 MQ 0 TSen OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
FPC 11 MQ 0 Chip OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
FPC 11 QX 1 TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 11 QX 1 Chip OK 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
FPC 11 LU 1 TCAM TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 11 LU 1 TCAM Chip OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 11 LU 1 TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 11 LU 1 Chip OK 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
FPC 11 MQ 1 TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 11 MQ 1 Chip OK 45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
FPC 16 Intake OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
FPC 16 Exhaust A OK 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
FPC 16 Exhaust B Absent
FPC 16 LU TSen OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
FPC 16 LU Chip OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
FPC 16 XM TSen OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
FPC 16 XM Chip OK 63 degrees C / 145 degrees F
FPC 16 PCIe TSen OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
FPC 16 PCIe Chip OK 63 degrees C / 145 degrees F
FPC 18 Intake OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
FPC 18 Exhaust A OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
FPC 18 Exhaust B OK 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
FPC 18 LU 0 TSen OK 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
FPC 18 LU 0 Chip OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
FPC 18 LU 1 TSen OK 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
FPC 18 LU 1 Chip OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
FPC 18 LU 2 TSen OK 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
FPC 18 LU 2 Chip OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
FPC 18 LU 3 TSen OK 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
FPC 18 LU 3 Chip OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 18 MQ 0 TSen OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
FPC 18 MQ 0 Chip OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
FPC 18 MQ 1 TSen OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
FPC 18 MQ 1 Chip OK 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
FPC 18 MQ 2 TSen OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
FPC 18 MQ 2 Chip OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
FPC 18 MQ 3 TSen OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
FPC 18 MQ 3 Chip OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
ADC 4 Intake OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
ADC 4 Exhaust OK 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
 601

ADC 4 ADC-XF1 OK 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F

ADC 4 ADC-XF0 OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
ADC 7 Intake OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
ADC 7 Exhaust OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
ADC 7 ADC-XF1 OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
ADC 7 ADC-XF0 OK 51 degrees C / 123 degrees F
ADC 11 Intake OK 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
ADC 11 Exhaust OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
ADC 11 ADC-XF1 OK 45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
ADC 11 ADC-XF0 OK 49 degrees C / 120 degrees F
ADC 16 Intake OK 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
ADC 16 Exhaust OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
ADC 16 ADC-XF1 OK 52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
ADC 16 ADC-XF0 OK 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
ADC 18 Intake OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
ADC 18 Exhaust OK 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
ADC 18 ADC-XF1 OK 49 degrees C / 120 degrees F
ADC 18 ADC-XF0 OK 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F

For the chassis temperature threshold settings, the output for the show chassis temperature-thresholds
command is similar to the following:

user@host> show chassis temperature-thresholds

Fan speed Yellow alarm Red alarm Fire Shutdown
(degrees C) (degrees C) (degrees C) (degrees C)
Item Normal High Normal Bad fan Normal Bad fan Normal
Routing Engine 0 70 80 95 95 110 110 112
Routing Engine 1 70 80 95 95 110 110 112
CB 0 IntakeA-Zone0 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 0 IntakeB-Zone1 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 0 IntakeC-Zone0 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 0 ExhaustA-Zone0 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 0 ExhaustB-Zone1 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 0 TCBC-Zone0 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 1 IntakeA-Zone0 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 1 IntakeB-Zone1 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 1 IntakeC-Zone0 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 1 ExhaustA-Zone0 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 1 ExhaustB-Zone1 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 1 TCBC-Zone0 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
SPMB 0 Intake 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
SPMB 1 Intake 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
 602

SFB 0 Intake-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 0 Exhaust-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 0 IntakeA-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 0 IntakeB-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 0 Exhaust-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 0 SFB-XF2-Zone1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 0 SFB-XF1-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 0 SFB-XF0-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 1 Intake-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 1 Exhaust-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 1 IntakeA-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 1 IntakeB-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 1 Exhaust-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 1 SFB-XF2-Zone1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 1 SFB-XF1-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 1 SFB-XF0-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 2 Intake-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 2 Exhaust-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 2 IntakeA-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 2 IntakeB-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 2 Exhaust-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 2 SFB-XF2-Zone1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 2 SFB-XF1-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 2 SFB-XF0-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 3 Intake-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 3 Exhaust-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 3 IntakeA-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 3 IntakeB-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 3 Exhaust-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 3 SFB-XF2-Zone1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 3 SFB-XF1-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 3 SFB-XF0-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 4 Intake-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 4 Exhaust-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 4 IntakeA-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 4 IntakeB-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 4 Exhaust-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 4 SFB-XF2-Zone1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 4 SFB-XF1-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 4 SFB-XF0-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 5 Intake-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 5 Exhaust-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 5 IntakeA-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
 603

SFB 5 IntakeB-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 5 Exhaust-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 5 SFB-XF2-Zone1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 5 SFB-XF1-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 5 SFB-XF0-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 6 Intake-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 6 Exhaust-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 6 IntakeA-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 6 IntakeB-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 6 Exhaust-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 6 SFB-XF2-Zone1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 6 SFB-XF1-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 6 SFB-XF0-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 7 Intake-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 7 Exhaust-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 7 IntakeA-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 7 IntakeB-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 7 Exhaust-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 7 SFB-XF2-Zone1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 7 SFB-XF1-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 7 SFB-XF0-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
FPC 4 55 60 75 65 95 80 100
FPC 7 55 60 75 65 90 80 95
FPC 11 55 60 75 65 90 80 95
FPC 16 55 60 75 65 90 80 95
FPC 18 55 60 75 65 90 80 95
ADC 4 Intake 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
ADC 4 Exhaust 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
ADC 4 ADC-XF1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
ADC 4 ADC-XF0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
ADC 7 Intake 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
ADC 7 Exhaust 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
ADC 7 ADC-XF1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
ADC 7 ADC-XF0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
ADC 11 Intake 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
ADC 11 Exhaust 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
ADC 11 ADC-XF1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
ADC 11 ADC-XF0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
ADC 16 Intake 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
ADC 16 Exhaust 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
ADC 16 ADC-XF1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
ADC 16 ADC-XF0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
ADC 18 Intake 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
 604

ADC 18 Exhaust 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
ADC 18 ADC-XF1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
ADC 18 ADC-XF0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115

For the fan trays, the output for the show chassis fan command is similar to the following:

user@host> show chassis fan

Item Status % RPM Measurement
Fan Tray 0 Fan 1 OK 38% 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 2 OK 37% 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 3 OK 37% 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 4 OK 37% 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 5 OK 37% 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 6 OK 37% 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 1 OK 37% 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 2 OK 38% 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 3 OK 37% 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 4 OK 37% 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 5 OK 38% 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 6 OK 38% 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 1 OK 30% 2760 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 2 OK 29% 2640 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 3 OK 30% 2760 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 4 OK 29% 2640 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 5 OK 29% 2640 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 6 OK 29% 2640 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 1 OK 38% 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 2 OK 40% 3600 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 3 OK 38% 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 4 OK 38% 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 5 OK 38% 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 6 OK 38% 3480 RPM

Fan Tray 0, Fan Tray 1 refer to the lower rear fan trays, Fan Tray 2, and Fan Tray 3 refer to the upper rear
fan trays.

Fan 1, Fan 2, Fan 3, Fan 4, Fan 5, and Fan 6 refer to the fans on the fan tray. There are six fans for each
fan tray.
 605

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Cooling System Description | 83

Troubleshooting the MX2020 Cooling System | 847
MX2020 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface
Replacing an MX2020 Fan Tray | 587

Removing the MX2020 Air Filter

CAUTION: Do not run the router for more than a few minutes without the air filter in
place.

CAUTION: Always keep the air filter in place while the router is operating, except during
replacement. Because the fans are very powerful, they could pull small bits of wire or
other materials into the router through the unfiltered air intake. This could damage the
router components.

To remove the lower air filter:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Loosen the two captive screws located on either side of the fan tray and air filter access door.

NOTE: Removing the cables from the DC cable manager is not necessary to access the
air filter.

CAUTION: Do not run the router for more than 2 minutes without the air filter in place.

3. Grasp the handle on the air filter, and pull the air filter straight out from the chassis.

NOTE: The air filter has a built-in handle.

4. Slide the air filter out of the chassis as shown in Figure 264 on page 606.
 606

Figure 264: Removing the Lower Air Filter from the Chassis

To remove the middle card cage cable manager air filter:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.

2. Move the cables from the middle card cage cable manager, if necessary.

3. Loosen the two captive screws located on the front of the middle card cage cable manager door.

CAUTION: Do not run the router for more than 2 minutes without the air filter in place.

4. Open the cable manager door to get access to the air filter.

5. Grasp the air filter, and pull the air filter straight out from the access door, (see Figure 265 on page
607).
 607

Figure 265: Removing the Middle Card Cage Cable Manager Air Filter

To remove the PSM air filter:

NOTE: The MX2020 has two PSM air filters - one under each PSM section.

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.

2. Loosen the two captive screws located on either side of the air filter and pull slightly out of the
chassis.

CAUTION: Do not run the router for more than 2 minutes without the air filter in place.

3. Grasp the PSM air filter, and pull the air filter straight out from the chassis.
 608

4. Slide the air filter out of the chassis as shown in Figure 266 on page 608.

NOTE: The AC and -48 VDC powered routers use the same air filter.

Figure 266: Removing the PSM Air Filter from the Chassis

To remove the PSM air filter for a chassis with the DC PDM (240 V China) or universal HVAC/HVDC
PDM installed:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
 609

2. Remove the screws from the mechanical interlock bracket to remove it. See Figure 267 on page 609
and Figure 268 on page 609.

Figure 267: Removing the Bracket from the PDM (240 V China)

Figure 268: Removing the Bracket from the Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM
 610

3. Loosen the two captive screws located on either side of the air filter and pull slightly out of the
chassis.

CAUTION: Do not run the router for more than 2 minutes without the air filter in place.

4. Grasp the PSM air filter, and pull the air filter straight out from the chassis.

5. Slide the air filter out of the chassis as shown in Figure 269 on page 610 and Figure 270 on page
611.

Figure 269: Removing the PSM (for the 240 V China) Air Filter from the Chassis
 611

Figure 270: Removing the PSM (for the Universal HVAC/HVDC) Air Filter from the Chassis

6. Make sure to re-install the mechanical interlock bracket after you remove the filter. Secure the
screws on the mechanical interlock bracket. See and Figure 271 on page 611 and Figure 272 on
page 612.

Figure 271: Installing the Mechanical Interlock Bracket (with 240 V China PSM Installed)
 612

Figure 272: Installing the Mechanical Interlock Bracket (with Universal HVAC/HVDC PSM Installed)

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Filter | 619

Installing an MX2020 Air Filter | 612

Installing an MX2020 Air Filter

The MX2020 router has four air filters: a lower air filter, middle card cage cable manager air filter, and
two Power Supply Module (PSM) air filters. These filters are included in the MX2020 Filter Kit
(MX2020-FLTR-KIT-S).

Use these procedures to install the air filters.

To install the lower air filter:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Ensure that the air filter is right side up.
3. Open the fan tray and air filter access door, located at the bottom of the chassis.
4. Grasp the handle on the air filter and insert into the chassis until it stops, (see Figure 273 on page
613).
 613

5. Close the access door and tighten the two captive screws to secure.
6. Lower the cable manager back into position, and rearrange the cables in the cable manager.

Figure 273: Installing the Air Filter

To install the middle card cage cable manager air filter:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.

2. Move the cables from the middle card cage cable manager, if necessary.

3. Loosen the two captive screws located on the front of the middle card cage cable manager door, and
open.

CAUTION: Do not run the router for more than 2 minutes without the air filter in place.

4. Grasp the air filter, and slide the bottom of the air filter into the channel of the access door, (see
Figure 274 on page 614).
 614

Figure 274: Installing the Middle Card Cage Cable Manager Air Filter

5. Push the air filter in place, close the door, and tighten the two captive screws.

6. Replace the cables in the middle card cage cable manager, if necessary.

To install the PSM air filter:

NOTE: The MX2020 has two PSM air filters - one under each PSM section.

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.

2. Ensure that the air filter is right side up.

3. Grasp the PSM air filter and insert into the chassis until it stops, (see Figure 275 on page 615).

4. Tighten the two captive screws to secure.

 615

Figure 275: Installing the PSM Air Filter

To install the PSM air filter for chassis with 240 V China power supplies and universal (HVAC/HVDC)
power supplies:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.

2. Unscrew the mechanical interlock bracket from the PDM (see Figure 276 on page 616 and Figure
277 on page 616).
 616

Figure 276: Removing the Bracket from the PDM

Figure 277: Removing the Bracket from the Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM

3. Ensure that the air filter is right side up.

4. Grasp the PSM air filter and insert into the chassis until it stops, (see Figure 278 on page 617 and
Figure 279 on page 618).
 617

5. Tighten the two captive screws to secure.

Figure 278: Installing the PSM Filter

 618

Figure 279: Installing the PSM Filter for the Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM

6. Install the mechanical interlock bracket and tighten the screws. See Figure 280 on page 618 and
Figure 281 on page 619.

Figure 280: Installing the Bracket

 619

Figure 281: Installing the Mechanical Interlock Bracket (with Universal HVAC/HVDC PSM Installed)

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Filter | 619

Removing the MX2020 Air Filter | 605

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Filter

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 619

Action | 620

Purpose

For optimum cooling, verify the condition of the air filter.

 620

Action

• Regularly inspect the air filter. A dirty air filter restricts airflow in the unit, producing a negative effect
on the ventilation of the chassis. The filter degrades over time. You must replace the filter every 6
months.

CAUTION: Always keep the air filter in place while the router is operating. Because the
fans are very powerful, they could pull small bits of wire or other materials into the
router through the unfiltered air intake. This could damage the router components.

• The shelf life of polyurethane filter varies from two years to five years depending on the storage
conditions. Store in a cool, dry, and dark environment. Wrap the media in plastic and store in an
environment with relative humidity between 40%- 80% and temperature between 40°F (4° C) to
90°F (32° C). Note that if the material flakes, or becomes brittle when rubbed or deformed, it is no
longer usable.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2020 Hardware Components | 333
MX2020 Cooling System Description | 83
Removing the MX2020 Air Filter | 605

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Vents

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 620

Action | 621

Purpose

For optimum cooling, verify the condition of the air vents. Dust can clog air vents, reducing cooling
system efficiency.
 621

Action

On a regular basis, check the vents and clean them as necessary.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2020 Router | 216
MX2020 Cooling System Description | 83

Removing the MX2020 Air Baffle

To remove the air baffle—MX2000-UPR-BAFFLE:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Loosen the four captive screws located on either side of the air baffle that is attached to the upper
fan tray access door.
3. Grasp the air baffle, and pull straight out from the upper fan tray access door as shown in Figure 282
on page 621.

Figure 282: Removing the Air Baffle

 622

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Baffle | 625

Installing the MX2020 Air Baffle | 622

Installing the MX2020 Air Baffle

To install the air baffle—MX2000-UPR-BAFFLE:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Close the upper fan tray access door.
3. Align the holes on the air baffle with the holes located on either side of the upper fan tray access
door, (see Figure 283 on page 622).
4. Tighten the four captive screws to secure the air baffle to the upper fan tray access door. Use #2
Phillips screwdriver. Do not overtighten. Do not apply more than 8.0 lb-in (0.90 Nm) of torque to the
captive screws
5. An air baffle can have fixed or adjustable louvers. Fixed louvers are set at an angle of 10-degrees. You
must set adjustable louvers at a 10-degree upward tilt/angle to direct the exhaust air away from the
router, (see Figure 284 on page 623).

Figure 283: Installing the Air Baffle

 623

Figure 284: Air Baffle Louvers Adjusted at 10 Degrees Angle

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Baffle | 625

Removing the MX2020 Air Baffle | 621

Maintaining the MX2020 Cooling System Components

IN THIS SECTION

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Vents | 623

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Filter | 624

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Baffle | 625

Maintaining the MX2020 Fan Trays | 626

Maintaining the MX2020 Cooling System Zones | 639

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Vents

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 624

Action | 624
 624

Purpose

For optimum cooling, verify the condition of the air vents. Dust can clog air vents, reducing cooling
system efficiency.

Action

On a regular basis, check the vents and clean them as necessary.

SEE ALSO

Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2020 Router | 216
MX2020 Cooling System Description | 83

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Filter

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 624

Action | 624

Purpose

For optimum cooling, verify the condition of the air filter.

Action

• Regularly inspect the air filter. A dirty air filter restricts airflow in the unit, producing a negative effect
on the ventilation of the chassis. The filter degrades over time. You must replace the filter every 6
months.

CAUTION: Always keep the air filter in place while the router is operating. Because the
fans are very powerful, they could pull small bits of wire or other materials into the
router through the unfiltered air intake. This could damage the router components.

• The shelf life of polyurethane filter varies from two years to five years depending on the storage
conditions. Store in a cool, dry, and dark environment. Wrap the media in plastic and store in an
 625

environment with relative humidity between 40%- 80% and temperature between 40°F (4° C) to
90°F (32° C). Note that if the material flakes, or becomes brittle when rubbed or deformed, it is no
longer usable.

SEE ALSO

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2020 Hardware Components | 333
MX2020 Cooling System Description | 83
Removing the MX2020 Air Filter | 605

Maintaining the MX2020 Air Baffle

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 625

Action | 625

Purpose

For optimum cooling, visually inspect the condition of the air baffle. See (Figure 285 on page 626 and
Figure 286 on page 626).

NOTE: The air baffle is optional.

Action

• Inspect the air baffle with adjustable louvers regularly to determine if they are set to a 10-degree
upward tilt/angle to direct the exhaust air away from the router.
 626

Figure 285: Air Baffle - Fixed Louvers

Figure 286: Air Baffle - Adjustable Louvers

SEE ALSO

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2020 Hardware Components | 333
MX2020 Cooling System Description | 83

Maintaining the MX2020 Fan Trays

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 627

Action | 627
 627

Purpose

For optimum cooling, verify the condition of the fans.

Action

• Monitor the status of the fans. The fan trays each contain multiple fans that work in unison to cool
the router components. If one fan fails, the host subsystem adjusts the speed of the remaining fans
to maintain proper cooling. A red alarm is triggered when a fan fails, and a yellow alarm is triggered
when a fan tray is removed. During normal operation, the fans in each fan tray function at normal
speed.

• To display the status of the cooling system, issue the show chassis environment command, show chassis
environment monitored command, show chassis temperature-thresholds command, or show chassis fan
command.

For the fan trays, the output for the show chassis environment command is similar to the following:

user@host> show chassis environment

Class Item Status Measurement

Temp PSM 0 Absent
PSM 1 Absent
PSM 2 Absent
PSM 3 Absent
PSM 4 OK 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
PSM 5 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
PSM 6 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
PSM 7 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
PSM 8 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
PSM 9 Absent
PSM 10 Absent
PSM 11 Absent
PSM 12 Absent
PSM 13 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
PSM 14 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
PSM 15 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
PSM 16 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
PSM 17 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
PDM 0 OK
PDM 1 OK
PDM 2 OK
PDM 3 OK
 628

CB 0 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F

CB 0 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
CB 0 IntakeC-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
CB 0 ExhaustA-Zone0 OK 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
CB 0 ExhaustB-Zone1 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
CB 0 TCBC-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
CB 1 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
CB 1 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
CB 1 IntakeC-Zone0 OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
CB 1 ExhaustA-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
CB 1 ExhaustB-Zone1 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
CB 1 TCBC-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SPMB 0 Intake OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
SPMB 1 Intake OK 24 degrees C / 75 degrees F
Routing Engine 0 OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
Routing Engine 0 CPU OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
Routing Engine 1 OK 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
Routing Engine 1 CPU OK 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
SFB 0 Intake-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 0 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
SFB 0 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 0 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 0 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB 0 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
SFB 0 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
SFB 0 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
SFB 1 Intake-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 1 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 1 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 1 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 1 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB 1 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 56 degrees C / 132 degrees F
SFB 1 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
SFB 1 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
SFB 2 Intake-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 2 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
SFB 2 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 2 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 2 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 2 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 58 degrees C / 136 degrees F
SFB 2 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 49 degrees C / 120 degrees F
SFB 2 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 49 degrees C / 120 degrees F
SFB 3 Intake-Zone0 OK 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
 629

SFB 3 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F

SFB 3 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
SFB 3 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB 3 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
SFB 3 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 60 degrees C / 140 degrees F
SFB 3 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
SFB 3 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 59 degrees C / 138 degrees F
SFB 4 Intake-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 4 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 4 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 4 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 4 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB 4 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
SFB 4 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 46 degrees C / 114 degrees F
SFB 4 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
SFB 5 Intake-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 5 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
SFB 5 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 5 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 5 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 5 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
SFB 5 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
SFB 5 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
SFB 6 Intake-Zone0 OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
SFB 6 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 6 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 6 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 6 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 6 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
SFB 6 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 60 degrees C / 140 degrees F
SFB 6 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 60 degrees C / 140 degrees F
SFB 7 Intake-Zone0 OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
SFB 7 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 7 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 7 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 7 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 7 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
SFB 7 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
SFB 7 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 57 degrees C / 134 degrees F
SFB 0 Intake-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 0 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
SFB 0 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 0 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
 630

SFB 0 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F

SFB 0 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
SFB 0 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
SFB 0 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
SFB 1 Intake-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 1 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 1 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 1 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 1 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB 1 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 56 degrees C / 132 degrees F
SFB 1 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
SFB 1 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
SFB 2 Intake-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 2 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
SFB 2 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 2 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 2 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 2 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 58 degrees C / 136 degrees F
SFB 2 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 49 degrees C / 120 degrees F
SFB 2 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 49 degrees C / 120 degrees F
SFB 3 Intake-Zone0 OK 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
SFB 3 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
SFB 3 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
SFB 3 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB 3 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
SFB 3 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 60 degrees C / 140 degrees F
SFB 3 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
SFB 3 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 59 degrees C / 138 degrees F
SFB 4 Intake-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 4 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 4 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 4 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 4 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB 4 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
SFB 4 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 46 degrees C / 114 degrees F
SFB 4 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
SFB 5 Intake-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 5 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
SFB 5 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 5 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 5 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 5 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
SFB 5 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
 631

SFB 5 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F

SFB 6 Intake-Zone0 OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
SFB 6 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 6 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 6 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 6 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 6 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
SFB 6 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 60 degrees C / 140 degrees F
SFB 6 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 60 degrees C / 140 degrees F
SFB 7 Intake-Zone0 OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
SFB 7 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 7 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 7 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 7 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 7 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
SFB 7 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
SFB 7 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 57 degrees C / 134 degrees F
Fans Fan Tray 0 Fan 1 OK 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 2 OK 3600 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 3 OK 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 4 OK 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 5 OK 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 6 OK 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 1 OK 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 2 OK 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 3 OK 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 4 OK 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 5 OK 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 6 OK 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 1 OK 2760 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 2 OK 2760 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 3 OK 2760 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 4 OK 2640 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 5 OK 2760 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 6 OK 2640 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 1 OK 3600 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 2 OK 3600 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 3 OK 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 4 OK 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 5 OK 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 6 OK 3480 RPM
 632

For monitoring the temperature of specific items in the MX2020 router, the output for the show chassis
environment monitored command is similar to the following:

user@host> show chassis environment monitored

Class Item Status Measurement
Temp CB 0 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 23 degrees C / 73 degrees F
CB 0 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
CB 0 IntakeC-Zone0 OK 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
CB 0 ExhaustA-Zone0 OK 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
CB 0 ExhaustB-Zone1 OK 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
CB 0 TCBC-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
CB 1 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 22 degrees C / 71 degrees F
CB 1 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 23 degrees C / 73 degrees F
CB 1 IntakeC-Zone0 OK 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
CB 1 ExhaustA-Zone0 OK 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
CB 1 ExhaustB-Zone1 OK 24 degrees C / 75 degrees F
CB 1 TCBC-Zone0 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SPMB 0 Intake OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
SPMB 1 Intake OK 23 degrees C / 73 degrees F
Routing Engine 0 CPU OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
Routing Engine 1 CPU OK 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
SFB 3 Intake-Zone0 OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
SFB 3 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
SFB 3 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
SFB 3 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB 3 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
SFB 3 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 64 degrees C / 147 degrees F
SFB 3 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
SFB 3 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 62 degrees C / 143 degrees F
SFB 4 Intake-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 4 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
SFB 4 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 4 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
SFB 4 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 4 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 58 degrees C / 136 degrees F
SFB 4 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
SFB 4 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 46 degrees C / 114 degrees F
SFB 5 Intake-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 5 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 5 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
SFB 5 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 5 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
 633

SFB 5 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F

SFB 5 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
SFB 5 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 51 degrees C / 123 degrees F
SFB 6 Intake-Zone0 OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
SFB 6 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 6 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
SFB 6 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 6 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 6 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
SFB 6 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 61 degrees C / 141 degrees F
SFB 6 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 62 degrees C / 143 degrees F
SFB 7 Intake-Zone0 OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
SFB 7 Exhaust-Zone1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB 7 IntakeA-Zone0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB 7 IntakeB-Zone1 OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
SFB 7 Exhaust-Zone0 OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB 7 SFB-XF2-Zone1 OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
SFB 7 SFB-XF1-Zone0 OK 49 degrees C / 120 degrees F
SFB 7 SFB-XF0-Zone0 OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
FPC 4 Intake OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
FPC 4 Exhaust A OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
FPC 4 Exhaust B OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
FPC 4 LU 0 TSen OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
FPC 4 LU 0 Chip OK 46 degrees C / 114 degrees F
FPC 4 LU 1 TSen OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
FPC 4 LU 1 Chip OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
FPC 4 LU 2 TSen OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
FPC 4 LU 2 Chip OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
FPC 4 LU 3 TSen OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
FPC 4 LU 3 Chip OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 4 XM 0 TSen OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
FPC 4 XM 0 Chip OK 57 degrees C / 134 degrees F
FPC 4 XM 1 TSen OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
FPC 4 XM 1 Chip OK 46 degrees C / 114 degrees F
FPC 4 PLX Switch TSen OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
FPC 4 PLX Switch Chip OK 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
FPC 7 Intake OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
FPC 7 Exhaust A OK 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
FPC 7 Exhaust B OK 53 degrees C / 127 degrees F
FPC 7 LU 0 TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 7 LU 0 Chip OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
FPC 7 LU 1 TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 7 LU 1 Chip OK 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
 634

FPC 7 LU 2 TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F

FPC 7 LU 2 Chip OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
FPC 7 LU 3 TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 7 LU 3 Chip OK 59 degrees C / 138 degrees F
FPC 7 XM 0 TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 7 XM 0 Chip OK 51 degrees C / 123 degrees F
FPC 7 XF 0 TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 7 XF 0 Chip OK 65 degrees C / 149 degrees F
FPC 7 PLX Switch TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 7 PLX Switch Chip OK 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
FPC 11 Intake OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
FPC 11 Exhaust A OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
FPC 11 Exhaust B OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
FPC 11 QX 0 TSen OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
FPC 11 QX 0 Chip OK 53 degrees C / 127 degrees F
FPC 11 LU 0 TCAM TSen OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
FPC 11 LU 0 TCAM Chip OK 45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
FPC 11 LU 0 TSen OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
FPC 11 LU 0 Chip OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
FPC 11 MQ 0 TSen OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
FPC 11 MQ 0 Chip OK 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
FPC 11 QX 1 TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 11 QX 1 Chip OK 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
FPC 11 LU 1 TCAM TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 11 LU 1 TCAM Chip OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 11 LU 1 TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 11 LU 1 Chip OK 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
FPC 11 MQ 1 TSen OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 11 MQ 1 Chip OK 45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
FPC 16 Intake OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
FPC 16 Exhaust A OK 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
FPC 16 Exhaust B Absent
FPC 16 LU TSen OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
FPC 16 LU Chip OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
FPC 16 XM TSen OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
FPC 16 XM Chip OK 63 degrees C / 145 degrees F
FPC 16 PCIe TSen OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
FPC 16 PCIe Chip OK 63 degrees C / 145 degrees F
FPC 18 Intake OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
FPC 18 Exhaust A OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
FPC 18 Exhaust B OK 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
FPC 18 LU 0 TSen OK 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
FPC 18 LU 0 Chip OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
 635

FPC 18 LU 1 TSen OK 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F

FPC 18 LU 1 Chip OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
FPC 18 LU 2 TSen OK 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
FPC 18 LU 2 Chip OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
FPC 18 LU 3 TSen OK 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
FPC 18 LU 3 Chip OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 18 MQ 0 TSen OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
FPC 18 MQ 0 Chip OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
FPC 18 MQ 1 TSen OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
FPC 18 MQ 1 Chip OK 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
FPC 18 MQ 2 TSen OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
FPC 18 MQ 2 Chip OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
FPC 18 MQ 3 TSen OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
FPC 18 MQ 3 Chip OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
ADC 4 Intake OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
ADC 4 Exhaust OK 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
ADC 4 ADC-XF1 OK 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
ADC 4 ADC-XF0 OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
ADC 7 Intake OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
ADC 7 Exhaust OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
ADC 7 ADC-XF1 OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
ADC 7 ADC-XF0 OK 51 degrees C / 123 degrees F
ADC 11 Intake OK 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
ADC 11 Exhaust OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
ADC 11 ADC-XF1 OK 45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
ADC 11 ADC-XF0 OK 49 degrees C / 120 degrees F
ADC 16 Intake OK 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
ADC 16 Exhaust OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
ADC 16 ADC-XF1 OK 52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
ADC 16 ADC-XF0 OK 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
ADC 18 Intake OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
ADC 18 Exhaust OK 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
ADC 18 ADC-XF1 OK 49 degrees C / 120 degrees F
ADC 18 ADC-XF0 OK 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F

For the chassis temperature threshold settings, the output for the show chassis temperature-thresholds
command is similar to the following:

user@host> show chassis temperature-thresholds

Fan speed Yellow alarm Red alarm Fire Shutdown
(degrees C) (degrees C) (degrees C) (degrees C)
Item Normal High Normal Bad fan Normal Bad fan Normal
 636

Routing Engine 0 70 80 95 95 110 110 112

Routing Engine 1 70 80 95 95 110 110 112
CB 0 IntakeA-Zone0 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 0 IntakeB-Zone1 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 0 IntakeC-Zone0 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 0 ExhaustA-Zone0 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 0 ExhaustB-Zone1 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 0 TCBC-Zone0 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 1 IntakeA-Zone0 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 1 IntakeB-Zone1 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 1 IntakeC-Zone0 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 1 ExhaustA-Zone0 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 1 ExhaustB-Zone1 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
CB 1 TCBC-Zone0 60 65 78 75 85 80 95
SPMB 0 Intake 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
SPMB 1 Intake 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
SFB 0 Intake-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 0 Exhaust-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 0 IntakeA-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 0 IntakeB-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 0 Exhaust-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 0 SFB-XF2-Zone1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 0 SFB-XF1-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 0 SFB-XF0-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 1 Intake-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 1 Exhaust-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 1 IntakeA-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 1 IntakeB-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 1 Exhaust-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 1 SFB-XF2-Zone1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 1 SFB-XF1-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 1 SFB-XF0-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 2 Intake-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 2 Exhaust-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 2 IntakeA-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 2 IntakeB-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 2 Exhaust-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 2 SFB-XF2-Zone1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 2 SFB-XF1-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 2 SFB-XF0-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 3 Intake-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 3 Exhaust-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 3 IntakeA-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
 637

SFB 3 IntakeB-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 3 Exhaust-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 3 SFB-XF2-Zone1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 3 SFB-XF1-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 3 SFB-XF0-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 4 Intake-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 4 Exhaust-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 4 IntakeA-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 4 IntakeB-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 4 Exhaust-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 4 SFB-XF2-Zone1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 4 SFB-XF1-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 4 SFB-XF0-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 5 Intake-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 5 Exhaust-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 5 IntakeA-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 5 IntakeB-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 5 Exhaust-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 5 SFB-XF2-Zone1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 5 SFB-XF1-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 5 SFB-XF0-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 6 Intake-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 6 Exhaust-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 6 IntakeA-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 6 IntakeB-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 6 Exhaust-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 6 SFB-XF2-Zone1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 6 SFB-XF1-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 6 SFB-XF0-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 7 Intake-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 7 Exhaust-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 7 IntakeA-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 7 IntakeB-Zone1 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 7 Exhaust-Zone0 56 62 75 63 90 76 95
SFB 7 SFB-XF2-Zone1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 7 SFB-XF1-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
SFB 7 SFB-XF0-Zone0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
FPC 4 55 60 75 65 95 80 100
FPC 7 55 60 75 65 90 80 95
FPC 11 55 60 75 65 90 80 95
FPC 16 55 60 75 65 90 80 95
FPC 18 55 60 75 65 90 80 95
ADC 4 Intake 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
 638

ADC 4 Exhaust 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
ADC 4 ADC-XF1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
ADC 4 ADC-XF0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
ADC 7 Intake 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
ADC 7 Exhaust 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
ADC 7 ADC-XF1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
ADC 7 ADC-XF0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
ADC 11 Intake 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
ADC 11 Exhaust 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
ADC 11 ADC-XF1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
ADC 11 ADC-XF0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
ADC 16 Intake 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
ADC 16 Exhaust 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
ADC 16 ADC-XF1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
ADC 16 ADC-XF0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
ADC 18 Intake 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
ADC 18 Exhaust 56 62 75 63 83 76 95
ADC 18 ADC-XF1 70 80 90 90 107 107 115
ADC 18 ADC-XF0 70 80 90 90 107 107 115

For the fan trays, the output for the show chassis fan command is similar to the following:

user@host> show chassis fan

Item Status % RPM Measurement
Fan Tray 0 Fan 1 OK 38% 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 2 OK 37% 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 3 OK 37% 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 4 OK 37% 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 5 OK 37% 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 6 OK 37% 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 1 OK 37% 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 2 OK 38% 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 3 OK 37% 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 4 OK 37% 3360 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 5 OK 38% 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 1 Fan 6 OK 38% 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 1 OK 30% 2760 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 2 OK 29% 2640 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 3 OK 30% 2760 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 4 OK 29% 2640 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 5 OK 29% 2640 RPM
Fan Tray 2 Fan 6 OK 29% 2640 RPM
 639

Fan Tray 3 Fan 1 OK 38% 3480 RPM

Fan Tray 3 Fan 2 OK 40% 3600 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 3 OK 38% 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 4 OK 38% 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 5 OK 38% 3480 RPM
Fan Tray 3 Fan 6 OK 38% 3480 RPM

Fan Tray 0, Fan Tray 1 refer to the lower rear fan trays, Fan Tray 2, and Fan Tray 3 refer to the upper rear
fan trays.

Fan 1, Fan 2, Fan 3, Fan 4, Fan 5, and Fan 6 refer to the fans on the fan tray. There are six fans for each
fan tray.

SEE ALSO

MX2020 Cooling System Description | 83

Troubleshooting the MX2020 Cooling System | 847
MX2020 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface
Replacing an MX2020 Fan Tray | 587

Maintaining the MX2020 Cooling System Zones

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 639

Action | 640

Purpose

For optimum router performance, verify the status of the two cooling zones of the chassis. Both Zone 0
and Zone 1 cool the Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE). Zone 1 consist of ten MPCs (10 through
19) and their respective MICs, along with the top half of the CB-REs and SFBs. Zone 1 is cooled by fan
trays 2 and 3. Zone 0 consists of ten MPCs (0 through 9), and their respective MICs, along with the
bottom half of CB-REs and SFBs. Zone 0 is cooled by fan trays 0 and 1. Two fan trays are at the bottom
of the chassis, and two fan trays are at the top of the chassis.
 640

Action

On a regular basis:

Check the LEDs on the craft interface for upper and lower fan trays. The green status LEDs labeled 0
and 1, for lower fan trays, and 2 and 3 for the upper fan trays light steadily when a fan tray is
functioning normally.

During normal operation:

• The green LEDs next to the fan trays 0, 1, 2, and 3 on the craft interface light steadily when the fan
tray is functioning normally for that zone.

• Issue the show chassis zones command to check the status of the two cooling zones. The output is
similar to the following:

user@host> show chassis zones

ZONE 0 Status
Driving FRU FPC 9
Temperature 62 degrees C / 143 degrees F
Condition WARM TEMP
Num Fans Missing 0
Num Fans Failed 0
Fan Duty Cycle 30

ZONE 1 Status
Driving FRU FPC 19
Temperature 64 degrees C / 147 degrees F
Condition WARM TEMP
Num Fans Missing 0
Num Fans Failed 0
Fan Duty Cycle 30

SEE ALSO

MX2020 Cooling System Description | 83

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Cooling System Description | 83

 641

Maintaining the MX2020 Cooling System Zones

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 641

Action | 641

Purpose

For optimum router performance, verify the status of the two cooling zones of the chassis. Both Zone 0
and Zone 1 cool the Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE). Zone 1 consist of ten MPCs (10 through
19) and their respective MICs, along with the top half of the CB-REs and SFBs. Zone 1 is cooled by fan
trays 2 and 3. Zone 0 consists of ten MPCs (0 through 9), and their respective MICs, along with the
bottom half of CB-REs and SFBs. Zone 0 is cooled by fan trays 0 and 1. Two fan trays are at the bottom
of the chassis, and two fan trays are at the top of the chassis.

Action

On a regular basis:

Check the LEDs on the craft interface for upper and lower fan trays. The green status LEDs labeled 0
and 1, for lower fan trays, and 2 and 3 for the upper fan trays light steadily when a fan tray is
functioning normally.

During normal operation:

• The green LEDs next to the fan trays 0, 1, 2, and 3 on the craft interface light steadily when the fan
tray is functioning normally for that zone.

• Issue the show chassis zones command to check the status of the two cooling zones. The output is
similar to the following:

user@host> show chassis zones

ZONE 0 Status
Driving FRU FPC 9
Temperature 62 degrees C / 143 degrees F
Condition WARM TEMP
Num Fans Missing 0
Num Fans Failed 0
 642

Fan Duty Cycle 30

ZONE 1 Status
Driving FRU FPC 19
Temperature 64 degrees C / 147 degrees F
Condition WARM TEMP
Num Fans Missing 0
Num Fans Failed 0
Fan Duty Cycle 30

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Cooling System Description | 83

 643

CHAPTER 26

Installing, Removing, and Maintaining Host

Subsystem Components

IN THIS CHAPTER

Maintaining the MX2020 Host Subsystem | 643

Replacing an MX2000 SFB | 648

Maintaining the Switch Fabric Board (SFB) | 659

Replacing an MX2000 CB-RE | 660

Maintaining the MX2020 Control Boards | 669

Maintaining the MX2020 Routing Engines | 671

Upgrading to the Control Board-Routing Engine REMX2K-X8-64G in a Redundant Host Subsystem | 673

Upgrading to the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE in a Nonredundant Host Subsystem | 677

Maintaining the MX2020 Switch Processor Mezzanine Board (SPMB) | 681

Maintaining MX2020 Packet Forwarding Engine Components | 682

Maintaining the MX2020 Host Subsystem

IN THIS SECTION

Maintaining the MX2020 Routing Engines | 644

Maintaining the MX2020 Control Boards | 646

 644

Maintaining the MX2020 Routing Engines

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 644

Action | 644

Purpose

Each host subsystem comprises a Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE) functioning together.

To maintain the host subsystem, check the LEDs (RE0 and RE1) on the craft interface. For more
information about the LEDs and the display, see "MX2020 Craft Interface Description" on page 68.

NOTE: Even though the Routing Engine is combined with a Control Board (CB-RE),
separate LEDs on the craft interface show the status of the routing engines, and
separate LEDs show the status of the Control Board.

For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the Routing Engines and the CB-REs.

Action

On a regular basis:

• Check the host subsystem LEDs on the craft interface. For more information about the LEDs, and the
display, see "MX2020 Craft Interface Description" on page 68. During normal operations:

NOTE: Even though the Routing Engine is combined with a Control Board (CB-RE),
separate LEDs on the craft interface show the status of the routing engines, and
separate LEDs show the status of the Control Board.

• The green host subsystem ONLINE LED on the craft interface is lit.

• The red host subsystem OFFLINE LED on the craft interface is not lit.

• Check the LEDs on the Routing Engine portion of the CB-RE faceplate. During normal operations,
the ONLINE LED is lit steadily green.
 645

• Issue the show chassis routing-engine command to check the status of the Routing Engines. The output
is similar to the following:

user@host> show chassis routing-engine

Routing Engine status:

Slot 0:
Current state Master
Election priority Master (default)
Temperature 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
CPU temperature 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
DRAM 16351 MB (16384 MB installed)
Memory utilization 7 percent
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 4 percent
Interrupt 1 percent
Idle 95 percent
Model RE-S-1800x4
Serial ID 9009099715
Start time 2012-12-02 23:37:00 PST
Uptime 10 hours, 16 minutes, 36 seconds
Last reboot reason Router rebooted after a normal shutdown.
Load averages: 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.00 0.00 0.00
Routing Engine status:
Slot 1:
Current state Backup
Election priority Backup (default)
Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
CPU temperature 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
DRAM 3313
Memory utilization 22 percent
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 0 percent
Interrupt 0 percent
Idle 100 percent
Model RE-S-1800x4
Serial ID 9009099711
 646

Start time 2012-11-30 15:56:39 PST

Uptime 2 days, 17 hours, 56 minutes, 36 seconds
Last reboot reason Router rebooted after a normal shutdown.
Load averages: 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.00 0.00 0.00

For further description of the output from the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services
Command Reference.

SEE ALSO

MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description

MX2000 Switch Fabric Board LED
Troubleshooting the MX2020 Host Subsystems | 849

Maintaining the MX2020 Control Boards

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 646

Action | 646

Purpose

For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE).

Action

On a regular basis:

• Check the host subsystem LEDs on the craft interface. For more information about the LEDs and the
display, see MX2000 Switch Fabric Board LED.

During normal operations:

• The green host subsystem ONLINE LED on the craft interface is lit.

• The red host subsystem OFFLINE LED on the craft interface is not lit.

• Check the LEDs on the control board portion of the CB-RE faceplate.
 647

During normal operations:

• The green OK LED on the CB-RE faceplate is lit.

• The red FAIL LED on the CB-RE faceplate is not lit.

• Issue the show chassis environment cb command to check the status of the CB-REs. The output is similar
to the following:

user@host> show chassis environment cb

CB 0 status:
State Online Master
IntakeA-Zone0 Temperature 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
IntakeB-Zone1 Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
IntakeC-Zone0 Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
ExhaustA-Zone0 Temperature 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
ExhaustB-Zone1 Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
TCBC-Zone0 Temperature 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
Power 1
1.0 V 1008 mV
1.2 V 1208 mV
1.8 V 1801 mV
2.5 V 2526 mV
3.3 V 3312 mV
5.0 V 5020 mV
5.0 V RE 4995 mV
12.0 V 12123 mV
12.0 V RE 12007 mV
Bus Revision 100
FPGA Revision 271
CB 1 status:
State Online Standby
IntakeA-Zone0 Temperature 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
IntakeB-Zone1 Temperature 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
IntakeC-Zone0 Temperature 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
ExhaustA-Zone0 Temperature 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
ExhaustB-Zone1 Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
TCBC-Zone0 Temperature 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
Power 1
1.0 V 1015 mV
1.2 V 1211 mV
1.8 V 1814 mV
 648

2.5 V 2545 mV
3.3 V 3345 mV
5.0 V 5066 mV
5.0 V RE 5020 mV
12.0 V 12104 mV
12.0 V RE 12046 mV
Bus Revision 100
FPGA Revision 0

For further description of the output from the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services
Command Reference.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description

MX2020 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface
Troubleshooting the MX2020 Host Subsystems | 849

Replacing an MX2000 SFB

IN THIS SECTION

Removing an MX2000 SFB | 648

Installing an MX2000 SFB | 651

Removing an MX2000 SFB

To remove an SFB (see Figure 287 on page 650 and Figure 288 on page 651):

NOTE: You can remove the SFB as a unit.

 649

CAUTION: Before removing an SFB, ensure that you know how to operate the ejector
handles properly to avoid damage to the equipment.

1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD grounding points on the chassis.
3. Open the ejector handles outward simultaneously to unseat the SFB.
4. Grasp the ejector handles, and slide the SFB about halfway out of the chassis.

CAUTION: The weight of the SFB is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to
accept the full weight—up to 12 lb (5.45 kg)—as you slide the SFB out of the chassis.

5. Place one hand underneath the SFB to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
6. Place the SFB on the antistatic mat or into an antistatic bag.

CAUTION: Do not stack hardware components on one another after you remove them.
Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface.

7. If you are not replacing the SFB immediately, install a blank panel over the empty slot.
 650

Figure 287: Removing an SFB (MX2010)

 651

Figure 288: Removing an SFB (MX2020)

SEE ALSO

Maintaining the MX2010 SFB

Installing an MX2000 SFB

Installing an MX2000 SFB

To install an SFB (see Figure 289 on page 652):
 652

CAUTION: Before removing or replacing an SFB, ensure that the ejector handles are
stored horizontally and pressed toward the center of the SFB.

CAUTION: If one of the SFBs fails, do not remove the failed SFB until you have a
replacement or blank panel to install.

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Take each SFB to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the SFB where it
will be connected.
3. Carefully align the sides of the SFB with the guides inside the chassis.
4. Slide the SFB into the chassis until you feel resistance, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.
5. Place the ejector handles in their proper position, vertically and toward the center of the board.

Figure 289: Installing an SFB

 653

6. Check the LEDs on the SFB faceplate to verify that it is functioning normally.

• The green OK/FAIL LED should light steadily a few minutes after the SFB is installed.

• If the OK/FAIL LED is red, remove and install the SFB again. If the OK/FAIL LED still lights
steadily, the SFB is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative. See
"Contact Customer Support" on page 866.
7. Check the status of the SFB by using the show chassis environment sfb command:

user@host> show chassis environment sfb

SFB 0 status:
State Online
Intake-Zone0 Temperature 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
Exhaust-Zone1 Temperature 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
IntakeA-Zone0 Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
IntakeB-Zone1 Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
Exhaust-Zone0 Temperature 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB-XF2-Zone1 Temperature 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
SFB-XF1-Zone0 Temperature 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
SFB-XF0-Zone0 Temperature 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
Power
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-RAIL 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-CH0 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-CH1 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-CH1 1032 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-RAIL 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-CH0 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-CH1 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-CH1 1032 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-RAIL 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-CH0 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-CH1 1501 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-CH1 1032 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-RAIL 3299 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-CH0 3299 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-CH1 3299 mV
SFB 1 status:
 654

State Online
Intake-Zone0 Temperature 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
Exhaust-Zone1 Temperature 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
IntakeA-Zone0 Temperature 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
IntakeB-Zone1 Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
Exhaust-Zone0 Temperature 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB-XF2-Zone1 Temperature 56 degrees C / 132 degrees F
SFB-XF1-Zone0 Temperature 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
SFB-XF0-Zone0 Temperature 47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
Power
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-RAIL 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-CH0 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-CH1 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-CH1 1032 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-RAIL 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-CH0 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-CH1 1501 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-RAIL 1030 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-CH0 1030 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-CH1 1033 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-RAIL 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-CH0 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-CH1 1501 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-CH1 1032 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-RAIL 3300 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-CH0 3300 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-CH1 3300 mV
SFB 2 status:
State Online
Intake-Zone0 Temperature 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
Exhaust-Zone1 Temperature 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
IntakeA-Zone0 Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
IntakeB-Zone1 Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
Exhaust-Zone0 Temperature 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
SFB-XF2-Zone1 Temperature 58 degrees C / 136 degrees F
SFB-XF1-Zone0 Temperature 49 degrees C / 120 degrees F
SFB-XF0-Zone0 Temperature 49 degrees C / 120 degrees F
Power
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-RAIL 1500 mV
 655

LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-CH0 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-CH1 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-CH1 1032 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-RAIL 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-CH0 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-CH1 1501 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-CH1 1032 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-RAIL 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-CH0 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-CH1 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-CH1 1032 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-RAIL 3299 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-CH0 3299 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-CH1 3299 mV
SFB 3 status:
State Online
Intake-Zone0 Temperature 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
Exhaust-Zone1 Temperature 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
IntakeA-Zone0 Temperature 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
IntakeB-Zone1 Temperature 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
Exhaust-Zone0 Temperature 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
SFB-XF2-Zone1 Temperature 59 degrees C / 138 degrees F
SFB-XF1-Zone0 Temperature 52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
SFB-XF0-Zone0 Temperature 59 degrees C / 138 degrees F
Power
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-RAIL 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-CH0 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-CH1 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-CH1 1032 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-RAIL 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-CH0 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-CH1 1501 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-CH1 1032 mV
 656

LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-RAIL 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-CH0 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-CH1 1501 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-CH1 1032 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-RAIL 3300 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-CH0 3300 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-CH1 3300 mV
SFB 4 status:
State Online
Intake-Zone0 Temperature 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
Exhaust-Zone1 Temperature 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
IntakeA-Zone0 Temperature 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
IntakeB-Zone1 Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
Exhaust-Zone0 Temperature 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
SFB-XF2-Zone1 Temperature 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
SFB-XF1-Zone0 Temperature 46 degrees C / 114 degrees F
SFB-XF0-Zone0 Temperature 45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
Power
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-RAIL 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-CH0 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-CH1 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-CH1 1032 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-RAIL 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-CH0 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-CH1 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-CH1 1032 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-RAIL 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-CH0 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-CH1 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-RAIL 949 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-CH0 949 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-CH1 952 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-RAIL 3300 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-CH0 3300 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-CH1 3300 mV
SFB 5 status:
State Online
 657

Intake-Zone0 Temperature 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F

Exhaust-Zone1 Temperature 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
IntakeA-Zone0 Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
IntakeB-Zone1 Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
Exhaust-Zone0 Temperature 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SFB-XF2-Zone1 Temperature 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
SFB-XF1-Zone0 Temperature 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
SFB-XF0-Zone0 Temperature 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
Power
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-RAIL 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-CH0 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-CH1 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-CH1 1032 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-RAIL 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-CH0 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-CH1 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-CH1 1032 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-RAIL 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-CH0 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-CH1 1501 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-CH1 1033 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-RAIL 3300 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-CH0 3300 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-CH1 3300 mV
SFB 6 status:
State Online
Intake-Zone0 Temperature 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
Exhaust-Zone1 Temperature 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
IntakeA-Zone0 Temperature 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
IntakeB-Zone1 Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
Exhaust-Zone0 Temperature 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB-XF2-Zone1 Temperature 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
SFB-XF1-Zone0 Temperature 60 degrees C / 140 degrees F
SFB-XF0-Zone0 Temperature 60 degrees C / 140 degrees F
Power
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-RAIL 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-CH0 1500 mV
 658

LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-CH1 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-CH1 1032 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-RAIL 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-CH0 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-CH1 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-CH1 1033 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-RAIL 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-CH0 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-CH1 1501 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-CH1 1033 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-RAIL 3300 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-CH0 3300 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-CH1 3299 mV
SFB 7 status:
State Online
Intake-Zone0 Temperature 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
Exhaust-Zone1 Temperature 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
IntakeA-Zone0 Temperature 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
IntakeB-Zone1 Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
Exhaust-Zone0 Temperature 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFB-XF2-Zone1 Temperature 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
SFB-XF1-Zone0 Temperature 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
SFB-XF0-Zone0 Temperature 57 degrees C / 134 degrees F
Power
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-RAIL 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-CH0 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.5v-CH1 1501 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF2-1.0v-CH1 1032 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-RAIL 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-CH0 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.5v-CH1 1500 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF1-1.0v-CH1 1032 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-RAIL 1499 mV
 659

LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-CH0 1499 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.5v-CH1 1501 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-RAIL 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-CH0 1029 mV
LTC3880-XF0-1.0v-CH1 1033 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-RAIL 3300 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-CH0 3300 mV
LTC3880-3.3v-CH1 3300 mV

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX Series Router

Removing the SFBs Before Installing an MX2020 Router with a Pallet Jack
MX2000 Switch Fabric Board (SFB) Overview
MX2000-SFB2-S Enhanced Switch Fabric Board Description
MX2000-SFB3 Switch Fabric Board Description

Maintaining the Switch Fabric Board (SFB)

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 659

Action | 659

Purpose

For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the SFBs.

Action

On a regular basis:

• Check the LED on the SFB faceplate.

During normal operations:

 660

• The bi-color OK/FAIL LED on the SFB faceplate is lit green steadily.

• The bi-color OK/FAIL LED on the SFB faceplate is blinking green.

• The bi-color OK/FAIL red LED on the SFB faceplate is off.

• Issue the show chassis sfb command to display information about the SFBs. The output is similar to the
following:

user@host> show chassis sfb

Slot State Uptime
0 Online 1 hour, 11 minutes, 22 seconds
1 Online 1 hour, 11 minutes, 11 seconds
2 Online 1 hour, 11 minutes, 1 second
3 Online 1 hour, 10 minutes, 50 seconds
4 Online 1 hour, 10 minutes, 39 seconds
5 Online 1 hour, 10 minutes, 28 seconds
6 Online 1 hour, 10 minutes, 18 seconds
7 Online 1 hour, 10 minutes, 7 seconds

For further description of the output from the commands, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services
Command Reference.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Removing a Switch Fabric Board (SFB)

Replacing an MX2000 CB-RE

IN THIS SECTION

Removing a CB-RE from an MX2000 Router | 661

Installing an MX2020 CB-RE | 663

Installing an MX2010 CB-RE | 666

 661

Removing a CB-RE from an MX2000 Router

To remove a CB-RE:

NOTE: You can remove the CB-RE as a unit.

CAUTION: Before removing a CB-RE, ensure that you know how to operate the ejector
handles properly to avoid damage to the equipment.

CAUTION: Before you replace a CB-RE, you must take the host subsystem offline. If
there is only one host subsystem, taking the host subsystem offline shuts down the
router.

1. Take the host subsystem offline.

2. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
3. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
4. Open the ejector handles outward simultaneously to unseat the CB-RE.
5. Grasp the ejector handles, and slide the CB-RE about halfway out of the chassis.
6. Place one hand underneath the CB-RE to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
7. Place the CB-RE on the antistatic mat or into an antistatic bag.
8. If you are not replacing the CB-RE immediately, install a blank panel over the empty slot.
 662

Figure 290: Removing a CB-RE (MX2010)

 663

Figure 291: Removing a CB-RE (MX2020)

Installing an MX2020 CB-RE

To install a CB-RE (see Figure 292 on page 664):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Take each CB-RE to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the CB-RE
where it will be connected.
3. Verify that each fiber-optic CB-RE has a rubber safety cap covering the transceiver. If it does not,
cover the transceiver with a safety cap.
4. Locate the slot in the CB-RE card cage in which you plan to install the CB-RE.
 664

5. Ensure that the CB-RE is right-side up, with the text on the faceplate of the CB-RE facing upward.
6. Lift the CB-RE into place, and carefully align first the bottom, then the top of the CB-RE with the
guides inside the card cage.
7. Slide the CB-RE all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.
8. Grasp both ejector handles, and gently close them inward simultaneously until the CB-RE is fully
seated.

Figure 292: Installing an MX2020 CB-RE

9. Check the LEDs on the CB-RE faceplate to verify that it is functioning normally.

• The green OK/FAIL LED should light steadily a few minutes after the CB-RE is installed.
 665

• If the OK/FAIL LED is red, remove and install the CB-RE again. If the OK/FAIL LED still lights
steadily, the CB-RE is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.
See Contact Customer Support.
10. Check the status of the CB-RE using the show chassis environment cb command:

user@host> show chassis environment cb

CB 0 status:
State Online Master
IntakeA-Zone0 Temperature 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
IntakeB-Zone1 Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
IntakeC-Zone0 Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
ExhaustA-Zone0 Temperature 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
ExhaustB-Zone1 Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
TCBC-Zone0 Temperature 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
Power 1
1.0 V 1008 mV
1.2 V 1208 mV
1.8 V 1801 mV
2.5 V 2526 mV
3.3 V 3312 mV
5.0 V 5020 mV
5.0 V RE 4995 mV
12.0 V 12123 mV
12.0 V RE 12007 mV
Bus Revision 100
FPGA Revision 271
CB 1 status:
State Online Standby
IntakeA-Zone0 Temperature 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
IntakeB-Zone1 Temperature 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
IntakeC-Zone0 Temperature 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
ExhaustA-Zone0 Temperature 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
ExhaustB-Zone1 Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
TCBC-Zone0 Temperature 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
Power 1
1.0 V 1015 mV
1.2 V 1211 mV
1.8 V 1814 mV
2.5 V 2545 mV
3.3 V 3345 mV
5.0 V 5066 mV
5.0 V RE 5020 mV
 666

12.0 V 12104 mV
12.0 V RE 12046 mV
Bus Revision 100
FPGA Revision 0

Installing an MX2010 CB-RE

To install a CB-RE (seeFigure 293 on page 668):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Remove the CB-RE from the electrostatic bag.
3. Carefully align the sides of the CB-RE with the guides inside the chassis.
4. Slide the CB-RE into the chassis until you feel resistance, carefully ensuring that it is correctly
aligned.
5. Grasp both ejector handles, and gently close them inward simultaneously until the CB-RE is fully
seated.
6. Check the LEDs on the CB-RE faceplate to verify that it is functioning normally.

• The green OK/FAIL LED should light steadily a few minutes after the CB-RE is installed.

• If the OK/FAIL LED is red, remove and install the CB-RE again. If the OK/FAIL LED still lights
steadily, the CB-RE is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.
See Contact Customer Support.
7. Check the status of the CB-RE by using the show chassis environment cb command:

user@host> show chassis environment cb

CB 0 status:
State Online Master
IntakeA-Zone0 Temperature 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
IntakeB-Zone1 Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
IntakeC-Zone0 Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
ExhaustA-Zone0 Temperature 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
ExhaustB-Zone1 Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
TCBC-Zone0 Temperature 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
Power 1
1.0 V 1008 mV
1.2 V 1208 mV
1.8 V 1801 mV
2.5 V 2526 mV
3.3 V 3312 mV
5.0 V 5020 mV
 667

5.0 V RE 4995 mV
12.0 V 12123 mV
12.0 V RE 12007 mV
Bus Revision 100
FPGA Revision 271
CB 1 status:
State Online Standby
IntakeA-Zone0 Temperature 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
IntakeB-Zone1 Temperature 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
IntakeC-Zone0 Temperature 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
ExhaustA-Zone0 Temperature 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
ExhaustB-Zone1 Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
TCBC-Zone0 Temperature 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
Power 1
1.0 V 1015 mV
1.2 V 1211 mV
1.8 V 1814 mV
2.5 V 2545 mV
3.3 V 3345 mV
5.0 V 5066 mV
5.0 V RE 5020 mV
12.0 V 12104 mV
12.0 V RE 12046 mV
Bus Revision 100
FPGA Revision 0
 668

Figure 293: Installing an MX2010 CB-RE

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description

CB-RE LEDs
Taking an MX2000 Host Subsystem Offline
RE-MX2000-1800x4 CB-RE Description
REMX2K-X8-64G and REMX2K-X8-64G-LT CB-RE Description
Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage
 669

Maintaining the MX2020 Control Boards

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 669

Action | 669

Purpose

For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE).

Action

On a regular basis:

• Check the host subsystem LEDs on the craft interface. For more information about the LEDs and the
display, see MX2000 Switch Fabric Board LED.

During normal operations:

• The green host subsystem ONLINE LED on the craft interface is lit.

• The red host subsystem OFFLINE LED on the craft interface is not lit.

• Check the LEDs on the control board portion of the CB-RE faceplate.

During normal operations:

• The green OK LED on the CB-RE faceplate is lit.

• The red FAIL LED on the CB-RE faceplate is not lit.

• Issue the show chassis environment cb command to check the status of the CB-REs. The output is similar
to the following:

user@host> show chassis environment cb

CB 0 status:
State Online Master
IntakeA-Zone0 Temperature 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
IntakeB-Zone1 Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
 670

IntakeC-Zone0 Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F

ExhaustA-Zone0 Temperature 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
ExhaustB-Zone1 Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
TCBC-Zone0 Temperature 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
Power 1
1.0 V 1008 mV
1.2 V 1208 mV
1.8 V 1801 mV
2.5 V 2526 mV
3.3 V 3312 mV
5.0 V 5020 mV
5.0 V RE 4995 mV
12.0 V 12123 mV
12.0 V RE 12007 mV
Bus Revision 100
FPGA Revision 271
CB 1 status:
State Online Standby
IntakeA-Zone0 Temperature 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
IntakeB-Zone1 Temperature 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
IntakeC-Zone0 Temperature 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
ExhaustA-Zone0 Temperature 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
ExhaustB-Zone1 Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
TCBC-Zone0 Temperature 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
Power 1
1.0 V 1015 mV
1.2 V 1211 mV
1.8 V 1814 mV
2.5 V 2545 mV
3.3 V 3345 mV
5.0 V 5066 mV
5.0 V RE 5020 mV
12.0 V 12104 mV
12.0 V RE 12046 mV
Bus Revision 100
FPGA Revision 0

For further description of the output from the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services
Command Reference.
 671

Maintaining the MX2020 Routing Engines

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 671

Action | 671

Purpose

Each host subsystem comprises a Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE) functioning together.

To maintain the host subsystem, check the LEDs (RE0 and RE1) on the craft interface. For more
information about the LEDs and the display, see "MX2020 Craft Interface Description" on page 68.

NOTE: Even though the Routing Engine is combined with a Control Board (CB-RE),
separate LEDs on the craft interface show the status of the routing engines, and
separate LEDs show the status of the Control Board.

For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the Routing Engines and the CB-REs.

Action

On a regular basis:

• Check the host subsystem LEDs on the craft interface. For more information about the LEDs, and the
display, see "MX2020 Craft Interface Description" on page 68. During normal operations:

NOTE: Even though the Routing Engine is combined with a Control Board (CB-RE),
separate LEDs on the craft interface show the status of the routing engines, and
separate LEDs show the status of the Control Board.

• The green host subsystem ONLINE LED on the craft interface is lit.

• The red host subsystem OFFLINE LED on the craft interface is not lit.

• Check the LEDs on the Routing Engine portion of the CB-RE faceplate. During normal operations,
the ONLINE LED is lit steadily green.
 672

• Issue the show chassis routing-engine command to check the status of the Routing Engines. The output
is similar to the following:

user@host> show chassis routing-engine

Routing Engine status:

Slot 0:
Current state Master
Election priority Master (default)
Temperature 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
CPU temperature 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
DRAM 16351 MB (16384 MB installed)
Memory utilization 7 percent
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 4 percent
Interrupt 1 percent
Idle 95 percent
Model RE-S-1800x4
Serial ID 9009099715
Start time 2012-12-02 23:37:00 PST
Uptime 10 hours, 16 minutes, 36 seconds
Last reboot reason Router rebooted after a normal shutdown.
Load averages: 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.00 0.00 0.00
Routing Engine status:
Slot 1:
Current state Backup
Election priority Backup (default)
Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
CPU temperature 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
DRAM 3313
Memory utilization 22 percent
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 0 percent
Interrupt 0 percent
Idle 100 percent
Model RE-S-1800x4
Serial ID 9009099711
 673

Start time 2012-11-30 15:56:39 PST

Uptime 2 days, 17 hours, 56 minutes, 36 seconds
Last reboot reason Router rebooted after a normal shutdown.
Load averages: 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.00 0.00 0.00

For further description of the output from the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services
Command Reference.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description

MX2000 Switch Fabric Board LED
Troubleshooting the MX2020 Host Subsystems | 849

Upgrading to the Control Board-Routing Engine REMX2K-X8-64G in a

Redundant Host Subsystem

IN THIS SECTION

Taking the Host Subsystem Offline | 674

Removing the Backup CB-RE | 674

Installing the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE | 675

Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded CB-RE as the Primary | 676

Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded CB-RE as the Backup | 676

A redundant host subsystem consists of a primary Routing Engine-Control Board (CB-RE) (RE0) and a
backup CB-RE (RE1). To upgrade the host subsystem to use the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE, you must first
uninstall the backup CB-RE and install the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE, which then becomes the backup
CB-RE. Configure this backup CB-RE as the primary CB-RE. Then replace the other CB-RE and configure
it as the backup CB-RE.
 674

NOTE: Save the router configuration before upgrading the CB-RE.

Taking the Host Subsystem Offline

To take the host subsystem offline perform the following steps:

1. On the external management device connected to the CB-RE, issue the request system halt other-
routing-engine operational mode command to offline the backup CB-RE. The command shuts down
the CB-RE cleanly by preserving the state information.

user@host> request system halt other-routing-engine

Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.
2. Take the Control board offline by using the request chassis cb slot 0/1 offline operational mode
command. The command shuts down the CB-RE completely.

user@host> request chassis cb slot 1 offline

Removing the Backup CB-RE

To remove a CB-RE (see Figure 294 on page 675):

NOTE: Remove the CB-RE as a unit.

CAUTION: Before removing a CB-RE, ensure that you know how to operate the ejector
handles properly to avoid damage to the equipment.

CAUTION: Before you replace a CB-RE, you must take the host subsystem offline. If
there is only one host subsystem, taking the host subsystem offline shuts down the
router.

1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Open the ejector handles outward simultaneously to unseat the CB-RE.
4. Grasp the ejector handles, and slide the CB-RE about halfway out of the chassis.
 675

5. Place one hand underneath the CB-RE to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
6. Place the CB-RE on the antistatic mat or inside an antistatic bag.
7. If you are not replacing the CB-RE immediately, install a blank panel over the empty slot.

Figure 294: Removing a CB-RE

Installing the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE

To install a CB-RE:

1. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on
the chassis.
2. Remove the CB-RE from the electrostatic bag.
3. Carefully align the sides of the CB-RE with the guides inside the chassis.
4. Slide the CB-RE into the chassis until you feel resistance, carefully ensuring that it is correctly
aligned.
5. Grasp both ejector handles, and gently close them inward simultaneously until the CB-RE is fully
seated.
 676

6. Check the LEDs on the CB-RE faceplate to verify that it is functioning normally.

• The green ONLINE LED should blink green initially and light steadily a few minutes after the CB-
RE is installed.

• If the OK/FAIL LED is yellow, remove and install the CB-RE again. If the OK/FAIL LED still lights
steadily, the CB-RE is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.
See Contact Customer Support.
7. Check the status of the CB-RE by using the show chassis environment cb command.

The CB-RE might require several minutes to boot. After the CB-RE boots, verify that it is installed
correctly by checking the FAIL, RE0, and RE1 LEDs on the craft interface. If the router is operational and
the CB-RE is functioning properly, the green ONLINE LED on the CB-RE lights steadily. If the red FAIL
LED on the CB-RE lights steadily instead, remove and install the CB-RE again. If the red FAIL LED still
lights steadily, the CB-RE is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.

Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded CB-RE as the Primary

After replacing the backup CB-RE with the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE, perform the following steps:

1. Verify that the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE is online by issuing the show chassis hardware and show chassis
routing-engine |no-more commands.
Verify the software by using the show vmhost status and show vmhost version commands.
2. After you install the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE, the CB-RE is automatically powered on and comes up
in amnesiac mode as it is loaded with factory defaults. After the CB-RE comes up in amnesiac mode,
load the base configuration and commit.
3. Configure the backup CB-RE by using the commit synchronize command to copy the configuration to
the backup CB-RE.
4. Use the request chassis routing-engine master switch command to make the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE
(RE1) the primary CB-RE. All FPCs reboot after this step.

Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded CB-RE as the Backup

After replacing the primary CB-RE with the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE, perform the following steps:

1. Use the request chassis routing-engine master switch command to make the newly installed REMX2K-
X8-64G CB-RE (RE0) the backup CB-RE.
2. Use the commit synchronize command to copy the active configuration from the primary CB-RE to the
backup CB-RE.

SEE ALSO

REMX2K-X8-64G and REMX2K-X8-64G-LT CB-RE Description

 677

Upgrading to the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE in a Nonredundant Host

Subsystem

IN THIS SECTION

Taking the Host Subsystem Offline | 677

Removing the CB-RE | 678

Installing the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE | 679

Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded CB-RE | 681

In a nonredundant host subsystem, only one Routing Engine-Control Board (CB-RE) is present in the
chassis. When you upgrade the CB-RE, taking the host subsystem offline shuts down the router. To
upgrade the host subsystem with the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE, you must uninstall the existing CB-RE
and install the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE.

NOTE: Save the router configuration before proceeding with the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-
RE upgrade.

Taking the Host Subsystem Offline

To take the host subsystem offline perform the following steps:

1. On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, issue the request system halt
operational mode command. The command shuts down the Routing Engines cleanly by preserving
their state information.

user@host> request system halt

Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.
2. Take the Control board offline by using the request chassis cb slot 0/1 offline operational mode
command. The command shuts down the CB-RE completely.

user@host> request chassis cb slot 1 offline

 678

Removing the CB-RE

To remove a CB-RE (see Figure 295 on page 679):

NOTE: Remove the CB-RE as a unit.

CAUTION: Before removing a CB-RE, ensure that you know how to operate the ejector
handles properly to avoid damage to the equipment.

CAUTION: Before you replace a CB-RE, you must take the host subsystem offline. If
there is only one host subsystem, taking the host subsystem offline shuts down the
router.

1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Open the ejector handles outward simultaneously to unseat the CB-RE.
4. Grasp the ejector handles, and slide the CB-RE about halfway out of the chassis.
5. Place one hand underneath the CB-RE to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
6. Place the CB-RE on the antistatic mat or inside an antistatic bag.
7. If you are not replacing the CB-RE immediately, install a blank panel over the empty slot.
 679

Figure 295: Removing a CB-RE

Installing the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE

To install the new REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE (see Figure 296 on page 680):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Remove the CB-RE from the electrostatic bag.
3. Carefully align the sides of the CB-RE with the guides inside the chassis.
4. Slide the CB-RE into the chassis until you feel resistance, carefully ensuring that it is correctly
aligned.
 680

5. Grasp both ejector handles, and gently close them inward simultaneously until the CB-RE is fully
seated.
6. Check the LEDs on the CB-RE faceplate to verify that it is functioning normally.

• The green ONLINE LED should blink green initially and light steadily a few minutes after the CB-
RE is installed.

• If the OK/FAIL LED is yellow, remove and install the CB-RE again. If the OK/FAIL LED still lights
steadily, the CB-RE is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.
See Contact Customer Support.
7. Check the status of the CB-RE by using the show chassis environment cb command.

Figure 296: Installing a CB-RE

The CB-RE might require several minutes to boot. After the CB-RE boots, verify that it is installed
correctly by checking the FAIL, RE0, and RE1 LEDs on the craft interface. If the router is operational and
the CB-RE is functioning properly, the green ONLINE LED on the CB-RE lights steadily. If the red FAIL
LED lights steadily instead, remove the CB-RE and reinstall it. If the red FAIL LED on the CB-RE still
lights steadily, the CB-RE is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.
 681

Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded CB-RE

After replacing the CB-RE with the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE, perform the following steps:

1. Verify that the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE is online by issuing the show chassis hardware and show chassis
routing-engine |no-more commands.
Verify the software by using the show vmhost status and show vmhost version commands.
2. After you install the REMX2K-X8-64G CB-RE, the CB-RE gets automatically powered on and comes
up in amnesiac mode as it is loaded with factory defaults. After the CB-RE comes up in amnesiac
mode, load the base configuration and commit.

SEE ALSO

REMX2K-X8-64G and REMX2K-X8-64G-LT CB-RE Description

Maintaining the MX2020 Switch Processor Mezzanine Board (SPMB)

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 681

Action | 681

Purpose

For optimum router performance, verify the switch processor mezzanine board status (SPMB).

Action

On a regular basis:

• Issue the show chassis spmb command to display the status information. The output is similar to the
following:

user@host> show chassis spmb

Slot 0 information:
 682

State Online
Total CPU Utilization 98%
Interrupt CPU Utilization 0%
Memory Heap Utilization 1%
Buffer Utilization 44%
Start time: 2012-12-03 11:47:23 PST
Uptime: 2 hours, 16 minutes, 39 seconds
Slot 1 information:
State Online - Standby
Total CPU Utilization 0%
Interrupt CPU Utilization 0%
Memory Heap Utilization 0%
Buffer Utilization 22%
Start time: 2012-12-03 11:47:19 PST
Uptime: 2 hours, 16 minutes, 43 seconds

{master}

For further description of the output from the commands, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services
Command Reference.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage

Maintaining MX2020 Packet Forwarding Engine Components

IN THIS SECTION

Maintaining MX2020 MPCs | 683

Maintaining MX2020 MICs | 687

Maintaining the MX2020 Ethernet Switch | 689

Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX2020 MPCs or MICs | 692

 683

Maintaining MX2020 MPCs

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 683

Action | 683

Purpose

The router can have up to 20 Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs) mounted vertically in the MPC card
cage at the front of the chassis. For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the MPCs.

Action

On a regular basis:

• Check the LEDs on the craft interface directly above each MPC slot. The green LED labeled OK lights
steadily when a MPC is functioning normally.

• Check the OK/FAIL LED on the MPC. For more information, see MX Series Interface Module
Reference. If the MPC detects a failure, the MPC sends an alarm message to the Routing Engine.

• Check the status of installed MPCs by issuing the CLI show chassis fpc command to check the status of
installed MPCs. As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State
indicates that the MPC is functioning normally:

user@host> show chassis fpc

Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
0 Empty
1 Empty
2 Empty
3 Empty
4 Online 28 11 0 2048 15 14
5 Empty
6 Empty
7 Online 30 8 0 2048 14 13
8 Online 29 10 0 2048 11 13
9 Online 31 12 0 2048 16 14
10 Present 28
 684

11 Online 38 16 2 2048 16 14
12 Empty
13 Empty
14 Empty
15 Online 36 11 0 2048 15 14
16 Empty
17 Empty
18 Online 31 10 0 2048 18 13
19 Empty

For more detailed output, add the detail option. The following example does not specify a slot
number, which is optional:

user@host> show chassis fpc detail

Slot 4 information:
State Online
Temperature 28
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
Total RLDRAM 1036 MB
Total DDR DRAM 11264 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 16:20:07 PST
Uptime: 18 hours, 6 minutes, 1 second
Max Power Consumption 610 Watts
Slot 7 information:
State Online
Temperature 30
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
Total RLDRAM 1036 MB
Total DDR DRAM 6656 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 16:20:12 PST
Uptime: 18 hours, 5 minutes, 56 seconds
Max Power Consumption 520 Watts
Slot 8 information:
State Online
Temperature 29
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
Total RLDRAM 662 MB
Total DDR DRAM 2560 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 16:20:18 PST
Uptime: 18 hours, 5 minutes, 50 seconds
Max Power Consumption 348 Watts
 685

Slot 9 information:
State Online
Temperature 31
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
Total RLDRAM 1036 MB
Total DDR DRAM 11264 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 17:34:36 PST
Uptime: 16 hours, 51 minutes, 32 seconds
Max Power Consumption 610 Watts
Slot 10 information:
State Present
Temperature 28
Total CPU DRAM 0 MB
Total RLDRAM 0 MB
Total DDR DRAM 0 MB
Max Power Consumption 440 Watts
Slot 11 information:
State Online
Temperature 38
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
Total RLDRAM 1036 MB
Total DDR DRAM 11264 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 16:20:33 PST
Uptime: 18 hours, 5 minutes, 35 seconds
Max Power Consumption 610 Watts
Slot 15 information:
State Online
Temperature 36
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
Total RLDRAM 1036 MB
Total DDR DRAM 11264 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 16:20:40 PST
Uptime: 18 hours, 5 minutes, 28 seconds
Max Power Consumption 610 Watts
Slot 18 information:
State Online
Temperature 31
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
Total RLDRAM 1324 MB
Total DDR DRAM 5120 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 16:20:46 PST
 686

Uptime: 18 hours, 5 minutes, 22 seconds

Max Power Consumption 440 Watts

• Issue the CLI show chassis fpc pic-status command. The MPC slots are numbered from 0 through 9
(bottom), and 10 through 19 (top), left to right:

user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status

Slot 4 Online MPC4E 3D 2CGE+8XGE

PIC 0 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 1X100GE CFP
PIC 2 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 3 Online 1X100GE CFP
Slot 7 Online MPCE Type 3 3D
PIC 0 Online 1X100GE CFP
PIC 2 Online 1x 10GE XFP
PIC 3 Online 1x 10GE XFP
Slot 8 Online MPC Type 2 3D
PIC 0 Online 1x 10GE XFP
PIC 1 Online 1x 10GE XFP
PIC 2 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) SFP
PIC 3 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) SFP
Slot 9 Online MPC4E 3D 32XGE
PIC 0 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 2 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 3 Online 8X10GE SFPP
Slot 10 Present MPC 3D 16x 10GE
Slot 11 Online MPC4E 3D 32XGE
PIC 0 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 2 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 3 Online 8X10GE SFPP
Slot 15 Online MPC4E 3D 2CGE+8XGE
PIC 0 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 1X100GE CFP
PIC 2 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 3 Online 1X100GE CFP
Slot 18 Online MPC 3D 16x 10GE
PIC 0 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
PIC 1 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
 687

PIC 2 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

PIC 3 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

For further description of the output from the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and
Services Command Reference.

SEE ALSO

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2020 Hardware Components | 333
MX2020 Chassis Description | 36
MX2020 Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) Description | 138
MX2020 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface
Troubleshooting a Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) | 852
Replacing an MX2020 MPC and Adapter Card (ADC) | 699

Maintaining MX2020 MICs

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 687

Action | 687

Purpose

For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the Modular Interface Cards (MICs).

Action

On a regular basis:

• Check the LEDs on MIC faceplates. The meaning of the LED states differs for various MICs. For more
information, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference. If the MPC that houses the MIC detects
a MIC failure, the MPC generates an alarm message to be sent to the Routing Engine.
 688

• Issue the CLI show chassis fpc pic-status command. The MIC slots in an MPC are numbered PIC 0/1
and PIC 2/3, top to bottom:

user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status

Slot 4 Online MPC4E 3D 2CGE+8XGE

PIC 0 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 1X100GE CFP
PIC 2 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 3 Online 1X100GE CFP
Slot 7 Online MPCE Type 3 3D
PIC 0 Online 1X100GE CFP
PIC 2 Online 1x 10GE XFP
PIC 3 Online 1x 10GE XFP
Slot 8 Online MPC Type 2 3D
PIC 0 Online 1x 10GE XFP
PIC 1 Online 1x 10GE XFP
PIC 2 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) SFP
PIC 3 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) SFP
Slot 9 Online MPC4E 3D 32XGE
PIC 0 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 2 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 3 Online 8X10GE SFPP
Slot 10 Present MPC 3D 16x 10GE
Slot 11 Online MPC4E 3D 32XGE
PIC 0 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 2 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 3 Online 8X10GE SFPP
Slot 15 Online MPC4E 3D 2CGE+8XGE
PIC 0 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 1X100GE CFP
PIC 2 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 3 Online 1X100GE CFP
Slot 18 Online MPC 3D 16x 10GE
PIC 0 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
PIC 1 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
PIC 2 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
PIC 3 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
 689

For further description of the output from the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and
Services Command Reference.

SEE ALSO

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2020 Hardware Components | 333
MX2000 Modular Interface Card (MIC) Description | 123
Maintaining the MX2020 Ethernet Switch | 836
MX2020 Modular Interface Card LEDs | 138
Troubleshooting the MX2020 MICs | 850
Replacing an MX2020 MIC | 717

Maintaining the MX2020 Ethernet Switch

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 689

Action | 689

Purpose

For optimum router performance, verify the status of the Gigabit Ethernet ports connected to MPC
devices.

Action

On a regular basis:

• Check the LEDs on MPC faceplates. The meaning of the LED states differs for various MICs. For
more information, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference.

• Issue the CLI show chassis ethernet-switch command:

user@host> show chassis ethernet-switch

Displaying summary for switch 0

Link is down on GE port 0 connected to device: FPC0
 690

Link is down on GE port 1 connected to device: FPC1

Link is down on GE port 2 connected to device: FPC3

Link is down on GE port 3 connected to device: FPC2

Link is down on GE port 4 connected to device: FPC5

Link is good on GE port 5 connected to device: FPC4

Speed is 1000Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Flow Control TX is Disabled
Flow Control RX is Disabled

Link is down on GE port 6 connected to device: FPC6

Link is good on GE port 7 connected to device: FPC7

Speed is 1000Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Flow Control TX is Disabled
Flow Control RX is Disabled

Link is good on GE port 8 connected to device: FPC8

Speed is 1000Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Flow Control TX is Disabled
Flow Control RX is Disabled

Link is down on GE port 9 connected to device: FPC9

Link is down on GE port 10 connected to device: FPC10

Link is good on GE port 11 connected to device: FPC11

Speed is 1000Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Flow Control TX is Disabled
Flow Control RX is Disabled
 691

Link is down on GE port 12 connected to device: FPC13

Link is down on GE port 13 connected to device: FPC12

Link is down on GE port 14 connected to device: FPC14

Link is down on GE port 15 connected to device: FPC15

Link is down on GE port 16 connected to device: FPC17

Link is good on GE port 17 connected to device: FPC16

Speed is 1000Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Flow Control TX is Disabled
Flow Control RX is Disabled

Link is good on GE port 18 connected to device: FPC18

Speed is 1000Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Flow Control TX is Disabled
Flow Control RX is Disabled

Link is down on GE port 19 connected to device: FPC19

Link is good on GE port 20 connected to device: Other RE-GigE

Speed is 1000Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Flow Control TX is Disabled
Flow Control RX is Disabled

Link is good on GE port 21 connected to device: RE-GigE

Speed is 1000Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Flow Control TX is Disabled
Flow Control RX is Disabled

Link is down on GE port 22 connected to device: Debug-GigE

Link is good on GE port 23 connected to device: SPMB

 692

Speed is 1000Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Flow Control TX is Disabled
Flow Control RX is Disabled

Link is down on XE port 24 connected to device: SFP+ 0

Link is down on XE port 25 connected to device: SFP+ 1

Link is down on XE port 26 connected to device: RE-10GigE

Link is down on XE port 27 connected to device: Other RE-10GigE

For further description of the output from the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and
Services Command Reference.

SEE ALSO

MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description

Troubleshooting the MX2020 Host Subsystems | 849

Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX2020 MPCs or MICs

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 692

Action | 692

Purpose

For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the cables that connect to the MPCs or MICs.

Action

On a regular basis:

• Use an upper cable manager and a lower cable manager (shown in Figure 297 on page 693) to
support cables and prevent cables from dislodging or developing stress points.
 693

Figure 297: Upper and Lower Cable Manager Cable Routing

NOTE: The MX2020 supports both standard and extended upper and lower cable
management.

• Place excess cable out of the way in the upper and lower cable managers. Do not allow fastened
loops of cable to dangle from the connector or cable manager because this stresses the cable at the
fastening point. Putting fasteners on the loops helps to maintain their shape.

• Keep the cable connections clean and free of dust and other particles, which can cause drops in the
received power level. Always inspect cables and clean them if necessary before connecting an
interface.

• Label both ends of the cables to identify them.

The following guidelines apply specifically to fiber-optic cables:

• When you unplug a fiber-optic cable, always place a rubber safety plug over the transceiver on the
faceplate and on the end of the cable.
 694

• Anchor fiber-optic cables to avoid stress on the connectors. Be sure to secure fiber-optic cables so
that they do not support their own weight as they hang to the floor. Never let fiber-optic cable hang
free from the connector.

• Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches can damage
the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

• Frequent plugging and unplugging of fiber-optic cable into and out of optical instruments can cause
damage to the instruments that is expensive to repair. Instead, attach a short fiber extension to the
optical equipment. Any wear and tear due to frequent plugging and unplugging is then absorbed by
the short fiber extension, which is easy and inexpensive to replace.

• Keep fiber-optic cable connections clean. Small microdeposits of oil and dust in the canal of the
transceiver or cable connector could cause loss of light, reducing signal power and possibly causing
intermittent problems with the optical connection.

To clean the transceivers, use an appropriate fiber-cleaning device, such as RIFOCS Fiber Optic
Adaptor Cleaning Wands (part number 946). Follow the directions for the cleaning kit you use.

After you clean an optical transceiver, make sure that the connector tip of the fiber-optic cable is
clean. Use only an approved alcohol-free fiber-optic cable cleaning kit, such as the Opptex Cletop-S
Fiber Cleaner. Follow the directions for the cleaning kit you use.

SEE ALSO

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2020 Hardware Components | 333
MX2020 Cable Management Description | 74
Maintaining MX2020 MPCs | 711
Maintaining MX2020 MICs | 729
 695

CHAPTER 27

Installing, Removing, and Maintaining Interface

Modules— ADCs, MPCs, and MICs

IN THIS CHAPTER

Holding an MPC | 695

Storing an MX2020 MPC | 698

Replacing an MX2020 MPC and Adapter Card (ADC) | 699

Maintaining MX2020 MPCs | 711

Maintaining MX2020 Adapter Cards | 715

Replacing an MX2020 MIC | 717

Maintaining MX2020 MICs | 729

Replacing an SFP or XFP Transceiver on an MX2020 MPC or MIC | 731

Installing an SFP or XFP into an MX2000 MPC or MIC | 734

Installing an MX2020 Dual-Wide MIC | 735

Install a Transceiver | 738

Remove a Transceiver | 741

Replacing a CFP2 Transceiver | 743

Holding an MPC

When carrying a Modular Port Concentrator (MPC), you can hold it either vertically or horizontally.

NOTE: A typical MPC can weigh 25 lb (11.34 kg) or more. Be prepared to accept the full
weight of the MPC as you lift it.

To hold an MPC vertically:

1. Orient the MPC so that the faceplate faces you. To verify orientation, confirm that the text on the
MPC is right-side up and the electromagnetic interference (EMI) strip is on the right-hand side.
 696

2. Place one hand around the MPC faceplate about a quarter of the way down from the top edge. To
avoid deforming the EMI shielding strip, do not press hard on it.
3. Place your other hand at the bottom edge of the MPC.

If the MPC is horizontal before you grasp it, place your left hand around the faceplate and your right
hand along the bottom edge.

To hold an MPC horizontally:

1. Orient the MPC so that the faceplate faces you.

2. Grasp the top edge with your left hand and the bottom edge with your right hand.

You can rest the faceplate of the MPC against your body as you carry it.

As you carry the MPC, do not bump it against anything. MPC components are fragile.

Never hold or grasp the MPC anywhere except places that this document indicates. In particular, never
grasp the connector edge, especially at the power connector in the corner where the connector and
bottom edges meet.

Figure 298: Do Not Grasp the Connector Edge

Never carry the MPC by the faceplate with only one hand.
 697

Do not rest any edge of an MPC directly against a hard surface (see Figure 299 on page 697).

Do not stack MPCs.

Figure 299: Do Not Rest the MPC on an Edge

If you must rest the MPC temporarily on an edge while changing its orientation between vertical and
horizontal, use your hand as a cushion between the edge and the surface.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MPC Terminology | 154

Storing an MX2020 MPC | 698
Troubleshooting a Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) | 852
 698

Replacing an MX2020 MPC and Adapter Card (ADC) | 699

Storing an MX2020 MPC

You must store an MPC as follows:

• In the router

• In the container in which a spare MPC is shipped

• Horizontally and sheet metal side down

When you store an MPC on a horizontal surface or in the shipping container, always place it inside an
antistatic bag. Because the MPC is heavy, and because antistatic bags are fragile, inserting the MPC into
the bag is easier with two people. To do this, one person holds the MPC in the horizontal position with
the faceplate facing the body, and the other person slides the opening of the bag over the MPC
connector edge.

If you must insert the MPC into a bag by yourself, first lay the MPC horizontally on a flat, stable surface,
sheet metal side down. Orient the MPC with the faceplate facing you. Carefully insert the MPC
connector edge into the opening of the bag, and pull the bag toward you to cover the MPC.

Never stack an MPC under or on top of any other component.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MPC Terminology | 154

Holding an MPC | 695
Maintaining MX2020 MPCs | 711
Replacing an MX2020 MPC and Adapter Card (ADC) | 699
Troubleshooting a Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) | 852
 699

Replacing an MX2020 MPC and Adapter Card (ADC)

IN THIS SECTION

Removing an MX2020 MPC with Adapter Card | 699

Removing an MX2020 MPC from the Adapter Card | 701

Removing an MX2020 Adapter Card | 703

Installing an MX2020 Adapter Card (ADC) | 705

Installing an MX2020 MPC into an Adapter Card | 707

The following MPCs require an Adapter Card (ADC):

• MPC1E

• MPC2E

• MPC3E

• MPC5E

• MPC7E

Removing an MX2020 MPC with Adapter Card

An MPC with an adapter card (ADC) weighs up to 25 lb (11.34 kg). Be prepared to accept its full weight.

To remove an MPC with an ADC:

1. Have ready a replacement MPC or blank panel and an antistatic mat. Also have ready rubber safety
caps for each MPC you are removing that uses an optical interface.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Label the cables connected to each port on the MPC so that you can later reconnect the cables to
the correct ports.
4. Use one of the following methods to take the MPC offline:

• Press and hold the corresponding LC online button on the craft interface. The green OK LED
next to the button begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED goes off.
 700

• Issue the following CLI command:

user@host>request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline

For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services
Command Reference.

NOTE: When issuing the request chassis fpc offline command, the FRU will lose
power, and the system total power will increase.

5. Disconnect the cables from the MPC.

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the
ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected
to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting

or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental
exposure to laser light.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc
smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that
are difficult to diagnose.

6. Immediately cover each optical transceiver and the end of each fiber-optic cable with a rubber
safety cap.
7. Arrange the disconnected cables in the upper and lower cable managers to prevent the cables from
developing stress points.
8. Simultaneously turn both of the ejector handles outward to unseat the MPC along with the ADC.
9. Grasp the handles, and slide the combined cards straight out of the card cage halfway.
10. Place one hand around the front of the combined cards and the other hand under it to support it.
Slide the combined cards completely out of the chassis.

CAUTION: The weight of the MPC with the ADC is concentrated in the back end.
Be prepared to accept the full weight—up to 25 lb (11.34 kg)—as you slide the cards
out of the chassis.
 701

When the combined cards are out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector
handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Do not stack the combined cards on top of one another after removal.

11. Place each one individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable
surface.
12. If you are not reinstalling both MPC and ADC into the emptied slot within a short time, install a
blank ADC panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the card cage.

CAUTION: After removing both cards from the chassis, wait at least 30 seconds
before reinserting it, removing an MPC and ADC from a different slot, or inserting an
MPC and ADC into a different slot.

SEE ALSO

Installing an MX2020 MPC into an Adapter Card | 707

Removing an MX2020 MPC from the Adapter Card

An MPC without the ADC weighs up to 18.35 lb (8.32 kg). Be prepared to accept its full weight.

To remove an MPC from the ADC (see Figure 300 on page 703):

1. Have ready a replacement MPC and an antistatic mat for the MPC. Also have ready rubber safety
caps for each MPC you are removing that uses an optical interface.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Label the cables connected to each port on the MPC so that you can later reconnect the cables to
the correct ports.
4. Use one of the following methods to take the MPC offline:

• Press and hold the corresponding MPC LC online button on the craft interface. The green OK
LED next to the button begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED goes off.

• Issue the following CLI command:

user@host>request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline

For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services
Command Reference.
 702

NOTE: When issuing the request chassis fpc offline command, the FRU will lose
power, and the system total power will increase.

5. Disconnect the cables from the MPC.

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the
ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected
to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting

or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental
exposure to laser light.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc
smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that
are difficult to diagnose.

6. Immediately cover each optical transceiver and the end of each fiber-optic cable with a rubber
safety cap.
7. Arrange the disconnected cables in the upper and lower cable managers to prevent the cables from
developing stress points.
8. Simultaneously turn both of the knobs counterclockwise to unseat the MPC from the ADC.
9. Grasp both the knobs, and slide the MPC straight out of the ADC.
10. Place one hand around the front of the MPC and the other hand under it to support it. Slide the
MPC completely out of the ADC.

CAUTION: The weight of the MPC without the ADC is concentrated in the back
end. Be prepared to accept the full weight—up to 18.35 lb (8.32 kg)—as you slide the
MPC out of the ADC.
When the MPC is out of the ADC, do not hold it by the knobs, bus bars, or edge
connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Do not stack MPCs on top of one another after removal.

11. Place each ADC individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable
surface.
 703

12. If you are not reinstalling an MPC into the emptied MPC slot within a short time, install a blank
MPC panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the MPC card cage.

CAUTION: After removing an MPC from the ADC, wait at least 30 seconds before
reinserting it, removing an MPC from a different slot, or inserting an MPC into a
different slot.

Figure 300: Removing an MPC from the ADC

SEE ALSO

Installing an MX2020 MPC into an Adapter Card | 707

Removing an MX2020 Adapter Card

An ADC weighs up to 15 lb (6.80 kg). Be prepared to accept its full weight.
 704

To remove an ADC:

1. Have ready a replacement ADC and an antistatic mat for the ADC.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.

• To take the MPC offline, see "Removing an MX2020 MPC from the Adapter Card" on page 701.
3. Issue the following CLI command to take the ADC offline:

user@host>request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline

For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command
Reference.

NOTE: When issuing the request chassis fpc offline command, the FRU will lose power,
and the system total power will increase.

4. Open the ejector handles outward simultaneously to unseat the ADC.

5. Grasp the ejector handles, and slide the ADC about halfway out of the chassis.
6. Place one hand underneath the ADC to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
7. Place the ADC on the antistatic mat or into an antistatic bag.
8. If you are not replacing the ADC immediately, install a blank panel over the empty slot.
 705

Figure 301: Removing an ADC

Installing an MX2020 Adapter Card (ADC)

An ADC weighs up to 15 lb (6.80 kg). Be prepared to accept its full weight.

To install an ADC (see Figure 302 on page 706):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Take each ADC to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and locate the slot in the card cage in
which you plan to install the ADC..
3. Ensure that the ADC is right-side up, with the text on the faceplate facing upward.
4. Lift the ADC into place, and carefully align the sides of the ADC with the guides inside the card cage.
5. Slide the ADC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.
6. Grasp both ejector handles, and gently close them inward simultaneously until the ADC is fully
seated.
 706

Figure 302: Installing an ADC

7. Issue the following CLI command to bring the ADC online:

user@host>request chassis fpc slot slot-number online

For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command
Reference.

NOTE: When issuing the request chassis fpc online command, the FRU will gain power,
and the system total power will decrease.

SEE ALSO

MX2000 Adapter Card (ADC) Description | 152

Maintaining MX2020 Adapter Cards | 715
 707

Removing an MX2020 Adapter Card | 703

Installing an MX2020 MPC into an Adapter Card

An MPC weighs up to 25 lb (11.34 kg). Be prepared to accept its full weight.

To install an MPC (see Figure 303 on page 708):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Remove the MPC from its electrostatic bag.
3. Identify the slot on the router where it will be installed.
4. Verify that each fiber-optic MPC has a rubber safety cap covering the transceiver. If it does not,
cover the transceiver with a safety cap.
5. Locate the slot in the ADC in which you plan to install the MPC.
6. Ensure that the MPC is right-side up, with the text on the faceplate facing upward.
7. Lift the MPC into place, and carefully align first the bottom, then the top of the MPC with the
guides inside the ADC.
8. Slide the MPC all the way into the ADC until you feel resistance.
9. Grasp both knobs, and rotate them clockwise simultaneously until the MPC is fully seated into the
ADC.
10. Remove the rubber safety cap from each fiber-optic transceiver and cable.

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the
ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected
to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
 708

Figure 303: Installing an MPC into an ADC

11. Insert the cables into the cable connector ports on each MPC (see Figure 304 on page 709).
 709

Figure 304: Attaching a Cable to an MPC

12. Arrange the cable in the cable manager to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points.
Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess
cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its
shape.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow
fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc
smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that
are difficult to diagnose.

13. Use one of the following methods to bring the MPC online:

• Press and hold the corresponding MPC LC online button on the craft interface until the green
OK LED next to the button lights steadily, in about 5 seconds.
 710

• Issue the following CLI command:

user@host>request chassis fpc slot slot-number online

For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services
Command Reference.

NOTE: When issuing the request chassis fpc online command, the FRU will get
power, and the system total power will decrease.

CAUTION: After the OK LED turns green, wait at least 30 seconds before removing
the MPC again, removing an MPC from a different slot, or inserting a MPC in a
different slot.

You can also verify that the MPC is functioning correctly by issuing the show chassis fpc and
show chassis fpc pic-status commands.

SEE ALSO

Removing an MX2020 MPC from the Adapter Card | 701

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router

MPC Terminology | 154
Maintaining MX2020 MPCs | 711
Troubleshooting a Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) | 852
 711

Maintaining MX2020 MPCs

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 711

Action | 711

Purpose

The router can have up to 20 Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs) mounted vertically in the MPC card
cage at the front of the chassis. For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the MPCs.

Action

On a regular basis:

• Check the LEDs on the craft interface directly above each MPC slot. The green LED labeled OK lights
steadily when a MPC is functioning normally.

• Check the OK/FAIL LED on the MPC. For more information, see MX Series Interface Module
Reference. If the MPC detects a failure, the MPC sends an alarm message to the Routing Engine.

• Check the status of installed MPCs by issuing the CLI show chassis fpc command to check the status of
installed MPCs. As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State
indicates that the MPC is functioning normally:

user@host> show chassis fpc

Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
0 Empty
1 Empty
2 Empty
3 Empty
4 Online 28 11 0 2048 15 14
5 Empty
6 Empty
7 Online 30 8 0 2048 14 13
8 Online 29 10 0 2048 11 13
 712

9 Online 31 12 0 2048 16 14
10 Present 28
11 Online 38 16 2 2048 16 14
12 Empty
13 Empty
14 Empty
15 Online 36 11 0 2048 15 14
16 Empty
17 Empty
18 Online 31 10 0 2048 18 13
19 Empty

For more detailed output, add the detail option. The following example does not specify a slot
number, which is optional:

user@host> show chassis fpc detail

Slot 4 information:
State Online
Temperature 28
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
Total RLDRAM 1036 MB
Total DDR DRAM 11264 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 16:20:07 PST
Uptime: 18 hours, 6 minutes, 1 second
Max Power Consumption 610 Watts
Slot 7 information:
State Online
Temperature 30
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
Total RLDRAM 1036 MB
Total DDR DRAM 6656 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 16:20:12 PST
Uptime: 18 hours, 5 minutes, 56 seconds
Max Power Consumption 520 Watts
Slot 8 information:
State Online
Temperature 29
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
Total RLDRAM 662 MB
Total DDR DRAM 2560 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 16:20:18 PST
 713

Uptime: 18 hours, 5 minutes, 50 seconds

Max Power Consumption 348 Watts
Slot 9 information:
State Online
Temperature 31
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
Total RLDRAM 1036 MB
Total DDR DRAM 11264 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 17:34:36 PST
Uptime: 16 hours, 51 minutes, 32 seconds
Max Power Consumption 610 Watts
Slot 10 information:
State Present
Temperature 28
Total CPU DRAM 0 MB
Total RLDRAM 0 MB
Total DDR DRAM 0 MB
Max Power Consumption 440 Watts
Slot 11 information:
State Online
Temperature 38
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
Total RLDRAM 1036 MB
Total DDR DRAM 11264 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 16:20:33 PST
Uptime: 18 hours, 5 minutes, 35 seconds
Max Power Consumption 610 Watts
Slot 15 information:
State Online
Temperature 36
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
Total RLDRAM 1036 MB
Total DDR DRAM 11264 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 16:20:40 PST
Uptime: 18 hours, 5 minutes, 28 seconds
Max Power Consumption 610 Watts
Slot 18 information:
State Online
Temperature 31
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
Total RLDRAM 1324 MB
Total DDR DRAM 5120 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 16:20:46 PST
 714

Uptime: 18 hours, 5 minutes, 22 seconds

Max Power Consumption 440 Watts

• Issue the CLI show chassis fpc pic-status command. The MPC slots are numbered from 0 through 9
(bottom), and 10 through 19 (top), left to right:

user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status

Slot 4 Online MPC4E 3D 2CGE+8XGE

PIC 0 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 1X100GE CFP
PIC 2 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 3 Online 1X100GE CFP
Slot 7 Online MPCE Type 3 3D
PIC 0 Online 1X100GE CFP
PIC 2 Online 1x 10GE XFP
PIC 3 Online 1x 10GE XFP
Slot 8 Online MPC Type 2 3D
PIC 0 Online 1x 10GE XFP
PIC 1 Online 1x 10GE XFP
PIC 2 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) SFP
PIC 3 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) SFP
Slot 9 Online MPC4E 3D 32XGE
PIC 0 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 2 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 3 Online 8X10GE SFPP
Slot 10 Present MPC 3D 16x 10GE
Slot 11 Online MPC4E 3D 32XGE
PIC 0 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 2 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 3 Online 8X10GE SFPP
Slot 15 Online MPC4E 3D 2CGE+8XGE
PIC 0 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 1X100GE CFP
PIC 2 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 3 Online 1X100GE CFP
Slot 18 Online MPC 3D 16x 10GE
PIC 0 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
PIC 1 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
 715

PIC 2 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

PIC 3 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

For further description of the output from the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and
Services Command Reference.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2020 Hardware Components | 333
MX2020 Chassis Description | 36
MX2020 Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) Description | 138
MX2020 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface
Troubleshooting a Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) | 852
Replacing an MX2020 MPC and Adapter Card (ADC) | 699

Maintaining MX2020 Adapter Cards

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 715

Action | 715

Purpose

For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the ADCs. The router can have up to twenty
ADCs mounted vertically in the line card cage at the front of the chassis. The MPCs are installed
vertically into the ADCs.

Action

On a regular basis:
 716

• Issue the CLI show chassis adc command to check the status of installed ADCs. As shown in the sample
output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates that the ADC is functioning normally:

user@host> show chassis adc

Slot State Uptime
0 Empty
1 Empty
2 Empty
3 Empty
4 Online 1 hour, 26 minutes, 59 seconds
5 Empty
6 Empty
7 Online 1 hour, 26 minutes, 51 seconds
8 Online 1 hour, 26 minutes, 43 seconds
9 Empty
10 Offline--- No power ---
11 Online 1 hour, 26 minutes, 33 seconds
12 Empty
13 Empty
14 Empty
15 Present
16 Online 1 hour, 26 minutes, 25 seconds
17 Empty
18 Online 1 hour, 26 minutes, 16 seconds
19 Empty

For further description of the output from the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services
Command Reference.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Chassis Description | 36

Installing an MX2020 MPC into an Adapter Card | 707
Connecting MPC or MIC Cables to the MX2020 Router | 473
Installing a Cable on an MX2020 MPC or MIC | 774
 717

Replacing an MX2020 MIC

IN THIS SECTION

Removing an MX2020 MIC | 717

Installing an MX2020 MIC | 719

Installing an MX2020 Dual-Wide MIC | 723

Replacing a MIC Installed on an MPC6E | 727

Removing an MX2020 MIC

MICs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. When you remove a MIC, the router continues to function,
although the MIC interfaces being removed no longer function.

The MICs are located in the MPCs installed in the front of the router. A MIC weighs less than 2 lb (0.9
kg).

To remove a MIC (see Figure 305 on page 719):

1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the MIC. If the MIC
connects to fiber-optic cable, have ready a rubber safety cap for each transceiver and cable.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Use one of the following methods to take the MIC offline:

• Press its online/offline button. Use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to
the button. Press and hold the button until the MIC OK/FAIL LED goes off (about 5 seconds).

• Issue the following CLI command:

user@host> request chassis mic fpc-slot fpc-slot mic-slot mic-slot offline

For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services
Command Reference.
4. Label the cables connected to the MIC so that you can later reconnect each cable to the correct MIC.
5. Disconnect the cables from the MIC. If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, immediately cover each
transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap.
 718

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of
fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a
transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or

removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure
to laser light.

6. Arrange the cable to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it
is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly
coiled loop.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc
smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that
are difficult to diagnose.

7. On the MPC, pull the ejector levers that are located on the MIC you are removing away from the
MPC faceplate. This disconnects the MIC from the MPC.

NOTE: To remove a dual-wide MIC that takes up both MIC slots, you must pull both
ejector levers away from the MPC faceplate.

8. Grasp the handles on the MIC faceplate, and slide the MIC out of the MPC card carrier. Place it in the
electrostatic bag or on the antistatic mat.
9. If you are not reinstalling a MIC into the emptied MIC slot within a short time, install a blank MIC
panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the MPC card cage.
 719

Figure 305: Removing a Single-Wide MIC

SEE ALSO

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage | 919

Installing an MX2020 MIC | 719
Installing an MX2020 Dual-Wide MIC | 735

Installing an MX2020 MIC

To install a MIC (see Figure 307 on page 723):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. If you have used a dual-wide MIC and are now replacing it with two single-wide MICs, install the
septum (see Figure 306 on page 721 ):
 720

a. Place the MPC on a flat surface (if necessary, remove the MPC from the ADC as described in
"Removing an MX2020 MPC from the Adapter Card" on page 701.

b. Position the septum in the center of the MPC so that it lines up with holes labeled S on the top
of the MPC.

c. Insert a screw into each of the two holes labeled S, and then tighten them completely.

d. On the bottom of the MPC, insert a screw into each of the four holes labeled S, and then tighten
them completely.

e. Install the MPC as described in "Installing an MX2020 MPC into an Adapter Card" on page 707.
 721

Figure 306: Installing the Septum

3. If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, verify that a rubber safety cap is over each transceiver on the
faceplate. Install a cap if necessary.
4. On the MPC, pull the ejector lever that is adjacent to the MIC you are installing away from the MPC
faceplate.
5. Align the rear of the MIC with the guides located at the corners of the MIC slot.
6. Slide the MIC into the MPC until it is firmly seated in the MPC.
 722

CAUTION: Slide the MIC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components
on the MIC.

7. Verify that the ejector lever is engaged by pushing it toward the MPC faceplate.
8. If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and the end
of each cable.

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the
ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected
to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting

or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental
exposure to laser light.

9. Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connectors on the MIC.
10. Arrange each cable to prevent the cable from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the
cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of
the way in a neatly coiled loop.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow
fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc
smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that
are difficult to diagnose.

11. Use one of the following methods to bring the MIC online:

• Press the MIC offline/online button until the MIC OK/FAIL LED lights green.

• Issue the following CLI command:

user@host> request chassis mic fpc-slot fpc-slot mic-slot mic-slot online

For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services
Command Reference.
 723

The normal functioning status LED confirms that the MIC is online. You can also verify correct MIC
functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command described in "Maintaining MX2020
MICs" on page 729.

Figure 307: Installing a MIC

SEE ALSO

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage | 919

Removing an MX2020 MIC | 717
Installing an MX2020 Dual-Wide MIC | 735

Installing an MX2020 Dual-Wide MIC

To install a dual-wide MIC:
 724

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Remove the septum, if necessary (see Figure 308 on page 725):

a. Place the MPC on a flat surface. If necessary, remove the MPC from the ADC as described in
"Removing an MX2020 MPC from the Adapter Card" on page 701.

b. Remove the four screws labeled S on the bottom of the MPC.

c. Remove the two screws labeled S on the top of the MPC.

d. Slide the septum toward you and out of the MPC.

e. Store the septum and screws for later use.

f. Install the MPC as described in "Installing an MX2020 MPC into an Adapter Card" on page 707.
 725

Figure 308: Removing the Septum

3. If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, verify that a rubber safety cap is over each transceiver on the
faceplate. Install a cap if necessary.
4. Pull the ejector lever above both MIC slots away from the router.
5. Align the rear of the MIC with the guides located at the corners of the MIC slot.
6. Slide the MIC into the MIC slot until it is firmly seated in the chassis.
 726

CAUTION: Slide the MIC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components
on the MIC.

7. Verify that the ejector levers are engaged by pushing them toward the router.
8. If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and the end
of each cable.

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the
ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected
to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting

or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental
exposure to laser light.

9. Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connectors on the MIC.
10. Arrange each cable to prevent the cable from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the
cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of
the way in a neatly coiled loop.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow
fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc
smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that
are difficult to diagnose.

11. Use one of the following methods to bring the MIC online:

• Press the MIC offline/online button until the MIC OK/FAIL LED lights green.

• Issue the following CLI command:

user@host> request chassis mic fpc-slot fpc-slot mic-slot mic-slot online

The normal functioning status LED confirms that the MIC is online. You can also verify correct MIC
functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command described in "Maintaining MX2020
MICs" on page 729.
 727

SEE ALSO

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage

Removing an MX2020 MIC | 717
Installing an MX2020 MIC | 719

Replacing a MIC Installed on an MPC6E

IN THIS SECTION

Removing a MIC from an MPC6E | 727

Installing a MIC on an MPC6E | 728

The MPC6E line cards are supported on the MX2008, MX2010 and MX2020 routers. You can install the
MPC6E directly into the MX2008, MX2010 and MX2020 line-card slots without using adapter cards.

The MPC6E has two slots for installing MICs. For information about which MICs are supported on this
MPC, see MICs Supported by MX Series Routers.

You use the two ejector levers on an MPC6E to insert the MPC into the line-card slot and to remove it
from the slot. Similarly, the two ejector levers on a MIC enable you to insert the MIC into the MPC and
to remove the MIC from the MPC. The ejector levers on the MICs are very close to an ejector lever of
the MPC6E that houses the MICs. This proximity makes the MIC ejector levers difficult to access. The
MPC6E has a unique mechanism by which you can shift the MPC6E ejector levers temporarily, enabling
easy access to the MIC.

Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uo5kISOIdS8

Removing a MIC from an MPC6E

To remove a MIC installed on an MPC6E:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Identify the MIC that you want to remove from the MPC6E.
3. On the MPC6E that houses the MIC, hold the ejector lever at the base and move it gently toward the
direction indicated by the arrow. You might need to apply firm pressure to move the ejector lever.
The MPC6E lever moves about an inch from its original position, leaving enough space for you to
easily access the MIC ejector levers.
 728

NOTE:

• The arrow on top and bottom of the MPC6E indicates that the ejector lever of the
MPC6E can be moved perpendicular to its actuation direction.

• Moving the ejector lever of the MPC6E blocks access to the adjacent MPC.
Remember to move the lever back to its original position after removing the MIC.

4. Pull the MIC ejector levers to slide the MIC out of the MIC slot on the MPC6E.
5. Push the MPC6E ejector lever in the direction opposite to the arrow, to return the ejector lever to its
original position. The ejector lever no longer blocks access to the adjacent MPC.

Installing a MIC on an MPC6E

To install a MIC on an MPC6E:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Identify the slot in the MPC6E where you want to install the MIC.
3. On the MPC6E, hold the ejector lever at the base and move it gently toward the direction indicated
by the arrow. You might need to apply firm pressure to move the ejector lever.
The MPC6E ejector lever moves about an inch from its original position, leaving enough space for
you to easily access the MIC slot.

NOTE:

• The arrow present on top and bottom of the MPC6E indicates that the ejector lever
of the MPC6E can be moved perpendicular to its actuation direction.

• Moving the ejector lever of the MPC6E blocks access to the adjacent MPC.
Remember to move the lever back to its original position after inserting the MIC.

4. Slide the MIC into the MIC slot until it is firmly seated in the MPC.

CAUTION: Slide the MIC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components on
the MIC.

5. Push the MPC6E ejector lever in the direction opposite to the arrow, to return the ejector lever to its
original position. The ejector lever no longer blocks access to the adjacent MPC.
 729

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MPC6E
Maintaining MX2008 Interface Modules
Replacing an MX2010 MIC
Replacing an MX2020 MIC | 717
MIC/MPC Compatibility

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router

MX2000 Modular Interface Card (MIC) Description | 123
Maintaining MX2020 MICs | 729
Troubleshooting the MX2020 MICs | 850

Maintaining MX2020 MICs

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 729

Action | 729

Purpose

For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the Modular Interface Cards (MICs).

Action

On a regular basis:

• Check the LEDs on MIC faceplates. The meaning of the LED states differs for various MICs. For more
information, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference. If the MPC that houses the MIC detects
a MIC failure, the MPC generates an alarm message to be sent to the Routing Engine.
 730

• Issue the CLI show chassis fpc pic-status command. The MIC slots in an MPC are numbered PIC 0/1
and PIC 2/3, top to bottom:

user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status

Slot 4 Online MPC4E 3D 2CGE+8XGE

PIC 0 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 1X100GE CFP
PIC 2 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 3 Online 1X100GE CFP
Slot 7 Online MPCE Type 3 3D
PIC 0 Online 1X100GE CFP
PIC 2 Online 1x 10GE XFP
PIC 3 Online 1x 10GE XFP
Slot 8 Online MPC Type 2 3D
PIC 0 Online 1x 10GE XFP
PIC 1 Online 1x 10GE XFP
PIC 2 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) SFP
PIC 3 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) SFP
Slot 9 Online MPC4E 3D 32XGE
PIC 0 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 2 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 3 Online 8X10GE SFPP
Slot 10 Present MPC 3D 16x 10GE
Slot 11 Online MPC4E 3D 32XGE
PIC 0 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 2 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 3 Online 8X10GE SFPP
Slot 15 Online MPC4E 3D 2CGE+8XGE
PIC 0 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 1X100GE CFP
PIC 2 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 3 Online 1X100GE CFP
Slot 18 Online MPC 3D 16x 10GE
PIC 0 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
PIC 1 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
PIC 2 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
PIC 3 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
 731

For further description of the output from the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and
Services Command Reference.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2020 Hardware Components | 333
MX2000 Modular Interface Card (MIC) Description | 123
Maintaining the MX2020 Ethernet Switch | 836
MX2020 Modular Interface Card LEDs | 138
Troubleshooting the MX2020 MICs | 850
Replacing an MX2020 MIC | 717

Replacing an SFP or XFP Transceiver on an MX2020 MPC or MIC

IN THIS SECTION

Removing an SFP or XFP Transceiver from an MX2020 MPC or MIC | 731

Installing an SFP or XFP Transceiver into an MX2020 MPC or MIC | 733

Small form-factor pluggables (SFPs and XFPs) are optical transceivers that are installed in an MPC or a
MIC. SFPs and XFPs are hot-insertable and hot-removable.

Removing an SFP or XFP Transceiver from an MX2020 MPC or MIC

Removing an SFP or XFP does not interrupt MPC or MIC functioning, but the removed SFP or XFP no
longer receives or transmits data.

To remove an SFP or XFP transceiver (see Figure 309 on page 732):

1. Have ready a replacement transceiver or a transceiver slot plug, an antistatic mat, and a rubber
safety cap for the transceiver.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Label the cables connected to the transceiver so that you can reconnect them correctly later.
 732

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the
ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected
to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

4. Remove the cable connector from the transceiver.

5. Carefully arrange the disconnected cable in the cable manager to prevent the cable from
developing stress points.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc
smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that
are difficult to diagnose.

6. Pull the ejector handle out from the transceiver to unlock the transceiver.

CAUTION: Make sure that you open the ejector handle completely until you hear it
click. This prevents damage to the transceiver.

Use needle nose pliers to pull the ejector handle out from the transceiver.
7. Grasp the transceiver ejector handle, and pull the transceiver approximately 0.5 in. (1.3 cm) out of
the MPC or MIC.
8. Using your fingers, grasp the body of the transceiver, and pull it the rest of the way out of the MPC
or MIC.

Figure 309: Removing SFPs or XFPs

9. Place a rubber safety cap over the transceiver.

10. Place the removed transceiver on an antistatic mat or in an electrostatic bag.
 733

CAUTION: After removing a transceiver from the chassis, wait at least 30 seconds
before reinserting it or inserting a transceiver into a different slot.

SEE ALSO

Installing an SFP or XFP Transceiver into an MX2020 MPC or MIC | 733

Installing an SFP or XFP Transceiver into an MX2020 MPC or MIC

To install an SFP or XFP:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Take each transceiver to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the
component where it will be installed.
3. Verify that each transceiver is covered by a rubber safety cap. If it is not, cover the transceiver with a
safety cap.
4. Carefully align the transceiver with the slots in the component. The connectors should face the
component.
5. Slide the transceiver until the connector is seated in the component slot. If you are unable to fully
insert the transceiver, make sure the connector is facing the right way.
6. Close the ejector handle of the transceiver.
7. Remove the rubber safety cap from the transceiver and the end of the cable. Insert the cable into the
transceiver.

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of
fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a
transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

8. Verify that the status LEDs on the component faceplate indicate that the SFP or XFP is functioning
correctly. For more information about the component LEDs, see the MX Series Interface Module
Reference.

SEE ALSO

Removing an SFP or XFP Transceiver from an MX2020 MPC or MIC | 731

 734

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router

Replacing an MX2020 MIC | 717
Replacing an MX2020 MPC and Adapter Card (ADC) | 699

Installing an SFP or XFP into an MX2000 MPC or MIC

To install an SFP or XFP:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Take each transceiver to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the
component where it will be installed.
3. Verify that each transceiver is covered by a rubber safety cap. If it is not, cover the transceiver with a
safety cap.
4. Carefully align the transceiver with the slots in the component. The connectors should face the
component.
5. Slide the transceiver until the connector is seated in the component slot. If you are unable to fully
insert the transceiver, make sure the connector is facing the right way.
6. Close the ejector handle of the transceiver.
7. Remove the rubber safety cap from the transceiver and the end of the cable. Insert the cable into the
transceiver.

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of
fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a
transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

8. Verify that the status LEDs on the component faceplate indicate that the SFP or XFP is functioning
correctly. For more information about the component LEDs, see the MX Series Interface Module
Reference.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Removing an SFP or XFP from an MX2010 MPC or MIC

Removing an SFP or XFP Transceiver from an MX2020 MPC or MIC | 731
Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage
 735

Installing an MX2020 Dual-Wide MIC

To install a dual-wide MIC:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Remove the septum, if necessary (see Figure 310 on page 736):

a. Place the MPC on a flat surface. If necessary, remove the MPC from the ADC as described in
"Removing an MX2020 MPC from the Adapter Card" on page 701.

b. Remove the four screws labeled S on the bottom of the MPC.

c. Remove the two screws labeled S on the top of the MPC.

d. Slide the septum toward you and out of the MPC.

e. Store the septum and screws for later use.

f. Install the MPC as described in "Installing an MX2020 MPC into an Adapter Card" on page 707.
 736

Figure 310: Removing the Septum

3. If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, verify that a rubber safety cap is over each transceiver on the
faceplate. Install a cap if necessary.
4. Pull the ejector lever above both MIC slots away from the router.
5. Align the rear of the MIC with the guides located at the corners of the MIC slot.
6. Slide the MIC into the MIC slot until it is firmly seated in the chassis.
 737

CAUTION: Slide the MIC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components
on the MIC.

7. Verify that the ejector levers are engaged by pushing them toward the router.
8. If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and the end
of each cable.

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the
ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected
to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting

or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental
exposure to laser light.

9. Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connectors on the MIC.
10. Arrange each cable to prevent the cable from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the
cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of
the way in a neatly coiled loop.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow
fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc
smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that
are difficult to diagnose.

11. Use one of the following methods to bring the MIC online:

• Press the MIC offline/online button until the MIC OK/FAIL LED lights green.

• Issue the following CLI command:

user@host> request chassis mic fpc-slot fpc-slot mic-slot mic-slot online

The normal functioning status LED confirms that the MIC is online. You can also verify correct MIC
functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command described in "Maintaining MX2020
MICs" on page 729.
 738

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage

Removing an MX2020 MIC | 717
Installing an MX2020 MIC | 719

Install a Transceiver

Before you install a transceiver in a device, ensure that you have taken the necessary precautions for
safe handling of lasers (see Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings).

Ensure that you have a rubber safety cap available to cover the transceiver.

The transceivers for Juniper Networks devices are hot-removable and hot-insertable field-replaceable
units (FRUs). You can remove and replace the transceivers without powering off the device or disrupting
the device functions.

NOTE: After you insert a transceiver or after you change the media-type configuration,
wait for 6 seconds for the interface to display operational commands.

NOTE: We recommend that you use only optical transceivers and optical connectors
purchased from Juniper Networks with your Juniper Networks device.

CAUTION: The Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) provides complete
support for Juniper-supplied optical modules and cables. However, JTAC does not
provide support for third-party optical modules and cables that are not qualified or
supplied by Juniper Networks. If you face a problem running a Juniper device that uses
third-party optical modules or cables, JTAC may help you diagnose host-related issues if
the observed issue is not, in the opinion of JTAC, related to the use of the third-party
optical modules or cables. Your JTAC engineer will likely request that you check the
third-party optical module or cable and, if required, replace it with an equivalent Juniper-
qualified component.
Use of third-party optical modules with high-power consumption (for example, coherent
ZR or ZR+) can potentially cause thermal damage to or reduce the lifespan of the host
equipment. Any damage to the host equipment due to the use of third-party optical
modules or cables is the users’ responsibility. Juniper Networks will accept no liability for
any damage caused due to such use.
 739

Figure 311 on page 741 shows how to install a QSFP+ transceiver. The procedure is the same for all
types of transceivers except the QSFP28 and CFP transceivers.

To install a transceiver:

CAUTION: To prevent electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage to the transceiver, do not

touch the connector pins at the end of the transceiver.

1. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD wrist strap around your bare wrist, and connect the other end
of the strap to a site ESD point or to the ESD point on the device.
2. Remove the transceiver from its bag.
3. Check to see whether the transceiver is covered with a rubber safety cap. If it is not, cover the
transceiver with a rubber safety cap.

LASER WARNING: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when

inserting or removing a cable. The rubber safety cap keeps the port clean and protects
your eyes from accidental exposure to laser light.

4. If the port in which you want to install the transceiver is covered with a dust cover, remove the dust
cover and save it in case you need to cover the port later. If you are hot-swapping a transceiver, wait
for at least 10 seconds after removing the transceiver from the port before installing a new
transceiver.
5. Using both hands, carefully place the transceiver in the empty port. The connectors must face the
chassis.

CAUTION: Before you slide the transceiver into the port, ensure that the transceiver is
aligned correctly. Misalignment might cause the pins to bend, making the transceiver
unusable.

6. Slide the transceiver in gently until it is fully seated. If you are installing a CFP transceiver, use your
fingers to tighten the captive screws on the transceiver.
7. Remove the rubber safety cap from the transceiver and the end of the cable, and insert the cable into
the transceiver.

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of
fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a
transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
 740

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or

removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and protects your eyes from
accidental exposure to laser light.

8. If there is a cable management system, arrange the cable in the cable management system to prevent
the cable from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it does not support its
own weight as it hangs toward the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in
the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow
fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending the fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc
smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that
are difficult to diagnose.

NOTE: When you install SFP-DD transceivers, push it hard until you hear a click sound.
Use a long nose plier to pull the SFP-DD transceiver connected on the top and bottom
rows of the chassis where the pull tabs face each other.

NOTE: Make sure to use a dust cap to cover ports that are unused.

NOTE: While using Finisar AOC SFP+ optical module with the QFX5130-48C switch,
you may need to pull the module upwards to pull out the module smoothly from the
cage.
 741

Figure 311: Install a Transceiver

1— Ejector lever 3— Port

2— Transceiver

Remove a Transceiver

Before you remove a transceiver from a device, ensure that you have taken the necessary precautions
for the safe handling of lasers (see Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings).

Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available:

• An antistatic bag or an antistatic mat

• Rubber safety caps to cover the transceiver and fiber-optic cable connector

• A dust cover to cover the port or a replacement transceiver

The transceivers for Juniper Networks devices are hot-removable and hot-insertable field-replaceable
units (FRUs). You can remove and replace the transceivers without powering off the device or disrupting
device functions.

NOTE: After you remove a transceiver, or when you change the media-type
configuration, wait for 6 seconds for the interface to display the operational commands.

Figure 312 on page 743 shows how to remove a quad small form-factor pluggable plus (QSFP+)
transceiver. The procedure is the same for all types of transceivers except the QSFP28 and C form-
factor pluggable (CFP) transceivers.

To remove a transceiver from a device:

1. Place the antistatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

 742

2. Wrap and fasten one end of the ESD wrist strap around your bare wrist, and connect the other end
of the strap to the ESD point on the rack.
3. Label the cable connected to the transceiver so that you can reconnect it correctly.

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of
fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cables connected to
transceivers emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

LASER WARNING: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when

inserting or removing a cable. The rubber safety cap keeps the port clean and protects
your eyes from accidental exposure to laser light.

CAUTION: Do not bend fiber-optic cables beyond their minimum bend radius. An arc
smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cables and cause problems that
are difficult to diagnose.

4. Remove the cable connected to the transceiver (see Disconnect a Fiber-Optic Cable). Cover the
transceiver and the end of each fiber-optic cable connector with a rubber safety cap immediately
after disconnecting the fiber-optic cables.
5. If there is a cable management system, arrange the cable in the cable management system to prevent
it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it does not support its own
weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in the cable
management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.
6. To remove an SFP56-DD, SFP, SFP+, XFP, a QSFP+, or QSFP56-DD transceiver:

a. Using your fingers, pull open the ejector lever on the transceiver to unlock the transceiver.
Note that QSFP-DD and SFP-DD transceivers don't have ejector levers, instead they have a pull
tab which can be used to unlock and remove the transceiver.

CAUTION: Before removing the transceiver, make sure that you open the ejector
lever completely until you hear it click. This precaution prevents damage to the
transceiver.

b. Grasp the transceiver ejector lever and gently slide the transceiver approximately 0.5 in. (1.3 cm)
straight out of the port.
 743

CAUTION: To prevent ESD damage to the transceiver, do not touch the connector
pins at the end of the transceiver.

Figure 312: Remove a QSFP+ Transceiver

1— Ejector lever

To remove a CFP transceiver:

a. Using your fingers, loosen the screws on the transceiver.

b. Grasp the screws on the transceiver and gently slide the transceiver approximately 0.5 in. (1.3 cm)
straight out of the port.

CAUTION: To prevent ESD damage to the transceiver, do not touch the connector
pins at the end of the transceiver.

7. Using your fingers, grasp the body of the transceiver and pull it straight out of the port.
8. Place the transceiver in the antistatic bag or on the antistatic mat placed on a flat, stable surface.
9. Place the dust cover over the empty port, or install the replacement transceiver.

Replacing a CFP2 Transceiver

IN THIS SECTION

Removing a CFP2 Transceiver | 744

Installing a CFP2 Transceiver | 745

 744

Removing a CFP2 Transceiver

C form-factor pluggables (CFPs) are transceivers that can be removed from a PIC. CFP2 transceivers are
hot-insertable and hot-removable. Removing a CFP2 transceiver does not interrupt PIC functioning, but
the removed CFP2 transceiver no longer receives or transmits data.

Figure 313: Form-Factor Pluggable (CFP2)

To remove a CFP2 transceiver (see Figure 313 on page 744):

1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the CFP transceiver.
Have ready a rubber safety cap for the CFP2 transceiver and the cable.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Label the cable connected to the CFP2 transceiver so that you can later reconnect it to the correct
CFP2 transceiver.
4. Disconnect the cable from the CFP2 transceiver. Immediately cover the transceiver and the end of
the cable with a rubber safety cap.

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of
fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a
transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
 745

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or

removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure
to laser light.

5. Arrange the cable in the cable management system to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress
points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place
excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in the cable management system. Placing
fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc
smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that
are difficult to diagnose.

6. Pull the ejector latch to the extreme end away from the CFP2 transceiver faceplate to unseat the
CFP2 transceiver from the PIC. Pull the CFP2 transceiver out of the PIC and place it on the antistatic
mat or in the electrostatic bag.

NOTE: You cannot remove the transceiver until you move the ejector latch to the
extreme end.

Installing a CFP2 Transceiver

To install a replacement CFP2:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Verify that a rubber safety cap covers the CFP transceiver, installing one if necessary.
3. Orient the CFP2 over the port in the PIC so that the connector end will enter the slot first and the
CFP2 connector faces the appropriate direction.
4. Slide the CFP2 into the slot. If there is resistance, remove the CFP2 and flip it so that the connector
faces the other direction.
5. Remove the rubber safety cap from the transceiver and the end of the cable, and insert the cable into
the transceiver.

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of
fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a
transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
 746

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or

removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure
to laser light.

6. Arrange the cable in the cable management system to prevent the cable from dislodging or
developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to
the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in the cable management system.
Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow
fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc
smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that
are difficult to diagnose.

7. Verify that the status LEDs on the PIC faceplate indicate that the CFP2 is functioning correctly. You
can also verify PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command.
 747

CHAPTER 28

Installing, Replacing, and Maintaining the Craft

Interface

IN THIS CHAPTER

Removing the MX2020 Craft Interface | 747

Installing the MX2020 Craft Interface | 748

Replacing an MX2020 Extended Craft Interface | 750

Replacing the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX2020 Craft Interface | 753

Maintaining and Verifying the Status of the MX2020 Craft Interface | 756

Removing the MX2020 Craft Interface

To remove the craft interface (see Figure 314 on page 748):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Detach any external devices connected to the craft interface.
3. Loosen the captive screws at the left and right corners of the craft interface faceplate by using the
Torx (T10) screwdriver.
4. Grasp the craft interface faceplate and carefully tilt it toward you until it is horizontal.
5. Disconnect the ribbon cable from the back of the faceplate by gently pressing on both sides of the
latch with your thumb and forefinger. Remove the craft interface from the chassis.
 748

Figure 314: Removing the Craft Interface

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Craft Interface Description | 68

Maintaining and Verifying the Status of the MX2020 Craft Interface | 756
Installing the MX2020 Craft Interface | 748

Installing the MX2020 Craft Interface

To install the craft interface (see Figure 315 on page 749):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Grasp the craft interface with one hand, and hold the bottom edge of the craft interface with the
other hand to support its weight.
 749

3. Orient the ribbon cable so that it plugs into the connector socket. The connector is keyed and can be
inserted only one way.
4. Align the bottom of the craft interface with the sheet metal above the card cage, and press it into
place.
5. Tighten the screws on the left and right corners of the craft interface faceplate by using the Torx
(T10) screwdriver.
6. Reattach any external devices connected to the craft interface.

Figure 315: Installing the Craft Interface

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Craft Interface Description | 68

Maintaining and Verifying the Status of the MX2020 Craft Interface | 756
Removing the MX2020 Craft Interface | 747
 750

Replacing an MX2020 Extended Craft Interface

IN THIS SECTION

Removing an MX2020 Extended Craft Interface | 750

Installing an MX2020 Extended Craft Interface | 751

Removing an MX2020 Extended Craft Interface

To remove the extended craft interface (see Figure 316 on page 751):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Detach any external devices connected to the craft interface.
3. Flip the extended craft interface panel up to access the ribbon cable. Use two fingers to squeeze the
release latches on the sides of the connector to disconnect it from the backside of the extended craft
interface.
4. Remove the screws from the top corners on each side of the extended craft interface using a 4-mm
Allen wrench.
5. Remove the remaining screw from the lower corner on each side using a a Phillips (+) screwdriver
(number 1 or 2).
6. Pull the extended craft interface panel away from the router and set aside.
7. Squeeze the release latches on the sides of the ribbon cable connector to disconnect the cable from
the chassis, if necessary.
 751

Figure 316: Removing the Extended Craft Interface

SEE ALSO

MX2020 Craft Interface Description | 68

Maintaining and Verifying the Status of the MX2020 Craft Interface | 756
Installing an MX2020 Extended Craft Interface | 751
Replacing the MX2020 Craft Interface

Installing an MX2020 Extended Craft Interface

To install the extended craft interface (see Figure 317 on page 752):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Insert a ribbon cable into the port on the chassis behind the extended craft interface
3. Grasp the craft interface with one hand, and hold the bottom edge of the craft interface with the
other hand to support its weight.
 752

4. Orient the other end of the ribbon cable so that it plugs into the connector socket underneath the
extended craft interface. The connector is keyed and can be inserted only one way.
5. Align the bottom of the craft interface with the sheet metal above the card cage, and press it into
place.
6. Tighten the screws on the upper left and right corners of the craft interface faceplate using a 4-mm
Allen wrench.
7. Tighten the screws on the lower left and right corners of the craft interface faceplate using a Phillips
(+) screwdriver (number 1 or 2).
8. Reattach any external devices connected to the extended craft interface.

Figure 317: Installing the Extended Craft Interface

SEE ALSO

MX2020 Craft Interface Description | 68

Maintaining and Verifying the Status of the MX2020 Craft Interface | 756
 753

Replacing the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX2020 Craft Interface

IN THIS SECTION

Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX2020 Craft Interface | 753

Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX2020 Craft Interface | 754

Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX2020 Craft Interface
To disconnect the alarm relay wires from the router and an alarm-reporting device (see Figure 318 on
page 753):

1. Disconnect the existing wire at the external device.

2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Using a 2.5 mm flat-blade screwdriver, loosen the small screws on the face of the terminal block and
remove the block from the relay contact.
4. Using the 2.5 mm flat-blade screwdriver, loosen the small screws on the side of the terminal block.
Remove existing wires from the slots in the front of the block (see Table 120 on page 754).

Figure 318: Alarm Relay Contacts

 754

Table 120: Alarm Relay Contacts on the Craft Interface

Function No. Label Description

1 MINOR ALARM—[NC C NO] The alarm relays consist of three terminal

contacts with a normal closed (NC), common
MAJOR ALARM—[NC C NO] (C), and normal open (NO) relays that signal a
minor or major alarm when broken.

SEE ALSO

Installing the MX2020 Craft Interface | 748

Removing the MX2020 Craft Interface | 747
Maintaining and Verifying the Status of the MX2020 Craft Interface | 756

Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX2020 Craft Interface

To connect the alarm relay wires between a router and an alarm-reporting device (see Figure 319 on
page 755):

1. Prepare the required length of replacement wire with gauge between 28 AWG and 14 AWG (0.08
and 2.08 mm2).
2. Insert the replacement wires into the slots in the front of the block (see Table 121 on page 755).
Use a 2.5 mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the screws and secure the wire.
3. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
4. Plug the terminal block into the relay contact, and use a 2.5 mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the
screws on the face of the block.
5. Attach the other end of the wires to the external device.
 755

Figure 319: Alarm Relay Contacts

Table 121: Connecting Alarm Relay Contacts

Function No. Label Description

1 MINOR ALARM—[NC C NO] The alarm relays consist of three

terminal contacts with a normal closed
MAJOR ALARM—[NC C NO] (NC), common (C), and normal open
(NO) relays that signal a minor or major
alarm when broken.

SEE ALSO

Installing the MX2020 Craft Interface | 748

Removing the MX2020 Craft Interface | 747
Maintaining and Verifying the Status of the MX2020 Craft Interface | 756
 756

Maintaining and Verifying the Status of the MX2020 Craft Interface

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 756

Action | 756

Purpose

Verify the system status of the craft interface.

Action

On a regular basis, check the status of the craft interface.

• To display the status of the craft interface, issue the show chassis craft-interface command.

user@host> show chassis craft-interface

Front Panel System LEDs:

Routing Engine 0 1
--------------------------
OK * *
Fail . .
Master * .

Front Panel Alarm Indicators:

-----------------------------
Red LED *
Yellow LED *
Major relay *
Minor relay *

Front Panel FPC LEDs:

FPC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-----------------------------------------------------
Red . . . . . . . . . .
Green . . . . * . . * * .
 757

Front Panel FPC LEDs:

FPC 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
------------------------------------------------------
Red . . . . . . . . . .
Green . * . . . . * . * .

CB LEDs:
CB 0 1
------------
Amber . .
Green * *

PS LEDs:
PS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-------------------------------------------------
Red . . . . . . . . .
Green . . . . * * * * *

PS LEDs:
PS 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
-------------------------------------------------
Red . . . . . . . . .
Green . . . . * * * * *

Fan Tray LEDs:

FT 0 1 2 3
--------------------
Red . . . .
Green * * * *

Front Panel SFB LEDs:

SFB 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
------------------------------------
Red . . . . . . . .
Green * * * * * * * *

Front Panel Chassis Info:

Chassis Number 0x91
Chassis Role S

• Check the status-reporting devices on the craft interface: system alarms and LEDs.
 758

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2020 Hardware Components | 333
Maintaining the MX2020 Cooling System Components | 623
Maintaining the MX2020 Fan Trays | 592
Maintaining the MX2020 Control Boards | 669
Maintaining the MX2020 Power Supply Modules
 759

CHAPTER 29

Installing, Removing, and Replacing EMI Covers

IN THIS CHAPTER

Removing the MX2020 Standard EMI Covers | 759

Installing the MX2020 Standard EMI Covers | 760

Replacing the MX2020 Extended EMI Covers | 762

Installing the MX2020 Extended EMI Cover | 768

Removing the MX2020 Standard EMI Covers

The MX2020 router supports a standard or extended set of EMI covers that you can order from Juniper
Networks.

To remove the standard electromagnetic interference (EMI) card cage cover (see Figure 320 on page
760):

NOTE:

1. Loosen the four captive screws that secure the standard EMI cover to the router.
2. Pull the cover away from the router toward you to remove it.
 760

Figure 320: Removing the Standard EMI Card Cage Cover

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Installing the MX2020 Standard EMI Covers | 760

Installing the MX2020 Standard EMI Covers

The upper and lower MPCs require an EMI cover to reduce the risk of radio frequency interference
disturbance that affects an electrical circuit due to electromagnetic interference emitted from an
external source. The two EMI covers are designed to reduce the electromagnetic interference (EMI) to
comply with the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) requirements.

To install the standard electromagnetic interference (EMI) card cage cover—MX2000-EMI-COVER-S (see
Figure 321 on page 761).
 761

1. Align the four captive screws on either side of the EMI cover with the chassis front-mounting flanges
on the outside of the card cage.
2. Adjust the EMI cover until the four captive screws align with the holes in the front-mounting flanges.
3. Tighten the four captive screws to secure the EMI cover in place.

Figure 321: Installing the Standard EMI Card Cage Cover

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Removing the MX2020 Standard EMI Covers | 759

 762

Replacing the MX2020 Extended EMI Covers

IN THIS SECTION

Removing the MX2020 Extended EMI Covers | 762

Installing the MX2020 Extended EMI Cover | 764

Removing the MX2020 Extended EMI Covers

Two extended electromagnetic interference (EMI) covers attach to the router over the upper and lower
card cages.

To remove the extended electromagnetic interference (EMI) card cage cover (see Figure 322 on page
763):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Gripping the flap on the extended EMI cover, tilt it away from the router toward you. The upper
extended EMI cover tilts from the top. The lower extended EMI cover tilts from the bottom.
3. Holding the cover on both sides, lift so that the points on the cover come out of the grooves on the
EMI cover brackets.
4. Pull the cover away from the router toward you to remove it.
5. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, remove the two mounting screws from the mounting
brackets on either side of the card cage. Then remove the mounting brackets (see Figure 323 on page
764).
 763

Figure 322: Removing the Extended EMI Card Cage Cover

 764

Figure 323: Removing the Extended EMI Cover Mounting Brackets

Installing the MX2020 Extended EMI Cover

Two extended electromagnetic interference (EMI) covers attach to the router over the upper and lower
card cages.
 765

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. On each side of the upper and lower card cage, orient the extended EMI cover mounting brackets so
that they line up with the mounting holes.

• For the upper extended EMI card cover, the groove that holds the points on the cover should be
at the top.

• For the lower extended EMI card cover, the groove that holds the points on the cover should be
at the bottom.
3. Secure the extended EMI cover mounting brackets using the four screws provided (two on each side)
(see Figure 324 on page 766).
 766

Figure 324: Installing the Extended EMI Cover Mounting Brackets

4. Orient the cover so that the arrows point up in front of the card cage.
5. Angle the cover so that the points on each side of the extended EMI cover fit into the grooves on the
EMI cover mounting brackets.
6. Tilt the extended EMI cover into place and press firmly until the sides contact the EMI cover
mounting brackets:
 767

• The upper extended EMI cover tilts from the top.

• The lower extended EMI cover tilts from the bottom.

Figure 325: Installing the Extended EMI Card Cage Cover

 768

SEE ALSO

Replacing the MX2020 Standard EMI Covers

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Replacing the MX2020 Standard EMI Covers

Installing the MX2020 Extended EMI Cover

Two extended electromagnetic interference (EMI) covers attach to the router over the upper and lower
card cages.

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. On each side of the upper and lower card cage, orient the extended EMI cover mounting brackets so
that they line up with the mounting holes.

• For the upper extended EMI card cover, the groove that holds the points on the cover should be
at the top.

• For the lower extended EMI card cover, the groove that holds the points on the cover should be
at the bottom.
3. Secure the extended EMI cover mounting brackets using the four screws provided (two on each side)
(see Figure 326 on page 769).
 769

Figure 326: Installing the Extended EMI Cover Mounting Brackets

4. Orient the cover so that the arrows point up in front of the card cage.
5. Angle the cover so that the points on each side of the extended EMI cover fit into the grooves on the
EMI cover mounting brackets.
6. Tilt the extended EMI cover into place and press firmly until the sides contact the EMI cover
mounting brackets:
 770

• The upper extended EMI cover tilts from the top.

• The lower extended EMI cover tilts from the bottom.

Figure 327: Installing the Extended EMI Card Cage Cover

 771

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Replacing the MX2020 Standard EMI Covers

 772

CHAPTER 30

Installing, Replacing, and Maintaining Cables and

Cable Managers

IN THIS CHAPTER

Replacing a Cable on an MX2020 MPC or MIC | 773

Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX2020 MPCs or MICs | 778

Removing the MX2020 DC Cable Manager | 780

Installing the MX2020 DC Cable Manager | 782

Replacing the MX2020 Cable Managers | 784

Replacing the MX2020 Extended Cable Managers | 794

Removing the MX2020 Lower Cable Manager | 800

Installing the MX2020 Lower Cable Manager | 801

Removing the MX2020 Upper Cable Manager | 802

Installing the MX2020 Upper Cable Manager | 804

Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord | 805

Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord | 812

Replacing an MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module Cable | 819

Connect a Device to a Management Console Using an RJ‑45 Connector | 823

Connect a Fiber-Optic Cable | 825

Disconnect a Fiber-Optic Cable | 825

How to Handle Fiber-Optic Cables | 826

 773

Replacing a Cable on an MX2020 MPC or MIC

IN THIS SECTION

Removing a Cable on an MX2020 MPC or MIC | 773

Installing a Cable on an MX2020 MPC or MIC | 774

Removing a Cable on an MX2020 MPC or MIC

Removing and installing cables on an MPC or a MIC does not affect router function, except that the
component does not receive or transmit data while its cable is disconnected.

To remove a fiber-optic cable:

1. If the component connects to fiber-optic cable, have ready a rubber safety cap for each cable and
transceiver.
2. If removing all cables connected to the component, use one of the following methods to take the
component offline:

• To take an MPC offline:

• Press and hold the corresponding online button on the craft interface. The green OK LED next
to the button begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED goes off.

• Issue the following CLI command:

user@host>request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline

For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services
Command Reference.

NOTE: When issuing the request chassis fpc offline command, the FRU will lose
power, and the system total power will increase.

• To take a MIC offline:

• Press the online/offline button on the MIC. Use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the
opening that leads to the button. Press and hold the button until the MIC LED goes off (about
5 seconds).
 774

• Issue the following CLI command:

user@host> request chassis mic fpc-slot fpc-slot mic-slot mic-slot offline

For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services
Command Reference.
3. Unplug the cable from the cable connector port. If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, immediately cover
each transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap.

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of
fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a
transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or

removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure
to laser light.

4. Remove the cable from the cable manager, and detach it from the destination port.

SEE ALSO

Installing a Cable on an MX2020 MPC or MIC | 774

Installing a Cable on an MX2020 MPC or MIC

To install a MIC or an MPC cable (see Figure 328 on page 775 and Figure 329 on page 776):

1. Have ready a length of the type of cable used by the component. For cable specifications, see the
MX Series Interface Module Reference.
2. If the cable connector port is covered by a rubber safety cap, remove the cap.

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of
fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a
transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
 775

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or

removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure
to laser light.

3. Insert the cable connector into the cable connector port on the component faceplate.

Figure 328: Installing a MIC Cable

 776

Figure 329: Installing an MPC Cable

4. Arrange the cable in the cable manager to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points.
Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable
out of the way in a neatly coiled loop. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc
smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that
are difficult to diagnose.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow
fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

5. Insert the other end of the cable into the destination port.
6. Repeat the previous steps for any additional cables.
7. If the component is offline (its failure indicator LED is lit), use one of the following methods to bring it
online.
 777

• To bring an MPC online:

• Press and hold the corresponding online button on the craft interface until the green OK LED
next to the button lights steadily, in about 5 seconds.

• Issue the following CLI command:

user@host>request chassis fpc slot slot-number online

For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services
Command Reference.

NOTE: When issuing the request chassis fpc online command, the FRU will get
power, and the system total power will decrease.

• To bring a MIC online:

• Press the MIC offline/online button until the MIC LED lights green.

• Issue the following CLI command:

user@host>request chassis mic fpc-slot fpc-slot mic-slot mic-slot online

For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services
Command Reference.

The normal functioning indicator LED confirms that the component is online. You can also verify
correct MPC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc command or the correct MIC functioning by
issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command.

SEE ALSO

Removing a Cable on an MX2020 MPC or MIC | 773

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage

Replacing an MX2020 MIC | 717
Replacing an MX2020 MPC and Adapter Card (ADC) | 699
 778

Replacing an SFP or XFP Transceiver on an MX2020 MPC or MIC | 731

Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX2020 MPCs or MICs | 778

Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX2020 MPCs or MICs

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 778

Action | 778

Purpose

For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the cables that connect to the MPCs or MICs.

Action

On a regular basis:

• Use an upper cable manager and a lower cable manager (shown in Figure 330 on page 779) to
support cables and prevent cables from dislodging or developing stress points.
 779

Figure 330: Upper and Lower Cable Manager Cable Routing

NOTE: The MX2020 supports both standard and extended upper and lower cable
management.

• Place excess cable out of the way in the upper and lower cable managers. Do not allow fastened
loops of cable to dangle from the connector or cable manager because this stresses the cable at the
fastening point. Putting fasteners on the loops helps to maintain their shape.

• Keep the cable connections clean and free of dust and other particles, which can cause drops in the
received power level. Always inspect cables and clean them if necessary before connecting an
interface.

• Label both ends of the cables to identify them.

The following guidelines apply specifically to fiber-optic cables:

• When you unplug a fiber-optic cable, always place a rubber safety plug over the transceiver on the
faceplate and on the end of the cable.
 780

• Anchor fiber-optic cables to avoid stress on the connectors. Be sure to secure fiber-optic cables so
that they do not support their own weight as they hang to the floor. Never let fiber-optic cable hang
free from the connector.

• Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches can damage
the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

• Frequent plugging and unplugging of fiber-optic cable into and out of optical instruments can cause
damage to the instruments that is expensive to repair. Instead, attach a short fiber extension to the
optical equipment. Any wear and tear due to frequent plugging and unplugging is then absorbed by
the short fiber extension, which is easy and inexpensive to replace.

• Keep fiber-optic cable connections clean. Small microdeposits of oil and dust in the canal of the
transceiver or cable connector could cause loss of light, reducing signal power and possibly causing
intermittent problems with the optical connection.

To clean the transceivers, use an appropriate fiber-cleaning device, such as RIFOCS Fiber Optic
Adaptor Cleaning Wands (part number 946). Follow the directions for the cleaning kit you use.

After you clean an optical transceiver, make sure that the connector tip of the fiber-optic cable is
clean. Use only an approved alcohol-free fiber-optic cable cleaning kit, such as the Opptex Cletop-S
Fiber Cleaner. Follow the directions for the cleaning kit you use.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2020 Hardware Components | 333
MX2020 Cable Management Description | 74
Maintaining MX2020 MPCs | 711
Maintaining MX2020 MICs | 729

Removing the MX2020 DC Cable Manager

To remove the standard DC cable manager (see Figure 331 on page 781):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
2. Grasp the DC cable manager, lift up and pull straight out from the DC PDM on the rear of the
chassis.
3. Place the DC cable manager into an electrostatic bag and set it aside.
 781

Figure 331: Removing the Standard DC Cable Manager

To remove the cable manager for the DC PDM (240 V China) and the universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM (see
Figure 332 on page 782):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

2. Using a screwdriver, loosen the two screws on each side of the cable manager (see Figure 332 on
page 782
 782

Figure 332: Removing the DC Cable Manager for DC PDM (240 V China) and the Universal (HVAC/
HVDC) PDM

3. Grasp the DC cable manager, lift up and pull straight out from the DC PDM on the rear of the
chassis.

4. Place the DC cable manager into an electrostatic bag and set it aside.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Installing the MX2020 DC Cable Manager | 782

Installing the MX2020 DC Cable Manager

NOTE: To accommodate additional clearance, you may order an extended DC cable

manager from Juniper Networks.

To install the DC cable manager (see Figure 333 on page 783):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Position the DC cable manager over the two slots located on both sides of the DC PDM.
 783

3. Lift the DC cable manager slightly up while inserting the two flanges into the slots on both sides of
the DC PDM.
4. Push down to secure the DC cable manager in place.

Figure 333: Installing the Standard DC Cable Manager

To install the DC cable manager for the DC PDM (240 V China) or the universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM
(see "Installing the MX2020 DC Cable Manager" on page 782):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.

2. Position the DC cable manager over the two slots located on both sides of the DC PDM.

3. Lift the DC cable manager slightly up while inserting the two flanges into the slots on both sides of
the DC PDM.
 784

Figure 334: Installing the DC Cable Manager on the DC PDM (240 V China) and Universal (HVAC/
HVDC) PDM

4. Push down to secure the DC cable manager in place. Tighten the screws using a screwdriver. See
Figure 334 on page 784.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Removing the MX2020 DC Cable Manager | 780

Replacing the MX2020 Cable Managers

IN THIS SECTION

Removing the MX2020 Upper Cable Manager | 785

Removing the MX2020 Lower Cable Manager | 786

Removing the MX2020 DC Cable Manager | 787

Installing the MX2020 Lower Cable Manager | 789

Installing the MX2020 Upper Cable Manager | 790

 785

Installing the MX2020 DC Cable Manager | 791

The MX2020 router consists of an upper, middle card-cage, lower, and DC cable management system
used for routing and securing cables away from system components. There are two types of cable
management systems: standard and extended. The following instructions represent both.

NOTE: The middle card-cage cable manager is permanently installed on the MX2020
system chassis, and cannot be removed.

Removing the MX2020 Upper Cable Manager

NOTE: To accommodate additional clearance, you may order an extended upper cable
manager from Juniper Networks.

To remove the upper cable manager (see Figure 335 on page 786):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Loosen the two captive screws on the upper cable manager cover, and remove it.
3. Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver (number 1 or 2), loosen the mounting screws on the upper cable
manager.
4. Grasp the upper cable manager, and pull it straight out from the studs on the front of the chassis.
 786

Figure 335: Removing the Standard Upper Cable Manager

SEE ALSO

Installing the MX2020 Upper Cable Manager | 804

Removing the MX2020 Lower Cable Manager

NOTE: To accommodate additional clearance, you may order an extended lower cable
manager from Juniper Networks.

To remove the lower cable manager (see Figure 336 on page 787):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Loosen the two captive screws on the lower cable manager cover, and remove it.
 787

3. Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver (number 1 or 2), loosen the mounting screws on the lower cable
manager.
4. Grasp the lower cable manager, and pull it straight out from the studs on the front of the chassis.

Figure 336: Removing the Standard Lower Cable Manager

SEE ALSO

Installing the MX2020 Lower Cable Manager | 801

Removing the MX2020 DC Cable Manager

To remove the standard DC cable manager (see Figure 337 on page 788):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
2. Grasp the DC cable manager, lift up and pull straight out from the DC PDM on the rear of the
chassis.
 788

3. Place the DC cable manager into an electrostatic bag and set it aside.

Figure 337: Removing the Standard DC Cable Manager

To remove the cable manager for the DC PDM (240 V China) and the universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM (see
Figure 338 on page 789):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.

2. Using a screwdriver, loosen the two screws on each side of the cable manager (see Figure 338 on
page 789
 789

Figure 338: Removing the DC Cable Manager for DC PDM (240 V China) and the Universal (HVAC/
HVDC) PDM

3. Grasp the DC cable manager, lift up and pull straight out from the DC PDM on the rear of the
chassis.

4. Place the DC cable manager into an electrostatic bag and set it aside.

SEE ALSO

Installing the MX2020 DC Cable Manager | 782

Installing the MX2020 Lower Cable Manager

NOTE: To accommodate additional clearance, you may order an extended lower cable
manager from Juniper Networks.

To install the lower cable manager (see Figure 339 on page 790):

1. Position the lower cable manager on the studs on the lower front of the chassis, just below the
MPCs.
2. Insert the screws into the corners in the lower cable manager onto the studs on the chassis.
3. Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver (number 1 or 2), tighten the mounting screws securely.
4. Replace the cable manager cover, and secure it with the two captive screws.
 790

Figure 339: Installing the Standard Lower Cable Manager

SEE ALSO

Removing the MX2020 Lower Cable Manager | 800

Installing the MX2020 Upper Cable Manager

NOTE: To accommodate additional clearance, you may order an extended upper cable
manager from Juniper Networks.

To install the upper cable manager (see Figure 340 on page 791):

1. Position the upper cable manager on the studs on the upper front of the chassis, just below the craft
interface.
2. Insert the screws into the corners in the upper cable manager onto the studs on the chassis.
3. Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver (number 1 or 2), tighten the mounting screws securely.
 791

4. Replace the cable manager cover, and secure the two captive screws.

Figure 340: Installing the Standard Upper Cable Manager

SEE ALSO

Removing the MX2020 Upper Cable Manager | 802

Installing the MX2020 DC Cable Manager

NOTE: To accommodate additional clearance, you may order an extended DC cable

manager from Juniper Networks.

To install the DC cable manager (see Figure 341 on page 792):

 792

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Position the DC cable manager over the two slots located on both sides of the DC PDM.
3. Lift the DC cable manager slightly up while inserting the two flanges into the slots on both sides of
the DC PDM.
4. Push down to secure the DC cable manager in place.

Figure 341: Installing the Standard DC Cable Manager

To install the DC cable manager for the DC PDM (240 V China) or the universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM
(see "Installing the MX2020 DC Cable Manager" on page 791):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.

2. Position the DC cable manager over the two slots located on both sides of the DC PDM.

3. Lift the DC cable manager slightly up while inserting the two flanges into the slots on both sides of
the DC PDM.
 793

Figure 342: Installing the DC Cable Manager on the DC PDM (240 V China) and Universal (HVAC/
HVDC) PDM

4. Push down to secure the DC cable manager in place. Tighten the screws using a screwdriver. See
Figure 342 on page 793.

SEE ALSO

Removing the MX2020 DC Cable Manager | 780

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage

MX2020 Cable Management Description | 74
Replacing the MX2020 Extended Cable Managers | 794
 794

Replacing the MX2020 Extended Cable Managers

IN THIS SECTION

Removing the MX2020 Upper Extended Cable Manager | 794

Removing the MX2020 Lower Extended Cable Manager | 795

Removing the MX2020 Extended DC Cable Manager | 796

Installing the MX2020 Upper Extended Cable Manager | 797

Installing the Lower MX2020 Extended Cable Manager | 798

Installing the MX2020 Extended DC Cable Manager | 799

Removing the MX2020 Upper Extended Cable Manager

To remove the upper MX2020 extended cable manager:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Remove the extended craft interface as described in "Removing the MX2020 Extended Craft
Interface" on page 750.
3. To remove the cover, loosen the two captive screws on the extended cable manager cover. Set the
extended cable manager cover aside.
4. Remove the eight screws that secure the extended cable manager to the chassis as shown in Figure
343 on page 795.
5. Pull the extended cable manager away from the chassis.
 795

Figure 343: Removing the Extended Upper Cable Manager

Removing the MX2020 Lower Extended Cable Manager

To remove the lower MX2020 extended cable manager:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. To remove the cover, loosen the two captive screws on the extended cable manager cover. Set the
extended cable manager cover aside.
3. Remove the eight screws that secure the extended cable manager to the chassis as shown in Figure
344 on page 796.
4. Pull the extended cable manager away from the chassis.
 796

Figure 344: Removing the Extended Lower Cable Manager

Removing the MX2020 Extended DC Cable Manager

To remove the extended DC cable manager (see Figure 345 on page 797):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver (number 1 or 2), loosen the two captive screws on the DC cable
manager.
3. Grasp the extended DC cable manager, lift up and pull straight out from the DC PDM on the rear of
the chassis.
4. Place the extended DC cable manager into an electrostatic bag and set it aside.
 797

Figure 345: Removing the Extended DC Cable Manager

Installing the MX2020 Upper Extended Cable Manager

The upper extended cable manager should be used with the extended craft interface to allow for
additional clearance.

To install the upper extended cable manager (see Figure 346 on page 798):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. If necessary, remove the extended craft interface as described in "Removing an MX2020 Extended
Craft Interface" on page 750.
3. Position the upper extended cable manager on the studs below the location of the craft interface.
4. Attach the upper extended cable manager using eight screws as shown in Figure 346 on page 798.
5. Replace the cable manager cover, and secure it with the two captive screws.
6. Install the extended craft interface as described in "Installing an MX2020 Extended Craft Interface"
on page 751.
 798

Figure 346: Installing the MX2020 Upper Extended Cable Manager

Installing the Lower MX2020 Extended Cable Manager

To install the lower extended cable manager (see Figure 347 on page 799):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Position the lower extended cable manager on the studs below the lower card cage.
3. Attach the lower extended cable manager using eight screws as shown in Figure 347 on page 799.
4. Replace the cable manager cover, and secure it with the two captive screws.
 799

Figure 347: Installing the Extended Lower Cable Manager

Installing the MX2020 Extended DC Cable Manager

To install the extended DC cable manager (see Figure 348 on page 800):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Position the extended DC cable manager over the two slots located on both sides of the DC PDM.
3. Lift the extended DC cable manager slightly up while inserting the two flanges into the slots on both
sides of the DC PDM.
4. Push the extended DC cable manager into place.
5. Tighten the two captive screws to secure the extended DC cable manager.
 800

Figure 348: Installing the Extended DC Cable Manager

Removing the MX2020 Lower Cable Manager

NOTE: To accommodate additional clearance, you may order an extended lower cable
manager from Juniper Networks.

To remove the lower cable manager (see Figure 349 on page 801):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Loosen the two captive screws on the lower cable manager cover, and remove it.
3. Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver (number 1 or 2), loosen the mounting screws on the lower cable
manager.
4. Grasp the lower cable manager, and pull it straight out from the studs on the front of the chassis.
 801

Figure 349: Removing the Standard Lower Cable Manager

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Installing the MX2020 Lower Cable Manager | 801

Installing the MX2020 Lower Cable Manager

NOTE: To accommodate additional clearance, you may order an extended lower cable
manager from Juniper Networks.

To install the lower cable manager (see Figure 350 on page 802):

1. Position the lower cable manager on the studs on the lower front of the chassis, just below the
MPCs.
2. Insert the screws into the corners in the lower cable manager onto the studs on the chassis.
 802

3. Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver (number 1 or 2), tighten the mounting screws securely.
4. Replace the cable manager cover, and secure it with the two captive screws.

Figure 350: Installing the Standard Lower Cable Manager

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Removing the MX2020 Lower Cable Manager | 800

Removing the MX2020 Upper Cable Manager

NOTE: To accommodate additional clearance, you may order an extended upper cable
manager from Juniper Networks.
 803

To remove the upper cable manager (see Figure 351 on page 803):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Loosen the two captive screws on the upper cable manager cover, and remove it.
3. Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver (number 1 or 2), loosen the mounting screws on the upper cable
manager.
4. Grasp the upper cable manager, and pull it straight out from the studs on the front of the chassis.

Figure 351: Removing the Standard Upper Cable Manager

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Installing the MX2020 Upper Cable Manager | 804

 804

Installing the MX2020 Upper Cable Manager

NOTE: To accommodate additional clearance, you may order an extended upper cable
manager from Juniper Networks.

To install the upper cable manager (see Figure 352 on page 804):

1. Position the upper cable manager on the studs on the upper front of the chassis, just below the craft
interface.
2. Insert the screws into the corners in the upper cable manager onto the studs on the chassis.
3. Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver (number 1 or 2), tighten the mounting screws securely.
4. Replace the cable manager cover, and secure the two captive screws.

Figure 352: Installing the Standard Upper Cable Manager

 805

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Removing the MX2020 Upper Cable Manager | 802

Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

IN THIS SECTION

Removing an MX2020 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord | 805

Installing an MX2020 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord | 808

The MX2020 router has either one redundant PDM or two redundant PDMs. An AC power cord on a
redundant PDM is hot-insertable and hot-removable. When a redundant PDM is powered down, the
other PDM automatically assumes the entire electrical load for the router. If you have only one PDM,
you must power off the system before removing the AC power cord.

Removing an MX2020 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

To remove a three-phase delta AC power cord:

1. Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the PDM being removed. Make sure that the
voltage across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cord might
become active during the installation process.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Switch the power switch on the PSM faceplate to the off (O) position.

NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

4. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD point on the chassis, and attach it to an approved
site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
5. Disconnect the AC power cord (see Figure 353 on page 806) from the power source.
 806

Figure 353: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

6. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions
for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
7. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four screws on the cover of the metal wiring
compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
8. Remove the cover of the metal wiring compartment.
9. Disconnect the wires from the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC PDM (see Figure 354
on page 807). Loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, and remove each
wire from the grounding point or input terminal.

NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a
1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen
wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.

To remove wires from the terminal block that serves six PSMs:

a. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the input terminal labeled C1.

b. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the input terminal labeled B1.

c. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the input terminal labeled A1.

d. Remove the grounding wire from the grounding point labeled GND.
 807

Figure 354: Disconnecting the Power Cord from a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution
Module

To remove wires from the terminal block that serves three PSMs:

a. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the input terminal labeled C2.

b. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the input terminal labeled B2.

c. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the input terminal labeled A2.

d. Remove the grounding wire from the grounding point labeled GND.

NOTE: The three-phase delta AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on
which slot the PDM gets plugged into.

10. Loosen the plastic cable tie fastening the AC power cord to the PDM.
11. Loosen and remove the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
12. Pull the AC power cord out of the metal wiring compartment.
13. Carefully move the AC power cable out of the way.
14. Disconnect the AC power cord from the AC PDM.
 808

SEE ALSO

Installing an MX2020 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord | 808

Installing an MX2020 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

To install a three-phase delta AC power cord:

1. Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the PDM being removed. Make sure that the
voltage across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cord might
become active during the installation process.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Switch the power switches on all the PSM faceplates to the off (O) position for any PSMs that are
powered only from this PDM.

NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

4. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four screws on the cover of the metal wiring
compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
5. Remove the cover of the metal AC wiring compartment.
6. Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
7. Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment.
8. Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the retaining nut and rubber grommet.
9. Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment.
10. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC PDM (see Figure 355 on
page 809). Loosen each of the input terminal or grounding point screws, and insert the wire into
the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw (see Table 122 on page 810 for
approved AC wire gauge).
To insert wires into the terminal block that serves six PSMs:

a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND.

b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A1.

c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B1.

d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C1.
 809

Figure 355: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module

NOTE: The three-phase delta AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on
which slot the PDM gets plugged into.

NOTE: The color of each AC power wire might vary. The MX2020 chassis is not
sensitive to phase rotation sequence—either CW or CCW will operate correctly.

CAUTION: Wire label configuration is for Juniper Networks supplied cable only. If
using your own cable, make sure you use the proper connections.

To insert wires into the terminal block that serves three PSMs:

a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND.

b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A2.

c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B2.
 810

d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C2.

NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a
1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen
wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.

WARNING: To protect power supplies from input voltage that may be caused by
miswired PDMs, before reinstalling the metal cover to the wiring compartment apply
AC voltage to the PDM (with disengaged PSM) to make sure that two LEDs on the
PDM are lit green and that the AC voltage between AC terminal blocks A1-B1, B1-
C1, C1-A1, A2-B2, B2-C2, and C2-A2 for three-phase delta PDM is not more than
264VAC when measured with a DVM. Then turn off the AC breaker de-energizing
the PDM and install the metal cover and engage all AC PSMs.

NOTE: Three-phase delta AC wire assembly kits can be purchased from Juniper
Networks.

Table 122: Supported Three-Phase Delta AC Wire Gauge

Wire Gauge Description

4 x 6-AWG or equivalent 4 conductor wires, each wire is 6-AWG

NOTE: We recommend that you use the proper gauge wire in order for the cable
clamps to hold the AC cables. Using smaller gauge wiring will result in the cable
clamps not tightening properly.

WARNING: Power connections must be performed by a licensed electrician only.

11. Verify that the power cord wire connections are correct.
12. Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment.
13. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the four captive screws on the metal AC wiring
compartment.
14. Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to router components, and that it
does not drape where people could trip on it.
 811

15. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Connect the strap to an
approved site ESD ground point. See the instructions for your site.
16. Connect the AC power cord plug to the power source.
17. Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the AC power cord.
18. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions
for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
19. Verify the LED on the PDM faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the AC terminal block is receiving
power.
20. Switch the power switch on the PSM to the on (|) position to provide power to the router
components.

NOTE: After a PDM is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators
—such as the LEDs on the PDM, the command output displays, and messages on the
LED display on the craft interface—to indicate that the PDM is functioning normally.
Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.

SEE ALSO

Removing an MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage

MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description
MX2000 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Distribution Module LEDs
Connecting AC Power to an MX2020 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution
Modules
Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System
MX2000 AC Power Cord Specifications
MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications
 812

Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord

IN THIS SECTION

Removing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord | 812

Installing an MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord | 815

The MX2020 router has either one redundant PDM or two redundant PDMs. An AC power supply cord
on a redundant PDM is hot-insertable and hot-removable. When a redundant PDM is powered down,
the other PDM automatically assumes the entire electrical load for the router. If you have only one
PDM, you must power off the system before removing the AC power supply cord.

Removing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord

To remove a three-phase wye AC power cord:

1. Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the PDM being removed. Make sure that the
voltage across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cord might
become active during the installation process.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Switch the power switch on the PSM faceplate to the off (O) position.

NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

4. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD point on the chassis, and attach it to an approved
site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
5. Disconnect the AC power cord (see Figure 356 on page 813) from the power source.
 813

Figure 356: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Cord

6. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions
for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
7. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four screws on the cover of the metal wiring
compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
8. Remove the cover of the metal AC wiring compartment.
9. Disconnect the wires from the AC terminal block on the three-phase wye AC PDM (see Figure 357
on page 814). Loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, and remove each
wire from the grounding point or input terminal.

NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a
1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen
wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.

To remove wires from the terminal block that serves six PSMs:

a. Remove the wire labeled N from the input terminal labeled N1.

b. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the input terminal labeled C1.

c. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the input terminal labeled B1.

d. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the input terminal labeled A1.

e. Remove the grounding wire from the grounding point labeled GND.
 814

Figure 357: Disconnecting the Power Cord from a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution
Module

To remove wires from the terminal block that serves three PSMs:

a. Remove the wire labeled N from the input terminal labeled N2.

b. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the input terminal labeled C2.

c. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the input terminal labeled B2.

d. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the input terminal labeled A2.

e. Remove the grounding wire from the grounding point labeled GND.

NOTE: The three-phase wye AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on
which PDM slot.

10. Loosen the plastic cable tie fastening the AC power cord to the PDM.
11. Loosen and remove the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
12. Pull the AC power cord out of the metal wiring compartment.
13. Carefully move the AC power cable out of the way.
 815

14. Disconnect the AC power cord from the AC PDM.

SEE ALSO

Installing an MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord | 815

Installing an MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord

To install a three-phase wye AC power cord:

1. Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the PDM being removed. Make sure that the
voltage across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cord might
become active during the installation process.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Switch all the power switches on the PSM faceplates to the off (O) position.

NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

4. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four screws on the cover of the metal wiring
compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
5. Remove the cover of the metal AC wiring compartment.
6. Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
7. Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment.
8. Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the retaining nut and rubber grommet.
9. Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment.
10. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC PDM (see Figure 358 on
page 816). Loosen each of the input terminal or grounding point screws, and insert the wire into
the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw (see Table 123 on page 817 for
approved AC wire gauge).
To insert wires into the terminal block that serves six PSMs:

a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND.

b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A1.

c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B1.

d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C1.

e. Insert the wire labeled N into the input terminal labeled N1.
 816

Figure 358: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module

NOTE: The three-phase wye AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on
which slot the PDM gets plugged into.

NOTE: The color of each AC power wire might vary. The MX2000 chassis is not
sensitive to phase rotation sequence—either CW or CCW will operate correctly.

CAUTION: Wire label configuration is for Juniper Networks supplied cable only. If
using your own cable, make sure you use the proper connections.

To insert wires into the terminal block that serves three PSMs:

a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND.

b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A2.

c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B2.
 817

d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C2.

e. Insert the wire labeled N into the input terminal labeled N2.

NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a
1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen
wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.

WARNING: To protect power supplies from input voltage that may be caused by
mis-wired PDMs, before reinstalling the metal cover to the wiring compartment
apply AC voltage to the PDM (with disengaged PSM) to make sure that two LEDs on
the PDM are lit green and that the AC voltage between AC terminal blocks A1-N1,
B1-N1, C1-N1, A2-N2, B2-N2, and C2-N2 for three-phase wye PDM is not more
than 264 VAC when measured with a DVM. Then turn off the AC breaker de-
energizing the PDM and install the metal cover and engage all AC PSMs.

NOTE: Three-phase wye AC wire assembly kits can be purchased from Juniper
Networks.

Table 123: Supported Three-Phase Wye AC Wire Gauge

Wire Gauge Description

5 x 10-AWG or equivalent 5 conductor wires, each wire is 10-AWG

NOTE: We recommend that you use the proper gauge wire in order for the cable
clamps to hold the AC cables. Using smaller gauge wiring will result in the cable
clamps not tightening properly.

WARNING: Power connections must be performed by a licensed electrician only.

11. Verify that the power cord wire connections are correct.
12. Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment.
13. Reinstall the metal PDM wiring cover, and using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the four
captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment.
 818

14. Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to router components, and that it
does not drape where people could trip on it.
15. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Connect the strap to an
approved site ESD ground point. See the instructions for your site.
16. Connect the AC power cord plug to the power source.
17. Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the AC power cord.
18. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions
for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
19. Verify the LED on the PDM faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the AC terminal block is receiving
power.
20. Switch the power switch on the PSM to the on position (|) to provide power to the router
components.

NOTE: After a PDM is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators
—such as the LEDs on the PDM, the command output displays, and messages on the
LED display on the craft interface—to indicate that the PDM is functioning normally.
Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.

SEE ALSO

Removing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord | 812

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router

MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Description
MX2020 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Distribution Module LEDs
MX2020 AC Power Cord Specifications
Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System
 819

Replacing an MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module Cable

IN THIS SECTION

Disconnecting an MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module Cable | 819

Connecting an MX2000 DC Router Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Cable | 820

Disconnecting an MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module Cable

WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To

ensure that all power is OFF, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services
the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle
of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.

To disconnect a power cable for a DC PDM:

1. Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breaker for the PDM being removed. Follow your
site's procedures for ESD.
2. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no
chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.
3. Verify that the –48V LED on the PDM is not lit.
4. Remove the power cable from the external DC power source.
5. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
6. Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
7. Remove the nut and washers from each of the terminal studs. (Use a 7/16-in. [11 mm] nut driver or
socket wrench.)

NOTE: The input positions for the RTN (return) DC terminal studs and the -48V
(input) DC terminal studs correspond to the DC Power Supply Module (PSM) directly
above and below. The DC PSM slot positions are labeled, but the DC PDM cable
positions that correlate to the PSM positions are not labeled.

8. Remove the cable lug from the terminal studs.

9. Carefully move the power cable out of the way.
10. Replace the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
 820

SEE ALSO

MX2020 DC Power Requirements | 281

MX2020 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings
MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 180
Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) | 521

Connecting an MX2000 DC Router Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Cable

WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To

ensure that all power is OFF, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services
the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle
of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.

NOTE: Ensure that you have connected the chassis to earth ground. See Grounding an
MX2000 Router.

To connect a power cable for a DC PDM:

1. Locate a replacement power cable that meets the specifications defined in "MX2000 Router DC
(-48 V) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications" on page 295.
2. Verify that a licensed electrician has attached a cable lug to the replacement power cable.
3. Verify that the –48V LED is off.
4. Secure the power cable lug to the terminal studs, first with the flat washer, then the split washer,
and finally with the nut. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each
nut (see Figure 359 on page 821). Do not overtighten the nut. (Use a 7/16-in. [11 mm)] torque-
controlled driver or socket wrench.)

NOTE: The input positions for the RTN (return) DC terminal studs and the -48V
(input) DC terminal studs correspond to the DC Power Supply Module (PSM) directly
above and below. The DC PSM slot positions are labeled, but the DC PDM cable
positions that correlate to the PSM positions are not labeled.

a. Attach the positive (+) DC source power cable lug to the RTN (return) terminal.

b. Attach the negative (–) DC source power cable lug to the –48V (input) terminal.
 821

Figure 359: Connecting Power Cables to the DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V)

CAUTION: Ensure that each power cable lug seats flush against the surface of the
terminal block as you are tightening the nuts. Ensure that each nut is properly
threaded onto the terminal stud. The nut should be able to spin freely with your
fingers when it is first placed onto the terminal stud. Applying installation torque to
the nut when the nut is improperly threaded may result in damage to the terminal
stud.

CAUTION: The maximum torque rating of the terminal studs on the DC PDM is 25
lb-in. (33.89 Nm). The terminal studs may be damaged if excessive torque is applied.
 822

Use only a torque-controlled driver or socket wrench to tighten nuts on the DC

PDM terminal studs.

CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity.
The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (-) to indicate their polarity. There
is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the
external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on
the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.

NOTE: The DC PDMs in slots PDM0/Input0, PDM2/Input0, (and PDM1/Input1, and

PDM3/Input1 on MX2020 Routers) can be powered by dedicated power feeds
derived from feed A, or feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed
A/B feed redundancy for the system to balance the power draw. For information
about connecting to DC power sources, see "MX2000 Router DC (-48 V) Power
Subsystem Electrical Specifications" on page 295.

NOTE: Make sure the amperage switch is set to 60 A or 80 A to match the DC

circuit input feed.

5. Route the positive and negative DC power cables through the plastic cable restraint cover. Make
sure that the cable does not touch or obstruct any router components.
6. Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the cables are not touching, and that they do not block
access to router components or drape where people could trip on them.
7. Attach the power cable to the DC power source.
8. Switch on the dedicated customer site circuit breaker.
9. On each of the DC power input sources, switch the DC circuit breaker to the center position before
moving it to the ON position.

NOTE: The circuit breaker may bounce back to the off position if you move the
breaker too quickly.

10. Verify that the –48V LED on the PDM is lit steadily.
11. On each of the DC power input sources, switch the DC circuit breaker to the center position before
moving it to the ON position.
 823

NOTE: The circuit breaker may bounce back to the OFF position if you move the
breaker too quickly.

12. Observe the status LEDs on the PDM faceplate. If the PDM is correctly installed and functioning
normally, the –48V LEDs light green steadily.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router

MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 180
DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX2020 Router | 308
MX2020 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

Connect a Device to a Management Console Using an RJ‑45 Connector

Ensure that you have an Ethernet cable that has an RJ-45 connector at either end and an RJ-45-to-DB-9
serial port adapter.

Figure 360: RJ-45 Connector on an Ethernet Cable

NOTE: We no longer include the RJ-45 console cable with the DB-9 adapter as part of
the device package. If the console cable and adapter are not included in your device
package, or if you need a different type of adapter, you can order the following
separately:

• RJ-45 to DB-9 adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-DB9)

• RJ-45 to USB-A adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBA)

• RJ-45 to USB-C adapter (JNP-CBL-RJ45-USBC)

 824

If you want to use RJ-45 to USB-A or RJ-45 to USB-C adapter, you must have X64 (64-
Bit) Virtual COM port (VCP) driver installed on your PC. See https://ftdichip.com/drivers/
vcp-drivers/ to download the driver.

NOTE: If your laptop or desktop PC does not have a DB-9 plug connector pin and you
want to connect your laptop or desktop PC directly to the device, use a combination of
the RJ-45-to-DB-9 socket adapter and a USB-to-DB-9 plug adapter. You must provide
the USB-to-DB-9 plug adapter.

You can configure and manage your network devices using a dedicated management channel. Each
device has a console port that you can connect to using an Ethernet cable with an RJ-45 connector. Use
the console port to connect the device to the console server or management console. The console port
accepts a cable that has an RJ-45 connector.

To connect the device to a management console:

1. Connect one end of the Ethernet cable to the console port (labeled CON, CONSOLE, or CON1) on
the device.
2. Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to the console server (see Figure 361 on page 824) or
management console (see Figure 362 on page 824).

Figure 361: Connect a Device to a Management Console Through a Console Server

Figure 362: Connect a Device Directly to a Management Console

 825

Connect a Fiber-Optic Cable

Before you connect a fiber-optic cable to an optical transceiver installed in a device, ensure that you
have taken the necessary precautions for safe handling of lasers (see Laser and LED Safety Guidelines
and Warnings).

To connect a fiber-optic cable to an optical transceiver installed in a device:

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of
fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cables connected to
transceivers emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

1. If the fiber-optic cable connector is covered with a rubber safety cap, remove the cap. Save the cap.
2. Remove the rubber safety cap from the optical transceiver. Save the cap.
3. Insert the cable connector into the optical transceiver.
Fiber-optic Transceiver
cable

g000704

4. Secure the cables so that they do not support their own weight. Place excess cable out of the way in
a neatly coiled loop. Placing fasteners on a loop helps cables maintain their shape.

CAUTION: Do not bend fiber-optic cables beyond their minimum bend radius. An arc
smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cables and cause problems that
are difficult to diagnose.
Do not let fiber-optic cables hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops
of cables to dangle, which stresses the cables at the fastening point.

Disconnect a Fiber-Optic Cable

Before you disconnect a fiber-optic cable from an optical transceiver, ensure that you have taken the
necessary precautions for safe handling of lasers. See Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings.

Ensure that you have the following parts and tools available:

• A rubber safety cap to cover the transceiver

 826

• A rubber safety cap to cover the fiber-optic cable connector

Juniper Networks devices have optical transceivers to which you can connect fiber-optic cables.

To disconnect a fiber-optic cable from an optical transceiver installed in the device:

1. Disable the port in which the transceiver is installed by issuing the following command:

[edit interfaces]
user@device# set interface-name disable

LASER WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of
fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cables connected to
transceivers emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

2. Carefully unplug the fiber-optic cable connector from the transceiver.

3. Cover the transceiver with a rubber safety cap.

LASER WARNING: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when

inserting or removing a cable. The rubber safety cap keeps the port clean and protects
your eyes from accidental exposure to laser light.

4. Cover the fiber-optic cable connector with the rubber safety cap.

How to Handle Fiber-Optic Cables

Fiber-optic cables connect to optical transceivers that are installed in Juniper Networks devices.

Follow these guidelines when handling fiber-optic cables:

• When you unplug a fiber-optic cable from a transceiver, place rubber safety caps over the transceiver
and on the end of the cable.

• Anchor fiber-optic cables to prevent stress on the connectors. When attaching a fiber-optic cable to
a transceiver, be sure to secure the fiber-optic cable so that it does not support its own weight as it
hangs to the floor. Never let a fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector.

• Avoid bending the fiber-optic cables beyond their minimum bend radius. Bending fiber-optic cables
into arcs smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cables and cause problems that are
difficult to diagnose.
 827

• Frequent plugging and unplugging of fiber-optic cables in and out of optical instruments can damage
the instruments, which are expensive to repair. To prevent damage from overuse, attach a short fiber
extension to the optical equipment. The short fiber extension absorbs wear and tear due to frequent
plugging and unplugging. Replacing the short fiber extension is easier and cost efficient compared
with replacing the instruments.

• Keep fiber-optic cable connections clean. Microdeposits of oil and dust in the canal of the transceiver
or cable connector can cause loss of light, reduction in signal power, and possibly intermittent
problems with the optical connection.

• To clean the transceiver canal, use an appropriate fiber-cleaning device such as RIFOCS Fiber
Optic Adaptor Cleaning Wands (part number 946). Follow the instructions in the cleaning kit you
use.

• After cleaning the transceiver, make sure that the connector tip of the fiber-optic cable is clean.
Use only an approved alcohol-free fiber-optic cable cleaning kit such as the Opptex Cletop-
S®Fiber Cleaner. Follow the instructions in the cleaning kit you use.
 828

CHAPTER 31

Powering Off the Router

IN THIS CHAPTER

Powering Off the AC-Powered or Universal HVAC/HVDC-Powered MX2000 Router | 828

Powering Off the DC-Powered or DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router | 829

Powering Off the AC-Powered or Universal HVAC/HVDC-Powered

MX2000 Router

NOTE: After powering off a power supply module (PSM), wait at least 60 seconds before
turning it back on.

To power off the router:

1. On the external management device connected to the CB-RE, issue the request system halt both-
routing-engines operational mode command. The command shuts down the Routing Engine cleanly,
so the state information is preserved. If the router contains only one CB-RE, issue the request system
halt command.

user@host> request system halt both-routing-engines

2. Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted. For
more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command
Reference.
3. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
4. Move the AC power switch on the AC or HVAC/HVDC PSM faceplate for each AC or HVAC/HVDC
PSM to the off (O) position.
 829

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage

Powering Off the DC-Powered or DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000

Router

NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

To power off an MX2010 or MX2020 DC-powered or router:

1. On the external management device connected to the CB-RE, issue the request system halt both-
routing-engines operational mode command. The command shuts down the Routing Engines cleanly,
so the state information is preserved. If the router contains only one CB-RE, issue the request system
halt command.

user@host> request system halt both-routing-engines

2. Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted. For
more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command
Reference.
3. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
4. Move the DC power switch on the DC PSM faceplate for each DC PSM or DC-Powered (240 V
China) to the off (O) position, and move the DC circuit breaker from the power source input for each
DC PDM to the (OFF) position.

To power off an MX2008 DC-powered router:

1. On the external management device connected to the RCB, issue the request vmhost power-off
operational mode command individually on both the RCBs. The command shuts down the RCB
cleanly, so the state information is preserved.

user@host> request vmhost power-off

2. Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted. For
more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command
Reference.
 830

3. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.

4. Move the DC power switch on the DC PSM faceplate for each DC PSM to the off (O) position, and
move the DC circuit breaker from the power source input for each DC PDM to the (OFF) position.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage

Grounding an MX2000 Router
Powering On the DC-Powered MX2010 Router
Powering On the DC-Powered (-48 V) MX2020 Router | 453
Powering On the DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router | 455
 831

CHAPTER 32

Maintaining the Chassis and Components

IN THIS CHAPTER

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the MX2020 Router | 831

Taking an MX2000 Host Subsystem Offline | 832

Maintaining the MX2020 Chassis FRU Power On Sequence | 834

Maintaining and Verifying the Status of the MX2020 Router Components | 835

Maintaining the MX2020 Ethernet Switch | 836

Maintaining and Verifying the MX2020 Router Version | 839

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the MX2020 Router

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 831

Action | 831

Purpose

For optimum router performance, perform preventive maintenance procedures.

NOTE: Some components, such as the craft interface, require no maintenance.

Action

• Inspect the installation site for moisture, loose wires or cables, and excessive dust. Make sure that
airflow is unobstructed around the router and into the air intake vents.
 832

• Check the status-reporting devices on the craft interface—System alarms and LEDs.

• Inspect the two air filters located just below the upper and lower PSMs, replacing them every 6
months for optimum cooling system performance.

• Inspect the air filter at the bottom rear of the router, replacing it every 6 months for optimum cooling
system performance. Do not run the router for more than a few minutes without the air filter in
place.

• Inspect the air filter in the front of the middle cable manager of the router, replacing it every 6
months for optimum cooling system performance. Do not run the router for more than a few minutes
without the air filter in place.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2020 Hardware Components | 333
Maintaining the MX2020 Air Filter | 619
Maintaining the MX2020 Fan Trays | 592

Taking an MX2000 Host Subsystem Offline

To take a host subsystem offline:

1. Determine whether the host subsystem is functioning as the primary or as the backup, using one of
the two following methods:

• Check the Routing Engine LEDs on the craft interface. If the green MASTER LED is lit, the
corresponding host subsystem is functioning as the primary.

• Issue the following command. The primary Routing Engine is designated Master in the
Current state field:

user@host> show chassis routing-engine

Routing Engine status:
Slot 0:
Current state Master
Election priority Master (default)
Temperature 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
CPU temperature 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
DRAM 16351 MB (16384 MB installed)
Memory utilization 7 percent
 833

CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 4 percent
Interrupt 1 percent
Idle 95 percent
Model RE-S-1800x4
Serial ID 9009094145
Start time 2013-02-19 18:06:24 PST
Uptime 14 hours, 29 minutes, 41 seconds
Last reboot reason Router rebooted after a normal shutdown.
Load averages: 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.00 0.00 0.00
Routing Engine status:
Slot 1:
Current state Backup
Election priority Backup (default)
Temperature 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
CPU temperature 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
DRAM 16351 MB (16384 MB installed)
Memory utilization 7 percent
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 0 percent
Interrupt 0 percent
Idle 99 percent
Model RE-S-1800x4
Serial ID 9009094136
Start time 2013-02-19 18:06:33 PST
Uptime 14 hours, 29 minutes, 22 seconds
Last reboot reason Router rebooted after a normal shutdown.
Load averages: 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.00 0.00 0.00

2. If the host subsystem is functioning as the primary, switch it to backup by using the command:

user@host> request chassis routing-engine master switch

 834

CAUTION: When you request the host subsystem primary to switch to backup, a
message appears indicating that the network traffic will be interrupted while the Packet
Forwarding Engine is reinitialized.

3. On the console or other management device connected to the Routing Engine you are removing,
enter CLI operational mode and issue the following command. The command shuts down the Routing
Engine cleanly, so its state information is preserved:

user@host> request system halt

CAUTION: When you request a host subsystem halt, only one Routing Engine will be
halted. You must use the request chassis both-routing-engines command to halt both
Routing Engines.

Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.

For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command
Reference.

NOTE: The Routing Engine might continue forwarding traffic for approximately 5
minutes after the request system halt command has been issued.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description

Maintaining the MX2010 Host Subsystem
Maintaining the MX2020 Host Subsystem | 643

Maintaining the MX2020 Chassis FRU Power On Sequence

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 835
 835

Action | 835

Purpose

For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the FRU power on sequence.

Action

On a regular basis:

• Check the status of the MX2020 chassis FRU power on sequence issuing the
show chassis power sequence command.

The output displays the chassis FRU power on sequence:

user@host> show chassis power sequence

Chassis FRU Power On Sequence: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

NOTE: Because the MPCs are combined with the ADCs, the MPCs may not boot up in
a specific power up sequence.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Power Subsystem Description | 160

Maintaining the MX2020 Power Usage | 573
Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage
Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System

Maintaining and Verifying the Status of the MX2020 Router Components

• "Maintaining the MX2020 Air Filter" on page 619

 836

• "Maintaining the MX2020 Air Vents" on page 620

• "Maintaining the MX2020 Host Subsystem" on page 643

• "Maintaining the MX2020 Control Boards" on page 669

• "Maintaining the MX2020 Cooling System Components" on page 623

• "Maintaining the MX2020 Cooling System Zones" on page 641

• "Maintaining the MX2020 Fan Trays" on page 592

• Maintaining the MX2020 Power Supply Modules

• "Maintaining the MX2020 Power Usage" on page 573

• "Maintaining the MX2020 Routing Engines" on page 671

• "Maintaining the Switch Fabric Board (SFB)" on page 659

• "Maintaining the MX2020 Switch Processor Mezzanine Board (SPMB)" on page 681

• "Maintaining and Verifying the MX2020 Router Version" on page 839

• "Maintaining and Verifying the Status of the MX2020 Craft Interface" on page 756

Maintaining the MX2020 Ethernet Switch

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 836

Action | 836

Purpose

For optimum router performance, verify the status of the Gigabit Ethernet ports connected to MPC
devices.

Action

On a regular basis:
 837

• Check the LEDs on MPC faceplates. The meaning of the LED states differs for various MICs. For
more information, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference.

• Issue the CLI show chassis ethernet-switch command:

user@host> show chassis ethernet-switch

Displaying summary for switch 0

Link is down on GE port 0 connected to device: FPC0

Link is down on GE port 1 connected to device: FPC1

Link is down on GE port 2 connected to device: FPC3

Link is down on GE port 3 connected to device: FPC2

Link is down on GE port 4 connected to device: FPC5

Link is good on GE port 5 connected to device: FPC4

Speed is 1000Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Flow Control TX is Disabled
Flow Control RX is Disabled

Link is down on GE port 6 connected to device: FPC6

Link is good on GE port 7 connected to device: FPC7

Speed is 1000Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Flow Control TX is Disabled
Flow Control RX is Disabled

Link is good on GE port 8 connected to device: FPC8

Speed is 1000Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Flow Control TX is Disabled
Flow Control RX is Disabled

Link is down on GE port 9 connected to device: FPC9

 838

Link is down on GE port 10 connected to device: FPC10

Link is good on GE port 11 connected to device: FPC11

Speed is 1000Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Flow Control TX is Disabled
Flow Control RX is Disabled

Link is down on GE port 12 connected to device: FPC13

Link is down on GE port 13 connected to device: FPC12

Link is down on GE port 14 connected to device: FPC14

Link is down on GE port 15 connected to device: FPC15

Link is down on GE port 16 connected to device: FPC17

Link is good on GE port 17 connected to device: FPC16

Speed is 1000Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Flow Control TX is Disabled
Flow Control RX is Disabled

Link is good on GE port 18 connected to device: FPC18

Speed is 1000Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Flow Control TX is Disabled
Flow Control RX is Disabled

Link is down on GE port 19 connected to device: FPC19

Link is good on GE port 20 connected to device: Other RE-GigE

Speed is 1000Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Flow Control TX is Disabled
Flow Control RX is Disabled
 839

Link is good on GE port 21 connected to device: RE-GigE

Speed is 1000Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Flow Control TX is Disabled
Flow Control RX is Disabled

Link is down on GE port 22 connected to device: Debug-GigE

Link is good on GE port 23 connected to device: SPMB

Speed is 1000Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Flow Control TX is Disabled
Flow Control RX is Disabled

Link is down on XE port 24 connected to device: SFP+ 0

Link is down on XE port 25 connected to device: SFP+ 1

Link is down on XE port 26 connected to device: RE-10GigE

Link is down on XE port 27 connected to device: Other RE-10GigE

For further description of the output from the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and
Services Command Reference.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description

Troubleshooting the MX2020 Host Subsystems | 849

Maintaining and Verifying the MX2020 Router Version

IN THIS SECTION

Purpose | 840
 840

Action | 840

Purpose

Verify the router model, Junos OS version, and system software installed.

Action

On a regular basis:

• To display the router system information, issue the show version command. The output is similar to the
following:

user@host> show version

Hostname: mx2020host
Model: mx2020
JUNOS Base OS boot [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Base OS Software Suite [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS 64-bit Kernel Software Suite [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Crypto Software Suite [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support (M/T Common) [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support (X2000) [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Online Documentation [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Services AACL Container package [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Services Application Level Gateways [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS AppId Services [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Border Gateway Function package [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Services Captive Portal and Content Delivery Container package
[12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Services HTTP Content Management package [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS IDP Services [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Services LL-PDF Container package [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Services NAT [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Services PTSP Container package [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Services RPM [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Services Stateful Firewall [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Voice Services Container package [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Services Example Container package [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Services SSL [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
 841

JUNOS Services Crypto [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]

JUNOS Services IPSec [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Runtime Software Suite [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]
JUNOS Routing Software Suite [12.3I20121202_1803_lwwang]

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2020 Hardware Components | 333
5PART

Troubleshooting Hardware

Troubleshooting Components | 843

 843

CHAPTER 33

Troubleshooting Components

IN THIS CHAPTER

MX2020 Troubleshooting Resources | 843

Troubleshooting the MX2020 Cooling System | 847

Troubleshooting the MX2020 Host Subsystems | 849

Troubleshooting the MX2020 MICs | 850

Troubleshooting a Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) | 852

Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System | 856

MX2020 Troubleshooting Resources

IN THIS SECTION

Command-Line Interface | 843

Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages | 844

Alarm Relay Contacts | 844

Craft Interface LEDs | 845

Component LEDs | 846

Command-Line Interface

To troubleshoot an MX2020 router, you use the Junos OS command-line interface (CLI), alarms, devices
connected to the alarm relay contacts, and LEDs on both the components and craft interface.

• LEDs—When the Routing Engine detects an alarm condition, it lights the red or yellow alarm LED on
the craft interface. In addition, you can also use the component-specific LEDs on the craft interface
and on the faceplate of a component to troubleshoot the routing matrix.
 844

• Alarm devices connected to the alarm relay contact—When a red or yellow alarm occurs, it trips the
corresponding alarm relay.

• CLI—The CLI is the primary tool for controlling and troubleshooting hardware, Junos OS, routing
protocols, and network connectivity. CLI commands display information about routing tables,
information specific to routing protocols, and information about network connectivity derived from
the ping and traceroute utilities.

You enter CLI commands on one or more external management devices connected to ports on the
Routing Engine.

For information about using the CLI to troubleshoot the Junos OS, see the appropriate Junos OS
configuration guide.

• JTAC—If you need assistance during troubleshooting, you can contact the Juniper Networks
Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) by using the Web or by telephone. If you encounter software
problems, or problems with hardware components not discussed here, contact JTAC.

Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages

When the Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE) detects an alarm condition, it lights the red or
yellow alarm LED on the craft interface as appropriate, trips the alarm relay, and reports the cause of the
alarm in the craft interface. To view a more detailed description of the alarm cause, issue the
show chassis alarms command:

There are two classes of alarm messages:

• Chassis alarms indicate a problem with a chassis component such as the cooling system or power
system.

• Interface alarms indicate a problem with a specific network interface.

user@host> show chassis alarms

There are two classes of alarm messages:

• Chassis alarms—Indicate a problem with a chassis component such as the cooling system or power
supplies.

• Interface alarms—Indicate a problem with a specific network interface.

Alarm Relay Contacts

The craft interface has two alarm relay contacts for connecting the router to external alarm devices.
Whenever a system condition triggers either the red or yellow alarm on the craft interface, the alarm
 845

relay contacts are also activated. The alarm relay contacts are located on the upper right of the craft
interface.

Craft Interface LEDs

The craft interface displays system status messages and allows you to troubleshoot the MX2020 router.
The craft interface is located on the upper front of the router. It contains LEDs, buttons for the router.

LEDs on the craft interface include the following:

• Alarm LEDs—One large red circular LED and one large yellow triangular LED, located on the upper
right of the craft interface, indicate two levels of alarm conditions. The circular red LED lights to
indicate a critical condition that can result in a system shutdown. The triangular yellow LED lights to
indicate a less severe condition that requires monitoring or maintenance. Both LEDs can be lit
simultaneously. A condition that causes an alarm LED to light also activates the corresponding alarm
relay contact on the craft interface.

• Host subsystem LEDs—The host subsystem consists of a Control Board with Routing Engine (CB-RE).
Three LEDs, MASTER, ONLINE, and OFFLINE, indicate the status of the Routing Engine function of
the host subsystem. A green MASTER LED indicates that the host is functioning as the primary. The
ONLINE LED indicates that the host is online. The OFFLINE LED indicates that the host is installed
but the Routing Engine is offline. The Routing Engine component of the host subsystem LEDs located
on the upper right of the craft interface and labeled RE0 and RE1.

• Power supply module LEDs—A set of eighteen bicolor LEDs, labeled PSM, indicates the status of
each PSM. Green indicates that the PSM is functioning normally. Red indicates that the PSM is not
functioning normally. The PSM LEDs are located in the top of the craft interface, and are labeled 0
through 8 for the bottom PSMs, and 9 through 17 for the top PSMs.

• Line card LEDs—Twenty bicolor LEDs, LC0 through LC9, for the bottom ten line cards (MPCs), and
LC10 through LC19, for the top ten line cards, indicate the status. Green indicates the line card is
online, green blinking indicates that the line card is booting, and the red indicates that a failure. The
line card LEDs located along the bottom of the craft interface.

• SFB LEDs—Eight bicolor LEDs, SFB0 through SFB7, indicate the status of each SFB. Green indicates
the SFB is online, green blinking indicates the SFB is booting, and red indicates a failure. The SFB
LEDs are located along the middle of the craft interface along the bottom.

• CB-RE—Two bicolor LEDs, CB-RE0 and CB-RE1, indicate the status of each CB-RE. Green indicates
the SFB is online, green blinking indicates the SFB is booting, and red indicates a failure. The CB-RE
LEDs are located along the bottom far left and far right of the craft interface.

• Fan Tray LEDs—Four bicolor LEDs, 0 through 3, indicates that the status of the upper two and lower
two fan trays. Green indicates the fan trays are functioning normally, and red indicates that a fan tray
has failed. The fan tray LEDs are located on the upper middle of the craft interface.
 846

Component LEDs

The following LEDs are located on various router components and display the status of those
components:

• MPC LED—One LED labeled OK/FAIL on each MPC faceplate indicates the MPC's status. For more
information, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference.

• MIC LED—One LED labeled OK/FAIL on each MIC faceplate indicates the MIC's status. For more
information, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference.

• SFB LEDs—One LED, labeled OK/FAIL, on each SFB faceplate indicate the status of the SFB. If no
LEDs are lit, the primary CB-RE might still be booting or the SFB is not receiving power.

• Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE) LEDs—For the Control Board portion of the CB-RE, there
is one bicolor LED, labeled OK/FAIL, LINK, ExtClk-0, ExtClk-1, BITS, and GPS. For the Routing Engine
portion of the CB-RE, there are three LEDs, labeled ONLINE, MASTER, and OK/FAIL. These LEDs on
the faceplate indicate the status of the CB-RE.

NOTE: Even though the Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE) are combined into
one unit; the LED functionality is separate for the Control Board and Routing Engine.

• AC delta or wye PDM LEDs—One LED for each input terminal block indicating the input feed status.

• DC PDM LEDs—One LED on each PDM next to each of the nine –48VDC power feeds indicates the
status of that PDM incoming power.

• AC or DC PSM LEDs—Four LEDs, labeled PWR OK, FAULT, INP0, and INP1, on each power supply
module faceplate indicates the status of that power supply module.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Craft Interface Description | 68

Troubleshooting the MX2020 Cooling System | 847
Troubleshooting a Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) | 852
Troubleshooting the MX2020 MICs | 850
Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System
 847

Troubleshooting the MX2020 Cooling System

IN THIS SECTION

Problem | 847

Solution | 847

Problem

Description

The following alarms, LEDs, and other conditions indicate a problem with the cooling system:

• A red alarm indicates that temperature of the router exceeds the maximum (“temperature hot”)
threshold.

• Automatic shutdown of the power system was caused by the temperature of the router exceeding
the maximum (“temperature hot”) threshold.

• A red alarm indicates that a fan failed.

• A yellow alarm indicates that the router temperature exceeds the “temperature warm” threshold.

• A yellow alarm indicates that one of the fan trays was removed.

• One or more fans in a fan tray function at full speed. The CB-RE constantly monitor the
temperatures detected by sensors on the midplane and router components, adjusting the speed of
the fans as necessary.

Solution

To troubleshoot the cooling system:

1. Place your hand near the exhaust vents at the back of the chassis to determine whether the fans are
pushing air out of the chassis.

2. If the red alarm LED on the craft interface lights, look at the craft interface display to find the source
of the problem. The number of alarm conditions, as well as the source of each alarm, appears on the
screen.
 848

3. If the craft interface display lists only one fan failure and the other fans are functioning normally, the
fan is probably faulty and you need to replace the fan tray.

4. Use the CLI to check the status of the fans. For example, you can issue the following command to get
information about the source of an alarm condition: user@host>show chassis alarms

For information about the alarms, see Table 124 on page 848.

Table 124: MX2020 Cooling System Alarms

Component Alarm Type CLI Message Alarm Condition Solution

Fans Red Replace the fan

fan-nameFailure A fan has failed.
tray.

Temperature sensors Red • Verify that the

room
temperature is
within
The chassis acceptable
temperature limits.
exceeded the hot
temperature • Verify that there
Temperature Hot
threshold. If this is sufficient air
condition persists, flow.
the router shuts
down. • Verify that the
cooling system
in the chassis is
operating
properly.

Temperature sensor A temperature

Contact JTAC
failure sensor failed.
 849

Table 124: MX2020 Cooling System Alarms (Continued)

Component Alarm Type CLI Message Alarm Condition Solution

Yellow • Verify that the

room
temperature is
within
acceptable
The chassis limits.
temperature
• Verify that there
Temperature Warm exceeded the warm
is sufficient air
temperature
flow.
threshold.

• Verify that the

cooling system
in the chassis is
operating
properly.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Craft Interface Description | 68

Replacing an MX2020 Fan Tray | 587
Maintaining the MX2020 Air Filter | 619
Maintaining the MX2020 Fan Trays | 592

Troubleshooting the MX2020 Host Subsystems

IN THIS SECTION

Problem | 850

Solution | 850
 850

Problem

Description

The following alarms and LEDs indicate a problem with a host subsystem Control Board and Routing
Engine (CB-RE):

• A red alarm indicates that the host subsystem has been removed.

• The red host subsystem OFFLINE LED on the craft interface is lit.

• The green host subsystem ONLINE LED on the craft interface is not lit.

Solution

To troubleshooting the host subsystems:

1. Check the LEDs on the faceplate of each CB-RE.

2. Check the LEDs on the craft interface.

3. Use the CLI to check the alarms.

• Standalone MX2020 router—Issue the show chassis alarms command to view the alarms.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description

MX2020 Craft Interface Description | 68

Troubleshooting the MX2020 MICs

IN THIS SECTION

Problem | 851

Solution | 851
 851

Problem

Description

A MIC LED lit red indicates a problem with the MIC.

Solution

To troubleshoot a MIC:

1. Check the status of each port on a MIC by looking at the LED located on the MIC faceplate. For
information about the meaning of LED states on different MICs. For more information, see the MX
Series Interface Module Reference

2. Check the status of a MIC by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status CLI command. The MIC slots in the
MPC are labeled PIC 0/1 and PIC 2/3, top to bottom:

user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status

Slot 4 Online MPC4E 3D 2CGE+8XGE
PIC 0 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 1X100GE CFP
PIC 2 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 3 Online 1X100GE CFP
Slot 7 Online MPCE Type 3 3D
PIC 0 Online 1X100GE CFP
PIC 2 Online 1x 10GE XFP
PIC 3 Online 1x 10GE XFP
Slot 8 Online MPC Type 2 3D
PIC 0 Online 1x 10GE XFP
PIC 1 Online 1x 10GE XFP
PIC 2 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) SFP
PIC 3 Online 10x 1GE(LAN) SFP
Slot 9 Online MPC4E 3D 32XGE
PIC 0 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 2 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 3 Online 8X10GE SFPP
Slot 10 Present MPC 3D 16x 10GE
Slot 11 Online MPC4E 3D 32XGE
PIC 0 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 2 Online 8X10GE SFPP
 852

PIC 3 Online 8X10GE SFPP

Slot 15 Online MPC4E 3D 2CGE+8XGE
PIC 0 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 1 Online 1X100GE CFP
PIC 2 Online 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 3 Online 1X100GE CFP
Slot 18 Online MPC 3D 16x 10GE
PIC 0 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
PIC 1 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
PIC 2 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
PIC 3 Online 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+

For further description of the output from the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and
Services Command Reference.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2000 Modular Interface Card (MIC) Description | 123

Maintaining MX2020 MICs | 729
Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX2020 MPCs or MICs | 778
Replacing an MX2020 MIC | 717

Troubleshooting a Modular Port Concentrator (MPC)

IN THIS SECTION

Problem | 852

Solution | 853

Problem

Description

The following LEDs indicate a problem with an MPC:

 853

• The red FAIL LED above the MPC is lit.

• The green OK LED above the MPC is not lit.

Solution

To troubleshoot an MPC:

1. Monitor the green LED labeled OK above the MPC on the craft interface as soon as an MPC is
seated in an operating router.

NOTE: The Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE) downloads the MPC software to
it under two conditions: The MPC is present when the CB-RE boots Junos OS, and the
MPC is installed and requested online through the CLI or push button on the front
panel. The MPC then runs diagnostics, during which the OK LED blinks. When the MPC
is online and functioning normally, the OK LED lights green steadily.

2. Look at the display on the craft interface to check the status of the MPC and the MICs that are
plugged into it.

3. Verify that the MPC is properly seated in the top and bottom backplanes of the adapter card (ADC).
Check that each knob has been turned clockwise and is tight.

4. Check the OK/FAIL LED on the MPC, and OK and FAIL line card LEDs, LC0 through LC9, and LC10
through LC19 on the craft interface. When the MPC is online and functioning normally, the OK LED
lights green steadily.

5. Check the status of an MPC using the following CLI command: show chassis fpc command to check the
status of installed MPCs. As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled
State indicates that the MPC is functioning normally:

user@host> show chassis fpc

Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
0 Online 42 10 0 2048 18 13
1 Online 40 10 0 2048 18 13
2 Online 40 9 0 2048 18 13
3 Online 41 9 0 2048 18 13
4 Online 41 9 0 2048 18 13
5 Online 42 10 0 2048 18 13
6 Online 42 10 0 2048 18 13
7 Online 42 10 0 2048 18 13
 854

8 Online 42 10 0 2048 18 13
9 Online 43 8 0 2048 18 13
10 Online 43 10 0 2048 18 13
11 Online 38 10 0 2048 18 13
12 Online 38 8 0 2048 18 13
13 Online 39 10 0 2048 18 13
14 Online 39 10 0 2048 18 13
15 Online 41 10 0 2048 18 13
16 Online 42 10 0 2048 18 13
17 Online 43 10 0 2048 18 13
18 Online 44 10 0 2048 18 13
19 Online 48 9 0 2048 18 13

Use the following option to display more detailed information: detail option. The following example
does not specify a slot number, which is optional:

For further description of the output from the commands, see the Junos OS System Basics
Configuration Guide.

user@host> show chassis fpc detail

Slot 4 information:
State Online
Temperature 28
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
Total RLDRAM 1036 MB
Total DDR DRAM 11264 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 16:20:07 PST
Uptime: 18 hours, 16 minutes, 7 seconds
Max Power Consumption 610 Watts
Slot 7 information:
State Online
Temperature 30
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
Total RLDRAM 1036 MB
Total DDR DRAM 6656 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 16:20:12 PST
Uptime: 18 hours, 16 minutes, 2 seconds
Max Power Consumption 520 Watts
Slot 8 information:
State Online
Temperature 29
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
 855

Total RLDRAM 662 MB

Total DDR DRAM 2560 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 16:20:18 PST
Uptime: 18 hours, 15 minutes, 56 seconds
Max Power Consumption 348 Watts
Slot 9 information:
State Online
Temperature 31
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
Total RLDRAM 1036 MB
Total DDR DRAM 11264 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 17:34:36 PST
Uptime: 17 hours, 1 minute, 38 seconds
Max Power Consumption 610 Watts
Slot 10 information:
State Present
Temperature 28
Total CPU DRAM 0 MB
Total RLDRAM 0 MB
Total DDR DRAM 0 MB
Max Power Consumption 440 Watts
Slot 11 information:
State Online
Temperature 38
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
Total RLDRAM 1036 MB
Total DDR DRAM 11264 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 16:20:33 PST
Uptime: 18 hours, 15 minutes, 41 seconds
Max Power Consumption 610 Watts
Slot 15 information:
State Online
Temperature 36
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
Total RLDRAM 1036 MB
Total DDR DRAM 11264 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 16:20:40 PST
Uptime: 18 hours, 15 minutes, 34 seconds
Max Power Consumption 610 Watts
Slot 18 information:
State Online
Temperature 31
Total CPU DRAM 2048 MB
 856

Total RLDRAM 1324 MB

Total DDR DRAM 5120 MB
Start time: 2012-11-26 16:20:46 PST
Uptime: 18 hours, 15 minutes, 28 seconds
Max Power Consumption 440 Watts

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

MX2020 Craft Interface Description | 68

MX2020 Modular Port Concentrator (MPC) Description | 138
Maintaining MX2020 MPCs | 711
Replacing an MX2020 MPC and Adapter Card (ADC) | 699

Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System

IN THIS SECTION

Problem | 856

Solution | 857

Problem

Description

The following alarms, LEDs, and other conditions indicate a problem with the AC or DC power system:

• If all AC, DC, universal power supply modules (PSMs) have failed, the system temperature might have
exceeded the threshold, causing the system to shut down.

• The yellow PWR OK LED blinks when an AC or a DC PSM is out of the power limit or is in an
overcurrent condition.

• The red FAULT LED lights when the PSM is not receiving enough airflow to maintain the proper
temperature.
 857

• The red FAULT LED lights when the AC or DC output voltages are not within range.

• The yellow INP0 LED blinks when the AC or DC voltage is present, but out of limits. This LED blinks
continuously for approximately a few seconds on and a few seconds off.

• The yellow INP1 LED blinks when the AC or DC voltage is present, but out of limits. This LED blinks
continuously for approximately a few seconds on and a few seconds off.

• The red -48V LED lights when the wrong polarity of DC input voltage is connected on the DC PDM.

NOTE: For the universal power supply LEDs, see "MX2020 High-Voltage Universal
Power Supply Module LEDs" on page 197 and MX2010 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/
HVDC) Power Supply Module LEDs.

Solution

To troubleshoot the MX2000 router power system:

1. Check the LEDs on all AC, DC, or universal PSM faceplates.

• PWR OK PSM LED is blinking—Check the fans and air filters to be sure that they are functioning
and providing sufficient airflow through the chassis.

• PWR OK PSM LED is off and no red alarm condition exists—Check that the circuit breakers are
switched to the ON position. Check that the AC or DC power switch is in the on (|) position.

• PWR OK LED on PSMs is not lit—Check that the PSMs are inserted and are operating.

• If an AC PSM, or a DC PSM, or a universal PSM is correctly installed and functioning normally, the
PWR OK, INP0, and INP1 LEDs light steadily, and the FAULT LED is not lit.

2. Check the LEDs on each DC power distribution module (PDM) faceplate.

• –48V or 240 V China PDM LED is off—Check that the PDM is receiving voltage.

• –48V or 240 V China PDM LED is lit red—Check that the PDM is connected to correct input
voltage and polarity.

NOTE: This does not apply to the 240 V China DC PDM.

• Check that the DC PDM switch is set to 60 A or 80 A depending on the current feed coming from
the DC source circuit breaker.
 858

• –48V or 240 V China LED on a DC PDM is not lit—Check that the input is receiving source DC
power.

• If a DC PDM is correctly installed and functioning normally, the –48V source input LEDs light
green steadily.

3. Check the LEDs on each AC PDM faceplate. There is one LED for each input feed. See Mapping
Input Power from AC Power Distribution Modules to AC Power Supply Modules on MX2000
Routers.

• On the three-phase delta AC PDM, the left arrow (←) green LED is lit steadily, indicating that the
left input feed is receiving voltage.

• On the three-phase delta AC PDM, the right arrow (→) green LED is lit steadily, indicating that
the right input feed is receiving voltage.

• On the three-phase wye AC PDM, the left arrow (←) green LED is lit steadily, indicating that the
left input feed is receiving voltage.

• On the three-phase wye AC PDM, the right arrow (→) green LED is lit steadily, indicating that the
right input feed is receiving voltage.

• On the single-phase AC PDM or universal PDM, the green LED for each feed is lit steadily,
indicating the input feed is receiving voltage.

4. Verify that the source circuit breaker has the proper current rating. Each PDM must be connected to
a separate source circuit breaker. Check that the AC or DC circuit breaker is in the on (ON) position.

5. Verify that the DC power cable, or the AC power cord, or the universal power cord from the power
source to the router is not damaged. If the insulation is cracked or broken, immediately replace the
power cord.

6. Connect the PDM to a different power source with new power cables. If the PSM PWR OK LED still
does not light, the PSM is the source of the problem. Replace the PSM with a spare.

If the PWR OK LED on the installed spare does not light, the replaced PSM might be faulty. To return
it for replacement, see Contact Customer Support.

7. Check the status of a PSM, issuing the following CLI command. The value Online in the rows labeled
State indicates that each of the PSMs is functioning normally.

NOTE: For the MX2010, the PSMs are referred to as PSM0 through PSM8.
For the MX2020, the PSMs are referred to as PSM0 through PSM8 (bottom) and PSM9
through PSM17 (top).
 859

Here is an example of the AC PSM input status for an MX2020:

user@host> show chassis environment psm

PSM 0 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
AC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 223.75 1.40 313.25
INP1 0.00 0.00 0.00
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
52.00 4.25 221.00 10.52
Hours Used 6862
PSM 1 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
AC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 225.00 1.40 315.00
INP1 2.50 0.00 0.00
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
52.00 4.25 221.00 10.52
Hours Used 6862
PSM 2 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
AC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 225.00 1.30 292.50
INP1 3.75 0.00 0.00
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
52.00 4.25 221.00 10.52
Hours Used 6862
PSM 3 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
AC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 223.75 1.50 335.62
INP1 3.75 0.00 0.00
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
52.00 5.00 260.00 12.38
Hours Used 6861
...
 860

Here is an example of the DC PSM (-48) input status for an MX2020:

user@host> show chassis environment psm

PSM 4 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
DC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 0.00 0.00 0.00
INP1 51.20 11.55 591.36
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
51.25 10.25 525.31 25.01
Hours Used 1369
PSM 5 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
DC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 0.00 0.00 0.00
INP1 50.80 11.55 586.74
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
51.25 10.50 538.12 25.62
Hours Used 1722
PSM 6 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
DC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 0.00 0.00 0.00
INP1 50.80 11.20 568.96
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
51.25 10.00 512.50 24.40
Hours Used 2969
PSM 7 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
DC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 0.00 0.00 0.00
INP1 51.60 11.20 577.92
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
51.25 10.00 512.50 24.40
Hours Used 2970
PSM 8 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
 861

DC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)

INP0 0.00 0.00 0.00
INP1 51.60 11.20 577.92
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
51.25 10.00 512.50 24.40
Hours Used 2970
...

Here is an example of the DC PSM (240 V China) input status for an MX2020:

user@host> show chassis environment psm

PSM 0 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
DC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 0.00 0.00 0.00
INP1 240.00 1.10 264.00
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
52.75 4.50 237.38 9.49
Hours Used 2640
PSM 1 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
DC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 0.00 0.00 0.00
INP1 240.00 1.00 240.00
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
52.75 4.00 211.00 8.44
Hours Used 3144
PSM 2 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
DC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 0.00 0.00 0.00
INP1 240.00 1.00 240.00
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
52.75 4.00 211.00 8.44
Hours Used 3144
......
 862

NOTE: If two input sources are grounded at the positive terminal (i.e. -240 V DC
source) and if both positive input wiring are connected to the PDM, the PSM reports
both inputs to be active and reports the higher of the two -240V DC input source. This
is the case even if one negative input source is switched off through a breaker.

NOTE: For midpoint impedance grounded source, the CLI display of the input voltage is
inaccurate for the input source with lower input voltage. For example, if one source is
+/-120V, and the other source is +/-125V, the CLI input voltage display is 250 V for one
input, and is 245 V (should be 240 V) for the other.

Here is an example of the universal PSM (HVAC/HVDC) input status for an MX2020:

user@host> show chassis environment psm

PSM 0 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
AC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 209.10 0.10 20.91
INP1 209.10 0.10 20.91
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
52.50 5.10 267.75 7.87
Hours Used 1832
PSM 1 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
AC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 209.10 0.20 41.82
INP1 209.10 0.90 188.19
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
52.50 6.46 339.15 9.98
Hours Used 2571
PSM 2 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
AC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 209.10 3.70 773.67
INP1 210.80 2.70 569.16
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
52.50 17.34 910.35 26.78
 863

Hours Used 3404

PSM 3 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
AC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 209.10 3.60 752.76
INP1 209.10 0.60 125.46
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
52.50 11.90 624.75 18.37
Hours Used 2571
...

Here is an example of the universal PSM (HVAC/HVDC) input status for an MX2008:

user@host> show chassis environment psm

PSM 0 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
AC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 268.60 0.90 241.74
INP1 268.60 0.80 214.88
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
51.75 7.82 404.69 11.90
Fan 0 5280 RPM
Fan 1 5280 RPM
Fan 2 5280 RPM
Hours Used 706
PSM 1 status:
State Online
Hours Used 707
PSM 2 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
AC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 270.30 0.80 216.24
INP1 270.30 0.70 189.21
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
51.75 6.46 334.31 9.83
Fan 0 5310 RPM
Fan 1 5310 RPM
Fan 2 5310 RPM
Hours Used 707
 864

PSM 3 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
AC Input Feed Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
INP0 270.30 0.90 243.27
INP1 270.30 0.80 216.24
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
51.75 7.82 404.69 11.90
Fan 0 5280 RPM
Fan 1 5310 RPM
Fan 2 5310 RPM
Hours Used 707

...

8. If a red alarm condition occurs, issue the show chassis alarms command to determine the source of the
problem.

9. If all PSMs have failed, the system temperature might have exceeded the threshold, causing the
system to shut down.

NOTE: If the system temperature exceeds the threshold, the Junos OS shuts down all
power supplies so that no status is displayed.
The Junos OS also can shut down one of the power supplies for other reasons. In this
case, the remaining power supplies provide power to the router, and you can still view
the system status through the CLI or display.
6PART

Contacting Customer Support and

Returning the Chassis or Components

Contacting Customer Support | 866

Locating Component Serial Numbers | 868
Packing and Returning Components | 887
 866

CHAPTER 34

Contacting Customer Support

IN THIS CHAPTER

Contact Customer Support | 866

Contact Customer Support

You can contact Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) 24 hours a day, 7 days a week in
one of the following ways:

• On the Web, using the Service Request Manager link at:

https://support.juniper.net/support/

• By telephone:

• From the US and Canada: 1-888-314-JTAC

• From all other locations: 1-408-745-9500

NOTE: If contacting JTAC by telephone, enter your 12-digit service request number
followed by the pound (#) key if this is an existing case, or press the star (*) key to be
routed to the next available support engineer.

When requesting support from JTAC by telephone, be prepared to provide the following information:

• Your existing service request number, if you have one

• Details of the failure or problem

• Type of activity being performed on the device when the problem occurred

• Configuration data displayed by one or more show commands

• Your name, organization name, telephone number, fax number, and shipping address
 867

The support representative validates your request and issues an RMA number for return of the
component.
 868

CHAPTER 35

Locating Component Serial Numbers

IN THIS CHAPTER

Displaying MX2020 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 868

MX2020 CB-RE Serial Number Label | 873

MX2020 Craft Interface Serial Number Label | 875

MX2020 Fan Tray Serial Number Label | 876

MX2020 MIC Serial Number Label | 876

MX2020 MPC Serial Number Label | 878

MX2020 Power Distribution Module Serial Number Label | 879

MX2020 Power Supply Module Serial Number Label | 881

MX2020 SFB Serial Number Label | 885

Displaying MX2020 Router Components and Serial Numbers

Before contacting Juniper Networks, Inc. to request a Return Materials Authorization (RMA), you must
find the serial number on the router or component. To display all the router components and their serial
numbers, enter the following command-line interface (CLI) command:

The sample output below shows the DC power chassis hardware:

user@host> show chassis hardware

Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis JN11E336EAFJ MX2020
Midplane REV 29 750-040240 ABAB9382 Lower Power Midplane
Midplane 1 REV 04 711-032386 ABAB9385 Upper Backplane
PMP 1 REV 05 711-032428 ACAJ1526 Upper Power Midplane
PMP 0 REV 04 711-032426 ACAJ1585 Lower Power Midplane
FPM Board REV 06 760-040242 ABBT8836 Front Panel Display
PSM 4 REV 03 740-045050 1EDB23500AF DC 52V Power Supply Module
 869

PSM 5 REV 01 740-045050 1E02224005Z DC 52V Power Supply Module

PSM 6 REV 01 740-045050 1E022240058 DC 52V Power Supply Module
PSM 7 REV 01 740-045050 1E02224005B DC 52V Power Supply Module
PSM 8 REV 01 740-045050 1E02224005A DC 52V Power Supply Module
PSM 13 REV 01 740-045050 1E02224005W DC 52V Power Supply Module
PSM 14 REV 01 740-045050 1E02224006W DC 52V Power Supply Module
PSM 15 REV 01 740-045050 1E02224004L DC 52V Power Supply Module
PSM 16 REV 01 740-045050 1E022240051 DC 52V Power Supply Module
PSM 17 REV 01 740-045050 1E022240052 DC 52V Power Supply Module
PDM 0 REV 0B 740-038109 VJ00014 DC Power Dist Module
PDM 1 REV 0B 740-038109 VJ00018 DC Power Dist Module
PDM 2 REV 01 740-045234 1EFA2350022 DC Power Dist Module
PDM 3 REV 01 740-045234 1EFA2350008 DC Power Dist Module
Routing Engine 0 REV 02 740-041821 9009099715 RE-S-1800x4
Routing Engine 1 REV 02 740-041821 9009099711 RE-S-1800x4
CB 0 REV 12 750-040257 CAAD9502 Control Board
CB 1 REV 12 750-040257 CAAD9499 Control Board
SPMB 0 REV 02 711-041855 ABBS1475 PMB Board
SPMB 1 REV 02 711-041855 ABBS1481 PMB Board
SFB 0 REV 03 711-044466 ABBV6799 Switch Fabric Board
SFB 1 REV 03 711-044466 ABBV6800 Switch Fabric Board
SFB 2 REV 03 711-044466 ABBV6806 Switch Fabric Board
SFB 3 REV 03 711-044466 ABBV6822 Switch Fabric Board
SFB 4 REV 03 711-044466 ABBV6791 Switch Fabric Board
SFB 5 REV 03 711-044466 ABBV6817 Switch Fabric Board
SFB 6 REV 05 711-044466 ABBX5679 Switch Fabric Board
SFB 7 REV 05 711-044466 ABBX5696 Switch Fabric Board
FPC 4 REV 09 750-037355 CAAF0937 MPC4E 3D 2CGE+8XGE
CPU REV 08 711-035209 CAAD8004 HMPC PMB 2G
PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN 4x10GE SFPP
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-021308 19T511100949 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-021308 19T511101380 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-021308 T09D06449 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-021308 19T511101780 SFP+-10G-SR
PIC 1 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1X100GE CFP
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-035329 X12J00034 CFP-100G-SR10
PIC 2 BUILTIN BUILTIN 4x10GE SFPP
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-031980 AJ102XE SFP+-10G-SR
PIC 3 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1X100GE CFP
FPC 7 REV 07 750-045372 CAAL9977 MPCE Type 3 3D
CPU REV 08 711-035209 CAAL9140 HMPC PMB 2G
MIC 0 REV 18 750-033199 CAAE0300 1X100GE CFP
PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1X100GE CFP
 870

Xcvr 0 NON-JNPR X12J00262 CFP-100G-SR10

MIC 1 REV 18 750-028380 YG1179 3D 2x 10GE XFP
PIC 2 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1x 10GE XFP
Xcvr 0 NON-JNPR T09L20458 XFP-10G-SR
PIC 3 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1x 10GE XFP
FPC 8 REV 22 750-031089 ZT4919 MPC Type 2 3D
CPU REV 06 711-030884 ZV2480 MPC PMB 2G
MIC 0 REV 18 750-028380 YN8610 3D 2x 10GE XFP
PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1x 10GE XFP
Xcvr 0 NON-JNPR T09G88978 XFP-10G-SR
PIC 1 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1x 10GE XFP
MIC 1 REV 26 750-028392 ZT8724 3D 20x 1GE(LAN) SFP
PIC 2 BUILTIN BUILTIN 10x 1GE(LAN) SFP
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-011782 P8Q2318 SFP-SX
Xcvr 4 REV 01 740-011782 PCH2P6F SFP-SX
PIC 3 BUILTIN BUILTIN 10x 1GE(LAN) SFP
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-011613 PE70XRB SFP-SX
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-021309 91D104A00011 UNSUPPORTED
FPC 9 REV 11 750-037358 CAAE2204 MPC4E 3D 32XGE
CPU REV 08 711-035209 CAAD9042 HMPC PMB 2G
PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 1 BUILTIN BUILTIN 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 2 BUILTIN BUILTIN 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 3 BUILTIN BUILTIN 8X10GE SFPP
FPC 10 REV 30 750-028467 ZM4986 MPC 3D 16x 10GE
CPU
FPC 11 REV 11 750-037358 CAAE2184 MPC4E 3D 32XGE
CPU REV 08 711-035209 CAAE2685 HMPC PMB 2G
PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN 8X10GE SFPP
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-021308 AMH0285 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-031980 AM91AAV SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-021308 ANA08EA SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-021308 19T511101863 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 4 REV 01 740-031980 183363A02523 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 5 REV 01 740-031980 B11F00240 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 6 REV 01 740-021308 19T511101870 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 7 REV 01 740-031980 B11G00148 SFP+-10G-SR
PIC 1 BUILTIN BUILTIN 8X10GE SFPP
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-031980 AJ10J9J SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-021308 19T511100460 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-031980 AJ30GDY SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-021308 19T511101645 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 4 REV 01 740-031980 B11F00307 SFP+-10G-SR
 871

Xcvr 5 REV 01 740-021308 AN10KV1 SFP+-10G-SR

Xcvr 6 REV 01 740-031980 153363A00048 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 7 REV 01 740-031980 B11F00185 SFP+-10G-SR
PIC 2 BUILTIN BUILTIN 8X10GE SFPP
PIC 3 BUILTIN BUILTIN 8X10GE SFPP
FPC 15 REV 06 750-037355 CAAB1158 MPC4E 3D 2CGE+8XGE
CPU REV 08 711-035209 CAAB1187 HMPC PMB 2G
PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 1 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1X100GE CFP
PIC 2 BUILTIN BUILTIN 4x10GE SFPP
PIC 3 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1X100GE CFP
Xcvr 0 NON-JNPR X12J00358 CFP-100G-SR10
FPC 18 REV 32 750-028467 ZR2043 MPC 3D 16x 10GE
CPU REV 10 711-029089 ZT6927 AMPC PMB
PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-031980 B11F00361 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-031980 B11F00268 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-031980 AJ71BQ8 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-031980 AHP04XX SFP+-10G-SR
PIC 1 BUILTIN BUILTIN 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-021308 ANA0Q20 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-021308 T09H14420 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-031980 B11F00220 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-031980 B11F00254 SFP+-10G-SR
PIC 2 BUILTIN BUILTIN 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-031980 B10G01429 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-031980 B11G00206 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-031980 B11E02181 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-021308 AH803TP SFP+-10G-SR
PIC 3 BUILTIN BUILTIN 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
Xcvr 0 REV 01 740-021308 19T511101819 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 1 REV 01 740-021308 19T511100646 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 2 REV 01 740-021308 T09D06573 SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 3 REV 01 740-021308 T09D06516 SFP+-10G-SR
ADC 4 REV 05 750-043596 CAAC2078 Adapter Card
ADC 7 REV 13 750-043596 ABBX5547 Adapter Card
ADC 8 REV 01 750-043596 ZV4088 Adapter Card
ADC 9 REV 01 750-043596 ZV4168 Adapter Card
ADC 10
ADC 11 REV 05 750-043596 CAAC2057 Adapter Card
ADC 15 REV 13 750-043596 ABBX5573 Adapter Card
ADC 18 REV 05 750-043596 CAAC2077 Adapter Card
Fan Tray 0 REV 2A 760-046960 ACAY0019 172mm FanTray - 6 Fans
 872

Fan Tray 1 REV 2A 760-046960 ACAY0021 172mm FanTray - 6 Fans

Fan Tray 2 REV 2A 760-046960 ACAY0001 172mm FanTray - 6 Fans
Fan Tray 3 REV 03 760-046960 ACAY0123 172mm FanTray - 6 Fans

The sample output below shows the universal (HVAC/HVDC) power chassis hardware:

user@host> show chassis hardware

Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis JN1248551AFJ MX2020
Midplane REV 51 750-040240 ABAD0719 Lower Backplane
Midplane 1 REV 06 711-032386 ABAD1385 Upper Backplane
PMP 1 REV 05 711-032428 ACAJ3828 Upper Power Midplane
PMP 0 REV 04 711-032426 ACAJ3642 Lower Power Midplane
FPM Board REV 13 760-040242 ABCX9082 Front Panel Display
PSM 0 Rev 01 740-075342 1EGK929000K MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PSM
PSM 1 Rev 01 740-075342 1EGK9290004 MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PSM
PSM 2 Rev 01 740-075342 1EGK929000A MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PSM
PSM 3 Rev 01 740-075342 1EGK929000G MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PSM
PSM 5 Rev 01 740-075342 1EGK929000T MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PSM
PSM 6 Rev 01 740-075342 1EGK9290008 MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PSM
PSM 7 Rev 01 740-075342 1EGK9290005 MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PSM
PSM 8 Rev 01 740-075342 1EGK929000W MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PSM
PSM 10 Rev 01 740-075342 1EGK9520007 MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PSM
PSM 11 Rev 01 740-075342 1EGK927001T MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PSM
PSM 12 Rev 01 740-075342 1EGK927001F MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PSM
PSM 13 Rev 01 740-075342 1EGK927001L MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PSM
PSM 14 Rev 01 740-075342 1EGK929000S MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PSM
PSM 15 Rev 01 740-075342 1EGK927001H MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PSM
PSM 16 Rev 01 740-075342 1EGK924001V MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PSM
PSM 17 Rev 01 740-075342 1EGK9290001 MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PSM
PDM 0 REV 01 740-087218 1EGJ8440005 MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PDM
PDM 1 REV 01 740-087218 1EGJ8360016 MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PDM
PDM 2 REV 01 740-087218 1EGJ8360018 MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PDM
PDM 3 REV 01 740-087218 1EGJ8360017 MX2K-UNIVERSAL-HV-PDM

Most components also have a small rectangular serial number ID label attached to the component body
(see Figure 363 on page 873).
 873

Figure 363: Serial Number ID Label

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Contact Customer Support

How to Return a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc.
MX2020 Chassis Serial Number Label
MX2020 Craft Interface Serial Number Label | 875
MX2020 MPC Serial Number Label | 878
MX2020 MIC Serial Number Label | 876
MX2020 CB-RE Serial Number Label | 873
MX2020 SFB Serial Number Label | 885
MX2020 Power Distribution Module Serial Number Label | 879
MX2020 Power Supply Module Serial Number Label | 881
MX2020 Fan Tray Serial Number Label | 876

MX2020 CB-RE Serial Number Label

The serial number label is located on the left side of the top of the CB-RE (see Figure 364 on page
874).
 874

Figure 364: CB-RE Serial Number Label

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Removing a CB-RE from an MX2000 Router

 875

Displaying MX2020 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 868

Contact Customer Support
How to Return a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc.
Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment

MX2020 Craft Interface Serial Number Label

The serial number is located on the back of the craft interface panel (see Figure 365 on page 875).

Figure 365: Craft Interface Serial Number Label

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Replacing the MX2020 Craft Interface

Displaying MX2020 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 868
Contact Customer Support
How to Return a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc.
 876

Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment

MX2020 Fan Tray Serial Number Label

The serial number is located on the top left-hand corner of the fan tray, near the captive screw (see
Figure 366 on page 876).

Figure 366: MX2020 Fan Tray Serial Number Label

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Displaying MX2020 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 868

Contact Customer Support
How to Return a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc.
Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment

MX2020 MIC Serial Number Label

The serial number label location varies according to the number of ports on a MIC (see Figure 367 on
page 877). The exact location may be slightly different on different MICs, depending on the placement
of components on the MIC board.
 877

Figure 367: MIC Serial Number Label

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Replacing an MX2020 MIC | 717

Displaying MX2020 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 868
Contact Customer Support
How to Return a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc.
Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment
 878

MX2020 MPC Serial Number Label

The serial number label is near the connectors located on the left side of the MPC when it is oriented
vertically (see Figure 368 on page 878).

Figure 368: MPC Serial Number Label

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Replacing an MX2020 MPC and Adapter Card (ADC) | 699

 879

Displaying MX2020 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 868

Contact Customer Support
How to Return a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc.
Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment

MX2020 Power Distribution Module Serial Number Label

For the three-phase delta and wye AC PDM the serial number label is located on the rear (see Figure
369 on page 879).

For the 60/80 A DC PDM the serial number label is located on the rear (see Figure 370 on page 880).

Figure 369: AC Power Distribution Module Three-Phase Delta and Wye Serial Number Label
 880

Figure 370: DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Serial Number Label

Figure 371: DC (240 V China) and Second-Generation Universal Power (HVAC/HVDC) Distribution
Module Serial Number Label

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Replacing an MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module

Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module
Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V)
 881

Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China)

Displaying MX2020 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 868
Contact Customer Support
How to Return a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc.
Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment

MX2020 Power Supply Module Serial Number Label

The serial number label is located on the side of the PSM (see Figure 372 on page 882, Figure 373 on
page 883) and Figure 374 on page 884.
 882

Figure 372: AC Power Supply Module Serial Number Label

 883

Figure 373: DC Power Supply Module Serial (-48 V) Number Label

 884

Figure 374: DC (240 V China) and Second-Generation Universal Power (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply
Module Serial Number Label

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Replacing an MX2000 AC Power Supply Module

Replacing an MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 543
Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China)
Displaying MX2020 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 868
Contact Customer Support
How to Return a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc.
Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment
 885

MX2020 SFB Serial Number Label

The serial number is located on the right side of the top of the SFB (see Figure 375 on page 885).

Figure 375: SFB Serial Number Label

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Displaying MX2020 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 868

 886

Contact Customer Support

How to Return a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc.
Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment
 887

CHAPTER 36

Packing and Returning Components

IN THIS CHAPTER

Contact Customer Support to Obtain a Return Material Authorization | 887

Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment | 888

Packing the MX2020 Router for Shipment | 888

How to Return a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. | 891

Contact Customer Support to Obtain a Return Material Authorization

If you need to return a device or hardware component to Juniper Networks for repair or replacement,
obtain an RMA number from JTAC. You must obtain an RMA number before you attempt to return the
component.

After locating the serial number of the device or hardware component you want to return, open a
service request with the JTAC on the Web or by telephone.

Before you request an RMA number from JTAC, be prepared to provide the following information:

• Your existing service request number, if you have one

• Serial number of the component

• Your name, organization name, telephone number, fax number, and shipping address

• Details of the failure or problem

• Type of activity being performed on the device when the problem occurred

• Configuration data displayed by one or more show commands

You can contact JTAC 24 hours a day, seven days a week, on the Web or by telephone:

• Service Request Manager: https://support.juniper.net/support

• Telephone: +1-888-314-JTAC (+1-888-314-5822), toll free in U.S., Canada, and Mexico

 888

NOTE: For international or direct-dial options in countries without toll free numbers, see
https://support.juniper.net/support.

If you are contacting JTAC by telephone, enter your 12-digit service request number followed by the
pound (#) key for an existing case, or press the star (*) key to be routed to the next available support
engineer.

The support representative validates your request and issues an RMA number for return of the
component.

Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment

To pack and ship individual components:

• When you return components, make sure that they are adequately protected with packing materials
and packed so that the pieces are prevented from moving around inside the carton.

• Use the original shipping materials if they are available.

• Place individual components in antistatic bags.

• Write the RMA number on the exterior of the box to ensure proper tracking.

CAUTION: Do not stack any of the hardware components.

Packing the MX2020 Router for Shipment

To pack the router for shipment:

1. Retrieve the shipping crate and packing materials in which the router was originally shipped. If you
do not have these materials, contact your Juniper Networks representative about approved
packaging materials.
 889

2. On the console or other management device connected to the primary CB-RE, enter CLI
operational mode and issue the following command to shut down the router software. (If two CB-
REs are installed, also issue the command on the backup CB-RE.)

user@host> request system halt

Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.

For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command
Reference.
3. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
4. Shut down power to the router by switching the AC or DC circuit breaker for all PDMs to the off
(O) position.
5. Disconnect power from the router.
6. Remove the cables that connect to all external devices.
7. Remove all field replaceable units (FRUs) from the router.
8. Attach the front and rear shipping covers.

CAUTION: Apply force to any other parts of chassis other than the shipping covers
can damage the chassis.

9. Remove the router from the rack.

• Using a pallet jack with attachment:

• Install the pallet jack attachment to a pallet jack. Position the pallet jack in front of the rack,
and unscrew and remove the mounting screws from the front mounting flange on the rack.

NOTE: The pallet jack attachment fits only on a standard pallet jack. The
standard pallet jack is approximately 48 in. (121.92 cm) deep x 27 in. (68.58 cm)
wide.

• A minimum of four people can then slide the router onto the pallet jack by using the handles
on the shipping covers. Attach the four shipping brackets and hardware to the pallet jack
attachment. Secure the brackets to the router chassis.

• Position the router in front of the shipping crate and raise the pallet jack.

• Remove the shipping brackets and hardware, and set them aside.

• Guide the router in the shipping crate.

 890

Using a router transport kit:

• Position the router transport platform in front of the rack, and adjust the four leveling mounts
using an 8 mm Allen wrench to align the platform with the bottom of the mounting shelf and the
chassis.

• Unscrew and remove the mounting screws from the front mounting flange on the rack.

• A minimum of four people can then slide the router onto the router transport platform by using
the handles on the shipping covers.

• Secure the four toggle latches to the router transport platform.

• Using a two person team, adjust the height on the router transport platform to install the router
transport mounting plates and wheel assembly.

WARNING: Do not raise the router more than 1 in. (2.54 cm). Doing so can make
the router unstable.

• Attach the router transport mounting plates and wheel assembly to both sides of the chassis
using the captive screws, tighten to secure.

NOTE: You may have to adjust the wheel assembly to installed the router transport
mounting plates.

• Using a two person team, crank the handles 4-5 times until the router is lifted approximately
1 in. (2.54 cm).

WARNING: Do not raise the router transport over the required limit. Doing so can
make the router unstable during transport.

• Unlatch the four toggle latches that secure the router transport platform to the router mounting
plate and wheel assembly.

• Remove the router transport platform away from the bottom of the router, and set aside

• Position the crate door in front of the shipping crate and secure the two latches.

• Guide the router up the ramp and into the shipping crate.

• Lower the router until the chassis is resting firmly onto the shipping crate platform.

• Remove the router transport mounting plates and wheel assembly from the chassis.
 891

WARNING: We recommend using a pallet jack with attachment or a router transport

kit. Not using one of these recommended installation mechanisms can result in
personal injury or damage to the equipment.

10. Reattach the shipping brackets to the router chassis and the shipping crate pallet.
11. Cover the router with an ESD bag and place the packing foam on top of and around the router.
12. Replace the accessory box on top of the packing foam.
13. Securely place the crate cover over the router.
14. Close all latches to secure the shipping crate to the pallet.
15. Write the RMA number on the exterior of the box to ensure proper tracking.

RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router

Powering Off the DC-Powered MX2020 Router
Powering Off the AC-Powered MX2020 Router
Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord | 805
Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord | 812
Disconnecting an MX2020 DC Power Distribution Module Cable | 819
Installing the Router Transport Kit on the MX2020 Router | 378

How to Return a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc.

If a hardware component fails, please contact Juniper Networks, Inc. to obtain a Return Material
Authorization (RMA) number. This number is used to track the returned material at the factory and to
return repaired or new components to the customer as needed.

NOTE: Do not return any component to Juniper Networks, Inc. unless you have first
obtained an RMA number. Juniper Networks, Inc. reserves the right to refuse shipments
that do not have an RMA. Refused shipments are returned to the customer by collect
freight.

For more information about return and repair policies, see the customer support webpage at https://
support.juniper.net/support/.
 892

For product problems or technical support issues, contact the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance
Center (JTAC) by using the Service Request Manager link at https://support.juniper.net/support/ or at
1-888-314-JTAC (within the United States) or 1-408-745-9500 (from outside the United States).

To return a defective hardware component:

1. Determine the part number and serial number of the defective component.
2. Obtain an RMA number from the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC). You can send
e-mail or telephone as described above.
3. Provide the following information in your e-mail message or during the telephone call:

• Part number and serial number of component

• Your name, organization name, telephone number, and fax number

• Description of the failure

4. The support representative validates your request and issues an RMA number for return of the
component.
5. Pack the component for shipment.
7 PART

Safety and Compliance Information

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 894

Installation and Maintenance Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 900
Radiation and Laser Warnings | 907
Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 911
Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 917
Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements | 930
 894

CHAPTER 37

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings

IN THIS CHAPTER

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 894

Definitions of Safety Warning Levels | 895

Qualified Personnel Warning | 897

Fire Safety Requirements | 898

Warning Statement for Norway and Sweden | 899

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings

The following guidelines help ensure your safety and protect the device from damage. The list of
guidelines might not address all potentially hazardous situations in your working environment, so be
alert and exercise good judgment at all times.

• Perform only the procedures explicitly described in the hardware documentation for this device.
Make sure that only authorized service personnel perform other system services.

• Keep the area around the device clear and free from dust before, during, and after installation.

• Keep tools away from areas where people could trip over them while walking.

• Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry, such as rings, bracelets, or chains, which could become caught
in the device.

• Wear safety glasses if you are working under any conditions that could be hazardous to your eyes.

• Do not perform any actions that create a potential hazard to people or make the equipment unsafe.

• Never attempt to lift an object that is too heavy for one person to handle.

• Never install or manipulate wiring during electrical storms.

• Never install electrical jacks in wet locations unless the jacks are specifically designed for wet
environments.
 895

• Operate the device only when it is properly grounded.

• Follow the instructions in this guide to properly ground the device to earth.

• Replace fuses only with fuses of the same type and rating.

• Do not open or remove chassis covers or sheet-metal parts unless instructions are provided in the
hardware documentation for this device. Such an action could cause severe electrical shock.

• Do not push or force any objects through any opening in the chassis frame. Such an action could
result in electrical shock or fire.

• Avoid spilling liquid onto the chassis or onto any device component. Such an action could cause
electrical shock or damage the device.

• Avoid touching uninsulated electrical wires or terminals that have not been disconnected from their
power source. Such an action could cause electrical shock.

• Some parts of the chassis, including AC and DC power supply surfaces, power supply unit handles,
SFB card handles, and fan tray handles might become hot. The following label provides the warning
for hot surfaces on the chassis:

• Always ensure that all modules, power supplies, and cover panels are fully inserted and that the
installation screws are fully tightened.

Definitions of Safety Warning Levels

The documentation uses the following levels of safety warnings (there are two Warning formats):

NOTE: You might find this information helpful in a particular situation, or you might
overlook this important information if it was not highlighted in a Note.

CAUTION: You need to observe the specified guidelines to prevent minor injury or
discomfort to you or severe damage to the device.
 896

Attention Veillez à respecter les consignes indiquées pour éviter toute incommodité ou
blessure légère, voire des dégâts graves pour l’appareil.

LASER WARNING: This symbol alerts you to the risk of personal injury from a laser.
Avertissement Ce symbole signale un risque de blessure provoquée par rayon laser.

WARNING: This symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause bodily
injury. Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with
electrical circuitry, and familiarize yourself with standard practices for preventing
accidents.
Waarschuwing Dit waarschuwingssymbool betekent gevaar. U verkeert in een situatie
die lichamelijk letsel kan veroorzaken. Voordat u aan enige apparatuur gaat werken, dient
u zich bewust te zijn van de bij elektrische schakelingen betrokken risico's en dient u op
de hoogte te zijn van standaard maatregelen om ongelukken te voorkomen.

Varoitus Tämä varoitusmerkki merkitsee vaaraa. Olet tilanteessa, joka voi johtaa
ruumiinvammaan. Ennen kuin työskentelet minkään laitteiston parissa, ota selvää
sähkökytkentöihin liittyvistä vaaroista ja tavanomaisista onnettomuuksien
ehkäisykeinoista.

Avertissement Ce symbole d'avertissement indique un danger. Vous vous trouvez dans

une situation pouvant causer des blessures ou des dommages corporels. Avant de
travailler sur un équipement, soyez conscient des dangers posés par les circuits
électriques et familiarisez-vous avec les procédures couramment utilisées pour éviter les
accidents.

Warnung Dieses Warnsymbol bedeutet Gefahr. Sie befinden sich in einer Situation, die
zu einer Körperverletzung führen könnte. Bevor Sie mit der Arbeit an irgendeinem Gerät
beginnen, seien Sie sich der mit elektrischen Stromkreisen verbundenen Gefahren und
der Standardpraktiken zur Vermeidung von Unfällen bewußt.

Avvertenza Questo simbolo di avvertenza indica un pericolo. La situazione potrebbe

causare infortuni alle persone. Prima di lavorare su qualsiasi apparecchiatura, occorre
conoscere i pericoli relativi ai circuiti elettrici ed essere al corrente delle pratiche
standard per la prevenzione di incidenti.

Advarsel Dette varselsymbolet betyr fare. Du befinner deg i en situasjon som kan føre til
personskade. Før du utfører arbeid på utstyr, må du vare oppmerksom på de
faremomentene som elektriske kretser innebærer, samt gjøre deg kjent med vanlig
praksis når det gjelder å unngå ulykker.
 897

Aviso Este símbolo de aviso indica perigo. Encontra-se numa situação que lhe poderá
causar danos físicos. Antes de começar a trabalhar com qualquer equipamento,
familiarize-se com os perigos relacionados com circuitos eléctricos, e com quaisquer
práticas comuns que possam prevenir possíveis acidentes.

¡Atención! Este símbolo de aviso significa peligro. Existe riesgo para su integridad física.
Antes de manipular cualquier equipo, considerar los riesgos que entraña la corriente
eléctrica y familiarizarse con los procedimientos estándar de prevención de accidentes.

Varning! Denna varningssymbol signalerar fara. Du befinner dig i en situation som kan
leda till personskada. Innan du utför arbete på någon utrustning måste du vara medveten
om farorna med elkretsar och känna till vanligt förfarande för att förebygga skador.

Qualified Personnel Warning

WARNING: Only trained and qualified personnel should install or replace the device.
Waarschuwing Installatie en reparaties mogen uitsluitend door getraind en bevoegd
personeel uitgevoerd worden.

Varoitus Ainoastaan koulutettu ja pätevä henkilökunta saa asentaa tai vaihtaa tämän
laitteen.

Avertissement Tout installation ou remplacement de l'appareil doit être réalisé par du

personnel qualifié et compétent.

Warnung Gerät nur von geschultem, qualifiziertem Personal installieren oder

auswechseln lassen.

Avvertenza Solo personale addestrato e qualificato deve essere autorizzato ad installare

o sostituire questo apparecchio.

Advarsel Kun kvalifisert personell med riktig opplæring bør montere eller bytte ut dette
utstyret.

Aviso Este equipamento deverá ser instalado ou substituído apenas por pessoal
devidamente treinado e qualificado.

¡Atención! Estos equipos deben ser instalados y reemplazados exclusivamente por

personal técnico adecuadamente preparado y capacitado.
 898

Varning! Denna utrustning ska endast installeras och bytas ut av utbildad och
kvalificerad personal.

Fire Safety Requirements

IN THIS SECTION

Fire Suppression | 898

Fire Suppression Equipment | 898

In the event of a fire emergency, the safety of people is the primary concern. You should establish
procedures for protecting people in the event of a fire emergency, provide safety training, and properly
provision fire-control equipment and fire extinguishers.

In addition, you should establish procedures to protect your equipment in the event of a fire emergency.
Juniper Networks products should be installed in an environment suitable for electronic equipment. We
recommend that fire suppression equipment be available in the event of a fire in the vicinity of the
equipment and that all local fire, safety, and electrical codes and ordinances be observed when you
install and operate your equipment.

Fire Suppression

In the event of an electrical hazard or an electrical fire, you should first turn power off to the equipment
at the source. Then use a Type C fire extinguisher, which uses noncorrosive fire retardants, to extinguish
the fire.

Fire Suppression Equipment

Type C fire extinguishers, which use noncorrosive fire retardants such as carbon dioxide and Halotron™,
are most effective for suppressing electrical fires. Type C fire extinguishers displace oxygen from the
point of combustion to eliminate the fire. For extinguishing fire on or around equipment that draws air
from the environment for cooling, you should use this type of inert oxygen displacement extinguisher
instead of an extinguisher that leaves residues on equipment.

Do not use multipurpose Type ABC chemical fire extinguishers (dry chemical fire extinguishers). The
primary ingredient in these fire extinguishers is monoammonium phosphate, which is very sticky and
 899

difficult to clean. In addition, in the presence of minute amounts of moisture, monoammonium

phosphate can become highly corrosive and corrodes most metals.

Any equipment in a room in which a chemical fire extinguisher has been discharged is subject to
premature failure and unreliable operation. The equipment is considered to be irreparably damaged.

NOTE: To keep warranties effective, do not use a dry chemical fire extinguisher to
control a fire at or near a Juniper Networks device. If a dry chemical fire extinguisher is
used, the unit is no longer eligible for coverage under a service agreement.

We recommend that you dispose of any irreparably damaged equipment in an environmentally

responsible manner.

Warning Statement for Norway and Sweden

WARNING: The equipment must be connected to an earthed mains socket-outlet.

Advarsel Apparatet skal kobles til en jordet stikkontakt.

Varning! Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat nätuttag.

 900

CHAPTER 38

Installation and Maintenance Safety Guidelines and

Warnings

IN THIS CHAPTER

Installation Instructions Warning | 900

Chassis and Component Lifting Guidelines | 901

Ramp Warning | 901

Rack-Mounting and Cabinet-Mounting Warnings | 902

Grounded Equipment Warning | 906

Installation Instructions Warning

WARNING: Read the installation instructions before you connect the device to a power
source.
Waarschuwing Raadpleeg de installatie-aanwijzingen voordat u het systeem met de
voeding verbindt.

Varoitus Lue asennusohjeet ennen järjestelmän yhdistämistä virtalähteeseen.

Avertissement Avant de brancher le système sur la source d'alimentation, consulter les

directives d'installation.

Warnung Lesen Sie die Installationsanweisungen, bevor Sie das System an die
Stromquelle anschließen.

Avvertenza Consultare le istruzioni di installazione prima di collegare il sistema

all'alimentatore.

Advarsel Les installasjonsinstruksjonene før systemet kobles til strømkilden.

Aviso Leia as instruções de instalação antes de ligar o sistema à sua fonte de energia.
 901

¡Atención! Ver las instrucciones de instalación antes de conectar el sistema a la red de

alimentación.

Varning! Läs installationsanvisningarna innan du kopplar systemet till dess

strömförsörjningsenhet.

Chassis and Component Lifting Guidelines

• Before moving the device to a site, ensure that the site meets the power, environmental, and
clearance requirements.

• Before lifting or moving the device, disconnect all external cables and wires.

• As when lifting any heavy object, ensure that your legs bear most of the weight rather than your
back. Keep your knees bent and your back relatively straight. Do not twist your body as you lift.
Balance the load evenly and be sure that your footing is firm.

• Use the following lifting guidelines to lift devices and components:

• Up to 39.7 lb (18 kg): One person.

• From 39.7 lb (18 kg) to 70.5 lb (32 kg): Two or more people.

• From 70.5 lb (32 kg) to 121.2 lb (55 kg): Three or more people.

• Above 121.2 lb (55 kg): Use material handling systems (such as levers, slings, lifts, and so on).
When this is not practical, engage specially trained persons or systems (such as riggers or movers).

Ramp Warning

WARNING: When installing the device, do not use a ramp inclined at more than 10
degrees.
Waarschuwing Gebruik een oprijplaat niet onder een hoek van meer dan 10 graden.

Varoitus Älä käytä sellaista kaltevaa pintaa, jonka kaltevuus ylittää 10 astetta.

Avertissement Ne pas utiliser une rampe dont l'inclinaison est supérieure à 10 degrés.
 902

Warnung Keine Rampen mit einer Neigung von mehr als 10 Grad verwenden.

Avvertenza Non usare una rampa con pendenza superiore a 10 gradi.

Advarsel Bruk aldri en rampe som heller mer enn 10 grader.

Aviso Não utilize uma rampa com uma inclinação superior a 10 graus.

¡Atención! No usar una rampa inclinada más de 10 grados.

Varning! Använd inte ramp med en lutning på mer än 10 grader.

Rack-Mounting and Cabinet-Mounting Warnings

Ensure that the rack or cabinet in which the device is installed is evenly and securely supported. Uneven
mechanical loading could lead to a hazardous condition.

WARNING: To prevent bodily injury when mounting or servicing the device in a rack,
take the following precautions to ensure that the system remains stable. The following
directives help maintain your safety:

• Install the device in a rack that is secured to the building structure.

• Mount the device at the bottom of the rack if it is the only unit in the rack.

• When mounting the device on a partially filled rack, load the rack from the bottom to
the top, with the heaviest component at the bottom of the rack.

• If the rack is provided with stabilizing equipment, install the stabilizers before
mounting or servicing the device in the rack.

Waarschuwing Om lichamelijk letsel te voorkomen wanneer u dit toestel in een rek

monteert of het daar een servicebeurt geeft, moet u speciale voorzorgsmaatregelen
nemen om ervoor te zorgen dat het toestel stabiel blijft. De onderstaande richtlijnen
worden verstrekt om uw veiligheid te verzekeren:

• De Juniper Networks switch moet in een stellage worden geïnstalleerd die aan een
bouwsel is verankerd.

• Dit toestel dient onderaan in het rek gemonteerd te worden als het toestel het enige
in het rek is.
 903

• Wanneer u dit toestel in een gedeeltelijk gevuld rek monteert, dient u het rek van
onderen naar boven te laden met het zwaarste onderdeel onderaan in het rek.

• Als het rek voorzien is van stabiliseringshulpmiddelen, dient u de stabilisatoren te

monteren voordat u het toestel in het rek monteert of het daar een servicebeurt
geeft.

Varoitus Kun laite asetetaan telineeseen tai huolletaan sen ollessa telineessä, on
noudatettava erityisiä varotoimia järjestelmän vakavuuden säilyttämiseksi, jotta vältytään
loukkaantumiselta. Noudata seuraavia turvallisuusohjeita:

• Juniper Networks switch on asennettava telineeseen, joka on kiinnitetty

rakennukseen.

• Jos telineessä ei ole muita laitteita, aseta laite telineen alaosaan.

• Jos laite asetetaan osaksi täytettyyn telineeseen, aloita kuormittaminen sen alaosasta
kaikkein raskaimmalla esineellä ja siirry sitten sen yläosaan.

• Jos telinettä varten on vakaimet, asenna ne ennen laitteen asettamista telineeseen tai
sen huoltamista siinä.

Avertissement Pour éviter toute blessure corporelle pendant les opérations de montage
ou de réparation de cette unité en casier, il convient de prendre des précautions
spéciales afin de maintenir la stabilité du système. Les directives ci-dessous sont
destinées à assurer la protection du personnel:

• Le rack sur lequel est monté le Juniper Networks switch doit être fixé à la structure
du bâtiment.

• Si cette unité constitue la seule unité montée en casier, elle doit être placée dans le
bas.

• Si cette unité est montée dans un casier partiellement rempli, charger le casier de bas
en haut en plaçant l'élément le plus lourd dans le bas.

• Si le casier est équipé de dispositifs stabilisateurs, installer les stabilisateurs avant de

monter ou de réparer l'unité en casier.

Warnung Zur Vermeidung von Körperverletzung beim Anbringen oder Warten dieser
Einheit in einem Gestell müssen Sie besondere Vorkehrungen treffen, um sicherzustellen,
daß das System stabil bleibt. Die folgenden Richtlinien sollen zur Gewährleistung Ihrer
Sicherheit dienen:
 904

• Der Juniper Networks switch muß in einem Gestell installiert werden, das in der
Gebäudestruktur verankert ist.

• Wenn diese Einheit die einzige im Gestell ist, sollte sie unten im Gestell angebracht
werden.

• Bei Anbringung dieser Einheit in einem zum Teil gefüllten Gestell ist das Gestell von
unten nach oben zu laden, wobei das schwerste Bauteil unten im Gestell anzubringen
ist.

• Wird das Gestell mit Stabilisierungszubehör geliefert, sind zuerst die Stabilisatoren zu
installieren, bevor Sie die Einheit im Gestell anbringen oder sie warten.

Avvertenza Per evitare infortuni fisici durante il montaggio o la manutenzione di questa

unità in un supporto, occorre osservare speciali precauzioni per garantire che il sistema
rimanga stabile. Le seguenti direttive vengono fornite per garantire la sicurezza
personale:

• Il Juniper Networks switch deve essere installato in un telaio, il quale deve essere
fissato alla struttura dell'edificio.

• Questa unità deve venire montata sul fondo del supporto, se si tratta dell'unica unità
da montare nel supporto.

• Quando questa unità viene montata in un supporto parzialmente pieno, caricare il

supporto dal basso all'alto, con il componente più pesante sistemato sul fondo del
supporto.

• Se il supporto è dotato di dispositivi stabilizzanti, installare tali dispositivi prima di

montare o di procedere alla manutenzione dell'unità nel supporto.

Advarsel Unngå fysiske skader under montering eller reparasjonsarbeid på denne

enheten når den befinner seg i et kabinett. Vær nøye med at systemet er stabilt.
Følgende retningslinjer er gitt for å verne om sikkerheten:

• Juniper Networks switch må installeres i et stativ som er forankret til

bygningsstrukturen.

• Denne enheten bør monteres nederst i kabinettet hvis dette er den eneste enheten i
kabinettet.

• Ved montering av denne enheten i et kabinett som er delvis fylt, skal kabinettet lastes
fra bunnen og opp med den tyngste komponenten nederst i kabinettet.
 905

• Hvis kabinettet er utstyrt med stabiliseringsutstyr, skal stabilisatorene installeres før

montering eller utføring av reparasjonsarbeid på enheten i kabinettet.

Aviso Para se prevenir contra danos corporais ao montar ou reparar esta unidade numa
estante, deverá tomar precauções especiais para se certificar de que o sistema possui um
suporte estável. As seguintes directrizes ajudá-lo-ão a efectuar o seu trabalho com
segurança:

• O Juniper Networks switch deverá ser instalado numa prateleira fixa à estrutura do
edificio.

• Esta unidade deverá ser montada na parte inferior da estante, caso seja esta a única
unidade a ser montada.

• Ao montar esta unidade numa estante parcialmente ocupada, coloque os itens mais
pesados na parte inferior da estante, arrumando-os de baixo para cima.

• Se a estante possuir um dispositivo de estabilização, instale-o antes de montar ou

reparar a unidade.

¡Atención! Para evitar lesiones durante el montaje de este equipo sobre un bastidor,
oeriormente durante su mantenimiento, se debe poner mucho cuidado en que el sistema
quede bien estable. Para garantizar su seguridad, proceda según las siguientes
instrucciones:

• El Juniper Networks switch debe instalarse en un bastidor fijado a la estructura del

edificio.

• Colocar el equipo en la parte inferior del bastidor, cuando sea la única unidad en el
mismo.

• Cuando este equipo se vaya a instalar en un bastidor parcialmente ocupado,

comenzar la instalación desde la parte inferior hacia la superior colocando el equipo
más pesado en la parte inferior.

• Si el bastidor dispone de dispositivos estabilizadores, instalar éstos antes de montar o

proceder al mantenimiento del equipo instalado en el bastidor.

Varning! För att undvika kroppsskada när du installerar eller utför underhållsarbete på
denna enhet på en ställning måste du vidta särskilda försiktighetsåtgärder för att försäkra
dig om att systemet står stadigt. Följande riktlinjer ges för att trygga din säkerhet:

• Juniper Networks switch måste installeras i en ställning som är förankrad i

byggnadens struktur.
 906

• Om denna enhet är den enda enheten på ställningen skall den installeras längst ned
på ställningen.

• Om denna enhet installeras på en delvis fylld ställning skall ställningen fyllas nedifrån
och upp, med de tyngsta enheterna längst ned på ställningen.

• Om ställningen är försedd med stabiliseringsdon skall dessa monteras fast innan

enheten installeras eller underhålls på ställningen.

Grounded Equipment Warning

WARNING: This device must be properly grounded at all times. Follow the instructions
in this guide to properly ground the device to earth.
Waarschuwing Dit apparaat moet altijd goed geaard zijn. Volg de instructies in deze gids
om het apparaat goed te aarden.

Varoitus Laitteen on oltava pysyvästi maadoitettu. Maadoita laite asianmukaisesti

noudattamalla tämän oppaan ohjeita.

Avertissement L’appareil doit être correctement mis à la terre à tout moment. Suivez les
instructions de ce guide pour correctement mettre l’appareil à la terre.

Warnung Das Gerät muss immer ordnungsgemäß geerdet sein. Befolgen Sie die
Anweisungen in dieser Anleitung, um das Gerät ordnungsgemäß zu erden.

Avvertenza Questo dispositivo deve sempre disporre di una connessione a massa.

Seguire le istruzioni indicate in questa guida per connettere correttamente il dispositivo a
massa.

Advarsel Denne enheten på jordes skikkelig hele tiden. Følg instruksjonene i denne
veiledningen for å jorde enheten.

Aviso Este equipamento deverá estar ligado à terra. Siga las instrucciones en esta guía
para conectar correctamente este dispositivo a tierra.

¡Atención! Este dispositivo debe estar correctamente conectado a tierra en todo

momento. Siga las instrucciones en esta guía para conectar correctamente este
dispositivo a tierra.

Varning! Den här enheten måste vara ordentligt jordad. Följ instruktionerna i den här
guiden för att jorda enheten ordentligt.
 907

CHAPTER 39

Radiation and Laser Warnings

IN THIS CHAPTER

Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 907

Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning | 910

Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings

IN THIS SECTION

General Laser Safety Guidelines | 907

Class 1 Laser Product Warning | 908

Class 1 LED Product Warning | 908

Laser Beam Warning | 909

Juniper Networks devices are equipped with laser transmitters, which are considered a Class 1 Laser
Product by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and are evaluated as a Class 1 Laser Product per
IEC/EN 60825-1 requirements.

Observe the following guidelines and warnings:

General Laser Safety Guidelines

When working around ports that support optical transceivers, observe the following safety guidelines to
prevent eye injury:

• Do not look into unterminated ports or at fibers that connect to unknown sources.

• Do not examine unterminated optical ports with optical instruments.

 908

• Avoid direct exposure to the beam.

LASER WARNING: Unterminated optical connectors can emit invisible laser radiation.
The lens in the human eye focuses all the laser power on the retina, so focusing the eye
directly on a laser source—even a low-power laser—could permanently damage the eye.
Avertissement Les connecteurs à fibre optique sans terminaison peuvent émettre un
rayonnement laser invisible. Le cristallin de l’œil humain faisant converger toute la
puissance du laser sur la rétine, toute focalisation directe de l’œil sur une source laser, —
même de faible puissance—, peut entraîner des lésions oculaires irréversibles.

Class 1 Laser Product Warning

LASER WARNING: Class 1 laser product.

Waarschuwing Klasse-1 laser produkt.

Varoitus Luokan 1 lasertuote.

Avertissement Produit laser de classe I.

Warnung Laserprodukt der Klasse 1.

Avvertenza Prodotto laser di Classe 1.

Advarsel Laserprodukt av klasse 1.

Aviso Produto laser de classe 1.

¡Atención! Producto láser Clase I.

Varning! Laserprodukt av klass 1.

Class 1 LED Product Warning

LASER WARNING: Class 1 LED product.

Waarschuwing Klasse 1 LED-product.

Varoitus Luokan 1 valodiodituote.

Avertissement Alarme de produit LED Class I.

Warnung Class 1 LED-Produktwarnung.

 909

Avvertenza Avvertenza prodotto LED di Classe 1.

Advarsel LED-produkt i klasse 1.

Aviso Produto de classe 1 com LED.

¡Atención! Aviso sobre producto LED de Clase 1.

Varning! Lysdiodprodukt av klass 1.

Laser Beam Warning

LASER WARNING: Do not stare into the laser beam or view it directly with optical
instruments.
Waarschuwing Niet in de straal staren of hem rechtstreeks bekijken met optische
instrumenten.

Varoitus Älä katso säteeseen äläkä tarkastele sitä suoraan optisen laitteen avulla.

Avertissement Ne pas fixer le faisceau des yeux, ni l'observer directement à l'aide

d'instruments optiques.

Warnung Nicht direkt in den Strahl blicken und ihn nicht direkt mit optischen Geräten
prüfen.

Avvertenza Non fissare il raggio con gli occhi né usare strumenti ottici per osservarlo
direttamente.

Advarsel Stirr eller se ikke direkte p strlen med optiske instrumenter.

Aviso Não olhe fixamente para o raio, nem olhe para ele directamente com instrumentos
ópticos.

¡Atención! No mirar fijamente el haz ni observarlo directamente con instrumentos

ópticos.

Varning! Rikta inte blicken in mot strålen och titta inte direkt på den genom optiska
instrument.
 910

Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning

LASER WARNING: Because invisible radiation might be emitted from the aperture of the
port when no fiber cable is connected, avoid exposure to radiation and do not stare into
open apertures.
Waarschuwing Aangezien onzichtbare straling vanuit de opening van de poort kan
komen als er geen fiberkabel aangesloten is, dient blootstelling aan straling en het kijken
in open openingen vermeden te worden.

Varoitus Koska portin aukosta voi emittoitua näkymätöntä säteilyä, kun kuitukaapelia ei
ole kytkettynä, vältä säteilylle altistumista äläkä katso avoimiin aukkoihin.

Avertissement Des radiations invisibles à l'il nu pouvant traverser l'ouverture du port

lorsqu'aucun câble en fibre optique n'y est connecté, il est recommandé de ne pas
regarder fixement l'intérieur de ces ouvertures.

Warnung Aus der Port-Öffnung können unsichtbare Strahlen emittieren, wenn kein
Glasfaserkabel angeschlossen ist. Vermeiden Sie es, sich den Strahlungen auszusetzen,
und starren Sie nicht in die Öffnungen!

Avvertenza Quando i cavi in fibra non sono inseriti, radiazioni invisibili possono essere
emesse attraverso l'apertura della porta. Evitate di esporvi alle radiazioni e non guardate
direttamente nelle aperture.

Advarsel Unngå utsettelse for stråling, og stirr ikke inn i åpninger som er åpne, fordi
usynlig stråling kan emiteres fra portens åpning når det ikke er tilkoblet en fiberkabel.

Aviso Dada a possibilidade de emissão de radiação invisível através do orifício da via de

acesso, quando esta não tiver nenhum cabo de fibra conectado, deverá evitar an
EXposição à radiação e não deverá olhar fixamente para orifícios que se encontrarem a
descoberto.

¡Atención! Debido a que la apertura del puerto puede emitir radiación invisible cuando
no existe un cable de fibra conectado, evite mirar directamente a las aperturas para no
exponerse a la radiación.

Varning! Osynlig strålning kan avges från en portöppning utan ansluten fiberkabel och du
bör därför undvika att bli utsatt för strålning genom att inte stirra in i oskyddade
öppningar.
 911

CHAPTER 40

Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and

Warnings

IN THIS CHAPTER

Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 911

Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and Warnings

IN THIS SECTION

Battery Handling Warning | 911

Jewelry Removal Warning | 912

Lightning Activity Warning | 914

Operating Temperature Warning | 914

Product Disposal Warning | 916

While performing the maintenance activities for devices, observe the following guidelines and warnings:

Battery Handling Warning

WARNING: Replacing a battery incorrectly might result in an explosion. Replace a

battery only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer.
Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Waarschuwing Er is ontploffingsgevaar als de batterij verkeerd vervangen wordt.
Vervang de batterij slechts met hetzelfde of een equivalent type dat door de fabrikant
 912

aanbevolen is. Gebruikte batterijen dienen overeenkomstig fabrieksvoorschriften

weggeworpen te worden.

Varoitus Räjähdyksen vaara, jos akku on vaihdettu väärään akkuun. Käytä vaihtamiseen
ainoastaan saman- tai vastaavantyyppistä akkua, joka on valmistajan suosittelema. Hävitä
käytetyt akut valmistajan ohjeiden mukaan.

Avertissement Danger d'explosion si la pile n'est pas remplacée correctement. Ne la

remplacer que par une pile de type semblable ou équivalent, recommandée par le
fabricant. Jeter les piles usagées conformément aux instructions du fabricant.

Warnung Bei Einsetzen einer falschen Batterie besteht Explosionsgefahr. Ersetzen Sie
die Batterie nur durch den gleichen oder vom Hersteller empfohlenen Batterietyp.
Entsorgen Sie die benutzten Batterien nach den Anweisungen des Herstellers.

Advarsel Det kan være fare for eksplosjon hvis batteriet skiftes på feil måte. Skift kun
med samme eller tilsvarende type som er anbefalt av produsenten. Kasser brukte
batterier i henhold til produsentens instruksjoner.

Avvertenza Pericolo di esplosione se la batteria non è installata correttamente. Sostituire

solo con una di tipo uguale o equivalente, consigliata dal produttore. Eliminare le batterie
usate secondo le istruzioni del produttore.

Aviso Existe perigo de explosão se a bateria for substituída incorrectamente. Substitua a

bateria por uma bateria igual ou de um tipo equivalente recomendado pelo fabricante.
Destrua as baterias usadas conforme as instruções do fabricante.

¡Atención! Existe peligro de explosión si la batería se reemplaza de manera incorrecta.

Reemplazar la baterían EXclusivamente con el mismo tipo o el equivalente recomendado
por el fabricante. Desechar las baterías gastadas según las instrucciones del fabricante.

Varning! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Ersätt endast batteriet med samma
batterityp som rekommenderas av tillverkaren eller motsvarande. Följ tillverkarens
anvisningar vid kassering av använda batterier.

Jewelry Removal Warning

WARNING: Before working on equipment that is connected to power lines, remove

jewelry, including rings, necklaces, and watches. Metal objects heat up when connected
to power and ground and can cause serious burns or can be welded to the terminals.
Waarschuwing Alvorens aan apparatuur te werken die met elektrische leidingen is
verbonden, sieraden (inclusief ringen, kettingen en horloges) verwijderen. Metalen
 913

voorwerpen worden warm wanneer ze met stroom en aarde zijn verbonden, en kunnen
ernstige brandwonden veroorzaken of het metalen voorwerp aan de aansluitklemmen
lassen.

Varoitus Ennen kuin työskentelet voimavirtajohtoihin kytkettyjen laitteiden parissa, ota

pois kaikki korut (sormukset, kaulakorut ja kellot mukaan lukien). Metalliesineet
kuumenevat, kun ne ovat yhteydessä sähkövirran ja maan kanssa, ja ne voivat aiheuttaa
vakavia palovammoja tai hitsata metalliesineet kiinni liitäntänapoihin.

Avertissement Avant d'accéder à cet équipement connecté aux lignes électriques, ôter
tout bijou (anneaux, colliers et montres compris). Lorsqu'ils sont branchés à l'alimentation
et reliés à la terre, les objets métalliques chauffent, ce qui peut provoquer des blessures
graves ou souder l'objet métallique aux bornes.

Warnung Vor der Arbeit an Geräten, die an das Netz angeschlossen sind, jeglichen
Schmuck (einschließlich Ringe, Ketten und Uhren) abnehmen. Metallgegenstände
erhitzen sich, wenn sie an das Netz und die Erde angeschlossen werden, und können
schwere Verbrennungen verursachen oder an die Anschlußklemmen angeschweißt
werden.

Avvertenza Prima di intervenire su apparecchiature collegate alle linee di alimentazione,

togliersi qualsiasi monile (inclusi anelli, collane, braccialetti ed orologi). Gli oggetti
metallici si riscaldano quando sono collegati tra punti di alimentazione e massa: possono
causare ustioni gravi oppure il metallo può saldarsi ai terminali.

Advarsel Fjern alle smykker (inkludert ringer, halskjeder og klokker) før du skal arbeide på
utstyr som er koblet til kraftledninger. Metallgjenstander som er koblet til kraftledninger
og jord blir svært varme og kan forårsake alvorlige brannskader eller smelte fast til
polene.

Aviso Antes de trabalhar em equipamento que esteja ligado a linhas de corrente, retire
todas as jóias que estiver a usar (incluindo anéis, fios e relógios). Os objectos metálicos
aquecerão em contacto com a corrente e em contacto com a ligação à terra, podendo
causar queimaduras graves ou ficarem soldados aos terminais.

¡Atención! Antes de operar sobre equipos conectados a líneas de alimentación, quitarse

las joyas (incluidos anillos, collares y relojes). Los objetos de metal se calientan cuando se
conectan a la alimentación y a tierra, lo que puede ocasionar quemaduras graves o que
los objetos metálicos queden soldados a los bornes.

Varning! Tag av alla smycken (inklusive ringar, halsband och armbandsur) innan du
arbetar på utrustning som är kopplad till kraftledningar. Metallobjekt hettas upp när de
kopplas ihop med ström och jord och kan förorsaka allvarliga brännskador; metallobjekt
kan också sammansvetsas med kontakterna.
 914

Lightning Activity Warning

WARNING: Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods
of lightning activity.
Waarschuwing Tijdens onweer dat gepaard gaat met bliksem, dient u niet aan het
systeem te werken of kabels aan te sluiten of te ontkoppelen.

Varoitus Älä työskentele järjestelmän parissa äläkä yhdistä tai irrota kaapeleita
ukkosilmalla.

Avertissement Ne pas travailler sur le système ni brancher ou débrancher les câbles

pendant un orage.

Warnung Arbeiten Sie nicht am System und schließen Sie keine Kabel an bzw. trennen
Sie keine ab, wenn es gewittert.

Avvertenza Non lavorare sul sistema o collegare oppure scollegare i cavi durante un
temporale con fulmini.

Advarsel Utfør aldri arbeid på systemet, eller koble kabler til eller fra systemet når det
tordner eller lyner.

Aviso Não trabalhe no sistema ou ligue e desligue cabos durante períodos de mau tempo
(trovoada).

¡Atención! No operar el sistema ni conectar o desconectar cables durante el transcurso

de descargas eléctricas en la atmósfera.

Varning! Vid åska skall du aldrig utföra arbete på systemet eller ansluta eller koppla loss
kablar.

Operating Temperature Warning

WARNING: To prevent the device from overheating, do not operate it in an area that
exceeds the maximum recommended ambient temperature. To prevent airflow
restriction, allow at least 6 in. (15.2 cm) of clearance around the ventilation openings.
Waarschuwing Om te voorkomen dat welke switch van de Juniper Networks router dan
ook oververhit raakt, dient u deze niet te bedienen op een plaats waar de maximale
aanbevolen omgevingstemperatuur van 40° C wordt overschreden. Om te voorkomen
dat de luchtstroom wordt beperkt, dient er minstens 15,2 cm speling rond de ventilatie-
openingen te zijn.
 915

Varoitus Ettei Juniper Networks switch-sarjan reititin ylikuumentuisi, sitä ei saa käyttää
tilassa, jonka lämpötila ylittää korkeimman suositellun ympäristölämpötilan 40° C. Ettei
ilmanvaihto estyisi, tuuletusaukkojen ympärille on jätettävä ainakin 15,2 cm tilaa.

Avertissement Pour éviter toute surchauffe des routeurs de la gamme Juniper Networks
switch, ne l'utilisez pas dans une zone où la température ambiante est supérieure à
40° C. Pour permettre un flot d'air constant, dégagez un espace d'au moins 15,2 cm
autour des ouvertures de ventilations.

Warnung Um einen Router der switch vor Überhitzung zu schützen, darf dieser nicht in
einer Gegend betrieben werden, in der die Umgebungstemperatur das empfohlene
Maximum von 40° C überschreitet. Um Lüftungsverschluß zu verhindern, achten Sie
darauf, daß mindestens 15,2 cm lichter Raum um die Lüftungsöffnungen herum frei
bleibt.

Avvertenza Per evitare il surriscaldamento dei switch, non adoperateli in un locale che
ecceda la temperatura ambientale massima di 40° C. Per evitare che la circolazione
dell'aria sia impedita, lasciate uno spazio di almeno 15.2 cm di fronte alle aperture delle
ventole.

Advarsel Unngå overoppheting av eventuelle rutere i Juniper Networks switch Disse skal
ikke brukes på steder der den anbefalte maksimale omgivelsestemperaturen overstiger
40° C (104° F). Sørg for at klaringen rundt lufteåpningene er minst 15,2 cm (6 tommer)
for å forhindre nedsatt luftsirkulasjon.

Aviso Para evitar o sobreaquecimento do encaminhador Juniper Networks switch, não

utilize este equipamento numa área que exceda a temperatura máxima recomendada de
40° C. Para evitar a restrição à circulação de ar, deixe pelo menos um espaço de 15,2 cm
à volta das aberturas de ventilação.

¡Atención! Para impedir que un encaminador de la serie Juniper Networks switch se

recaliente, no lo haga funcionar en un área en la que se supere la temperatura ambiente
máxima recomendada de 40° C. Para impedir la restricción de la entrada de aire, deje un
espacio mínimo de 15,2 cm alrededor de las aperturas para ventilación.

Varning! Förhindra att en Juniper Networks switch överhettas genom att inte använda
den i ett område där den maximalt rekommenderade omgivningstemperaturen på 40° C
överskrids. Förhindra att luftcirkulationen inskränks genom att se till att det finns fritt
utrymme på minst 15,2 cm omkring ventilationsöppningarna.
 916

Product Disposal Warning

WARNING: Disposal of this device must be handled according to all national laws and
regulations.
Waarschuwing Dit produkt dient volgens alle landelijke wetten en voorschriften te
worden afgedankt.

Varoitus Tämän tuotteen lopullisesta hävittämisestä tulee huolehtia kaikkia

valtakunnallisia lakeja ja säännöksiä noudattaen.

Avertissement La mise au rebut définitive de ce produit doit être effectuée

conformément à toutes les lois et réglementations en vigueur.

Warnung Dieses Produkt muß den geltenden Gesetzen und Vorschriften entsprechend
entsorgt werden.

Avvertenza L'eliminazione finale di questo prodotto deve essere eseguita osservando le

normative italiane vigenti in materia

Advarsel Endelig disponering av dette produktet må skje i henhold til nasjonale lover og
forskrifter.

Aviso A descartagem final deste produto deverá ser efectuada de acordo com os
regulamentos e a legislação nacional.

¡Atención! El desecho final de este producto debe realizarse según todas las leyes y
regulaciones nacionales

Varning! Slutlig kassering av denna produkt bör skötas i enlighet med landets alla lagar
och föreskrifter.
 917

CHAPTER 41

Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings

IN THIS CHAPTER

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 917

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage | 919

AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines | 920

AC Power Disconnection Warning | 921

DC Power Copper Conductors Warning | 922

DC Power Disconnection Warning | 923

DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning | 924

DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning | 925

DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning | 927

Midplane Energy Hazard Warning | 928

Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning | 928

Action to Take After an Electrical Accident | 929

General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings

WARNING: Certain ports on the device are designed for use as intrabuilding (within-the-
building) interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE) and
require isolation from the exposed outside plant (OSP) cabling. To comply with NEBS
(Network Equipment-Building System) requirements and protect against lightning surges
and commercial power disturbances, the intrabuilding ports must not be metallically
connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring. The intrabuilding ports on
the device are suitable for connection to intrabuilding or unexposed wiring or cabling
only. The addition of primary protectors is not sufficient protection for connecting these
interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.
 918

Avertissement Certains ports de l’appareil sont destinés à un usage en intérieur

uniquement (ports Type 2 ou Type 4 tels que décrits dans le document GR-1089-CORE)
et doivent être isolés du câblage de l’installation extérieure exposée. Pour respecter les
exigences NEBS et assurer une protection contre la foudre et les perturbations de
tension secteur, les ports pour intérieur ne doivent pas être raccordés physiquement aux
interfaces prévues pour la connexion à l’installation extérieure ou à son câblage. Les
ports pour intérieur de l’appareil sont réservés au raccordement de câbles pour intérieur
ou non exposés uniquement. L’ajout de protections ne constitue pas une précaution
suffisante pour raccorder physiquement ces interfaces au câblage de l’installation
extérieure.

CAUTION: Before removing or installing components of a device, connect an

electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to an ESD point and wrap and fasten the
other end of the strap around your bare wrist. Failure to use an ESD grounding strap
could result in damage to the device.
Attention Avant de retirer ou d’installer des composants d’un appareil, raccordez un
bracelet antistatique à un point de décharge électrostatique et fixez le bracelet à votre
poignet nu. L’absence de port d’un bracelet antistatique pourrait provoquer des dégâts
sur l’appareil.

• Install the device in compliance with the following local, national, and international electrical codes:

• United States—National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 70), United States National Electrical
Code.

• Other countries—International Electromechanical Commission (IEC) 60364, Part 1 through Part 7.

• Evaluated to the TN power system.

• Canada—Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1, CSA C22.1.

• Suitable for installation in Information Technology Rooms in accordance with Article 645 of the
National Electrical Code and NFPA 75.

Peut être installé dans des salles de matériel de traitement de l’information conformément à
l’article 645 du National Electrical Code et à la NFPA 75.

• Locate the emergency power-off switch for the room in which you are working so that if an electrical
accident occurs, you can quickly turn off the power.

• Make sure that you clean grounding surface and give them a bright finish before making grounding
connections.

• Do not work alone if potentially hazardous conditions exist anywhere in your workspace.
 919

• Never assume that power is disconnected from a circuit. Always check the circuit before starting to
work.

• Carefully look for possible hazards in your work area, such as moist floors, ungrounded power
extension cords, and missing safety grounds.

• Operate the device within marked electrical ratings and product usage instructions.

• To ensure that the device and peripheral equipment function safely and correctly, use the cables and
connectors specified for the attached peripheral equipment, and make certain they are in good
condition.

You can remove and replace many device components without powering off or disconnecting power to
the device, as detailed elsewhere in the hardware documentation for this device. Never install
equipment that appears to be damaged.

Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage

Device components that are shipped in antistatic bags are sensitive to damage from static electricity.
Some components can be impaired by voltages as low as 30 V. You can easily generate potentially
damaging static voltages whenever you handle plastic or foam packing material or if you move
components across plastic or carpets. Observe the following guidelines to minimize the potential for
electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage, which can cause intermittent or complete component failures:

• Always use an ESD wrist strap when you are handling components that are subject to ESD damage,
and make sure that it is in direct contact with your skin.

If a grounding strap is not available, hold the component in its antistatic bag (see Figure 376 on page
920) in one hand and touch the exposed, bare metal of the device with the other hand immediately
before inserting the component into the device.

WARNING: For safety, periodically check the resistance value of the ESD grounding
strap. The measurement must be in the range 1 through 10 Mohms.
Avertissement Par mesure de sécurité, vérifiez régulièrement la résistance du bracelet
antistatique. Cette valeur doit être comprise entre 1 et 10 mégohms (Mohms).

• When handling any component that is subject to ESD damage and that is removed from the device,
make sure the equipment end of your ESD wrist strap is attached to the ESD point on the chassis.

If no grounding strap is available, touch the exposed, bare metal of the device to ground yourself
before handling the component.
 920

• Avoid contact between the component that is subject to ESD damage and your clothing. ESD
voltages emitted from clothing can damage components.

• When removing or installing a component that is subject to ESD damage, always place it component-
side up on an antistatic surface, in an antistatic card rack, or in an antistatic bag (see Figure 376 on
page 920). If you are returning a component, place it in an antistatic bag before packing it.

Figure 376: Placing a Component into an Antistatic Bag

CAUTION: ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 cables such as Category 5e and Category 6 can get

electrostatically charged. To dissipate this charge, always ground the cables to a suitable
and safe earth ground before connecting them to the system.
Attention Les câbles ANSI/TIA/EIA-568, par exemple Cat 5e et Cat 6, peuvent
emmagasiner des charges électrostatiques. Pour évacuer ces charges, reliez toujours les
câbles à une prise de terre adaptée avant de les raccorder au système.

AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

The following electrical safety guidelines apply to AC-powered devices:

• Note the following warnings printed on the device:

 921

“CAUTION: THIS UNIT HAS MORE THAN ONE POWER SUPPLY CORD. DISCONNECT ALL
POWER SUPPLY CORDS BEFORE SERVICING TO AVOID ELECTRIC SHOCK.”

“ATTENTION: CET APPAREIL COMPORTE PLUS D'UN CORDON D'ALIMENTATION. AFIN DE

PRÉVENIR LES CHOCS ÉLECTRIQUES, DÉBRANCHER TOUT CORDON D'ALIMENTATION AVANT
DE FAIRE LE DÉPANNAGE.”

• AC-powered devices are shipped with a three-wire electrical cord with a grounding-type plug that
fits only a grounding-type power outlet. Do not circumvent this safety feature. Equipment grounding
must comply with local and national electrical codes.

• You must provide an external certified circuit breaker (2-pole circuit breaker or 4-pole circuit breaker
based on your device) rated minimum 20 A in the building installation.

• The power cord serves as the main disconnecting device for the AC-powered device. The socket
outlet must be near the AC-powered device and be easily accessible.

• For devices that have more than one power supply connection, you must ensure that all power
connections are fully disconnected so that power to the device is completely removed to prevent
electric shock. To disconnect power, unplug all power cords (one for each power supply).

Power Cable Warning (Japanese)

WARNING: The attached power cable is only for this product. Do not use the cable for another product.

AC Power Disconnection Warning

WARNING: Before working on the device or near power supplies, unplug all the power
cords from an AC-powered device.
Waarschuwing Voordat u aan een frame of in de nabijheid van voedingen werkt, dient u
bij wisselstroom toestellen de stekker van het netsnoer uit het stopcontact te halen.
 922

Varoitus Kytke irti vaihtovirtalaitteiden virtajohto, ennen kuin teet mitään

asennuspohjalle tai työskentelet virtalähteiden läheisyydessä.

Avertissement Avant de travailler sur un châssis ou à proximité d'une alimentation

électrique, débrancher le cordon d'alimentation des unités en courant alternatif.

Warnung Bevor Sie an einem Chassis oder in der Nähe von Netzgeräten arbeiten, ziehen
Sie bei Wechselstromeinheiten das Netzkabel ab bzw.

Avvertenza Prima di lavorare su un telaio o intorno ad alimentatori, scollegare il cavo di

alimentazione sulle unità CA.

Advarsel Før det utføres arbeid på kabinettet eller det arbeides i nærheten av
strømforsyningsenheter, skal strømledningen trekkes ut på vekselstrømsenheter.

Aviso Antes de trabalhar num chassis, ou antes de trabalhar perto de unidades de

fornecimento de energia, desligue o cabo de alimentação nas unidades de corrente
alternada.

¡Atención! Antes de manipular el chasis de un equipo o trabajar cerca de una fuente de

alimentación, desenchufar el cable de alimentación en los equipos de corriente alterna
(CA).

Varning! Innan du arbetar med ett chassi eller nära strömförsörjningsenheter skall du för
växelströmsenheter dra ur nätsladden.

DC Power Copper Conductors Warning

WARNING: Use copper conductors only.

Waarschuwing Gebruik alleen koperen geleiders.

Varoitus Käytä vain kuparijohtimia.

Attention Utilisez uniquement des conducteurs en cuivre.

Warnung Verwenden Sie ausschließlich Kupferleiter.

Avvertenza Usate unicamente dei conduttori di rame.

Advarsel Bruk bare kobberledninger.

Aviso Utilize apenas fios condutores de cobre.

 923

¡Atención! Emplee sólo conductores de cobre.

Varning! Använd endast ledare av koppar.

DC Power Disconnection Warning

WARNING: Before performing any of the DC power procedures, ensure that power is
removed from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on
the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF
position, and tape the device handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
Waarschuwing Voordat u een van de onderstaande procedures uitvoert, dient u te
controleren of de stroom naar het gelijkstroom circuit uitgeschakeld is. Om u ervan te
verzekeren dat alle stroom UIT is geschakeld, kiest u op het schakelbord de
stroomverbreker die het gelijkstroom circuit bedient, draait de stroomverbreker naar de
UIT positie en plakt de schakelaarhendel van de stroomverbreker met plakband in de UIT
positie vast.

Varoitus Varmista, että tasavirtapiirissä ei ole virtaa ennen seuraavien toimenpiteiden

suorittamista. Varmistaaksesi, että virta on KATKAISTU täysin, paikanna tasavirrasta
huolehtivassa kojetaulussa sijaitseva suojakytkin, käännä suojakytkin KATKAISTU-
asentoon ja teippaa suojakytkimen varsi niin, että se pysyy KATKAISTU-asennossa.

Avertissement Avant de pratiquer l'une quelconque des procédures ci-dessous, vérifier

que le circuit en courant continu n'est plus sous tension. Pour en être sûr, localiser le
disjoncteur situé sur le panneau de service du circuit en courant continu, placer le
disjoncteur en position fermée (OFF) et, à l'aide d'un ruban adhésif, bloquer la poignée
du disjoncteur en position OFF.

Warnung Vor Ausführung der folgenden Vorgänge ist sicherzustellen, daß die
Gleichstromschaltung keinen Strom erhält. Um sicherzustellen, daß sämtlicher Strom
abgestellt ist, machen Sie auf der Schalttafel den Unterbrecher für die
Gleichstromschaltung ausfindig, stellen Sie den Unterbrecher auf AUS, und kleben Sie
den Schaltergriff des Unterbrechers mit Klebeband in der AUS-Stellung fest.

Avvertenza Prima di svolgere una qualsiasi delle procedure seguenti, verificare che il
circuito CC non sia alimentato. Per verificare che tutta l'alimentazione sia scollegata
(OFF), individuare l'interruttore automatico sul quadro strumenti che alimenta il circuito
CC, mettere l'interruttore in posizione OFF e fissarlo con nastro adesivo in tale posizione.
 924

Advarsel Før noen av disse prosedyrene utføres, kontroller at strømmen er frakoblet

likestrømkretsen. Sørg for at all strøm er slått AV. Dette gjøres ved å lokalisere
strømbryteren på brytertavlen som betjener likestrømkretsen, slå strømbryteren AV og
teipe bryterhåndtaket på strømbryteren i AV-stilling.

Aviso Antes de executar um dos seguintes procedimentos, certifique-se que desligou a

fonte de alimentação de energia do circuito de corrente contínua. Para se assegurar que
toda a corrente foi DESLIGADA, localize o disjuntor no painel que serve o circuito de
corrente contínua e coloque-o na posição OFF (Desligado), segurando nessa posição a
manivela do interruptor do disjuntor com fita isoladora.

¡Atención! Antes de proceder con los siguientes pasos, comprobar que la alimentación
del circuito de corriente continua (CC) esté cortada (OFF). Para asegurarse de que toda la
alimentación esté cortada (OFF), localizar el interruptor automático en el panel que
alimenta al circuito de corriente continua, cambiar el interruptor automático a la posición
de Apagado (OFF), y sujetar con cinta la palanca del interruptor automático en posición
de Apagado (OFF).

Varning! Innan du utför någon av följande procedurer måste du kontrollera att

strömförsörjningen till likströmskretsen är bruten. Kontrollera att all strömförsörjning är
BRUTEN genom att slå AV det överspänningsskydd som skyddar likströmskretsen och
tejpa fast överspänningsskyddets omkopplare i FRÅN-läget.

DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning

An insulated grounding conductor that is identical in size to the grounded and ungrounded branch
circuit supply conductors but is identifiable by green and yellow stripes is installed as part of the branch
circuit that supplies the device. The grounding conductor is a separately derived system at the supply
transformer or motor generator set.

WARNING: When you install the device, the ground connection must always be made
first and disconnected last.
Waarschuwing Bij de installatie van het toestel moet de aardverbinding altijd het eerste
worden gemaakt en het laatste worden losgemaakt.

Varoitus Laitetta asennettaessa on maahan yhdistäminen aina tehtävä ensiksi ja

maadoituksen irti kytkeminen viimeiseksi.
 925

Avertissement Lors de l'installation de l'appareil, la mise à la terre doit toujours être

connectée en premier et déconnectée en dernier.

Warnung Der Erdanschluß muß bei der Installation der Einheit immer zuerst hergestellt
und zuletzt abgetrennt werden.

Avvertenza In fase di installazione dell'unità, eseguire sempre per primo il collegamento

a massa e disconnetterlo per ultimo.

Advarsel Når enheten installeres, må jordledningen alltid tilkobles først og frakobles sist.

Aviso Ao instalar a unidade, a ligação à terra deverá ser sempre a primeira a ser ligada, e
a última a ser desligada.

¡Atención! Al instalar el equipo, conectar la tierra la primera y desconectarla la última.

Varning! Vid installation av enheten måste jordledningen alltid anslutas först och kopplas
bort sist.

DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning

WARNING: Wire the DC power supply using the appropriate lugs. When connecting
power, the proper wiring sequence is ground to ground, +RTN to +RTN, then –48 V to –
48 V. When disconnecting power, the proper wiring sequence is –48 V to –48 V, +RTN
to +RTN, then ground to ground. Note that the ground wire must always be connected
first and disconnected last.
Waarschuwing De juiste bedradingsvolgorde verbonden is aarde naar aarde, +RTN naar
+RTN, en –48 V naar – 48 V. De juiste bedradingsvolgorde losgemaakt is en –48 naar –
48 V, +RTN naar +RTN, aarde naar aarde.

Varoitus Oikea yhdistettava kytkentajarjestys on maajohto maajohtoon, +RTN varten

+RTN, –48 V varten – 48 V. Oikea irrotettava kytkentajarjestys on –48 V varten – 48 V,
+RTN varten +RTN, maajohto maajohtoon.

Avertissement Câblez l'approvisionnement d'alimentation CC En utilisant les crochets

appropriés à l'extrémité de câblage. En reliant la puissance, l'ordre approprié de câblage
est rectifié pour rectifier, +RTN à +RTN, puis –48 V à –48 V. En débranchant la
puissance, l'ordre approprié de câblage est –48 V à –48 V, +RTN à +RTN, a alors rectifié
pour rectifier. Notez que le fil de masse devrait toujours être relié d'abord et débranché
 926

pour la dernière fois. Notez que le fil de masse devrait toujours être relié d'abord et
débranché pour la dernière fois.

Warnung Die Stromzufuhr ist nur mit geeigneten Ringösen an das DC Netzteil
anzuschliessen. Die richtige Anschlusssequenz ist: Erdanschluss zu Erdanschluss, +RTN
zu +RTN und dann -48V zu -48V. Die richtige Sequenz zum Abtrennen der
Stromversorgung ist -48V zu -48V, +RTN zu +RTN und dann Erdanschluss zu
Erdanschluss. Es ist zu beachten dass der Erdanschluss immer zuerst angeschlossen und
als letztes abgetrennt wird.

Avvertenza Mostra la morsettiera dell alimentatore CC. Cablare l'alimentatore CC

usando i connettori adatti all'estremità del cablaggio, come illustrato. La corretta
sequenza di cablaggio è da massa a massa, da positivo a positivo (da linea ad L) e da
negativo a negativo (da neutro a N). Tenere presente che il filo di massa deve sempre
venire collegato per primo e scollegato per ultimo.

Advarsel Riktig tilkoples tilkoplingssekvens er jord til jord, +RTN til +RTN, –48 V til –
48 V. Riktig frakoples tilkoplingssekvens er –48 V til – 48 V, +RTN til +RTN, jord til jord.

Aviso Ate con alambre la fuente de potencia cc Usando los terminales apropiados en el
extremo del cableado. Al conectar potencia, la secuencia apropiada del cableado se
muele para moler, +RTN a +RTN, entonces –48 V a –48 V. Al desconectar potencia, la
secuencia apropiada del cableado es –48 V a –48 V, +RTN a +RTN, entonces molió para
moler. Observe que el alambre de tierra se debe conectar siempre primero y desconectar
por último. Observe que el alambre de tierra se debe conectar siempre primero y
desconectar por último.

¡Atención! Wire a fonte de alimentação de DC Usando os talões apropriados nan

EXtremidade da fiação. Ao conectar a potência, a seqüência apropriada da fiação é moída
para moer, +RTN a +RTN, então –48 V a –48 V. Ao desconectar a potência, a seqüência
apropriada da fiação é –48 V a –48 V, +RTN a +RTN, moeu então para moer. Anote que
o fio à terra deve sempre ser conectado primeiramente e desconectado por último.
Anote que o fio à terra deve sempre ser conectado primeiramente e desconectado por
último.

Varning! Korrekt kopplingssekvens ar jord till jord, +RTN till +RTN, –48 V till –48 V.
Korrekt kopplas kopplingssekvens ar –48 V till –48 V, +RTN till +RTN, jord till jord.
 927

DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning

WARNING: When stranded wiring is required, use approved wiring terminations, such as
closed-loop or spade-type with upturned lugs. These terminations must be the
appropriate size for the wires and must clamp both the insulation and conductor.
Waarschuwing Wanneer geslagen bedrading vereist is, dient u bedrading te gebruiken
die voorzien is van goedgekeurde aansluitingspunten, zoals het gesloten-lus type of het
grijperschop type waarbij de aansluitpunten omhoog wijzen. Deze aansluitpunten dienen
de juiste maat voor de draden te hebben en dienen zowel de isolatie als de geleider vast
te klemmen.

Varoitus Jos säikeellinen johdin on tarpeen, käytä hyväksyttyä johdinliitäntää, esimerkiksi

suljettua silmukkaa tai kourumaista liitäntää, jossa on ylöspäin käännetyt kiinnityskorvat.
Tällaisten liitäntöjen tulee olla kooltaan johtimiin sopivia ja niiden tulee puristaa yhteen
sekä eristeen että johdinosan.

Avertissement Quand des fils torsadés sont nécessaires, utiliser des douilles terminales
homologuées telles que celles à circuit fermé ou du type à plage ouverte avec cosses
rebroussées. Ces douilles terminales doivent être de la taille qui convient aux fils et
doivent être refermées sur la gaine isolante et sur le conducteur.

Warnung Wenn Litzenverdrahtung erforderlich ist, sind zugelassene

Verdrahtungsabschlüsse, z.B. für einen geschlossenen Regelkreis oder gabelförmig, mit
nach oben gerichteten Kabelschuhen zu verwenden. Diese Abschlüsse sollten die
angemessene Größe für die Drähte haben und sowohl die Isolierung als auch den Leiter
festklemmen.

Avvertenza Quando occorre usare trecce, usare connettori omologati, come quelli a
occhiello o a forcella con linguette rivolte verso l'alto. I connettori devono avere la misura
adatta per il cablaggio e devono serrare sia l'isolante che il conduttore.

Advarsel Hvis det er nødvendig med flertrådede ledninger, brukes godkjente

ledningsavslutninger, som for eksempel lukket sløyfe eller spadetype med oppoverbøyde
kabelsko. Disse avslutningene skal ha riktig størrelse i forhold til ledningene, og skal
klemme sammen både isolasjonen og lederen.

Aviso Quando forem requeridas montagens de instalação eléctrica de cabo torcido, use
terminações de cabo aprovadas, tais como, terminações de cabo em circuito fechado e
planas com terminais de orelha voltados para cima. Estas terminações de cabo deverão
ser do tamanho apropriado para os respectivos cabos, e deverão prender
simultaneamente o isolamento e o fio condutor.
 928

¡Atención! Cuando se necesite hilo trenzado, utilizar terminales para cables

homologados, tales como las de tipo "bucle cerrado" o "espada", con las lengüetas de
conexión vueltas hacia arriba. Estos terminales deberán ser del tamaño apropiado para
los cables que se utilicen, y tendrán que sujetar tanto el aislante como el conductor.

Varning! När flertrådiga ledningar krävs måste godkända ledningskontakter användas,

t.ex. kabelsko av sluten eller öppen typ med uppåtvänd tapp. Storleken på dessa
kontakter måste vara avpassad till ledningarna och måste kunna hålla både isoleringen
och ledaren fastklämda.

Midplane Energy Hazard Warning

WARNING: High levels of electrical energy are distributed across the midplane. Be
careful not to contact the midplane connectors, or any component connected to the
midplane, with any metallic object while servicing components.

Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning

WARNING: The network device has more than one power supply connection. All
connections must be removed completely to remove power from the unit completely.
Waarschuwing Deze eenheid heeft meer dan één stroomtoevoerverbinding; alle
verbindingen moeten volledig worden verwijderd om de stroom van deze eenheid
volledig te verwijderen.

Varoitus Tässä laitteessa on useampia virtalähdekytkentöjä. Kaikki kytkennät on

irrotettava kokonaan, jotta virta poistettaisiin täysin laitteesta.

Avertissement Cette unité est équipée de plusieurs raccordements d'alimentation. Pour

supprimer tout courant électrique de l'unité, tous les cordons d'alimentation doivent être
débranchés.

Warnung Diese Einheit verfügt über mehr als einen Stromanschluß; um Strom gänzlich
von der Einheit fernzuhalten, müssen alle Stromzufuhren abgetrennt sein.
 929

Avvertenza Questa unità ha più di una connessione per alimentatore elettrico; tutte le
connessioni devono essere completamente rimosse per togliere l'elettricità dall'unità.

Advarsel Denne enheten har mer enn én strømtilkobling. Alle tilkoblinger må kobles helt
fra for å eliminere strøm fra enheten.

Aviso Este dispositivo possui mais do que uma conexão de fonte de alimentação de
energia; para poder remover a fonte de alimentação de energia, deverão ser
desconectadas todas as conexões existentes.

¡Atención! Esta unidad tiene más de una conexión de suministros de alimentación; para
eliminar la alimentación por completo, deben desconectarse completamente todas las
conexiones.

Varning! Denna enhet har mer än en strömförsörjningsanslutning; alla anslutningar måste

vara helt avlägsnade innan strömtillförseln till enheten är fullständigt bruten.

Action to Take After an Electrical Accident

If an electrical accident results in an injury, take the following actions in this order:

1. Use caution. Be aware of potentially hazardous conditions that could cause further injury.

2. Disconnect power from the device.

3. If possible, send another person to get medical aid. Otherwise, assess the condition of the victim, and
then call for help.
 930

CHAPTER 42

Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements

IN THIS CHAPTER

Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements for the MX2020 Router | 930

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements | 934

Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements | 936

Compliance Statements for Data Center | 936

Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements for the MX2020 Router

IN THIS SECTION

Agency Approvals for MX2020 Routers | 930

Compliance Statements for NEBS for the MX2020 Router | 932

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the MX2020 Router | 932

Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements | 934

Agency Approvals for MX2020 Routers

IN THIS SECTION

Compliance Statement for Argentina | 932

The routers comply with the following standards:

• Safety
 931

• CAN/CSA-22.2 No. 60950-00/UL 1950 Third Edition, Safety of Information Technology

Equipment

• EN 60825-1 Safety of Laser Products - Part 1: Equipment Classification, Requirements and User's
Guide

• EN 60950 Safety of Information Technology Equipment

• EMC

• AS/NZS CISPR22: (Australia/New Zealand)

• EN55022 Class A (Europe)

• FCC Part 15 Class A (USA)

• VCCI Class A (Japan)

• Immunity

• EN-61000-3-2 Power Line Harmonics

• EN-61000-3-3 Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker

• EN-61000-4-2 ESD

• EN-61000-4-3 Radiated Immunity

• EN-61000-4-4 EFT

• EN-61000-4-5 Surge

• EN-61000-4-6 Low Frequency Common Immunity

• EN-61000-4-11 Voltage Dips and Sags

• ETSI

• ETSI EN-300386-2 Telecommunication Network Equipment. Electromagnetic Compatibility

Requirements

The router is designed to comply with the following standards:

• NEBS

• GR-1089-Core: EMC and Electrical Safety for Network Telecommunications Equipment

• SR-3580 NEBS Criteria Levels (Level 3 Compliance)

• GR-63-Core: NEBS, Physical Protection

 932

NOTE: The Premium 2 Chassis is not NEBs compliant.

Compliance Statement for Argentina

EQUIPO DE USO IDÓNEO.

SEE ALSO

Compliance Statements for NEBS for the MX2020 Router

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the MX2020 Router | 932
Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements | 936

Compliance Statements for NEBS for the MX2020 Router

• The equipment is suitable for installation as part of the Common Bonding Network (CBN).

• The equipment is suitable for installation in locations where the National Electrical Code (NEC)
applies.

• The battery return connection is to be treated as an isolated DC return (that is, DC-I), as defined in
GR-1089-CORE.

SEE ALSO

Agency Approvals for MX2020 Routers | 930

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the MX2020 Router | 932
Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements | 936

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the MX2020 Router

IN THIS SECTION

Canada | 933

European Community | 933

Israel | 933

Japan | 933
 933

United States | 934

Canada

This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.

European Community

This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which
case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

Israel

Translation from Hebrew—Warning: This product is Class A. In residential environments, the product
may cause radio interference, and in such a situation, the user may be required to take adequate
measures.

Japan

Translation from Japanese—This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause
radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures. VCCI-A
 934

United States

The router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to
Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful
interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates,
uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the
instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this
equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be
required to correct the interference at his own expense.

SEE ALSO

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (United States)
Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Japan)
Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Canada)

Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements

Batteries in this product are not based on mercury, lead, or cadmium substances. The batteries used in
this product are in compliance with EU Directives 91/157/EEC, 93/86/EEC, and 98/101/EEC. The
product documentation includes instructional information about the proper method of reclamation and
recycling.

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements

IN THIS SECTION

Canada | 935

European Community | 935

Israel | 935

Japan | 935

United States | 935

 935

Canada

CAN ICES-3 (A)/NMB-3(A)

European Community

This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment, this product might cause radio interference in
which case the user might be required to take adequate measures.

Israel

Translation from Hebrew—Warning: This product is Class A. In residential environments, the product
might cause radio interference, and in such a situation, the user might be required to take adequate
measures.

Japan

The preceding translates as follows:

This is a Class A product based on the standard of the Voluntary Control Council for Interference by
Information Technology Equipment (VCCI). If this product is used near a radio or television receiver in a
domestic environment, it might cause radio interference. Install and use the equipment according to the
instruction manual. VCCI-A.

United States

The hardware equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital
device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This
equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in
 936

accordance with the instruction manual, might cause harmful interference to radio communications.
Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the
user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.

Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements

Batteries in this product are not based on mercury, lead, or cadmium substances. The batteries used in
this product are in compliance with EU Directives 91/157/EEC, 93/86/EEC, and 98/101/EEC. The
product documentation includes instructional information about the proper method of reclamation and
recycling.

Compliance Statements for Data Center

• The equipment is suitable for installation as part of the Common Bonding Network (CBN).

• The equipment is suitable for installation in locations where the National Electrical Code (NEC)
applies.

• The battery return connection is to be treated as an isolated DC return (that is, DC-I), as defined in
GR-1089-CORE.

• You must provision a readily accessible device outside of the equipment to disconnect power. The
device must also be rated based on local electrical code practice.